Ernst Neufert

Second (International) English Edition

General editor Vincent Jones

Editorial consultant George Atkinson OBE BA(Arch) RlBA
USA editor Wm Dudley Hunt Jr BSc BArch FAlA
Editor John Thackara
Deputy editor Richard Miles

-A
COLLINS
8 Grafton Street, London W1
Collins Profess~onaland Technical Books
Willlam Collins Sons & Co. Ltd
8 Grafton Street, London W I X 3LA

Flrst Engllsh language e d ~ t i o npublished ~n Great Britain by

Crosby Lockwood Staples 1 9 7 0
Reprlnted 1973, 1975, 1977. 1978 (twice)

Thts Second (International) English Editlon

first published In Great Brltaln 1 9 8 0 by
Granada Publishing Ltd
Reprlnted (with mlnor amendments) 1981
Reprlnted 1982, 1984

Relssued i n paperback by Collins Profess~onaland Technical Books 1985

O r ~ g l n aGerman
l edltlon publ~shedby Frledr. Vleweg & Sohn,
Braunschwe~g,Wlesbaden, as Bauentwurfslehre

Copyright 0 William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd 1 9 8 0

Britlsh Library Catalogc~ir~g

l n Publication Data
Neufert. Ernst
Architects' Data-2nd ed
1. Architecture
I. Title
721 NA2522 80-040644

ISBN 0 - 0 0 3 8 3 1 92-2

Printed and bound in Great Britain by,Williarn Clowes Limited, Beccles and London

All rlghts reserved. No part of thls publication may

be reproduced, stored In a retrieval system or transmltted.
in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, wlthout the prior permission of the
publishers.
 Contents
rr Contributors Flats & apartments

x Acknowledgements 89 Building types

n Foreword 90 Access

xi, HOWto use the book 91 Fire precautions

~111 Abbreviations 92 Internal planning

94 Point blocks
96 Duplex & triplex sections
l{ASIC DATA
97 Internal access
Human scale in architecture
98 Stepped houses
7 Use of SI units
99 Shared accommodation
3 Drawing sheets
100 Private garages
6 Drawing practice
Proportions
Gardens
Dimensions & space requirements
103 Enclosures
Quality of air
104 Siting & layout
Thermal comfort
105 Soil preparation
Visual efficiency
106 Pergolas/paths/equipment
Pattern & texturelnoise & acoustics
108 Treeshhrubs
Access & circulation
109 Water
Roadways1parking
110 Gardens for disabledhock gardenslroof gardens1
Lighting floodlighting
27 Daylight 111 Garden structures
33 Sunlight 1 12 Indoor gardendroof gardens
113 Water lily &fish pools
COMMUNITY 114 Swimming pools
Houses 1 15 Private indoor pools
38 Design/organisation/orientation 1 17 Domestic sauna

41 Access
44 Standards & regulations Education
45 Relationship to other buildings 118 Schools: princ~ples

47 The house plan 119 Early school

55 Kitchens 120 Rural schools

61 Bathrooms 121 Middle age range

66 Public rooms 123 Older age range

70 Bedrooms 127 Boarding schools

73 Storage 129 Media centres

76 Security/privacy 130 Furniture

77 Private open space 134 Colleges: lecture rooms

78 Adaptable houses 137 Schools of art, design, drama, music

79 Underground houses 139 Drawing studios

80 Energy saving houses 140 Student hostels

82 Housing old people 142 Dining rooms

85 Housing disabled 143 Youth hostels

88 Balconies 145 Libraries

Contents
Hospitals Restaurants
149 Health services structure 202 Planning factors
150 Modular design 203 Space allowance
151 Means of escape/fire protection 204 Table sizes
153 Design/building configurations 205 Snack bars
154 Ward design 206 Drive-in & self-service
156 Nurse working rooms 207 Using minimum space: restaurant cars
158 Ward design data/geriatric
160 Maternity Hotels
161 Paediatric & children 208 Types
162 Long stay 209 Flow diagram
164 Psychiatric centres 210 Plan forms
165 Ward upgrading 21 1 Public rooms
166 Outpatients 212 Front of house
168 Accident & emergency 213 Kitchens & food stores
169 Radiology 21 5 Administration
171 Operating 216 Guest bedrooms
173 Intensive care 218 Building services
174 Cardiac surgical/transplant/limb fitting 219 Motels
175 Burns/phys~calmedicine 221 Convent~onhotels
176 Laboratories 224 Public houses
177 Pharmacy/libraries
178 Non-resident staff changing Office buildings
179 Offices/supply 225 Building type
180 Housekeeping 226 Definition of office areas
181 Community health care 227 Types of office shell
228 Core
Religion 230 Relationships
182 Churches 231 Means of escape
185 Mosques 232 Services
186 Synagogues 233 Internal environment
187 Crematoria/mortuaries 234 Construction
235 Space standards
COMMERCE 236 Special area requirements
Shops & stores 237 Spaces for meetings
188 Situation 239 Furniture
189 Movement between floors/se~icedetails 241 Storage
191 Windows 243 Equipment
192 Fire/boutiques
193 Food shops Banks

195 Chemist/men's wear/shoes/fashion fabrics 245 General/customer services/drive-in

196 Self-service 247 Examples

197 Supermarkets
198 Hypermarkets Vehicle services

199 Shopping centres & precincts 248 Car parks

 vii

Contents
1 Multi-storey car parks 302 Beef cattle housing

353 Petrol stations 303 Pigs: basic data

255 Bus parks 305 Pigs: management

257 Rail station passenger details 306 Pigs: rearing & fattening
307 Sheep: housing

Airports 308 Sheep: handling/poultry housing

258 Planning sequence 309 Poultry: space requirements
259 Runways/tax~ways/terminals 310 Small domestic animals: doves/rabbits/dogs/small
poultry houses
260 Flow & functions
31 1 Kennels/beehouses/ducks/geese
261 Baggage handling/aircraft parking
312 Crop storage: grass/straw/hay/potatoes
262 Cater~ng/aircraftmaintenance/airfreight
313 Crop storage: grain
314 Machinery & Implement storage
INDUSTRY
Industrial buildings LEISURE
263 Site selection/site development Sport
264 Basic building types/selection strategy 315 Stadia: general design
266 Factory building types 316 Stadia: sight lines/traffic
269 Warehouses 317 Stadla: terraceslgrandstand
273 Site layout 318 Sport centres
275 Industrial parks 320 Sport halls: use of undiv~dedspace
276 Building environment 322 Outdoor: pitches
277 Planning for fire control 324 Outdoor: athletics
278 Environmental compartmentation/work place design 325 Indoor: pitches
280 Hygiene 326 Indoor: pitcheslathletics tracks
282 Loading bays 327 Indoor:'athletics training
284 Rail-sewed buildings 328 Indoor: sports needing own space
285 Workshops 329 Swimming: indoor pools
288 Workshop equipment space 333 Swimming: open air pools
289 Workshop examples 334 Swimming: diving pool dimensions
290 Workshop design factors 335 Swimming: slipper bathslshowers
336 Swimming: pool changing rooms
Laboratories 338 Sauna planning
291 Classification/planning pr~nciples/spacerequirements 339 Tennis
292 Services distribution/disposaI systemslstorage 340 Ski jumping slopes
293 Special requirements/related spaces/finishes . 341 Ski jumping slopes/ice rinks
342 Ice rinks/roller skating rinks
Farm buildings 343 Golf
294 Human welfare/cattle baslc data 344 Equitation
295 Cattle waste product~on& dlsposal 346 Marinas
I 296 Cattle straw-bedded pens/cub~cles/calfpens
I
297 Cattle calf pens/feed~ng Theatres & Cinemas
I 298 Cattle feedrng/water~ng/vent~latron/handl~ng 348 Theatre regulation/organisation
I 299 Cattle handling/mllklng 349 Sight lines
I 301 Cattle. bull pens/dairy cow houslng 350 Auditorium
Contents
351 Seating Lighting
352 Stage tower 398 General/building I~ghting/glare

353 Multiform 399 Task Iighting/light sources/emergency Iighting/outdoor

354 Clnema techniques/seating/multiple auditorla 400 Integration of electric llghting & dayllghting
355 Cloakrooms/project~onrooms
356 General layout/lighting systerns/heating/ventilation/use Doors & windows
of 1 6 m m 401 Doors: dimens~ons/firesafety/flow capacity/disabled
357 Screen & sound systems persons
358 Drive-in cinemas 402 Doors: industrial types
403 Windows: coordinating sizes

Museums 404 Windows: positioning/safety & access for cleanlng

359 Rooms/general layout 405 Windows: basic types/selection check list/ventilation/
double glazing
360 Lighting
406 Windows: shading devices
361 Examples

Corridors stairs elevators

COMPONENTS
407 Walking speedsicorridor capacitylramps for dlsabledl
Measurement waiting areas
363 Introduction 408 Stairs: tread & rise proportions/regulat~ons/fireescape/
364 Conversion factors stairs for disabled

366 Conversion tables 409 Escalator dimensions & traffic capacity/passenger

conveyors
41 0 Elevator dimensions
Materials
41 1 Elevator traffic capacity/paternosters
382 Building materials physical character~stics
412 Elavators for disabled/planning

Services
383 Distribution
385 Methods of heating
386 Heating systems
392 Ventilation
REFERENCE
393 Thermal insulation 413 Bibliography
395 Sound insulation 429 Index

Ernst Neufert
Professor Technische Hochschule Darmstadt
Ernst Neufert, born in 1900, in 1919 became the first student of
architecture at the Bauhaus In Weimar. He left at the end of 1920 for a
study tour in southern Europe but before long Gropius called h ~ m back
as his assistant. In 1924 he became technical d~rectorof the Bauhaus
offices In Wemar and then manager of the Gropius workshop during the
rebuilding of the 'Bauhaus in Dessau' and also taught in the department
of architecture at the Bauhaus.
Contributors
Following the war he was co-founder and member of the board of
directors of the Bund Deutscher Architekten (Federation of German
Architects), was appointed professor at Darmstadt Polytechnic and,
director of the Institute for Standardisation(Institut fiir Baunormung)and
continued to work also as free-lance industrial arch~tect.
Professor Neufert has lectured in many cities, such as Graz. Belgrade,
Skopje, Thessaloniki, Athens, Istanbul, Beirut, Karachi, Rangoon, Hong
Kong, in Japan's major cities and at Neutra in Los Angelesand F L Wright
in Taliesin West Arizona.

In 1926 he became professor and director of the department of archi-
tecture at the newly founded Building Technical College in Weimar and
shortly afterwards assistant director of the construction department. In
1930 he moved to Berlin to become head of the department of
architecture at Itten, a prlvate school of art, and started to work as a
free-lance industrial architect. It was In Berlin that he brought out in 1936
the first edition of Bauentwurfslehre.
He is honorary member of the Real Academica de Ciencias y Artes
Barcelona and of the Royal Institute of Brltish Architects, honorary
professor and doctor at the University of Lima. Peru. He has been
awarded the German Merlt Cross with star, as web as various other
German and foreign honours.
Ernst Neufert's other works Include Bauordnungslehre (1943) and
Industnebauten ( I 973)

UK contributors USA contributors

Peter Ackroyd DIP Arch (Poly) Reg Arch The Sports Council Peter Frink BArch MSc MFA Principal :rink & Beuchat Architects
A G Aldersley Wlll~ams MArch(MIT) RlBA Engineenng Devgn Walter Hart AIA Architect
Consultants Wrn Dudley Hunt Jr BSc BArch FAlA
Norman S Allanson Des RCA FSIAD John S Bonnlngton Partnersh~p Margaret K Hunter BA AlA Architect
Derek W Arnold ARlBA Edgar H Hunter BA BArch AlA Architect
Nadlne Beddlngton FRlBA FSIAD Robert T Packard BArch AIA Director AlA DocumentslArchitectural
(assisted by Dermot 0 Br~enFSIAD) Graphic Standards Division
Robln G Booth MA MSc DIP Arch RlBA MRTPl John S Bonnington Mimi Ford Paul BA BSArch Architect
Partnersh~p Bradford Perkins Senior Vice President & General Manager Perkins &
Jan Petr Cermak-z-Uhr~novaBSc(Hons) TEng(CE1) MlAgrE Scotbsh Will Architects
Farm Bulldlng lnvest~gat~on
Unrt
J B Collins BSc(Eng) CEng MlEE FClBS
Dr Francls Duffy ARlBA Duffy Eley Glffone Worthington
Jolyon V P Drury MA(Cantab) DIP Arch RlBA MlMH Jolyon Drury
Consultancy
Nelson Foley RlBA Chlef Arch~tectTrust House Forte
J A Godfrey ARlBA
Davld Jenkln Duffy Eley Glffone Worth~ngton
Eva M Jlrlcna D ~ pEng
l Arch RlBA Louis Soissons Partnersh~p
Geralnt John DIP Arch(UCL) RIBA The Sports Counc~l
Geoffrey Jones BArch(Lvp1)
Olwen C Marlowe ARlBA DIP LD(Dunelm) DlpTP(Blrm)
Dav~dL Medd OBE Hon DSc ARlBA Department of Educat~on&
Sclence
Mary B Medd OBE ARlBA Department of Education & Sclence
Alan Morgan DIP Arch RlBA
Dermot O'Bnen FSIAD
G J P 0 Nelll
Robert Payne Duffy Eley Glffone Worth~ngton
El~zabethPhllllps DIP Arch RWA ARlBA
Denn~sSharp MA AA D ~ pRlBAl
Deyan Sudpc BSc DIP Arch
Dr Martln Symes MA DIP Arch(Cantab) AA Plannlng DIP RlBA
Rlchard E Theakston DIP Arch RlBA John S Bonn~ngtonPartnersh~p
P R Tregenza BArch MBdgSc PhD RlBA MClBS
R E Vlckers DLC CEng MICE Bnbsh Llft Slab Ltd
Dav~dWh~tham MA(Cantab) AA Dlpl
X
Acknowledgements
The Editors and the Publishers acknowledge with sincere thanks the
kind help and information provided by many individuals and organis-
ations during the preparation of this work. The Publishers have made
every effort to establish and properly acknowledge the copyright owners
of the drawings and plans used in this book and wish to apologise for any
unintentional omissions that may have been made. Should any other
acknowledgements be necessary the publishers will be happy to do so
when the book is reprinted.
The works of individual architects are acknowledged throughout the text
but particular thanks are also due to:
Henry Dreyfuss Associates for Fig. 2 on page 9;
The Architectural Press for Fig. 1 on page 19 and Figs 1 and 2 on page 22;
Sunset Books for Fig. 4 on page 77;
The Architectural Press for Figs 1-9 on page 83, Fig. 1 on page 84, and
Fig. 5 on page 86;
Sunset Books for Figs 5 and 6 on page 113 and for Figs 6-1 1 on page
114;
Moriyama and Teshima for Fig. 4 on page 146;
Ahrends Burton and Koralek for Fig. 2 on page 148;
Powell Moya and Partners for Fig. 3 on page 150;
Watkins Gray Woodgate International (UK) for Fig. 1 on page 155;
R. Seifert and Partners for Fig. 5 on page 157;
The Nuffield Foundation for Fig. 1 on page 161;
Robert Matthew, Johnson-Marshall and Partners for Fig. 2 on page 161;
George Trew Dunn Beckles Willson Bowes for Fig. 1 on page 167;
Wilson and Wilson for Fig. 2 on page 168;
Robert Matthew, Johnson-Marshall and Partners for Fig. 2 on page 171;
The Oxford Regional Health Authority for Fig. 5 on page 172;
Donald A. Goldfinch Associates for Fig. 1 on page 175;
South East Thames Regional Health Authority for Fig. 1 on page 176;
The Nuffield Foundation for Fig. 2 on page 176;
Mehmet Konuralp for Fig. 3 on page 192;
Isabelle Hebey for Fig. 4 on page 192;
The Architectural Press for Fig. 2 on page 198;
The National Play~ngFields Association for Fig. 1 on page 322 and
Figures on pages 323-4;
The Architectural Press for Figs. l , 4 and 5 on page 346 and for Figs 2-4,
7 and 8 on page 347;
Progressive Architecture for Fig. 3 on page 361.
The following are reproduced by permission of the Building Directorate,
Scottish Development Department: Fig. 1 on page 82, Figs 10 and 11 on
page 83, Fig. 2 on page 84 and Figs 1-4 and 6-8 on page 86;
Fig. 1 on page 148 is reprinted from Architectural Record September
1976 O 1976, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights resewed;
Fig. 2 on page 155 is reproduced with the permission of the Controller of
Her Majesty's Stationery Office;
Fig. 1 on page 162 is reprinted with permission from the American
Health Care Association Journal, Vol. 4, No. 4, July 1978. Copyright
O American Health Care Association. All rights resewed;
Fig. 3 on page 162 is reproduced courtesy of Architects Derek Stow and
Partners in association with the Regional Architect, South West
Thames Regional Health Authority;
Fig. 2 on page 164 is reprinted from Architectural Record October 1979
O 1979, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights resewed;
Fig. 3 on page 171 is reproduced courtesy of Cullen Lochhead and
Brown in association with the Chief Architect of Western Regional
Hospltal Board, T.D.W. Astorga, Esq., FRIBA;
Fig. 1 on page 174 is reprinted from Architectural Record August 1977 0
1977, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights resewed;
Fig. 4 on page 180 is reprinted from Architectural Record August 1977 0
1977, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights reserved;
Fig. 1 on page 201 is reprinted from Architectural Record June 1978 O
1978, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights resewed;
Fig. 5 on page 291 is the Zoology Extension, Edinburgh University and IS
reproduced by permission of the Designers, the Architecture
Research Unit, University of Edinburgh;
Fig. 1 on page 361 is reprinted from Architectural Record June 1977 O
1977, by McGraw-Hill, Inc., with all rights resewed.

Architects' Data first appeared In English in 1970, nearly thirty-
lrve years after Ernst Neufert published his 'rules for building
design' - Bauentwurfslehre - based on his lectures at the
Building Technical College in Weimar. He had arranged in one
book for convenient reference during design work, data on the
spatial needs of man in his home, hrs work place and his leisure,
and on h ~ animals,
s tools and belongings. The book clearly met a
need: in 1979 the 30th German edition appeared; it has also
been published In Spanish (12 editions), Italian (5), French (5),
Portuguese (3), Serbocroat (3), and in Russian, Greek and Turkish;
but before the present, only one edition in English, which came
late on the scene.
In the 1960s the book's lnternatlonal repute led the Professional
Llterature Committee of the Royal lnstltute of Brltlsh Architects
and many others to recognlse the need for an Engllsh language
e d ~ t ~ obut
n , to convert to lmperlal measures was a great obstacle
Conversion to the metrlc system In Brrtaln and the Commonwealth
changed thls An Engllsh edltlon became posslble It was edlted
by the late Rudolf Herz who had studred In Berlln and had
practised many years as an arch~tectIn the Unlted Klngdom
He had no easy task. With so b ~ ag book translation alone was a
major undertaking; furthermore much terminology and some
practlce details had to be modified. At that time, therefore,
publishers and editor did not try to bring the whole book up to
date; they concentrated on gettlng ~tout.
Durlng the 1970s the need for a new edltlon thoroughly revlsed
became more pressing there were new lmperatlves of energy
conservatlon, economrc constraint and changlng soclal needs to
affect the desrgn of bulldrngs More rnfluentlal stdl for such a
work the 'rnformatlon explosion', whose full force will be felt
durlng the 1980s, changlng the role of such a deslgn handbook
When he wrote Architects' Data nearly flfty years ago Neufert
provlded s mlxture of abstracted deslgn, prlnclples, hard data
and examples Today there IS less need for rllustratlon of con-
structlon detalls Manufacturers rncreaslngly drstrrbute technlcal
lnformatron whlch can be flled In unlform offlce systems, and
wlth telephone Ilne and vldeo dlsplay unlt an offlce can reach vast
computerlsed and regularly revlsed data banks To make sense
of thrs mass of lnformatlon the architect now needs even clearer
guldance on the prlnclples and bases of desrgn
Basis of the revision
Our aim, therefore, has been to slmpllfy, rearrange and modernlse
Requirements or advlce contarned In regulations, standards and
codes have for the most part been left out they change dur~ng
the llfe of the book and vary from country to country, moreover
for legal and codrfled data the deslgner should always look to the
orlglnal source Full references have been glven lnformatlon on
constructlon elements (such as foundation, brickwork, roofs)
can easlly be found elsewhere, ~thas been left out or reduced to
make more room for more fundamental work on bulldlng types
At the begrnnlng 'Baslc data' summarlses the essentials of the
human scale In arch~tectureand at the end 'Components' brlngs
together some new European plannlng guldellnes for the spaces
needed to rnstall, operate and marntaln the often complex servlces
now requrred In bulldrngs, technlcal aspects of the Internal
envrronment, and practlcal crlterra for such components as
wlndows, doors, stairs and elevators Though they are not dlrectly
applicable In a non-metr~ccontext we felt these pages to be of
wlde Interest In thelr approach to the presentation of such
lnformatron In the body of the book the measure of what to leave
out, what to put In or to expand has been does thls help the
desrgner In solvlng her or h ~ problems
s of spatlal needs?
XI
Foreword
The sequence of sectrons has been rearranged All parts have
been revlewed, revlsed, brought up to date and In most Instances
expanded thls edltlon IS twenty-flve per cent longer and perhaps
seventy-frve per cent new In substance Specla1 attentron has
been grven to new thlnkrng on hous~ng,educatron, hospitals,
lndustr~alconstruct~onand farm bulldlngs The sectlon on sport
and lelsure has been made far more comprehensrve And through-
out the ~mpl~cat~ons of energy conservatlon, the needs of the
elderly and drsabled, and defence agalnst flre have been stressed
As the flrst rnternatlonal edltron to be published the book contarns
several burldrng types whlch are not common In some countrres
Both Brltlsh and Amerrcan contr~butors llked thls In some
Instances, such as shopplng precincts, more than aslngle bulldlng
IS ~nvolved,for these the rnformatlon glven IS more general In
others, such as underground houses, projects as well as frnlshed
bulldlngs have been glven as examples, although thls IS the
exceptlon
Units of measurement
The lnternatronal System of Unlts (SI) IS used for all unlts of
measurement A declsron on how to apply the system faces
architects and engrneers when drawlng plans at what point to
swltch from the baslc mm to the derlvatlve m There appears to
be no rullng by authority on thls In Architects Data ~tIS solved
In two ways All l~nearmeasurements In text are glven In mllll-
metres up to 9999, standrng as here wlthout ~ndrcator,and from
10 m upwards they are glven In metres wlth the lndlcator m On
the other hand In the many small dlagrams whlch form one of the
book's most useful elements, four frgure dlmenslons would
often make for clutter where there IS thls danger, for dlmenslons
above 999 metres are used wlthout the lndlcator m
There has to be one exception to thls rule In sport lnternatlonal
dlmenslons standards are glven some of these are st111expressed
In 'rmperral' or US customary units Thls sectlon therefore presents
an unavoidable mrxture
To meet the needs of users in the Unlted States of America, who
are mostly still using US customary or 'imperial' units, a set of
converslon factors and tables is provlded -p364-81 (with a
s ~ m p l l f i e d version o n p 4 3 4 ) . I n other approprlate
instances t h e g r a p h ~ cscale may be used (see below).
Scales
Many of the plans and diagrams in the book do not need scales;
their purpose is to express relationships or situations. In many
others the practical needs of the user are best answered by
glving dlmenslons on the drawing. Scales are used only in
relatlon to plans or diagrams of specific buildings or lnstallatrons
and these are shown graphically In metres and feet.
Style
Thls book IS not literature; it is a practlcal manual. The text is
telegraphic and predicatory; In thls it follows the practice of Ernst
Neufert, who wrote in his first edition that h ~ aim s had been to
'reduce, schematise, abstract the elements of design basrcs so
as to make srmple imrtatlon difficult and to oblige the user to
create form and. content out of data'. The size of many of the
diagrams makes necessary the use of abbreviations: these are
therefore used consistently In all plans and diagrams and in
captrons, the most common in the text also, the intention being
that they qurckly become familiar to the user. Abbreviations used
~nt h e b o o k ( - ~ X I I I ) are also listed for q u ~ c reference
k on
p 4 3 4 w h l c h carries t h e converslon tables a n d factors.
Language IS a usual problem in a book Intended for users both
Fore word
sldes the Atlantic, not to mentlon other continents Sometimes ~t
IS posslble to flnd a neutral alternative expression, at others we
have rlsked annoylng everybody occasronally by chooslng a
word from one or the other usage thus the Brltlsh have to accept
'alsle', 'elevator', 'truck', North Amer~cansmust stomach 'foot-
path', 'ground floor' for 'frrst floor' (and 'second' for 'flrst' ),
cooker' for 'range' (whlch has a llmlted speclflc meanlng In the
U n ~ t e dKlngdom) Only rarely have we fallen back on using a
double expresslon such as 'trolley (cart)' North Amer~canreaders
are also asked to accept that Brltlsh spelllng has been used all
through
D~stantlyrelated IS the problem of the rule of the road. Qulte a
number of ~llustrat~ons show access roads, car parkrng, turning
clrcles and such detalls. Some have thelr origln ~ncontinental
Europe, some In North America, some In the Unrted Klngdom.
Rather than try to convert all to one rule we have indicated on
each relevant page whether rt refers to left or rlght hand c~rculat~on.
Acknowledgements
The contr~butorsIn the UK and USA who have made thls new
edition possible are named +pix. Authors, publishers, architects,
rnstltutlons and publlc bodles who have allowed the use of
How to use the book
Arrangement
The contents table -pv shows the grouplng of subjects & sequence
of the book: from basic data for man & h ~ buildings,
s through man In his
community, to bulld~ngsfor commerce, Industry & lelsure, to some
technlcal plannlng data & regulatlons. It can be used to flnd the pages
referring to a grven subject such as 'shops & stores'.
The index -+p429 1s a tool for quick reference to a point of detall eg
'access'. 'shower', 'wheelcha~r'.
The bibliography--p413 IS dlvlded Into 3 parts a the maln alphabetical
(and numbered) list of publlcatlons for further reference, & extracted
from thls b a lrst of the most Important regulatlons & codes of the UK &
USA, c a lrst of references under subject headlngs eg 'alrports'.
'disabled , 'offices', 'schools'
Abbreviations used-~XIIIare also qlven on p434 together with
conversion tables from metric to USA customary or lmprrial
med5ures
Unitsof measurement: S I - p l corivPrsloll-.p364 & p434
copyrights are lrsted on the page following Warmest thanks to
all
Plannlng and execution of the revlslons, changes, new concepts
and Improvements, wh~lea cooperative effort, have been entlrely
the publishers' responslblllty But the work would not have been
posslble w~thoutconsultant edltor George Atklnson, whose
experience, technlcal knowledge and practical outlook have been
rnvaluable We are Indebted also to Wm Dudley Hunt, whose
profess~onal~sm and expertise, whlch are the bass of the respect
h e already enjoys In the USA, have helped enormously In the
completion of the book
Lastly we salute and thank Patrlcla Crowe, whose secretarral
skills gave us a clear course through the seas of paper, and
deputy edltor Rlchard Mlles, who stepped In to see thlngs through
~nthe later stages of the work The formidable task of drawlng or
revising the many new or modlfled flgures fell to Sheena Busby
MSAAT and the d e s ~ g nand layout of the prlnted page to Tony
Leonard, to both of whom our sincerest thanks
Vincent Jones
John Thackara
Application
Suppose you have to prepare a scheme for a college of further
education. Under 'education' In the contents there are page references
for lecture rooms (134), schools of art (137), student hostels (140),
dln~ngrooms (142), lrbrar~es(145).these togetherglvesome of the main
components needed.
On studying these pages you will flnd cross references (lndlcated-) to
other sectlons such as accoustlcs (18 395), audltorlum (350), clnemas
(354). fire escape (44 91), kltchens (213). sanltary un~ts(65). seatlng
systems (351). shared accn (99). sight lines (351),space standards (44
48), workshops (288)
General ~nformatlonon proportions & human measurements IS given
+p9-24, on services, heatlng, Ilghtlng, sound vent~latlon& such
components as elevators, sta~rs.w1ndows+p383-412.
Regulations & codes should be studled before startlng any deslgn:
-b~bl~ographyfor a list of the most ~m~~orlant
 xiii

Abbreviations
Abbreviations used in text and diagrams are listed below gal gallon
NB: plurals are not used in abbreviations gar garage
A ampere GP general practitlonel
ar area g LA guest room
AC alternating current
accn accommodation h helght or hlgh
admln administration ha hall or hectare
arch architect hb (wash) hand basin
ANSI American National Standards Institute hr hour
ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials HUD Dept of Housing & Urban Development
av average hum humidity
Hz hertz
B bed
b bath ICBO lnternational Conference of Build~ngOfficials
base basement IES Illuminating Engineering Society
bathr bathroom IFLA lnternational Federation of Library Associations
bedr bedroom IS0 International Organisation for standardisation
balc balcony (Organisation Internationalede Normal~satron)
bldg building in inch
bldg reg building regulation
BOCA Buildrng Officials & Code Administrators J
BRE Building Research Establishment
BS(I) British Standards (Institution) "K degree Kelvrn
Btu British thermal unit k kitchen or thermal conductivty
BZ British zonal classification kg kilogram
kgf kilogram-force
C or cpd cupboard1USA cabinet km kllometre
"C degree Celsius
c/c centre to centre1USA on centers I litre, length, long
cd candela la larder
CGS central general stores lab laboratory
ch children lau laundry
ClBS Chartered Institute of Building Services l av lavatory or toilet
CIE Commission internationalede I'Eclairage (International lib library
Commission on Illuminatron) IIV living room
ck cooker1USA range lob lobby
classr classroom Ix lux
clo cloakroom
consult consultation, consultrng (room) m metre
corr corridor mdr maid's room (or au paw)
CP code of practice max maxlmum
CSSD central sterile supply depot mech mechanical
med medical
d day or depth MF maintenance factor
dayr dayroom min minimum
dB decibel MIT Massachusetts lnstltute of Technology
DC direct current mm millimetre
degree m/s metres per second
deg
dept department mur music room
DES Department of Education & Scrence
DF daylrght factor N newton
DHSS Department of Health & Social Security NFPA National Fire Protection Association
dia diameter nur nursery
DOE Department of the Environment
DPC damp proof course off office
dr dining room oper operating
dre dressing room 0s Ordnance Survey
DSR domestic service room OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Act

E illumination P passenger, patlent, person, pupil

el electrical Pa parents room1USA master bedroom
eqP equrpment Pe physlcal education
exam examination PtO power take-off
Ptr pantry
"F degree Fahrenheit
fdn foundation R radius
FFL finished floor levellUSA elevation radr radlator
FHA Federal Housing Authorrty RC reinforced concrete
fr fire res~stant reg regulation
ft foot rh relative humldity
RHA Regional Health Authority
9 gram RlBA Royal lnstitute of British Architects
xiv

A bbre viations
S second USHB United States Hospital Board
SBCC Southern Buildrng Code Congress USPHS United States Public Health Service
scl scullery utY utility room
ser servery
SfB system of classificatron (burldlng literature) v volt
sho shower
s~tr sitting room W watt
SI Systeme internatronald'unrtes w width
sk srnk wa wardrobe/USA closet
st seat washr washroom
sto store (-age) wc water closet
stu study workr workroom
WP working plane
t tonne wr waitrng room (or area)
temp temperature
T&G tongued & grooved ~d yard
ter terrace Yr year
4 centre llne
U DC unrversal decimal classification 0 diameter
UF utilrsation factor 3 greater than or equal to
UK Unrted Kingdom s equal to or less than
USA Unrted States of America

1 Leonardo da Vinci: rule of proportion
In the past dimensions based on the human body, and on man's daily
activities, provided a natural basis for all units of measurement. Common
unlts llke the inch -twelfth part of the foot, palm, hand, span, cubit -
length of the forearm, ell -outstretched arm, yard - pace are directly
related to dimensions of the body. Other units (pole, furlong, mile -
pound, stone, bushel etc) have their basis in human activities.
While trade was largely local and manufacture on a craft basis, local
variations in measurements were of llmited importance. The growth of
science and technology, and the establishment of centralised states,
typified in 18th century France, led to a demand for rationalisation of
weights and measures. This the metric system, first adopted in 1790,
met. It had a geodetic and decimal base, divorced from human dimen-
sions and from the duodecimal bases of many earlier systems.
Bas~cData 1
The human scale in architecture
During the 19th and early 20th centuries, the metric system went
through several refinements as scientific knowledge about the physical
world progressed. Out of these refinements arose the 'Systeme Inter-
national d'unites' (SI) now almost universally adopted. Architects' Data
IS based on the use of SI units+p2.
Architectural design remains largely about man and his spatial needs.
The alm of Architects' Data IS to bring together in convenient form
dimensional and spatial planning information relating to most human
activities. The change to SI which took place in the UK-and many other
English-speaking countries - in the 1970s stimulated a fresh look at
user requ~rementsand the~rdimensionalframework. The introduction of
SI In the USA during the 1980s w ~ lhave
l a similar effect.
2 Basic Data
Use of SI units
The rationalised metric system 'Systeme International d'unites' (SI) is a
quantity unit symbol coherent system, nearly all the quantities needed being derived from
only 6 basic and arbitrarily defined units-(I).
length metre m
mass kilogram kg To avoid using large or small numbers a set of prefixes has been agreed
time second s note: practical unit for temp for general use in the SI system. These are set out 4 2 ) . In selecting
el current ampere A is degree Celsius ("C): prefixes consideration should be given to orders of magnitude likely to
absolute temp degree Kelvin "K temp intervals of Kelvin & b e met with in practical situations. To reduce confusion preference
luminous intensity candela cd Celsius are identical should be given to multiples and sub-multiples chosen in steps of 1 000.
Those multiples shown in b r a c k e t s j ( 2 ) are not recommended.
1 Basic units
SUPPLEMENTARY & DERIVED UNITS
name symbol order of magnitude expression
From the 6 basic units others have been derived and mostly given
gigs G Io9 I000 oooooo special names 4 3 ) . For use in design of bldg these fall into 5 groups:
mega M 1O6 1000 000 space and time 4 4 ) ; mechanics and properties of matter 4 5 ) ; heat
kilo k 1o3 1000
hecto h 100 and energy +(6); acoustics and sound 4 7 ) ; and illumination - 4 8 ) . El
102
da 10 units, already well established, are also reproduced 4 3 ) .
10-2 Some multiples and sub-multipes of basic units in common use also
centi lo-' 0.01
have special names:
m~lli m lo-3 0.001
litre 10-3 m3
micro CL TO-6 0.000001
nano n 1o -~ 0.000000001 tonne l o 3 kg
hectare 1O4 m2
2 Multiples & sub-multiplesof SI units Conversion factors & tables+p364-81. Use of SI units-Bib 135

physical quantity name symbol relation to basic units

quantity name symbol expression
force newton N = kg m/s2
temperature degree Kelvln "K 1 "K
work, energy, quantity joule J = kg m2/s2(or Nm)
'degree Celsius "C (273.15 OK)
of heat
energy megajoule2 MJ lOOO000 J
power or energy flow watt W = kg m2/s3(or J/s) 1000 J
rate (heat is only one form kilojoule kJ
of energy) joule J 1J
pressure, stress pascal Pa = kg/m s2 (or N/m2)
millijoule mJ 0.001 J
el charge coulomb C = As
power or heat flow megawatt MW 1000 000 W
el potential volt V = kg m2/s3A(or W/A)
1000 W
rate kilowatt kW
el capitance farad F = A2s4/kgm2(or As/V)
1W
(energy/time) watt W
el resistance ohm (1 = kg m2/s3A2(or VIA)
milliwatt mW 0.001 W
frequency hertz Hz = cyclels
conductivity k-value W/m "C
magnetic flux weber Wb = kg m2/s2A2
(or Vs)
transmittance U-value W/m2"C
magnetic flux density telsa T = kg/s2A (or Wb/m2)
vapour pressure newton/m2 N/m2(1millibar = 100N/m2)
inductance henry H = kg m2/s2A(VsIA)
luminous flux vapour resistance
lumen lum = cd sr*
(reciprocal of MNs/g
illumination lux Ix = cd sr*/m2(or lm/m2)
vapour diffusion)
vapour resistivity
* sr steradian or solid angle subtended at centre of unit radius sphere by (reciprocal of
unit area of surface vapour diffusivity or MNsIgm
permeability)
3 Derived SI units
'the absolute or Kelvin scale is used in scienceand is the official SI scale
quantity name symbol expression but for all practical purposes Celsius is used;
1 therm approximates to 105.5 MJ
length kilometre km 1000 m
metre m Im 6 Energy, heat & thermal insulation; technical data p l 6 393-4
millimetre mm 0.001 m
area square kilometre km2 1000000 m2 quantity name symbol
hectare ha 10000m2
square metre m2 1 m2 frequency hertz Hz
square centimetre cm2 Icm2
(cycle/second)
volume cubic metre m3 1 m3 sound level1 decibel dB
litre I 0.001 m3 reverberation time2 second T
absorption3 sabin s
velocity kilometrelhr km/h 0.278 m/s
metrelsecond m/s Im/s
sound levels recorded usually as A-weighted sound pressure in N/m2
units: dB(A)
4 Space& time reverberation time T = 0.16 VIA where V is volume of rm in m3& A is
total sound absorption
quantity name symbol expression unit of absorption, the sabin, = a x S where a is the sound absorption
coefficient of a material, S its ar
mass tonne t 1000 000 g 7 Acoustics; technical data p i 8 395-7
(1 000 kg)
kilogram kg I000 g
gram 9 1 !3 quantity name symbol
milligram mg 0.001 g
force luminous intensity candela cd
(mass/acceleration) meganewton MN 1000000 N luminous flux lumen Im
kilonewton kN 1000 N (flow of light)
newton N 1N illuminance lux lm/m2
(1 Ib force approximates to 4.5 N) (light falling on surface)
pressure or stress pascal Pa 1 N/m2 luminance apostilb cd/m2
(forcelarea) (sometimes expressed as N/mm2) (light emitted by source) (candela/m2)
I I 1

5 Structural design 8 Illumination; technical data p25-6 398-9

 Basic Data 3
Drawing sheets
LAYOUT & IDENTIFICATION --
-T?
"1
$A?>
Layout: on every sheet f~llngmargln, tltle and ~ d e n t ~ f ~ c apanel
t~on w
8 3
Filing margin: at left hand edge 3 20 w ~ d eF ~ l ~ npunch
g marks and
fold marks prlnted as tlcks at edges of sheet (m~crofllmrng4 p 7 ) bl

Title panel: place in bottom right hand corner of sheet to aid reference
when prints filed or folded -+(1)(2). Include: job title; drawing title;
r- - - - - - - --revisionsuffix
' - - - - - - date of revision
scale; date of drawing; job number; SfB and UDC reference if appro-
priate; name of architect. Panel may also give init~alsof person drawing,
i- .--initials
Ij revisiondetails
I
tracing and checkrng sheet. USA panels+(3).
Rev~sionsuffix should be changed each time drawing issued after
revision; or list each revlslon as is USA practice.
Printed blank title panels or use of stencils, transfers or rubber stamps
save tlrne and labour.
Information panel: note nature and date of each revision, with archl-
tect's initials; start at bottom of panel and work upwards. If general notes
included start at top and work down.
Key: on large projects give key d~agramshowing continuous draw~ng
sheets, w ~ t happropriate part blacked in on each relevant drawing.
architect/engineer/planner
Orientation: show N point on every plan. When practicable all plans
should have same orientailon, except for s ~ t elocation plan. For t h ~ draw
s
N at top of sheet to avo~d~dentificatronwrth official maps.
job architect
3 Information &title
job title
panels in USA a vertical
arrangement b horizontal

0
2
drawing title

job no drawing no

CIIS~B revlsron suffix

7 1 1 I I I T I

1 Typical title panel: vertical

4 Basic Data

Drawing sheets
SIZES & FOLDS
Standard sizes
A0 841 x 1189
A1 594 X 841
A2420 x 594
A3297 x 420
A 4 2 1 0 x 297
These sizes all proportional, leading to simple reduction and enlarge-
ment: sheets may eas~lybe folded for f ~ l ~ nand
g despatch. Relatively
small slzes should lead to easier handling in drawing office and on s~te.
Keep number of sizes to mln to ease b~ndingand reference.
Original drawings and contact coples should each be of standard slzes;
therefore a v o ~ dtrlmmrng sheets to less than A sizes.

Folding
Prlnts may be folded to A4 size quite easily from any large A size
When prints are to be filed necessary to fold in such way that punch
holes penetrate only 1 layer. Methods of folding -.(I) and p5.

1 Simple folding of draw~ngs

 Basic Data 5
Drawing sheets
SIZES & FOLDS

1 Folding of drawings for filing

6 Basic Data

Drawing practice
Designer's princ~pallanguage is through drawrng and draughtsmanship.
type of parts of bldg
~nformation &site Drawings express his intentions clearly. They are internationally readable.
t + Supplemented by schedules and specifications of materials and work-
manship they enable quantities of materials needed and prlces to be
estimated, blds to be drawn up, work to be planned by builder and
locat~on*7 carried out on construction site. Drawlngs are principal means by which
designer's intent~onsare discussed with client and authorities. On basis
substructure of architect's drawings des~gnsof specialists (eg structural, mech,
72+ e- superstructure el engineer) and work of specialist contractors can be planned and
+secondary coordinated.
f= elements
+-- finishes In recent years much attention has been given to use of drawings and
--
+services the~rcoordination -p7. Draughtsrnan has ava~lablewtde range of instru-
i t L J Li - -

e- fixtures rnents and tools. Since first Engllsh ed~tionof Architects' Data unpre-
foundation plan e- s~te cedented developments in reprographrc techniques and computer
I
T graph~cs.

assembly
WORKING DRAWINGS
Working drawlngs should convey bulk of techn~calinformation about

Y1
substructure bldg project. Burlder needs to know 'shape', 's~ze'and 'locat~on'of bldg

-I- =:
I k
- - - -
4-1
- e- superstructure
c- secondary
as whole and of all constitutent parts and must be told 'cornposltion' of
materials to be used and assembly and fasten~ngmethods (+ Bib

1 fi?L$:ztion
-- -

+elements
finishes 075 081).
e- servlces Grids on plans and key reference planes on elevations lrnprovc qual~ty
t- fixtures
of dimens~onalinformation on working drawlngs; when repeated on
+site details they help to locate them ~nbldg. Compos~tionbest dealt w~th~n
L~
bills of quantltles or speciflcatlons. Drawlngs and schedules should
indlcate materials used; graphic symbols may be used for t h ~ spurpose
(+B1b142).
component
The set of drawings
K;-
- - - --

-
--
--
-
-
-- - - - 7-' - A substructure
superstructure
A secondary
Two facets of information used to classify lnformatlon needed ~nstruc-
turing sets of drawings: first dlfferent~atesbetween locat~on,assembly
elements and component ~nformation;second parts of bldg and slte + ( I )

I precast concrete
edgebeam
-
finishes
+services
+fixtures
slte
4 2 ) deflnes purposes of locat~on,schedule, assembly and component
drawings.
Not every type of these drawings w ~ l be
l requ~redfor 1 bldg project.
Some types of draw~ngsand some types of ~nforrnationmay be In
appropriate c~rcumstancescombined.
' there will be additionaldrawlngs dealing
with project as whole BRE tests favour elemental breakdown of bldg for systematic and
conven~entarrangement of information. 4 3 ) shows un~versall ~ s of
t
elements wlth code numbers based on CIISfB table 1 4 p 8 (+Bk 553)
1 Arrangement of the set
(not used in USA).
locatl0n' slte & extcrnal to ~ d c r ~ t ~
locate
f y . & d~menslorithe
works slle & external works
' there will bu~ld~ng to ~dent~fy.locale & dimens~oriparts
be add~t~onal &spaces w ~ t h ~bldg
n & to show
location overall shapes by plan, elevat~on ( ) slte, project
draw~ngs or sectlon
dnallng wllh to locale gilds, datums 8 key substructure superstructure services l~ttings site
project as reference planes
whole lo convey dlmens~orisfor setllrrg out
to glve other iriformat~on01 general
(1-1 (2-1 (3-1 (4-1 (5-) (6-1 1 - (8-1 (9-)
nature for which small scale is ground primary secondary f~n~shes
mainly manly t~xed loose external
approrlate (ey door sw~ngs) substructure elerncnts elements p~ped el elements
element to glve locat~on& setting-out (10) (201 (30) (40) (50) (60) (70) (80) (90)
about 1 element, or
lnforrnal~ori external
group of related elements works
(11) (21) (31) (41) (51) (61) (711 (811 (91)
cross-references to show cross-references to ground external external external el supply c l r c ~ ~ l a t ~cir~ulat~on
on
schedules, assembly & walls opening:;
comporlent draw~ngs
(I2) (22) (32) (42) (52) (621 (72) (82) (92)
schedule element lo c ~ l l e c tepet~tivc
t lnformatlon internal ~rllernal ~r~ternaldialriaye, power seallng seatlng
ahout elements or products w h ~ c h
walls openlngs waste llxed loose
occilr ln variety (13) (23) (33) (43) (53) (63) ( 1 (83) (93)
11, record cross-references to floorbeds Iloors floor floor liquid light~ng 1 ~llhriilry cullnary
assembly & component draw~ngs opening:; supply
(14) (24) (34) (44) (54) (64) I (84) (94)
assembly element to show ;assembly 01 parts of 1 stairs, balustrades stair gases commuril~:.illiio~,~.,\riit.uy :ianilary
element lnclud~ngshape & size ramps supply
of those parts
lo show an element at ~ t lunctlon
s (1 51 (25) (35) (45) (55) (65)
wlth another elemerit suspended celllrlg space r lk,.in!rrq <:lean~r~g
to show cross-references to other celllngs coollng
assembly & component drawlrigs (16) (26) (36) (46) (56) ((;hi 1/11) (tlb)
foundat~ons space ~I,III~,~IOII .ICI ',to
cornporlcnt element 01 lo show shdpe, d~rr~ensions & heat~ng '.1 11,(.Illllll ' A 11.1,11111,,

sub-elenlrnls assembly (& posslbly compos~t~ori) (1 7) (27) (37) (47) (57) illil lit) (11;)
of component to hc made away piles roofs roof roof ventllat~orl 1 I ~ , r l , . ( 1~11
from bldg openlngs A, Iv~ly II liv~ly
toshow componentpartsof an rnsrtu
assembly wh~chcannot bedefined (I8) (78) (38) (48) (58) (1,Ill I [IIII] (OH)
a d c q ~ ~ a l eon
l y assembly d r a w ~ r ~ g
franlrs '.,', t t r r ~ v
I I,I~OI
-
2 Type of drawing & purpose 3 Elemental breakdown (from CI/SfB tablc l i
8 Basic Data

Drawing practice
LEVELS REFERENCING
General Levels on section & elevation
Levels record dlstance of posltlori above or below detlned datum UK practlce uses same method as for levels on plan except that level
should be projected beyond drdwlnq wlth arrowhead lndlcatlng approprlate
Datum Ilne--(la)
Property surveys refer srte elevatronsto datum established by government
or1 offlcial maps. UK temporary bench mark (TBM), USA slte bench Classification & coding
mark, establishes plane to whlch all other levels related as posltrve ~f In USA pract~cedrawlngs used to show locdt~onsand dlmenslons o f
above and negatrvc rf below Dlrnens~onsglveri In mm, or in USA bldg elements and materrals ldentrfred rn notes by generlc termrnology
normally In ft and tenths of It. In relatlor~to datum. Speclflcatlons dccompanylng drawrngs descrrbe rnaterlals and work-
manshlp Widespread use of standard construction lndexlng system
Levels on plan Improved both coordrnatlon and reference between drawlngs and
On s ~ t edrawlngs show exlstrng levels differently from Intended levels speclflcatlons and cost estrmatlng and product data
Exlstlng contours shown dotted new contours In solid Ilnes. Spot elevations
shown: SfB system of class~ficationand coding of bldg components and elements
(applied In UK as CIISfB +Bib553) allows lnformatlon be coordlnated
exlsllng level: x 58.21 and correlated.
new level- )52.06- By means ot Sf6 lnformatlon contarned wlthln different klnds of docu-
Exact pos~tlonto whrch level appl~esshould be lndlcated by 'x'. ments (eg bills of quantity, drawlngs, spec~tlcatlons,texts, trade Ilterature)
Flool levels should be clearly lndlcaled on plans: can be coord~natedand correlated lor max benefrt of user
UK Flnlshed Floor Level t F L 60.25 SfB 1s facet system of alpha-numerical symbols formlng 3 tables whlch
USA Frr~lshedFloor Elevation FFE = 60 25 may be used lndlvldually or In comb~nat~on to lndlcate concepts and
Levels on scctlon and elevatlon + ( I ) terms requlred
These tables list: burldlng elements, components/products. materials;
also -+p6(3).
Each type of component or element shown on drawlng may be ldent~fled
by approprlate SfB notatlon eg:

1"
FFL poi' OOO] 1101
.. (first floor) concrete blocks
concrete lintels
01 FFL -1 aluminium sectrons
(rnezzanrne) v hardwood sectrons
FFL 1 10i000) G
manholes
-
(groundfloor)
external walls
wlndows
-
v ground level doors
radrators
(basement)
Notations may be combined eg:
external walls, concrete block (21)Ff2
windows, aluminium (31)Hh4
doors, hardwood (32)H13
Keep number and length of component and element notations to mln
compatible with ratronal system of ~dentiflcationfor each particular job.
Speclfic component wlthln any range may be Identifled by sufflx glving
nomrnal slzes for length, w~dth,herght:
second floor concrete block Ff2 400 mm x I 0 0 mm x 200 mm
Alternatively, where princrples of modular coord~nat~on are applied.
such sufflx may glve nomlnal sizes for component or element In multiples
of 100 mm (M) eg. concrete block Ff2 4M x 1M x 2M

f~rstor

ground level

cxlstlng qrade

Drawing practice referer~ces

+Blbllography entrles 061 075 081 Oi{,' oil'^ l . ' / I.'){ 1:<5 142 290 322
1 Levels on section & elevatlon a UK b USA 4 4 8 4 6 3 5 5 3 6 2 1 638
 Basic Data 9
Proportions
MAN: THE UNIVERSAL STANDARD

geometricaldivision of

1 Proportions of human body

Body and reach characteristics of people of key Importance in architec-

tural design: from early time artists and scientists have been concerned
with dimensions and proportions of human body + ( I ) . In such dimen-
sional systems human body has been measured in terms of hand, foot,
arm or head. Using data from anthropometrical survey one can plot
graphs of measurements against their frequency of occurrence forming
curved line 4 2 ) . Normal, or bell-shaped, curve obtained when adult
standing heights or other measurementswhich depend on bone struc-
ture shown on graph. Curve is symmetrical if measurements of group
normally distributed.
People by reason of age, sex, physique and, possibly, disability show
wide range of body and reach dimensions. Anthropometry name used
for science of measurement of human body and its movements in
space. From studies of functional anatomy concept of effective work
space has been developed. Architects' Data brings together much of
this information. Although for purposes of design usually necessary to
use av human dimensions as criteria, should be borne in mind that only
half or less of population under consideration may be fully satisfied. In
some circumstances, particularly when designing for young children,
elderly or disabled, necessary to take account of special needs, and of
variations from av. In stature adult females average about 5% less than
adult males and elderly women up to 10% less. 0 1 000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Frequency (numberof males)

I I
2 Frequency distr~but~on
curve for standing h USA males
 10 Basic Data

Systems of proportions have been used in design by architects through-

out the centuries. Measurements of class~calbldg show basls of geo-
metrical proportion +(l).
One frequently used proport~onalrelationship based on 'golden section':
relationship M : m in which minor part m is to major part M as t h ~ sIS to
sum of both ~ e :
m : M = M:(Mm)+(2)

RELATION TO HUMAN SCALE

One architect to develop proport~onalsystem for use In des~gnwas Le
Corbusler HIS concept Le Modulor (8113445)was flrst publ~shedIn 1948,
though he had been evolv~ngthe Idea of comb~n~ng human d~mens~ons In
a mdthematical framework for some tlme previously In an attempt to use
In h ~ des~gns
s a measure related to the human scale whlch was unlver
sally appl~cable
System uses Golden Sect~onto mark out div~slonsof human body
+(3)(4). F~rstproposal for Le Modulor was based on man's height of
1720 (approx 5 ft 9 in), giving with outstretched arm +(3) overall
dimension of 2 160. Later helght of 6 ft 0 In (or about 1 830) was adopted.
glvlng overall dirnens~onof 2260. Based on these last dimens~ons2
serles, red progression and blue progresslon, were developed +(6).
Each dlmenslon 1s proportionally larger, or smaller, than its nelghbour
givlng harmonlous progresslon. Using dimensions from the 2 series a
series of rectangular gr~dscan be formed, based on Golden Sect~onbut
related to human scale.

1 Corner of Doric temple based on golden section

I-

2 Rectangle with sides 4 The modular

corresponding to golden section

5 Greek temple in plan &elevation based, as in-(I), on golden section

dimensions ~nSI units in rnm dimensions in inches rounded to % "

red progression blue progression red progresslon blue progresslon

952807
588 867 1 177735
363 940 727880
224927 449 855
139013 278025
85914 171 829
53 098 106 196
32816 65633
20 282 40563
12535 25 069
7 747 15494 :JOI, 609
4 788 9 576 liilil 317
2 959 5918 Ill,' 233
1 829 3 658 i:' 144
1130 2260 I.It 851
698 1 397 8 ,
!I!,
432 863 I, 24
267 534 111' :)I
165 330 /,I I:l
102 201 I 1i
63 170
39 /ti
24 4il
15 :;[I
9 111
6 II
I I
3 Human proportions 6 Explanations of dimc.11 II 11 I I II~(IIIIII
 Basic Data 11 1

Man
g; 1
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS "9 ~
Body measurements
+(I)-(20) show body measurements based on European data.+(21)-
(26) show further body measurements based on USA data. School
children +p131-32.

Lt-.

1-1375 ------( 2 - 7 5 0 4 3L625---' 4+875----( 56625----1 6 C-- 700 ---'

5004

. I

I I
I c

J !
I
+875 -----4 8 - 6 2 5 4 9 t300-I 10-875--1 11 t-- 875 ---1 12 t--- 1125 +

small easy char arrncha~r

T
8
m
0
a7
T-
In -..-
.-- **,; ..g-
In m
r. 8
13
L + 875 ----1 14 &-- --1 15 C 900-1 0 0 0 - 4
s-
16
1+ 1250
0
N-
LD

1875 9

17 1250 -------1 18 1500 -----------( 19 C---- 1625 -------A 20 a 22000 --------------I

k 1 7 0 0 - 1 980 max recline+

1-1 270-1

21

work I

I--
 Basic Data 11
Man
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Body measurements
+ ( I )-(20) show body measurements based on European data.-+(21)-
(26) show further body measurements based on USA data. School
children + p 1 3 1 3 2

J
1-1375 ---------1 2 - 7 5 0 4 3 C 6 2 5 A 4-875- 5-625+ 6 -700-

p5 0 0 1

. '

I
875 ---A 8 -625---1 9 t300-I 10W875----1 11 t-- 875 ---4 12 +1 125 ------1

T
0
m
0

0
m
P.

1
13

17- 1 2 5 0 - - - - - - - - - - ( 18-1500 - 19C-----1625-----------( 20- 2000 -----------1

ksso+ P I 7 0 0 -1 980rnax recline-,

-710-

10-1 5"

11
- 270-1

21 datum
1-1 900
1
-
work I
510 rn~n

knee
 12 Basic Data

Man
:r
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Min d~mens~ons and space requlrernents of human beings In some
common situat~ons,based on European rneasurements+also p l I 13 14.

Space requirements between walls (for moving persons add 2 10% to w)

Space requirements of groups

- 1250 1 - 1875 I t 2000 + t 2125 4 I-------- 2250 - 4

8 Closely p d ~ k e d 9 Normal spaclng 1 0 Cho~r 11 Walling queue 12 W~thshoulder loads

Step measurements

c7504 750 t 7 5 0 4 I 875 I - 875 --C 875 4 C 1250 t 625 i 2 000

13 14 Marchlng 15 Stroll~ng 16 Max/m7 6 persons

Space requirements of various body postures

I

Space requirements for hand luggage Space requirements with stick & umbrella
 Basic Data 13
Man
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS: ACCESS FOR WORK ON BUILDINGS

1 Body clearance prone

9 Servlce access panel

2 Body clearance crawl

t700 +
mln
1600
I
, recommended for angles 50"to 75"
handralls requlredon both s~des~frlsers not
lefl open or d no s~de
walls
w 500-600 w~thhandralls
600 mln between s~dewalls

3 Body clearance squat

t-goo+
+-+ mln 300
to 350
10 Service access catwalk

recommended rtser 180-250

tread 75-1 50
4 Body clearance stoop 45 d ~ max
a for handra~l

t-1 100-f- 13 Serv~ceaccess step ladders

5 Body clearance maintenance

reach levels

11 Service access: stairs

min entries for 1 man:

300 330-450 difficult
450-61 0 fair
61 0-920 good
6
vert~cal

generally su~table
for vertlcal movements 75"-90"
w mln 800 ladder frame should extend 900 above platform
optimum 1 100 w 380 mln, 450 des~rable
650 d ~ a 600 mln between s~dewalls
(800square 150 toe space
preferable)
7 Sewlce access crawlway

optlmum

*
850
I I
mln 450 d ~ a
or
square optlmum range prov~deback guard over 6000 h

8 Serv~ceaccess hatch 12 Serv~ceaccess ramps 14 Servlce access rung ladders

Proportions references:
Bibliography entries 075 081 082 445
 Basic Data 13
Man
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS: ACCESS FOR WORK ON BUILDINGS
a
$33
<Q*
0

1 Body clearance prone

+-I 000--+ 9 Service access panel

2 Body clearance crawl

t700 +
mln I recommended for angles 50" to 75'
1600 \ handrails requlredon both s~des~frlsers not
left open or ~fno s~de
walls
w 500-600 w~thhandrarls
600 mln between s~dewalls

3 Body clearance squat

t-goo+
+-+-
mln 300
to 350
10 Servlce access catwalk

recommended rlser 180-250

tread 75-1 50
4 Body clearance stoop 45 d ~ max
a for handrall

tl100-+ 13 Serv~ceaccess step ladders

5 Body clearance malntenance

reach levels

11 Service access: stairs

min entries for 1 man:

330-450 difficult
450-61 0 fair
610-920 good
6
vertlcal

generally su~tablefor vert~calmovements 7-90"

w mln 800 ladder frame should extend 900 above platform
optlmum 1100 w 380 mln, 450 des~rable
650 d ~ a 600 mln between s~dewalls
150 toe space

7
(800 square
preferable)
Servlce access crawlway
' l
optlmum
80 5" 340
83 0" 350
85 0" 360
87 5" 370
I I
+--+
mln 450 d ~ or
a
90 0" 380max
300 mln
800

square optrmum range prov~deback guard over 6000 h

8 Service access hatch 12 Sewlce access ramps 14 Servlce access rung ladders

Proportions references:
Bibliography entries 075 081 082 445
14 Basic Data
Man
WALKING SPEEDS & FLOW CAPACITY +also p407
1 Normal pace of male adult on
horizontal plane
I -1
3 Tread & rise proportion rule-of-
+
thumb: going twice rise = 600
I -1
5 If stairs wide & straight distance
of walk line from handrail 550
7 W of stairs allowing 3 people to
meet & pass
2 On ramp pace reduced:
desirable slope 10%-8%
4 Ifstairs narrow or curved
distanceof walk line from outerstring
450-400
6 W of stairs allowing 2 people to
pass
8 Stalrs: USA dimensions
DIMENSIONS & SPACE REQUIREMENTS
NB European data (1)-(7); USA (8)(9)
Stairs
Relation between riser and going for most normal staircases 2R: 1G
where R = rlser (not greater than 190, or for elderly and ambulant
dlsabled not more than 170: external steps 145 preferred) arid G =
going (not less than 240, or for elderly and ambulant dlsabled not less
than 250: external steps 370 preferred).
Av walking speeds on stairs lower than In corrldors: generally faster
down than up but in dense crowd down may be slower Number of
mis-steps increases as size of tread reduced; more accidents gorng
downstairs than up. Design details +p86(5) 408 Y3
Corridors & ramps
Factors affecting walking speeds on level footways ( ~ n
or outdoors).
purpose of journey;
age and sex;
whether s~ngleperson or in group;
air temp (quicker ~ncold);
floor surface;
whether carrylng welght;
crowd density;
flow pattern.
Walking speeds vary w ~ t h l rcrowd;
~ range between h~ghestand lowest
speed can be equal to mean value.
Llmlt of free flow condltlons In corrrdors approx 0 3 P/m7, hlgher
densit~esllrnlt lndlv~dual'sab~lltywalk at natural speed and overtake At
dens~ty1 4 P/m2 (commonly adopted des~gnmax) most people will be
walklng at less than natural speed and feel some d~scornforl
Short length of slope In level footway scarcely affects walklng speed;
sim~larlyfor low grad~entramps ( S 5%). Steeper ramps can reduce
speed markedly: eg by 20% w~th10% gradient, 40% wlth 15% grad~ent.
Elderly and disabled (+p85(2) 87(11)) generally walk more slowly
down than up ramp (gradient S 8%). Deslgn details i p 4 0 7 .
Doors
With heavy traffic speed of flow through doors depends on type of user
(eg oldlyoung, carrylng weight) and on density of trafflc each slde of
door. For heavy 2-way traffic 2 separate openings desirable.
Design detalls +p401-2
Elevators
Traffic capacity determined by analysls of flow pattern -p410-12
9 Ramp: USA dimensions
 Basic Data 15
Man & his buildings
Bldg shelter man against unwanted effects of weather. A principal
function of their design is to ensure within bldg environment conducive
Quality of air
Fresh air in open country consists largely of nitrogen, oxygen, water
K
to well-being and efficiency. Several physical variables together involved vapour and small amounts of other gases. Amount of water vapour in air
E
in determining whether environment is, or is not, acceptable for 1 or always changing. Composition of dry air-.(l).
O
PT
more human activities. There are indices which combine in various
Outside air may be polluted by contaminants released from industrial
ways physical variables which relate to human responses; 3 of these
processes, burning of fossil fuels for heating or transportation, dust etc.
indices relate to: thermal comfort, visual efficiency, acceptable levels
Indoor air may also be polluted 4 2 ) . Rates-at which contaminants $&
of noise + p i 6 17 18. Quality of alr must be acceptable, not containing
produced vary in part according to kinds of activity going on 4 3 ) - ( 5 ) .
contaminants which may be unpleasant or even harmful.
Limiting values of common contaminants+(6).
Odours, mainly body odour and consequences of tobacco smoking,
constituent gas % by volume present special problem: consist of large number of constituent chemi-
cals in small but variable proportions. Attempts to define and measure
I
odours chemically usually unsuccessful. In general tobacco odour masks
nitrogen 78.08
body odour. With nearly all odours effects become rapidly less noticed
oxygen 20.94
carbon dloxide 0.03 after few minutes in contaminated space.
argon & other gases 0.95 Fresh air supply needed to maintain body odour at satisfactory level
depends upon standards of personal hygiene. Different for adults and
I Composition of dry atmosphere children 4 7 ) .
For tobacco odour conditions, hab~tsand patterns of occupancy vary
source contaminants
greatly. Ventilation requirements for offices depend on whether office
space small (when may be assumed all occupants smoke) or large
physiological C02,H20,body odour open-plan (when on av only 50% or less will be smokers) -+(a).
combust~on(fully burnt fuels) COZ,HZO.SOZ
combustion (unburnt or part~ally CO,CH,, petrol vapour Air quality may be maintained in 3 ways: by controlling production of a
burnt fuels) contaminant, venting any residue to open air; by diluting contaminant by
household activities H20,odours bringing in outdoor air through windows, ventilators etc; by replacing used
tobacco smoking CO, odours, irritants
and contaminated air mechanically through system of air conditioning.
2 Common contaminants of ail For exact conditions check relevant codes and standards

activity contaminant
I I
C02(l/s/P) I H 2 0(watervapour) g/s/P
restlng
light work
moderate work
heavy work
very heavy work

3 Rates of production of physiologicalcontaminants

activity H 2 0g/day/household 0 5 10 15
occupation density rn3/P
cooking 3 000
bathing 1 000
dish washing 1 000
clothes washing 500
clothes drylng 5000 (automatic dryers to be vented to outslde)

4 Rates of production of water vapour (H20)from household activities

fuel contaminant

C02 water vapour (H20) SO2

I/s/kW g/hr/kW I/s/kW

natural gas I occupation density rn3/P I

kerosene 7 Air supply rate for odour a children b adults: 1 conditions regarded as
low pressure
good by occupants & acceptable to visitors 2 intermediate 3 conditions
gas 0.033 130 -
objectionable to visitors but still bearable by occupants
tobacco 0.8 Ilsicigarette carbon monoxlde (CO)

5 Rates of production of contaminants by combustion & smoking

contaminant limiting concentration %

toxicity flammability

carbon dioxide 0.5 -

carbon monoxide 0.005 12.0-75.0
sulphur dioxide 0.0005 -
methane 30 5.0-15.0 >
propane 30 2.0-9.5 8 I I I
butane 30 1.5-8.5 0 2 4 6 8 1 0 1 2
acetylene 302 2.5-8.2 floor space/P m2iP
hydrogen 30 4.0-7.4 I I
petrol (gasoline) 0.1 1.4-7.6 8 Ventilation requirements for off: vertical dotted line shows lower limit as
defined by UKOffices & Shops & Railway PremisesAct (assumingceiling h of
6 Limiting values of common contaminants 2.7 m)
16 Basic Data

Man & his buildings

THERMAL COMFORT
Rm lemp requ~redfor lhermal comfort depends on occupant's activlty
arid clothlng worn. Also depends on speed o l air movement and on hum
3f air ( ~ temperate
n cl~nlatesonly to a small extent).
For purpose of spec~ly~ng comfortable lemp 4 levels of actlvlty have
been suggested - ( I ) . Also conven~entto dlvide clotti~ngworn Into
categor~csaccording to ~nsulat~on whlch ~t affords, thls b e ~ n gspec~f~ed
In the u n ~'clo'-
l 1 'clo' = 0 155 m2"C/W. Except for bedcloth~ngmodern
~ndoorcloth~ngrarely exceeds ~nsulat~on value 1 clo -(2)
," "
I
74 I > In ,I> I" ,i1" $3 6 a 1 o i r G lo I? 14 16 i n u, 22 24 20 28 "0 ii id
In terms of comlort people afiected almost as rnuch by tenlp of surtaces
w h ~ c hs u r r o ~ ~ rthem
ld as by that of alr. 1 way o l spec~fy~ng
comb~ned monthly mean outdoor temp "C
~ f f e c ol
t alr and surface terrlp IS by use ot lemp of globe thermometer
~ ( 3However.
) 11l~ttled~lfercnceIn rm betweer~globe and air temp (as 4 Preferred indoor temp: U S A temp range greater, say 5 0 - + 4 3 C ;for
happens In well insulated rrr~)alr temp may be adequate measure of Interpretation -text
ttlermal corld~t~ons
Irriportant lo d r s t ~ r ~ g ~between
i ~ s h vent~lal~on
rates whlch affect alrqual~ty
by diluting contaminants, and alr movemerit wh~chmay attect thermal
comlorl If air movenicnl trl rm exceeds about 0.2 mls, htgher rm temp
requlred lo provlde equivalent comforl. I r i normal temperale envlron-
rneni ellect of hum on percerved warmth very sl~ght:but 11people very
hot (as dur~ngvery act~vcwork or In very warrri environment) h ~ g hhum
wtll aggravate dlscomlort Air movement over s k ~ n w ~ lbe
l beneflctal.
No parllcular level of Lenip w ~ l be
l satisfactory lor everybody Not only
~ ' I Idress
I and degree act~v~ty vary, bul people dlffer In requ~rcments
Llsually adequale m a ~ n t atemp
~r~ w~th~ 2C
n of opt~mum.Wh~leno Impor-
tant general tl~fferericebetween temp prelerred by men or women,
yJung or old, there will be d~lferencesIn part due to clothing and In part
to actlvlty. Old people usually less actlve Children ol secondary school
aqe requtre stm~larlenlp lo adults, but more tolerant of varlatlons.
Younger ch~ldreneven more tolerant and, b a n g more actlve, prefer
lower tenip. 1 taclor ~r~fluenc~ng cloth~ngpeople wear ;:I prevailtng
outdoor Iemp For sedentary actlv~tles,carr~edout by people In thelr
~ ~ s uclottitng,
al preferred Indoor temp generally Ile wtthtn bands shown
b ( 4 ) Barld A for bldq where heatlng, or cooling, plant operating, band B
lor 'free runnlng' hldg ic where no arlif~clalmeans tor heal~ngor cool~ng
used, therrriostat setllngs USA. C (coollrig In summer) D wlnter. ->(5)
shows basellne thermal comfort chart based on USA data

I I
rate of metabolic
activlty description heat produced:
W/m2 body arl
sleeplng body relaxed lylng down. recllnlng 10
slttlnq reading, typlng, clcrlcal work 50-60 dry bulb ("C)
standlng llttle movement (eg servlrig at counter) 65- 90
actlve whole body moving walklng,
bedrnaklng 90-1 30
I I
I Lyplcal surface ar of male bodles 1.8 m7;female 1.6 m' 5 Baseline thermal comfort chart based on U S A data

1 Levels of activity usual In bldg

1 clothing I description I insulationvalue: clol

2 Categories of clothing worn ~ndoors

clothing activity

3 Comfortable rm temp In 5t1llalr C In qlobe temp

 Basic Data 17
Man & his buildings
gJJ
design illuminance
VISUAL EFFICIENCY a>
(lux) I (foot-candle) Visual performance depends on total perception of space: involves
%
quality of light as well as total amount. Indices to cover different aspects
0
circulatron
casual work of short duration
of lighting have been developed. They distinguish between artificial and 0
routine work (young people)
routine work eg in off
day lighting.
%
demanding work eg in drawing off Artificial lighting $23
fine work eg textile processing Important are quantity of light (illuminance) and glare, also reflectances
very fine work eg hand engravrng of surfaces being Ilt +p25-6 398. The task, and its relative importance
minute work eg inspection of very fine assembly agalnst lighting its background and the whole space, determine illumr-
nance. Design illuminances, ie mean rllumrnance over maintenance
I if area windowless next higher level recommended cycle of lighting system, for common tasks+(l).
'where reflectancesof surfaces unusually low or errors in task have Visibility of task depends on d~rectionof incident light as well as quant~ty.
serious consequences next higher level recommended: where task of
short duration lower level may be acceptable Harsh shadows, and glare from bright or very bright light source or its
reflection, undesirable. Glare can impair vision. But some shadowrng
1 Design illuminances for common tasks: illuminance-p25 26 helps perceptron of textures and shapes.

I task max value of glare index

I
Discomfort glare arises when lumrnarres and other sources of light too
bright in contrast wlth general background. Degree of discomfort indr-
cated by glare index, recommended max values being determined by
demanding 16 task: the more demanding the task the lower the value acceptable+(2).
routine 19
routine for short duratron 22 Surface reflectances and colour of surfaces affect general brrghtness
casual 25 and distribution of light in rm.
circulation 28
I I Daylighting+p27-32
2 Recommended max values of glare index Windows in bldg have 2 main visual functions: to let light in during
daylrght hours and to enable people to see out-or in. They permit entry
min DF % into a bldg of solar energy: direct, by absorption and reradiation by
atmosphere, and by reflection from sunlit surfaces. Windows also source
of heat loss. Choice of window basic to architectural design +p403-6.
demanding
routine As source of illumination daylight has many pleasant directional qualltres.
casual & circulation 0.5 Its quantity varies with outside conditions and is specified in terms of
DF; ie ratio of Internal to external daylrght levels+p26-7. For llghtrng tasks
3 Min DF for certain types of task min DF specified, based on percentages of typical working year that
requrred task rllumrnance wrll be exceeded 4 3 ) .

COLOUR
Colour In bldg is both aid to vtslon and means by which architect creates
pleasant, stimulating appearance. Good colouring and good lighting
rnterdependent.
Common practice of describing colours by arbitrary names deprecated.
Several systems for classifying colours. One such, standardised by
CIE, based on 3 phys~calattributes (wavelength, purity, luminance),
wldely used in colour lab but less suitable for archrtectural design than
American Munsell system, based on 'value' (lightness), 'chroma' (satu-
ration of pigment, or strength), 'hue'.
Munsell 'hue' scale includes I 0 major 'hue' regrons, each sub-divided
+(4)(5). Major 'hue' regions denoted by initials, positions in region by
numbers: e g 7.5RP denotes reddish red-purple hue. In UK attribute
'greyness' replacing that of 'value' or lightness. 5 distinct categories
used: grey: nearly grey; grey-clear; nearly clear; clear.
For use in design of lrghting possrble to determine from Munsell value
approx equivalent reflectron factor independent of 'hue' or 'chroma'
4 6 ) . Hue planes+pl8(1).

4 Munsell hue scale: 10 named hue bands with 10 steps in each (100 hue
steps in all)

50Y 75PB
perfect N 2 4 6 810121416 perfect N 2 4 6 810121416
wh~te wh~te
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
Munsell value reflectionfactor %
a 5 m 5
1 4 3 4
? 3 ' 3 very light 9-9.5 72-84
2 2
light 7-8 42-56
1 1
mrddle 5-6 20-30
perfect perfect dark 3-4 6-1 2
black N 2 4 6 8 10121416 black N 2 4 6 8 10121416
chroma chroma verydark 1-2 1.5-2

5 Vertical %-sections through Munsell solid at a particularyellow (5Y) & 6 Reflection factor equivalents to Munsell value
particular purple-blue hue (7.5 PB) with neutral axis common to both: filled
rectangles indicate approx scope of colour patches ~nMunsell atlas
 Basic Data 19

Man & his buildings

ACCESS & CIRCULATION
Space required around for access and circulation of people, prams,
wheelchairs, trolleys (carts) etc. Access to bldg or groups of bldg also
lor private cars, delivery vans, moving vans, trucks etc. Space may be
required for parking, short or long term. Separate space may be required
lor parking or sto of 2-wheel vehicles: bicycles, mopeds, motor cycles.
Shared surfaces
Usual to separate circulation of pedestrians and powered vehicles, but
1r1 certaln situations (eg short culs-de-sac giving access to dwellings,
car parks) shared surfaces may be adopted. Their design should be
based on:
start of shared surface clearly distinguished from normal carriageway by
change in texture or surface or change ~nlevel;
number of vehicles using shared surface should be limited;
deslgn should ensure adequate visiblllty but discourage vehicle speeds;
parking spaces clearly marked;
provide clear zone free from parked cars to allow vehlcles and ped-
estrians to circulate comfortably;
shared surfaces should be adequately lit after dark.
Footways
TO design footways +(l)-(5) safe, convenient and secure necessary
ensure that they:
provide shortest routes between dwellings and community services;
are kept separate from heavily trafficked roads;
have easiest practical gradients;
are protected from wind and drivlng rain;
are wide enough to avoid need for pedestrians when passing to step out
lnto carriageway or on planted areas and, where necessary, for occasional
access by emergency vehlcles, eg ambulances.
Paths & sidewalks also +p43 85 106

2 W of 800 allows prams or wheel-

chairs to pass through narrowest
point; 1800 allows passing on either
slde of narrowest point

4 W of 1200 allows prams &

wheelchairs to proceed in comfort &
pedestrians to pass each other;
widening to 1800 at entrances to
curtilages allows all users to pass in
comfort

3 W of 1350 allows prams 8

wheelchairs to proceed &
pedestrians to pass each other in
comfort; widening to 1800 beyond
narrowed point allows all users to
pass in comfort

5 At entrances to private drives or

parking spaces w of 800 carried
through at footway level enables
1 Spaces required for various prams & wheelchairs to avoid ramps
types of pedestrian movement & dropped kerbs
20 Basic Data
Man & his buildings
ROADWAYS
+USA standards p21
+access p41-3
Slze and geometric character~sticsof veh~clesdetermlnc dimensions of
roadways, junct~ons,turning and parklng spaces. Spec~alrequ~remcnts
for bldg servrng commerce and industry. Not all types of vehrcles likely
to use residential roads. Those which do may not need access to all
parts of site. In addition to private cars 3 types of veh~clcmay generally
I I be expected In residential areas: furniture removal vans; refuse coll~ct~on
1 Furniture removal van vehicles; and fire engines+(I)-(3) -p24.
I I Space required for these vehicles to move and manoeuvre depends on
context wlthin which they operate. For major roads nat~onalhighway
author~t~es lay down max permitted dimensions, axle loads and turnlng
circles. They recommend road wldths, sightlines and other charac-
teristics of major urban and rural roads.
On residentla1 roads traff~cflows light and some tolerance in d~mens~ons
acceptable, eg to preserve exlsting features. Road widths narrower than
5500 acceptable -44)-(7).
Park~ngprovlslon cond~tlonsadequacy of road w~dth.Where roads glve
2 Refuse collection vehicle
direct access to dwellrngs and parkrng spaces roadways likely to be
I used for casual parking. Where this does not happen w~dthslargely
determined by cons~derationsof moving traff~c.Narrowed sect~onsmay
b e used to discourage parking where there IS danger at pedestr~an
crossing -48) (rare In USA).

Allowance must be made for Increase in wldth of larger vehlcles at

bends and for their turnrng and rnanoeuvrelng 4 9 ) .
NB diagrams on this page apply for left hand circulation; for USA
I I dimensions and reg-3p21 250
3 Fire engine

4 Normally max w for res~dentialtraffic 5500: allows all vehicles to passone

another with overall toleranance of 500 for largest vehicle

600 overhanq 4 000

- -
L I
5 Carriageway 4800 allows w~decar & furniture removalvan to pass each
other with overall toleranceof 500 but is too narrow to allow free movement of
large vehicles

6 At 4 100 carriageway is too narrow for large vans to pass vehicles other
than cyclists; cars can pass each other with overall tolerance of 500; below
this w carriageway too narrow to pass each other comfortably

--

7 W of 3000 min between passing bays In single-track system

1

L -- I
I 9 Vehlcle turnlng through 90 a IIIII ~ I I I I I , v III vehlcle c flre
b II,IIICIC
8 Parking should be discouraged at pedestriancrossing appl~anced prlvate car
 Bas~cData 21
Man and his buildings
ROADWAYS Design of roads should include estimating traffic flows and impact of
development on adjacent roadways.
111 USA roads descr~bedas follows:
Large vehicle dimensions + ( I )
Llmited access freeways:
1000-1 300 vehicles/lane/hr (h~ghspeed) Garage entrances
. .
:'000 vehicles/lane/hr (slower weed) 4 2 ) shows dimensions for entrances to private garages and gradients
for road to garage ramps. 4 3 ) shows recomme~dedbimens~ns for
Arterial highways:
entrances to pay garages or car parks. Private garage j p l 0 0 - 2 .
(iO0-800 vehicles/lane/hr (open road)
400-500 vehicles/lane/hr (with traffic signals, parking intersections) NB: diagramson this page apply to traffic circulation on right
Collectors:
100-250 trips/lane/hr vehicle I w overhang rear (OR)
(lip06 min for 2 lanes residential)
intercity bus 13.7 2.7 3.1
Prlvate roads: city bus 12.2 2.6 2.0
f i 106 for 2 lanes (5486 rnin) school bus 12.04 2.4 3.9
:I962 for 1 lane (3048 min) ambulance 6.5 2.1 1.6
Note: city buses require 6858 road for r~ghtangle turn from right lane. paramedic van 5.5 2.0 1.5
hearse 6.5 2.1 1.6
Narrow road with passing bays+p20 not used in USA: occasionally on airport limousine 6.9 1.9 0.9
ortvate sites. Single lane provided to remote service area (and turning trash truck 8.6 2.4 1.8
*;[)ace). Driveways for private houses recommended width 3353. UPS truck .7.1 2.3 2.5
fire truck 9.6 2.5 3.0
1 urning lanes frequently used to prevent back up of traffic at controlled
~~\lersectionsor for slowing down at exits from freeways. 1 Large vehicles approx dimensions; exact sizes may vary

ramp approach apron

- 1 981 minclearance

lroad to gar ramps I

6i0#! 4 2 4
centre

3353 m ~ n centre on dwr

T T
forward 0

I straight in - back out

L 10.97 1
90" in - back out ( I car)
note. 3 manoeuvre entrance for 1 car: onlv
use when space limitations demand-
dimensionedfor large car

2 Gar entrances with gradients for ramps

1 controlled entrance controlled entrance-ex11 1

3 Entrances for pay gar or car parks
22 Basic Data

Man & his buildings

PARKING
Basis or layout of vehicle parking spaces in parking bay ranges from
1 800 x 4600 to 2400 x 6000. Larger bay dimensions usually adopted
for open air parking, or where high proportion of larger cars and vans
likely use. While 90" parking more economical in space requirement
(20-22 m2/car) 45" parking (23-26 m2/car)more convenient-.(l)-(3).
Vehicle lengths +p20 24 251
Vehicle parking spaces for disabled persons should be wider. For
semi-ambulant persons bay widths should be increased to 2700 or
better 2800; for wheelchair users 3000-3 100+p85 166(3).
1 Parallel parking USA parking spaces vary; depending on zoning ordinances +p250.
A B C NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic circulation on the left
in bldg 5800 4 600 2 200-2 300
in open 6100-6700 5500 2400

I USA
F min 18.3
20.0 preferred

- - - - - - - -

2 45" park~ng 3 90" parking

A B C D E F A B C D E F

in bldg 3000 4600 2300 3260 5000 2800 in bldg 4600 2300
in open 3390 5500 2400 3890 5500 2800-3000 in open 5500 2400

VEHICLE TURNING SPACES

I 1

I I L I
4 Full lock forward: a furniture van b car c refuse vehicle d fire appliance 5 Full lock reverse a furn~turc.v. III b 1 . I I c rlbf~l\c
vehtcle d flre appl~ance
 Bas~cData 23
Man & his buildings
PARKING: VEHICLE TURNING SPACES
m
$32
Veh~clelengths +p20 24 NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic circulation on the left f&
1
E*
m0
G

1 Hammerhead,T form: a furniture van b car c refuse vehicle d fire appliance

2 Hammerhead,Y form: a furniture van b car c refuse vehicle d fire appliance

I I
3 Forwardside turn: a furniture van b car c refuse vehicle d fire appliailce

4 Reverse side turn: a furniture van b car c refuse vehicle d fire appliance
24 Basic Data
Man & his buildings
ROAD VEHICLES Typical dimensions

45' 0" intercity bus (USAdimensions)

40' 0" city bus (USA dimensions)
39' 6" school bus (USA dimensions)

USA wheel locat~on

(I)
2
0
E
;m
0

'i l
1 Coach for 49 passengers:seating layouts vary accordingto use intended

$ 1 l
(I)
2gg
- mr.
s--
.r
i D l I

" 41216
18'2" (USA) 1 18' 0" (USA)

'USA wheel location 'USA wheel location

2 12-seater rninibus/large van 3 Largecar

Q
3
m -
2
w
2., -
USA wheel locatton
USA wheel locatlon
4 Car in middle range; USA standard 5 Small (compact) car

6 Mini car

Man & his buildings references:

+Bibliography entries 086 256 445 557
 Basic Data 25
Lighting
r ~clllllnginside a bldg must fulfil 2 functions: (a) tojlluminate the interior
its contents; (b) where there is some task, eg reading, performing a
.IIII~ A good colour rendering lamps
Il~%llc:ate
movement, walking up or down stairs, to illuminate the task
appearance lamp type efficacy
.c~l)ropriatelyand to appropriate extent so that visual mechanism can of light relative
at high level of efficiency.
f~r~~c;tion to 'white'
Wllcn visual tasks might need to be carried out anywhere in interior bldg lamp
Irill~llngand task lighting may be provided by same installation. Where
1.1:;ks always carried out at some fixed location, e g work points on warm deluxe warm 70 similar to incandescent light
111~11ches or at desks, less energy may be used by providing necessary white, and blend well with it; yellow
!.~.,killuminance through bench or desk lights, or localised overhead softone 27 emphasised: for homes,
restaurants, hotels
lrill~tingcombined with lower illuminance from general lighting (but not deluxe natural 65 good on all colours,
11-I;:; than 200 lux) to provide the surrounding visual environment+(l)(2).
emphasis on red: forshops.
(Ior standard techniques and design rules-+Bib383 387). particularly food displays
including meat
colour 84, 100 reasonably good on most
0 0 0 0 plus white colours, subdue deep red:
o?rn&f4
-@V IJ

'a
I

w w
I
0 0
I (I& I
intermediate kolorite,
trucolor 37
65
for off, dept stores

good on all colours: for

display, shops, clin~cal
areas in hospitals,
museums

fluorescent
tubes
- -- '
I - 0 0%---
filament
lamps
E3
graphic A 47

natural
60

70
complies with BS 950 pt 2
for critical work in graphic
arts
emphasises yellows: for
off, dept stores, shops

1 Arrangements of light sources for task lighting in off cool northlight, 65 similar to north sky daylight,
colour emphasises blues: for
......................................................... matching blending with daylight but
.........................................................
give 'cold' effect except at
high illuminance
artificial 55 complies with BS 950 pt 1:
daylight critical colour matching

B high efficacy lamps

warm warm white 100 blue distorted, red

subdued, yellow &green
emphasised: for factories
intermediate white 100 similar to above but less
.......................................................
'warm'
intermediate daylight 90 red subdued, yellow &
2 Artificial light green emphasised: blends
acceptably with daylight

Notes
1 other types of lamp are made for special purposes, eg decorative
DEFINITIONS colours: for reprography, horticulture,aquaria, ultra violet radiation;
2 circuit efficacy of 'white' lamp (ie includingballast) can be45-65 Im/W
depending on wattage; 3 properties of lamps change in consequence
Luminous flux: lumen of developments by manufacturers who should always be asked for
Radiant power emitted from source evaluated in terms of its visual effect up-to-date information
is called luminous flux and measured in lumens. Effectiveness in con-
verting input power (measured in watts) to lumens is called the efficacy
and expressed in lumen/W. +(3) shows relative efficacy and some
3 Properties of fluorescent lamps giving substantiallywhite light
different lamp types.

Illuminance: lux
Amount of luminous flux falling on unit area of surface is called illumi-
nance, measured in lux (1 lumen/rn2) (symbol E). Illuminance cannot be ceilings 0.8 white emulsion paint on plain plaster surface
directly appreciated by eye, which sees effect of illuminance in making 0.7 white emulsion paint on acoustic tile
surface of object more or less brlght according to magnitude of illumi- 0.6 white emulsion paint on no-fines concrete
nance and reflecting power of surface. 0.5 white emulsion paint on wood-wool slab

Reflectance walls 0.8 white emulsion paint on plain plaster surface; white
Reflecting power expressed as reflectance (symbol p ) , on a scale on glazed tiles
which 1 is max value achieved by perfect reflector, 0 value of perfect 0.4 white asbestos cement sheet; concrete, light grey;
Portland cement, smooth
absorber and 0.2 reflectance of medium grey. Reflectance of coloured 0.3 bricks, fletton
surface related to visual effect of light reflected. For reflectances of 0.25 concrete, light grey; Portlandcement, rough (as board
some typical surfaces +(4). marked)
timber panelling: light oak, mahogany, gaboon
Some surfaces reflect light diffusely, e g blotting paper, some with very timber panelling: teak, afromosia, medium oak
0.2
little spread (specularly), e g mirror. Most decorated rm surfaces reflect 0.15 brick, blue engineering
nearly diffusely with greater or less degree of gloss, so that brightness
depends to some extent on relationship between angle of light and floors 0.35 timber: birch, beech, maple
angle of v~ewing. 0.25 tlmber: oak
0.2 timber: iroko, kern~ng
The higher the reflectances of surfaces in an interior the less the 0.1 quarrytlles: red, heather brown
absorptron of light and the lowerthe power to provide a given illuminance.
Light coloured curtains drawn over windows at night reduce loss of light. 4 Approx reflectances of typical bldg finishes
26 Basic Data
Lightins
I I
1 Intensity distribution curves with British Zonal (BZ) classification
room index
1.O-1.6
direct & semi-direct lighting
(BZ1-3,25% upward light)
floor cavity reflectance
E(~)/EB
general diffused lighting
(BZ 4-10, 50% upward light)
floor cavity reflectance
E(~)/EB
2 Conversion of scalar illuminance to illuminance on horizontal plane for
interior with light ceilings & walls
DEFINITIONS ~(cont)
Colour: Munsell system -tpl7-18
Munsell system convenient and commonly used way of describing
colour of surface in terms of hue (position in colour circle), chroma
(paleness or fullness of colour) and value. Value corresponds to reflec-
tance, approx given by:
value (value - 1)
reflectance =
100
(+Bibloo)
,Luminance:apostilb or candela/m2
cos4 H Mathematically physical brightness or luminance (symbol L) of diffusing
COS~ H surface is product of illuminance and reflectance, so that L = E'P,and if E
C O S ~H
COST 5 H is in lux L is illuminance in apostilb. Alternative unit is candela per square
COS 0 metre (cd/m2) which is SI unit+p2 and equal to aapostilb.
l+ZCOSH
2+COSH
constant Note: calculation of luminance not needed in routine lighting
1 +sin 0 design as standard methods (+Bib383 387) prescribe illuminance
sln H
and reflectanceseparately.
Maintenancefactor (MF)
Maintenance factor is proportion (expressed as decimal) of rnitial illumi-
nance to which illuminance falls mid-way between cleaning and relarnp-
Ing periods. In design lighting design lumens are used for the lamp.
which is av light output through life. MF therefore refers to dirtying of
luminaires, rm surfaces and sources only: for interiors and installations
maintained in av state of cleanliness maybe taken as 0.8. Forthose to be
kept in specially clean condition take 0.9; for those which may be
allowed to become dirtier than av take 0.7+illuminance below.
Utilisation factor (UF)
UF is proportion (expressed as decimal) of luminous flux of light sources
which falls on horizontal working plane in an interior: depends on shape
of light distribution from luminaires, rm index+below and reflectances
of rm surfaces. Light distribution characterised by shape of intensity
d~stributionwith respect to angle in vertical plane from downward vertical.
These shapes commonly classified in UK by Brit~shZonal System (BZ
no); the 10 shapes and their mathematical descrlptlons are shown
-+(I). Most manufacturers now tabulate UF in thelr catalogues. Falling
this they can be estimated by reference to tables (-+Bib449).
Room index (RI)
RI relates to dimensions of rm: length I, width w, with luminaire height
2.5 4.0 above working plane h.,
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.3
2.8 2.4 2.1 2.6 2.3 2.05 2.5 2.2 2.0
ILLUMINANCE -+p25
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.3 Where specific visual task ex~stsilluminance is that on plane of task,
2.3 2.2 1.9 2.2 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.9 1.7 whether horizontal, vertical or inclined. In places such as foyers and
,circulation areas 'scalar' illuminance is specified. This is a measure
which is independent of direction and is related to illuminance on a
horizontal plane in way which takes into account not only rm shape and
luminaire light distribution but, most important, floor reflectance-(2).
Illuminance received from given lighting installation falls during use
because there is gradual drop in light output of lamp during its life and
luminaire and rm surfaces get dirtier between cleaning periods. (Shorter
these intervals more efficiently el energy is used but more expensive
,maintenance cost becomes.) Recommended illuminance (+Bib383) is
'service' value ie av over period between cleaning; installed illuminance
is higher than this by the reciprocal of the MF.
lighting further detail +p398-400
Daylighting +p27-32; sunlight +p33-7
 Basic Data 27
Daylight
INTRODUCTION
m
zenith
Daylight factor
Because of varying intensity of daylight in countries with humid and "
temperate climates in practice most useful to base daylighting design on
concept of daylight factor (DF), defined in simple terms as ratio of indoor
iz
illuminance +p26 (formerly known as illuminance value) to outdoor
illuminance and given as percentage. (More exact definitionjBibl24). a
CIE standard overcast sky
TO provide practical basis for estimation and measurement of DF in
Britain and NW Europe has been found convenient to adopt standard
overcast sky with sun obscured by cloud. This sky generally known as
CIE standard overcast sky and assumed to have uniform luminance
+p26 (ie physical measure of brightness), in azimuth with zenith lumi-
nance about 3 times that near horizon-+(l). Zenith luminance depends
1 Relative luminance distributionof CIE standard overcast sky with av On angular elevation of sun but conventional value of 2050 cd/m2 was
luminancetaken as unity: conventional value at zenith to give 5000 lux assumed originally, giving unobstructed illuminance of 5000 lux on
lllumlnance on horizontal plane- 2050 cd/m2: illuminance +p25 26 horizontal plane outdoors.
Variation in outdoor illuminanceover year
lux
36000
Conventional value of 5000 lux assumed for outdoor illuminance from
overcast sky useful datum for initial calculations for daylight adequacy
30000 being representative of av conditions over much of day in mid-winter
and significant periods in autumn and spring and wet days in summer.
25000
As this value exceeded for about 85% of time generally taken as critical
20000
value below which resulting daylight indoors would be considered
inadequate. There are instances, however, where necessary to relate
15000 indoor illuminance to variation in outdoor illuminance values over speci-
fied period, especially in situations where it may be desirable to sup-
10000 plement daylight with artificial light. DF concept particular value in this
context; for although outdoor illuminance will vary indoor illuminance
5000 will change with it and for all practicalpurposes D F ~ ~remain
I I consistent.
Seasonal and dailv variations in davliaht on horizontalsurface outdoors.
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 GMT averaged for e a c i month +(2)(3).' -
For indicationof total working hr/yr for which indoor illuminanceexceeds
specified values in lux for a range of DF and for percentage of working
hours when daylight illuminance in lux exceeds specified values, again
lux
fora range of DF, +(4)(5).
35000

30000 Average DF
~ecommendationsfor adequacy of daylight have usually been made in
25000 terms of rnin DF. Recent studies have suaaested use of av DFas better
indication of adequacy of daylight over-an interior. For side-lit rm,
20000 however, av daylight value on its own only general guide and needs to
be associated with diversity index.
15000

10000

5000

GMT
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 I8 20

2 3 Illuminance in lux received from sky on horizontalsurface out of doors

averaged for each month &plotted against time

4 Working hr/yr for which daylight illuminances on working plane (wp) 5 % of working hr when daylight illuminanceon wpexceedspecifiedvalues
exceed specified values at various DF at various DF: graphs based on 5-day working week (0900-1700)giving
yearly total of approx 2 170hr
 Basic Data 27
Daylight
ca
$33
q&
Because of varying intensity of daylight in countries with humid and 6"
temperate climates in practice most useful to base daylighting design on
concept of daylight factor (DF), defined in simple terms as ratio of indoor
a
illuminance -p26 (formerly known as illuminance value) to outdoor
illuminance and given as percentage. (More exact definition-tBibl24). @

CIE standard overcast sky

( hdnlivo luminancedistributionof CIE standard overcast sky with av
TO provide practical basis for estimation and measurement of DF in
Britain and NW Europe has been found convenient to adopt standard
overcast sky with sun obscured by cloud. This sky generally known as
CIE standard overcast sky and assumed to have uniform luminance
-p26 (ie physical measure of brightness), in azimuth with zenith lumi-
nance about 3 times that near horizon-(1). Zenith luminance depends
On angular elevation of sun but conventional value of 2050 cd/m2 was

E WU:Qtaken as unity: conventional value at zenith to give 5000 lux

wco on horizontal plane - 2050 cd/m2:illuminance +p25 26
assumed originally, giving unobstructed illuminance of 5000 lux on
horizontal plane outdoors.
Variation in outdoor illuminanceover year
U(1.i
Conventional value of 5000 lux assumed for outdoor illuminance from
overcast sky useful datum for initial calculations for daylight adequacy
being representative of av conditions over much of day in mid-winter
and significant periods in autumn and spring and wet days in summer.
*dIIl
As this value exceeded for about 85% of time generally taken as critical
rntm value below which resulting daylight indoors would be considered
inadequate. There are instances, however, where necessary to relate
nnwm indoor illuminance to variation in outdoor illuminance values over speci-
fied period, especially in situations where it may be desirable to sup-
plement daylight with artificial light. DF concept particular value in this
context; for although outdoor illuminance will vary indoor illuminance
will change with it and for all practicalpurposes DF will remain consistent.
Seasonal and daily variations in daylight on horizontal surface outdoors,
4 6 B 10 12 14 16 18 20 GMT averaged for each month +(2)(3).
For indicationof total working hr/yr for which indoor illuminance exceeds
specified values in lux for a range of DF and for percentage of working
hours when daylight illuminance in lux exceeds specified values, again
*I*
mllu
for a range of DF, +(4)(5).

wun Average DF
Recommendations for adequacy of daylight have usually been made in
dnimu terms of min DF. Recent studies have suggested use of av DF as better
indication of adequacy of daylight over an interior. For side-lit rm,
mun however, av daylight value on its own only general guide and needs to
be associated with diversity index.
trim

10000

0000

GMT
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

2 3 Illuminancein lux received from sky on horizontalsurface out of doors

averaged for each month & plotted against time

2170
2000

1800

1a0

14W

.z 1200

gP 1000

8M)

600

400

200

illuminance 100 2M) 400 MX) 800 1 m 1200 1400 lux

4 Working hr/yr for which daylight illuminances on working plane (wp) 5 % of working hr when daylight illuminanceonwpexceedspecifiedvalues
exceed specified values at various DF at various DF: graphs based on 5-day working week (0900-1700) giving
yearly total of approx 2 170hr
 28 Basic Data
Daylight
1 Gradient of illuminance on centre l~neof w~ndow
2 D~str~but~onof dayl~ghtover hor~zontalplane- for clearness ~nterrned~ate
values have been om~tted
I I
3 Distribut~onof dayl~ghton horizontalplane shown by contours of equal DF
INTRODUCTION (cont)
Diversity of daylight
D ~ v e r s ~of
t y daylight illumrnance across rm can be shown as graph or1
cross section of rm, slope of curve ~ n d ~ c a t ~degree
ng of d~vers~ty.
Typ~cal
gradient of rllum~nanceon centre line of w~ndow- > ( I ) . In lhne w~th
artrfrc~all ~ g h t ~ npract~ce
g diversity of illum~nancecan also be expressed
numer~callyas uniformity ratlo, e g as ratio of mln to av DF Thus
The greater the divers~ty,the lower the un~forrnityratlo
For relat~velyslmple wrndow arrangements and for roof light systems
~ridexhas merit that ~tcan show in general sense whether necessary to
supplement daylrght with art~hc~al light WNh complex window arrange-
rnents, however may be preferable to examlne d~str~butionof dayllght rn
some detail
Distribution of daylight
Further reflnernent In assessing adequacy of daylrght ~nrm 1s to calculate
rllum~naricefor nuniber of pornts on regular grid Contours of equal DF
can then be drawn d~str~butron of daylight over work~ngplane can be
checked and areas where dayl~ght1s dcflclent be ~ d e n t ~ f ~Iferequired
d
av DF can be estrmated by s~mplyaveraglng values on reference g r ~ d
Where reference g r ~ d1s taker1 r~ghtup to boundar~eso l rm valk~esor]
boundary Ilnes should be werghted, fe dlvlde corner values by 4 and
r e m a ~ n ~boundary
r~g lrrle values by 2 before averaglng all values - ( 2 ) ( 3 )
Comprehens~veset ol dayl~ghtrriga d s has been produced for UK by
URF, these glve s~mplccheck between w~ndowslze and proport~onal
area of workrng plarie w~thrnwti~chspec~frcvalues of DF equalled or
cxceedcd A ~ d sIhus g ~ v ebroad lndlcat~onof hor~rontald~strlbutionof
dayl~qhtin rrri -(4)
CALCULATION OF DF: GENERAL
Methods for predrct~ngdayl~ght~llum~nanceat des~gr?
sldge range frorn
s~rnpleformulas to sophlst~catedcomputer techn~ques( +B1b07b107
251 368 381 397 457)
Amourit of des~gn~nformationrequ~redfor pred~ct~ng dayl~ghllactors In
rm depends on complexrty of method of calculat~on.For ~ n ~ tcalcu-
~al
latrons, where w~ndowsrzes not yet determined, usetul ~f method of
calculat~oncan glve area of glass requ~redto provrde part~cularstandard
of daylrght
 Basic Data 29
Daylight
CALCULATION OF DF (cont) -J
%

Initial estimates: side-lit rm

Net area of glaz~ngrough measure of amount of dayltght adm~ttedto rm
As f~rstapproxrmat~on assumlng s ~ d e - l rm~ t of normal proport~onsw ~ t h
no external obstruct~onsand w ~ t hsurfaces hav~ngav reflectarice 0 4 av
DF can be taken as equal about 'I2 of percentage ratlo of glass to floor
area Thus wlndows on 1 s ~ d eof rm wrth total glass area approx 20% of
floor area w ~ lglve
l av DF about 4% Under same cond~t~ons mln DF w~ll
be approx 1% av value ie 2% Conversely, to obtaln av DF of 6% In rm
w ~ t hfloor area 12 m7 w ~ lrequlre
l glaz~ngarea of dpprox 6 x 12 x 51100
m20r36m2
For closer est~mateof mln DF rn typ~cals ~ d e - l ~rm t + ( 1j(2). These
graphs give mln DF related to rm depths for varlous rm lengths (parallel
to w~ndowwall) and w~ndoww~dths,w ~ t hcorrections for angle of external
obstruct~onto m~d-herghtof w~ndow.Reflectances of rm surfaces taken
as: c e ~ l ~ r0.7,
i g walls0.5, floor 0.1 5 Mln DFassumed be on centre 11neof
w ~ n d o wwall at p o ~ n600
t from rear wall. W~ndoww~dths(str~ctlyw~ndow
lengths) actual glass area w~dthsglven as % rm length. For more than 1
rmd .
.,.,I(11 r ~ ~ ~ l t ~ p lwindow
e s o f h abovec~lllevel)
w~ndoww~dthsaggregated and assumed wrndows regularly spaced along
1 8 , .
w ~ n d o wwall. (Further deta~ls,~nclud~ng b~laterall~ghl~rlg
-B1b397 )

Av DF calculations
Av DF over hor~zontal
work~ngplane can be calculated uslrig formula put
I ,, 1 , 1 1 1 1 I .~lr;rrlat~on:
typical graph applicable to side-lit rm, forward +B1b452
, .,. 1 1 I i t ~,xl(:rrial
I obstruct~ons

where w 1s glass ar
A 1s total ar of rm surfaces (~riclud~ng
glass)
A, 1s ar of floor & of those parts of walls below m~d-he~ght of w~ridow
(exclud~ng w~ndowwall)
C IS funct~onof daylrght ~nc~derlt on w~ndow& vsrles w ~ l hsky lurrlrnancc
& angle of external obstruct~ons-(3)
R IS av reflectance of all rrr?surfaces rncludlrig wrndows, expressed as
dec~mal
Rrw IS av reflectance of floor & lower walls below ni~d-tie~ghl of w~ndow
(exclud~ngw~ndowwall)
R
,, 1s av reflectance of celllng & upper walls above rri~d-he~ght ot
wlndow (exclud~ngwlndow wall)
Where wrndow slze not knowrl glass area requlred grve st~pulatedav DF
can b e worked out from bas~cformula restated as:

celllnq h 2 7-4 S r n

lli 2h 3h 4h 5h

.
( t ~ ~
rmd
t r ~ u l l ~ pulw~ndow
les h above clll) I rm I rm d rm h window av DF
I I I.ly111 1l1lcalculation: corrections to DF for angles of h window I/rm I as percentages
' 4 , < , . ! w1tt1
,I .I) (rn) (m) (m) (m) 30% 60% 90%

8
I c , I I ~ ~'c'w~thangleof
8 .
117r1t

'. I1 1 1 . lormula - ~ 3 0
I
obstructionto be read with formula 4
- - -
Basrc assumptions: floor reflectance 0.15, wall reflectance 0.4,
-

ceding reflectance 0.7, external obstructlon 20% at m~d-hof w~ndow;no

allowance for dirt on glass but 25% correction for window frame for 3300-
6600 rm I & 15% for 9900 rm I
30 Basic Data
Daylight
CALCULATION OF DF (cont)
Point by point methods: vertical windows in side-lit rrn
Basrc assumplion for most polnt by point methods of dayl~ghtcalculat~on
adopted In UK 1s to consider dayl~ghtreach~ngpoint rn rm as consisl~ng
of 3 components-
sky comporient (SC)
externally-reflected component (ERC)
~nternally-reflectedcomponent (IRC)
How these 3 components operate 1s shown - ( I ) To g ~ v ecomplete DF
the 3 components are s~mplyadded together. Corrcctrons for other than
clear glass, area of w~ndowobscured by fram~ngand w~ridowbars arid
effect of d ~ ron
t glass and rm surfaces can be made by apply~ngcorrecl~un
factors to flnal flgure i p s 1(4)(5)

- - - --
SC & ERC
I 3 components of DF SC + ERC + IRC - DF For p r e l ~ m ~ n acalculat~ons
ry - ,(2)(B1b076).In use lable glves data for
elfect~vcw ~ d t hof w ~ n d o wto rlght or left of lhne (normal to w~ndowplane)
I ratlo HID h of wlndow above workma w lane distance from w~ndow I drawn to r e l e r e n c e > ( 3 ) SC at any other reference p o ~ n talso
, effect of
external obstruct~on,can be lourid by add~ngor subtract~ngSC of
hypothet~calw~ndowsso that actual w~ndowremalns To allow for reduced
lum~nance of obstructions values of equ~valerit SC tor ohscured
sectrons of wlndow are mul~tpl~ed by 0 8
g and ERC ~ncludeBRE DF protractors,
Other methods of p r e d ~ c t ~ nSC
P~lkingtondot rnethod, grid methods such as Waldrum d~tigram.W ~ l hall
these ards ERC estlmated by assumlng that proport~onol sky obscured
by obstruct~ori(as seen from reference p o ~ r ~has
t ) lum~naricewti~ch1s
some fract~ono l sky obscured Unless lum~nanceof obstrucl~onkr~own
usual pract~ceto assume obstruct~orilum~nance'1s av sky lum~nance

IRC
For prellmlnary est~matesniln IRC can be obtalncd from- ~(4) 11 ccrta~ri
o n s l i c of rm and reflectances of rm surfaces c~cceptedMore
l ~ m ~ t a t ~ on
comprehensive coverage -,B1b076 Where relatively high accuracy
requ~rcdIRC for srdc-Ill rm can be calc~ilateduslrig BRF ~nter-rellect~on
formula.

IRC - - 85W (CRI, - FIR,,)%

A(1-R)
where
2 Sky components table (overcast sky) for vertical glazed windows- W IS ar o l glass I r l w ~ n d o w
shortened verslon derived -81b076
A 1s total ar of c e ~ l ~ nwalls
g &floor ~ n c l u d ~ nargof glass
R 1s av reflectanc;e of c e ~ l ~ nwalls
g , ~ncludlngglass & floor, expressed as
fract~on
R,i IS av reflectance of floor K, those parts of walls above m ~ d - hof
wlndow (exclud~rigw ~ n d u wwall)
R,. IS av reflectance of ce~ltng& lhose parts of walls above m ~ d - hof
wlridow (excluding w~ridowwall)
C 1s c o e l f ~ c ~ e w
n t~ t hvalue dependent on angle o l obstruct~orio ~ r t s ~ d e
w ~ n d o w->p29(3).
Mln IRC can be obtained by applylng coriverslon lactors related to av
rellectance of rm surface:
av reflectance converslorl factor
03 0 75
0.4 0.7
05 08
06 0 85

floor reflectance
wlndow ar
as % of 10% 20% 40%
of floor ar
3 Example of slmple case: av wall reflectance(exclud~ngwlndow)
SC for section of window (W,) is read 4 2 ) against ratios H/D
H 2.1 W 1.8 20% 40% 60% 80% 20% 40% 60% 80%1 20% 40% 607" 80%
& W/D; from drawing - = -= 0.7; - = -= 0.6
D 3 D 3
SC read against these ratios = 1.5; repeat section (W,) & add SC, to SC, to
give SC for whole window 1.5 + 1.5 = 3.0; for obstructionstreat obscured
section window & x 0.2 tocorrect for lower lumrnance;angleof obstruction on
table gives appropriate H/D for obscured section

wall to convert to to convert to to convert to

reflectance floor ar of 10 m2 floor ar of 90 m2 av IRC

20 0.6 1.4 1.8

40 07 1.2 14 I
1
60 0.8 1.O 1.3 I
4 Min IRC (Bib076) based or1 1111 ill 10 rrr.'lloor ar w~thh to cell~ng3000 &
80 09 0.9 12 window on 1side; ceding refIcc!,i~r< i.1110/ ,rss~rrnedand 2 0 angle of external
obstruction: corrections can t r r I t ) . ~(l,,
lor oltri>rrm s~res& t o convert mln IRC
5 Convers~onfactors to a ~ o l yto -l4\ t" a\, IRC b\r fartor= 'r, 'L

CALCULATIONOF DF (cont)
Roof light systems
Spacing, as well as size, of roof lights is important consideration for
adequate daylighting: in general DF easier to predict than for side-lit rm
but same variables apply, eg area and position of glazing, shape and
:;Ire of space to be daylighted, reflectance of interior surfaces. Illumi-
nance on horizontal working plane from correctly spaced roof lights
nearer to distribution from overhead artificial lighting installations and
~~sually sufficient to determine av DF.
CIE recommendations (+Bib397) include method for estimating av DF
lor various roof light systems at early stage in design, with graphs for flat
and low-pitched roofs, sawtooth and monitor roofs, from which av DF
can be ascertained. Typical curves for skylights in flat and 20" pitch roofs
reproduced +(1)(2). By means of associated tables corrections can be
made for various glass transmittances, for dirt on glass and for av
surface reflectances differing from 20% (0.2) reflectance assumed for
(3)(4)(5). For +(1)(2) av DF can be read direct given glass arlfloor ar
ratios, length of bldg and height of walls above working plane.
Useful formula below with associated tables developed by Pilkington
Brothers (Bib543) for prediction of av DF for roof lights in range of roof
types, including shed, sawtooth and monitors.
Av DFon horizontal plane: D = 100.c.M.B.G.(g/f)Yo
where
c is coefficient of utilisation -.(7)(8)
Basic Data 31
Daylight
M is correction factor for dirt or aging of glazing 4 3 )
B is correction factor for window framing, glazing & internal obstructions,
eg overhead supports for machinery: where details of framing not
known typical value for B is 0.75 but figure could be less in factories with
overhead pipework, ducting & structural members'
G is correction factor for type of glass other than clear glass
g/f is ratio of glazing ar to floor ar
Coefficient depends on roof light design, shape and size of interior
space and reflectances of ceiling, walls and floor.
1 .w
Rm index as tabulated =-
(I-w)h
where I = length of rm, w = width of rm and h = height above working
plane to centre of glazing. To ensure fairly even spread of daylight
spacinglheight ratios should be kept within limits shown 4 6 ) .
Point by point methods: roof light systems
Where necessary to calculate DF at selected reference points with
some precision, eg to test daylight distribution, SC and ERC can be
obtained by using BRE protractors. IRC can be estimated by using BRE
nomogram Ill j B i b 0 7 6 .
' Note: correction factor '6' for large continuous internal obstructions, such as ductlng.
can be worked out on cross section (by projection)for selected reference points.

skylghts in flat roofs locality vertical roof lights

0.4 windows . reflectance
0.36 sloping horizontal
celling 0.7 0.5 0.3 0
clean eg
0.32
country ar, 0.9 0.8 0.7 walls 0.5 0 3 0 1 0 5 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.1 0
0.28 outer suburbs room index coefficient of ut~l~sation
dirty eg
0.24 bullt-upar, 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.6 .I9 16 .15 19 16 14 16 .I4 .14
2 2 light industry
il$ 0.2 very dirty eg
heavy industry
0.6-0.5 0.5-0.4 0.44.3
0.8
10
.25 .21 2 25 21 .2 .21 .2
.3 .26 .25 .29 .26 .24 .25 24 .21
.18

0.16
1.25 .31 3 .27 .31 .29 26 27 .26 .24
3 Maintenancefactor to be applied to calculated
0.12
DF to allow for dirt on glass 1.5 .34 .31 .3 32 .31 .29 .3 .27 .26
0.08 20 .36 .35 32 36 .34 .32 .34 32 .29
0.04
glazing materials vertical wlndows, sloping 8 25 .39 .38 .35 .38 .36 .34 .35 .32 .31
steeply sloplng flat roof
roof lights lights 3.0 .4 .39 .38 .4 .35 .36 .36 35 .32
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18%
4.0 .42 .41 .4 .41 .4 .39 .39 .38 .35
av OF slngle double single
glazing glazing glazing 5.0 .44 .42 .41 42 .41 .4 .4 .39 .36
1 CIE method of daylight calculation: typical
glass: ~nf .49 .42 49 48 .48 .48 .45 .45 .42
graph applicableto skylights in flat roofs
4-6 clear or 6 10 0.9 1.1
pollshed wired 7 Coefficientsof utilisationfor sawtooth roof with
skylghts In shed roofs (20" pltch) 6 rough cast 0.95 0.85 1 05 sloping glazing
0.4 wired cast or patterned 0 9 0.8 1.0
6 selectively
0.36 heat-absorbing 0.85 07 0.95 reflectance
(palegreen)
0.32 6 body-tlnted
heat-absorbing 0.55 0.5 0.6 celllng 0.7 0.5 0.3 0
0.28 (bronze)
walls 0.5 0 3 0 1 0 5 0 3 0.1 0.3 0.1 0
0.24 corrugated res~n-bondedglass fibre
reinforced rooflng sheets: room index coefficientof utilisation
d
2 5
302
0.16
moderately diffusing
heavlly diffusing
0.9
0.75-0.9 -
- 0.9
0.75-0.9
06
08
.I5 .I2 .09 13 .12 .09 .I1 .09 .09
19 16 13 19 16 13 .16 .13 .13
5 Correction factors to be applied to calculate for 1.O .23 .2 18 22 19 18 .19 18 .16
0.12
typical glazing materials: for precise details of 1 25 .26 .23 .2 24 23 2 .22 .2 .19
0.08 proprietary materials consult manufacturers;for
double glazing inner pane of clear glass is 15 .27 24 .22 .26 24 22 .23 22 .2
0.04 assumed 2.0 3 .27 24 .28 .26 .24 .26 24 .24
2.5 .32 .3 27 31 .28 .27 .28 27 .26
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18%
av OF 3.0 .34 .31 3 32 31 .28 .3 28 .27
4.0 35 .34 32 .34 .32 .31 32 .31 .3
5.0 35 .34 34 35 .34 32 .34 .32 31
~nf 4 .4 4 4 .4 .4 .39 39 .38
correction
reflectance factor 8 Coefflclentsof utlllsatlonfor rnonltorswlth
vertlcal plus slop~ngglazlng
CIE recommendsmat
rnonltor w should not be1
0.4 1.2 less than K S nor rnorek
f than % S -
4 Correction factor to be applledto DF calculated
frorn+(1)(2) to allow for av reflectancesotherthan 6 Max spacrng of sawtooth roof llghts & monltors
0 2 assumed for tables as recommended for -(7)(8)
32 Basic Data

Daylight
QUALITY OF DAYLIGHT: GLARE location av DF min DF posltlon of llmltlng
% % measurement dayl~ght
DF IS measure of dayl~ght~ l l u m ~ r ~ a tsubjective
~on. aspects also help to glare Index
determine essential appearance and character of Interlor. Of subjective
light~ngphenomena glare 1s one of most ~mportant.2 d~st~nctive aspects alrport bldg & coach
stat~ons
of glare recognised: disability glare, which impairs abil~tyof people to reccptlon ar desks
see objects agalnst glare source w~thoutnecessar~lycausing v~sual costoms &
d~scomfortand discomfort glare, wh~chcauses visual d~scomfortw~thout lrnmlgratlon ha counters K dcsks
necessarily lmpalrlng ablllty of people to see-p398. c~rculat~onar. loi~nges working plane
assembly & concert ha
Typlcal example of d ~ s a b ~ lglare
~ t y wlndow at end of corr~doror top of foyers,aud~tor~a work~ng[jlanc.
staircase makes ~td~ft~cult to see person or object s~lhouettedagalrist corr floor
w ~ n d o w Such cases usually resolved by common sense, l~ttleto be stalrs treads
gamed from calculat~ontechn~ques banks
counters, typlng,
Degree of discomfort glare can be assessed numerically and expressed accounting, book ar dcsks
as llmltlng glare Index (+B1b367 382) Maln controlling parameter public ar work~ngplane
luminance of sky as seen through w~rndow,above low vdlue of wlndowl churches
floor area ratlo (1-2%) slze of w~ndownot Important Recent stud~es body of church working plar~c
lndlcate, for example, that IIone assumes sky lum~nanceof 8900 cdlm' (dayl~ghtglare Index
to be calculatc(1 for
(exceeded for only about 15% of work~ngyear) pred~ctcdglare rndex for dlrecl~onof vlew of
rm not exceed~ng4000 ~n he~ghtw ~ t hav surface relectances of 0 4 (:or?gregnt~on)
would be 26 For s~mllarrm w ~ t hav reflectances of 0 6 glare Index would plrlp~t& lectcrri ar.
be 24 These figures apply to worst condlt~ons,eg slngle wlndow fac~ng chancel R chow o n dcsks
altar. conlniuniot?table or?table
observer For progressive reduct~onsIn sky lum~ndncepred~ctedglare (I(:velttnprnds or?
lndlces would be reduced, eg w ~ t hsky lumlndnce of 6400 cdlm'glare (:rnph:is~s requ~rcd)
Index would be reduced by 0 5 unlts and for sky lum~nanceof 1600 draw~ngoff
cdlm' by as much as 4 un~ts,bearrng Iri n l ~ n dthat ~ncrdenceof glare general
would be Increased because of h~gherproportion of worklng hours for general bldg ar
assumed lower sky lum~naceConversely, for rm w ~ t hh~ghercell~ngs( ~ e enlrance ha &
above 4000) glare rndex may well be Increased by 1-2 units rpceptlon ,rr
hosp~tals
As controll~ngfactor IS sky lum~nance,IIvalues assumed for glare recepllor?& wr wijrklng lrlanc
lnd~cesare greater than recommended values 4 2 ) some amel~orat~on wards Innerrnos1 i~(:dhr;~rJ
l~kelyto be requ~red Pract~calamellorat~vemeasures Include use of (rriir?value refer:; to
translucent curtalns or bllnds louvred or slatted bl~nds,vertlcal or horl- Inn(.trr?<j:;lt~cdl?(:ad)
zontal f ~ n sand hlgh Internal surface reflectances -p406 Other measures
Include placlng wlndows so that lmmed~atesurround~nqshave h ~ q h pharniaclcs
lum~nance,use of w~ndowson more than 1 wall and detalled des~gnof l~brar~es
wlndows and the~rlmmedlate surrounds so as to reduce contrast w ~ t h reading & relererice rm
vlew of brlght sky
shelves (st<~~ks)
museums & art
galler~es
general
off
general desks
typ~ng,bus~ness
mach~nes,manually
operated computers desks
schools & colleges
assembly ha working plane
classr desks
art rm easels
lab benches
slaff mi, con~rnonrm working plane
sports ha
general
surgerles (med& dental)
wr work~ngplane
surgerles work~rigplane

I location DF %
I
lab
swlrnmlng pools
pool
benchcs

pool surface
(care should be taker?
to rnlninllse glale K
IIV (over % depth of rm but w~thmln ar of reflcct~onsfroln
d~str~butlon7m ) 1 water surface)
bedr (over depth ot rm but w~thmln ar of w o r k ~ r ~plane
g
dlstr~but~on55m ) 05 telephone exchanges
k (over % depth of rrn but wlth mcn ar of (manual)
d~str~but~on4 5 m-) 2 general work~rigplane
dual purpose rm, r y klllv to be I11to more exactlng (avoidspecular
requlrcments reflect~onsl l m ~day-
l
ligtit on Internally Ilt
corilrols)

I following reflectdrlcesarc assurried walls 0 4, floor 0 15,

~:e~/~ng"i I
1 Recommended mln DF for dwell~ngsextracted +B1b107 2 Schedule of DF & glare lndlces
rs
Daylight relercnces
+Bibliography entries 047 059 074 076 107 202 251 252 291 367 368
375 380 38 1 187 383 397 /I52 357 5?7 528 52'l567
 Basic Data 33
Sunlight
CRITERIA FOR ADMISSION OF SUNLIGHT
Standards for UK
+BRE (Bib074)
+(Bibl41)
+DOE Welsh Office (Bib251 252)

Standards for USA

+Ramsey & Sleeper (Bib549)
N For USA latitudes+p34-6

1 Altitude of sun in relation to bldg or observer (lat 51.5")

2 Block with main axis running N-S has long shadows cast to sides of bldg in 3 Block with main axis running NW-SE shadow patternvaries between am &
early morning& late afternoon in Mar & Sep: small permanently shadowed ar pm: relatively small permanentlyshadowed ar in midwinter
to N of block in midwinter

cross section
n solar all~tudeat 1200
-, In Jun
\ ,\
-
solarallitudeatl200
in Mar 8 Sep
38.5" 15.1"
1

lOhr 12hr 14hr 16hr

asfor8hr8lOhr key
shadows on 21 Jun O
shadows on 21 Mar 8
N shadows on 23 Sep
:
L :

4 Tall block with main axis running E-W (favouredwhere main rm facing S 5 Where possible avoid siting high bldg with deep recesses facing N as
are required) can give serious overshadowing of ground to N of bldg in Mar & comparatively large ar of ground receives no sunlight at all in midwinter
Sep: comparatively large ar of site close to bldg receives no sunlight in
midwinter

SITING, ORIENTATION & SPACING

rn summer 17 hr in
OF BUILDING
Check orientation of facades and spacing of
bldg in relation to required standard of insolation
+p34-6. Some compromise on ideal orien-
tation of facades will be unavoidable on con-
gested sites or in areas of mixed development.
+Energy conservation houses+p79-81

6 E & W windows receive horizontalsun rays at
equinox; their angle of incidencebecomessteeper
towards summer solstice; W = shortest day of yr,
T = equinox, S = longest day of yr
_- , ..
7 N windows receive only little direct sunlight
round summer solstice; S windows receive
sunrays with low angles of incidence in winter &
steep in summer
INSOLATION OF OUTDOOR SPACES
Where possible site large bldg so that extensive
and continuous shadowing of ground round
them avoided; otherwise growth of vegetation
will be inhibited. Problem dynamic and seasonal
pattern of sunlight and shadow should be
examined. For indication of extent of possible
shadowing from tall bldg during summer and
autumn (lat London) +(2)-(5).

8 SE & SW windows receive fair amount of
sunshine both summer & winter by low deeply-
penetratingsunrays
NE & NW windows receive no direct sunlight in
winter but effective sunlight in spring & autumn
ORIENTATION OF WINDOWS
Orientation, size and shape of individual
windows may require checking on drawings by
reference to sun path diagrams to determine
sunlight penetration and effectiveness of I
required sun controls. For general indication of
effect of various orientations on sunlight
penetration at different times of year (UK)
+(6)-(9).
34 Basic Data

Sunlight
METHODS OF FINDING SUN EXPOSURES OF
BUILDINGS
3 ways of calculat~ngpos~tronof sun relatlve to particular places, seasons,
tlmes of day:
use of models ~nconjunction w ~ t hsundral allows vlsual observat~onbut
usefulness llmlted by obvrous practical limitat~oris;
calculat~onsand tabular projections to afford high degree of exactness;
but graphlc projection preferred by most architects slnce it allows
measurement of both sun and shade.

SUN PATH DIAGRAM

1 Dlagrarn shows altitude ((u) &angle of bearlng (13)
Sun's posltlon at any date or hour may be determined from sun path
d~agramw h ~ c hcorresporlds to latltude of ob~ervdtlonpolnt+(l) show~ng
altltude (lu) and angle of bearlng (8) D~agramsfor serles of N latitudes
+(2)-14) p35(1 j-(5)
On each dlagram alt~tudeangles shown at 10" intervals by concentric
c~rcles Bearing angles shown at 10" intervals by equally spaced radli
graduated along outer periphery of dragram.
Elllpt~calcurved lrnes In d~agramrepresent horl~ontalprojections of
sun's path, appropriate for 21st day of each month months labelled ~n
Roman numerals, crossed grld of vertically curved Ilnes, labelled ~n
ardblc numerals, rndicate hours

Use of sun path diagram

Example:
Columbus Ohio at latltude 40"N on 21 Feb at 1400 +p35(2). Find
elliptical curved lrnes for Feb (il) and mark where ~tcrosses vertical lhne
of 1400 (2): these two lines intersect as sun's positron; read altltude
from concentric circle: 32"; read bearlng angle from outer c~rcurnference:
35" 30' W.
Example of use of dlagram for approx latltude London England 4 ~ 3 6 .

2 24"N latltude

I - - I
4 32 N latltude
 Basic Data 35

Sunlight
$22
SUN PATH DIAGRAM (cont) Y*

Further examples of sun path dragrams +(I)-(5)

d~agrarns-+p34
For method of using z.
b-u

0
a
E!-
m

1 36"N latitude

I 1 I 1
2 40N latitude 3 44"N latitude

4 4 8 N lat~tude 5 52"N latitude

36 Bas~cData

Sunlight
USE OF SUN PATH DIAGRAM WITH BUILDING PLAN
D~agram+ ( I ) shows path of sun on shortest day of year at approx
latitude London England (51" 50'N); -42)shows sun posit~onat deter-
In sun from
m i n ~ n gdays of year; - > ( 3 ) ( 7 )show method of finding amounts of sun 1400-201 3
and shadow on bldg. - 6'/4 hr

1030- -
:t)lS/ in sun from 0345-1400\

q \
i/
#'
17 hr

~nsun from 0345-1 030

5 Shortly after 1100 at summer solstice NE elevatron In shade; shortly after

1300 SE elevation also ~nshade; other elevations at corresponding times in
sun

~nsun from ~nsun from

0954-1 800 0600-0945
- 8'/4 hr

I I
1 Path of sun shortest day of year (approx 21 Dec) lat 51 ' 50'N

21 Jun

21 Mar& summer solst~ce

23 Sep ,,/
/ x<qu'nOx
/
\
' \
2 Sun pos~t~on at noon at
determining days of yr: distance of (;,1~1nter solstlce
sun from observer equals radius , - "~61.9
of sun path diagram wlth dotted 2,l Dec . 38.5' .*.',y
i
path of sun in plan, wh~ch
represents plan projection of 6 At equlnox NE elevation in shade shortly after 1000. SE elevat~onshortly
corresponding h of sun after 1500

In sun from

I 1 4
0900-1 545
In sun
- hr

b a4 elevat~on

3 4
i
--
37 1 alt of sun

plan
'el
To find amounts of sun &shadow on bldg at certain time of year & day
(eg equinox 1 100)azimuth angle (19 ) is plotted In plan from corner of bldg In
alt of sun

7 At w~ntersolst~ce
shade after 1500
NE elevatlon recelves sun for barely 1 hr. SE elevation In

question: this shows limit of shadow cast in plan: angle of altltude of sun
(37.1") then plotted where this l~neintersects vert~calplane of bldg further
back; length x, found by intersect~ngline drawn at right angles to limlt of
shadow in plan w ~ t hplotted angle of altitude, determines h of shadow cast In
elevatlon; plotted to elevation at dlstance a from internal corner & linked with
eaves of line of bldg gives limit of shadow in elevat~on
 Basic Data 37
Sunlight
CALCULATION OF RADIATION
Des~gnlmplicat~onsof sun's alt~tudeand bear~ngaffected by actual
amount of solar energy fall~ngon exposed surface of bldg Cho~ceof
or~entat~on
and select~onof appropr~atetechnical or passlve dev~cesfor
,"
"B
hd

.s%
*"
=
shad~ngbldg will require thls thlrd range of data % J
a% 1
Graph~ccalculator + ( I ) (4Bib549) originates In USA therefore uses
Btu/ft2/hr un~tsUpper half of d~agramcharts energles fall~nghorizontal
;:
z-
plane under clear sky cond~t~onsRad~at~on l~nesat 25 Btu/ft2/hrIntervals
Lower half shows amount of rad~at~on fall~ngon vertlcal surface

For use calculator would be drawn to same scale and size as sun path
diagram +p34-6. Superimposed on diagram with correct orientation
radiation values can be read directly.

PREDICTING ACTUAL DURATION OF SUNLIGHT

Data on sunlight availability for any geographical location or climate
should, in general, be sought from nearest meteorological station.
Probability of sunlight unobscured by cloud or mist can be read off
modified stereographic sun path diagram known as 'sunlight availability
protractor' 4 2 ) (+Bib074). Total number available hours sunlight
obtained by adding small figures between hour lines and multiplying
total, in this instance (latitude 51.5"N) by 30.4
In example 4 3 ) by superimposing house plan on protractor total hours
sunlight likely in February seem to be 1.5 x 30.4 = 45.

I I
1 Radiation calculator: can be used at any latitude & any orientation; is in
same scale & projection as sun path diagrams +p34-6; transfer calculator
diagram to transparent overlay & superimpose on sun path diagram in
desired orientation: radiation values can be read directly
~iolaraltitude in degrees
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90

magnitude of solar radiation depends first of all on sun's altitude: tabulated

values indicate direct radiation energies receivedunder clear
atmospheric conditions at normal incidence

For computation of total yearly sunny hours, multiply summated average ftgures
from the protractor by 30.4(averagedays per month)

2 Sunlight availability protractor 3 Application of sunlight availibility protractor (-Bib074)

Sunlight references:
+Bibl~ography entries 074 141 251 252
 38 Habitat
Design of houses
EXPRESSION OF PERIOD & CONVENTION
Access

, \ IY

u B

[ I

L I I _ I I

1 Around 1500 house or town was 2 By 1700 wall & gate were only 3 During 19th century secluded 4 In 20th century there IS no
walled in & had heavy gates symbols through which glimpses of house was built in open surroundings enclosure (espec~allyin USA) &
garden could be obta~ned with low fences house stands unobtrusively In large
communal park
Entrance

L I
5 Around 1000 log houses had no
w~ndows,low doors & h ~ g hthreshold
(light was admitted through openlng
In roof)
Interior
L I
6 By 1500 there were heavy
doors with door knocker & barred
windows with bullseye panes
L-
7 At about 1700 doors had 8 In 20th century covered way
attractive bars, clear glass & a leads from car to entrance door
bell pull (Georgian wired tempered plate
glass) which electronrc eye sl~des
sideways at same time announcing
visitor

vertically sl~dlng
w~ndowwall
I -1
9 At about 1500 there were low 1 0 Around 1700 w~de fold~ngdoors 11 By 1900 sliding doors were f~tted 12 In 20th centurey rm are flex~ble,
heavy doors, cells w~thsparse led rnto suites of rm wrth inlard between rm, with linoleum, sliding with el worked slid~ngwalls &low
dayl~ghtrng&floors of short, w~de flooring windows & draw curtain unbarred windows of plate glass
boards (tempered in USA): Venetran blinds
or roller shutters provide protection
against sun
Plans
I-
street

13 Timber (Walser) house of about

1 I

14 In stone house of c 1500 walls

I
garden

15 House of 2000 wrll have I~qhl

1500 was rnfluenced by environ-
rnent, method of construction & way
of living (eg small windows)
occupy same ar as rm so as to glve
protectlon agalnst enemles & cold
--
s,lccl supports & independent non-load
1
bear~ng curta~nwall~ng& partltlorls whose composltlon prov~desprotectlon
against bad weather & affords 5o1111tl It htTl~l11i5ulat1onopen plannrng
probable w ~ t hno doors b e t w c c ~IIV~ ~II (11 ,lr~cll i , ~

Between 1500's a r ~ dpresent tlme scrence. tcclinology and ~ndrrstry Everyorli: has d ~ l l c ~ c (r Ii IlI I ~I 1 1 1 1 1 l i t I 1 1 i l v c , , i t ~ ~ lofi y[he ind~vrtlual
have transformed o~rtlooks,forms and, not least, appearance ol our dictates how 1;rr ti(. I., . r I l l i It 1 1 I I I ~ , . ~ I I , I I ~ ~: IrI~~rcalrly
t: o~ and
soc~ety.House no loriger fortress or cr11deshelter agarnst clrmate; I[ IS. express 1 1 t h r o i i ~ ] l1111.
i III 11, I I i I 1 1 1 " ' . I : ; ( m e cllcnts and their
orshoold be. abeautrltil ~ ~ r l o h s l r ~ ~ c t ~ v ~ t r a r r i c w o r k f o r o ~ i r l ~ v e s - o p architects
cnto arc :;I111 III 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I ! I I 11 w ,)I each have alre;itly

nature but proleclcd t r o ~ nII n ~ r v e t in

i III~ 2flll~1 1 ! . I 1 1 1 i . 1 1 ;I liappy rnarr~agc
th(:'lbl'~~~'l<,[I< I I
8
 Habitat 39
House organisation
SUBDIVISION OF SPACE, FROM 1-ROOM DWELLING TO PALACE

STAFF ROOMS

Activities taking place in single r m i l - r m

dwellings become progressively subdivided In
larger houses until in palace every actlvity has
separate rm specially adapted in shape &
ENTRANCE ROOMS

Llnes of subdivlslon also indicate spatlal relation-

ship between ind~vidualrm, which makes diagram
helpful tool when establish~ngprogramme for
houses of all klnds
40 Habitat

Houses

W
very good
flp, good

sunshine
2
garage (favourable)

Favourable & unfavourable sltes on hllls~des

unfavourable

lake
-+or rivet

1 Favourable house positions cold winter winds

even distribution of daylight
garage
work rm
st0
la
wine cellar
heating

W afternoon

summer, may have

cold winds In
winter double
glazing advisable

ter verandah
3 Optimal orientation of individual rm , stu dln~nglk
-,
/
l-. ..
-.--------
%+
S best side of house
h~ghsun angle In summer
site boundary I vard I I I deep sun penetration in winter I l~ne01
.....
.....
..... means for shading glass advisable bldg
.....
.....
.....

optimal
Dosition
E-W road widest
... possible
line of bldg 1 spacing

1 L-1

4 Favourable house orientat~onon E-W roads 5 Favourable house orientation on N-S roads: plots on E side preferable

EXTERNAL INFLUENCESON HOUSE PLAN Rules for sit~ngdetached houses also apply to dwell~r~gs grouped In
p a r s or ~n rows. Some of factors cons~deredon tollow~ngpages, eg
Siting & orientation problems of access, wh~chare most extreme In terrace (row) houses,
Princl~les positioning house On plot dlagrarnatlcall~ 1. apply to an extent to detached houses because of benefits, ~nroad and
For detached house plot On south 'Ide Of E-W road tavourable2 servlce costs and depth of garden, wh~chgenerally accrue from keep~ng
perrnitt~ngentrance and services to be placed near road wh~lel ~ v ~ nrm
g plots narrow,
and bedr lie away from road, face sun and have access to garden.
Arrangements on E Wand N-S roads shown In deta11-(3)(4) Houses
Safeguarding against Obstruction
on h ~ l l s ~ d eshould
s generally be placed towards higher parts of thelr Where nelghbourlng plotL lilt' lily 11111Il (111 ~?osltlon and plan of house
plots+(2) Preva~l~ng winds for each site must be considered In planning can be adapted Lo known ~ l ~ ~ l ( ~ ~olh(vw~se l l l ~ ~ i Pl O~S S~I ~l I I I ~of
Y future

for cold and heat protect~onW ~ n deffects 4 p 7 7 81 N slopes tp46 development must be I,lkc 1 1 i111o11 ( 0 1 1 1 1 1 Arrh~tccthas duly dvoid
undue obstruclior~o l d 1y111lli~ I i I I I I I I I I 1 1 l t 1likely to be developed
111

Orlentatlon also +p33-7 for bous~nq .n??

 Habitat 41
Houses
ACCESS
Access to dwelling
5 basic systems can be distinguished;
C+
Houses and footpaths along road with no segregation of veh~cularand
pedestrian traffic: implies no through traffic, no on-street parking +(I).
Road and footpath on oppos~tesides of house: implies house design
permitting access either side without loss of privacy; requires children's
play area other than road 4 ( 2 ) .
Vehicular access stopped short of houses: limited by access d~stance
(46 m for most services: 61 m in USA); requires particularly well
designed and ma~nta~ned parking and garaging 4 3 ) .
Vertical segregation of vehicles and pedestrians: expensive, suits high
I Residents' & v~s~tor's
parking within boundary of property: note service density of steeply sloping sites+(4).
vc!hicle parking ar
Primarily pedestrian access to small groups of houses shared with
private cars and light dellvery vehicles: requires careful design to en-
force low speeds and restrict use to legitimate access-.(5).

Access roads
~ n t o2 groups+p42.
Access roads to houses can be subd~v~ded
General access roads: accommodate service vehicles, cars and, de-
pending on layout system, frontage access or occasional visitor parking.
Des~gnto limit speed at junct~onwith local d~str~butor
road.
Minor access roads: designed to allow slow speed veh~clepenetration
of pedestr~anpriority area, serve up to 25 houses, speeds kept low by
width, al~gnment,surface texture and v~sibilityprovision, possibly hump
or chicane at entrance. May be cul-de-sac with turning at end, short
loop, or lead to restricted vehiclelpedestrian mixed courtyard.

Garaging the car

3 methods of garaging or parking car must also be considered; w~thinor
partly with~nhouse, adjoining house, separate from it. First 2 of these
will affect house plan-pi 00-1 (+Bib225).

Design standards
National and local standards for zoning and subdivision reg should
2 Residents' park~ngpartly within boundary of property & partly communal guide planner. Road widths and construction, footpaths, frontages.
density, housing types usually established by codes and/or local reg.

3 All parking communal

A I I
4 Park~ngar off covered access below pedestr~andeck 5 Access ar shared by pedestr~ans& veh~cles
 42 Habitat

Houses
ACCESS

a local distributor road

a general access road

minor access road

I - - I
Road h~erarchywithin housinq ar example makes use of shared pedestr~anfvehiclecourts as minor access roc~tlc

g access to 2 houses only,
2 or 1 house for wheelchair user
access to
slngle house
path reduced to single w to
avoid occasional obstructions
s3000long3 12rnapart
Habitat 43
Houses
ACCESS
Primary access
Footpaths should run as directly as possible to major attractions (schools,
shops, bus stops) away from heavy traffic roads. Should be well lit and
overlooked (for security), sheltered and avoid steep gradients. Use
ramps rather than steps, or ramps as alternative routes where steps
necessary. Critical design width should allow prams and wheelchairs to
pass and clear obstructions. Min 1800, but on pedestrian traffic routes
generally allow 2400 on open ground, 3000 between bldg and fences.
Footpaths between road or pedestrian traffic route and small groups of
houses can be 1 800,1200 for 2 houses (USA rnin 1 220), 900 for single
house+(1)(2). Max distance from road to door of house. 46 m.
Secondary access
Additional footways to serve garden side of houses, garage courts etc
can be 900-1 000 between fences, 600 in open ground-+p47(6) 106(22).
Plan to discourage use as through routes.

SERVICES
Statutory utilities (eg gas, water, el, telephone) should be supplied with
footpath between details of any proposed housing development at early stage in order to
sol~dobstructions
agree service routes between different interests and avoid later adjust-
ment, w h ~ c hcan be both tlme consuming and costly. In UK they will
generally prefer to lay the~rservices within public road, as this gives
them certa~nautomat~cstatutory r~ghtsof access; but In segregated
layouts or those designed with narrow road widths t h ~ smay prove
Inconvenient or uneconomic and alternative routes may need to be
agreed. Perhaps preferable: rear-of-block service strips, easily accessible
0 obstruction on one ade only.
open ground on other
and surfaced with materials which may readily be removed and reinstated.

Television
Master aerials for televlslon slgnal boosting often require licence or
permit. Television cables below ground should be kept min of 300 from
el supply or lightlng cables and well away from telephone cables.
Recommended depth for laying television cables: 450.
1 Pedestrian access & traffic routes
ACCESS FOR DISABLED
Housing for d~sabled4 ~ 8 5 - 7 ; internal access +p86. Spaces needed
for wheelchars -.(3).

d end parking overhang

b

side parklng overhang

L r n i n 914-

iB-l safety barr~e~

C
rrn1"
5251
1
- 525-

m
C
.-

lamp posts sr~ot.ldbc slrc:d at het:l ol footpath '\ , rnin 1 5 2 5 1

'\
hcyond rccornrncnded clear w~dth ','.
-____-/J'

d a b
a = rnln clear w

3 Min clear w: a for single wheelchair b for 2 wheelchairs c 1 525 dia

2 Footpaths: min clear w space d T-shaped space for 180"turn
44 Habitat

Houses
STANDARDS & REGULATIONS
Controlling dimensions
space' least Recommendat~ons for hor~zontaland vert~calcontroll~ngdrmenslons f o ~
d~rnens~on housrng have been developed ~norder to make use of dlmens~onally
coordinated standard components (Applrcatlon In UK publrc sector
houslng +B1b228 )
lr
dr Horrzontal coritrolling dlmens~onsshould be, ~n descending order oi
hr (prlrnaryj2 preference, as follows:
br (secondary) ria na 80 80 80 8'0" first: mult~plesof 300
total ar br na 120 200 280 280 second: multiples of 100
ohr na 80 80 80 80 8'0"
third: mult~plesof 50 up to 300
For house plannlng to these dimensions a 300 grid 1s used.
Vertlcal controll~ngdimensions more closely def~ned.He~ghtsof door
openrngs and between floors dlffer over relatively small ranges. For
cornblned rnin ar ft2 least drmensions for housrng, w ~ t hpreferences for publ~csector rn UK , ( 3 )
space ' Miri rm slzes USA-(1). Redr slres +70(17).

lr-da
Ceiling heights
Ir da-sl 250 In USA FHA says ce~llngherghts rnust be such as not to create an
lr-da-k unpleasant sensat~onand not to restrict physrcally movement of occupants
lr-SI and furnishings. Ceiling he~ghtsclear under bearns or other obstruct~ons
k-dd 42).
' abt~revl~itlorlsbr bedr da duiirlq ~ i rdr d r ~ n q rrrl k ~ I ~ L ~ I C11 I IIhvrnq 1111 1,) 11vngl u r l t
iln r l o l ~ p p l ~ c a h Ul rhr lo w111rlo i:ep.ir,l:u Oedr utlr olt,rr tiat,l,~blr r r ~ l i l ~ , l e r p n g.a BUILDING REGULATIONS
prlrnary hedr s l i ~ lhdvr l dl ?,is1 1 nr~~ntcrroplud wall spdcc ol :dl casl 10'
'rnlrl iIl,ilrnslons of ~ o m h r l r drm i l l a l l bc surrl of d ~ n ~ e n s o01r ~~ndlvldual
s srnijle rrr! ~rlvolvi.il
c x r r q i l lrlr ovrrlap or corniunr,f use of i p d w D~stinctd~ffererlcesIrr legal lntentron result In d~ffercntdegrees ol
control over hous~ngdesrgn rn different countries- eg reg In England and
Wales lim~tedto securrrig health and safety of occupants and otlicr
users; ~nScotland dcs~gnedto secure health, safety and coriverllence
1 USA rnin rrn srzes a for separate rrn b for cornblned spaces
of occupants and publrc at large, rmposrng mlrl space and eqp standards
(-Bib233); in USA FHA, HUD reg and state and local codes apply
ft In
hab~tahlcrrn / 6 Most houses burlt for sale In UK by prrvale bu~lderscorifornl to star)
ha, bathr 7 0 dards set by Natronal House-Bu~ld~ng Councrl ( -R1h512), In USA
luni~riouscetl~ng 7 (1
sloping ce~l~r~gs 7 ii dl ledst Iilr 'ZLrfn with nu porllon generally conform to FHA standard mlrl srics and constructron as may

/ bdseillentsw~thliulIit~lahle
spaces
less than : I ' 0" be required by flnancrng also consult state and local codes.

Fire escape
I-
In houses of rnore than 2 storeys flre escape must be considered
2 USA rnin cerlrng heights (consult codes)
Essentrally srngle stalrway in such house should be separated from all
rm by fr construction and self-clos~ngfrdoors and lead to hall or passage
grvrng access to outslde alr at ground level Th~shas effect of proh~b~t~rrg
open planning on ground or rntermedrate storeys unless alterrlal~ve
escape routes, eg by balcony to adjolnlng house, provlded from rm on
upper storeys.
,
,
//
-

T
ROOF ZONE
no lhmlt on thlckn~ss
8 but lower boundary
to be Dlaced lo awe

helght as on lower-
5toreys
--
> P 23.0 -
a Z r ~ ~ r c --
~ 2 1 ~
p (7 a GARAGE CEILING LEVEL 1800 -

+ FLOOR ZONE
--+zy38
1st preference 250 WINDOW ClLL LEVELS
2nd preference 200

W
J
FINISHED FLOOR IE V t L

I
jl
P
FINISHED FLO
dlmens

taken from FFL

I
3 UK vertical controlling dlrnens~ons

111 L-ATIONSHIP TO OTHER BUILDINGS
Daylight & sunlight +p27-37
IIII
11
,ult relevant reg and codes for dayllghtlng standards In hab~table
I l ~ c s ealso prov~defor protect~onof res~dent~albldg and undevel-
IIIYIs~tesfrom obstruct~onof dayl~ghtby new development These
, aIirvlc,lonsnormally adopted In England & Wales by plannlng author~ty~n
I! v~blopmentcontrol (to some extent mandatory In Scotland) Proposed
ln~~l(l ( an be tested for both drstance from ~ t own
s boundary and d~stance
~ ~ I Iother
III bldg by uslng permlss~blehe~ghtlndrcators (+B1b251) USA
.I t IA and c ~ t ybldg codes
,#II;lr as possible rm should receive sunlight at some part of day
c I ~ t o ~ ~mostq h ~of~ year
t but this not generally enforced by reg or
I,.vc:lopment control. Angles and direction of sunlight can be estab-
( .Iic:d hourly for any tlme of year at any latitude: examples for lat 5150' N
.1136. Further orlentatlon factors +p34-6 40 46.
Visual privacy
M.rriy planning authorities seek to prevent overlooking of houses from
t~l~~ghbouring houses or across road (controlled by bldg reg in Scotland).
I { t ~ l cof thumb distance of 18 m often stated but is restrictive and
rl~:lfectivesince visibility affected by types of windows involved and
I screen fence
prtvate garden
t
publlc path public path
1 Prlvacy secured by use of srngle aspect houses
I screen fence
road
r i a
public path
2 Prlvacy secured by use of reverse aspect houses. best orientation E-W
Habitat 45
Houses
A
their respective levels and incidence to one another. As with other ~3
environmental factors privacy must be considered In relation to com- f.7
petlng benefits and in high density developments ~tis matter for careful
consideration in design and layout. $
Use of blind side or single-aspect house designs will help, e g on sloping
sites or where footpaths pass close to houses; effective screening of
pr~vategardens also 1mportant+(l)(2). However, privacy should not be
achreved at cost of isolation: rdeally degree of screening for visual
privacy should be within control of res~dents.
Privacy from noise
Houses built near distr~butorroads, or main h~ghwaysbest protected
from nolse nuisance by embankments or other land format~on4 3 ) .
Privacy can, however, be improved by use of su~tablehouse plans with
rm facing away from noise source (+Bib240 254).
Spread of fire
Bldg reg generally restrlct distances between houses built of com-
bustible mater~als,such as timber, shingles or thatch, and the~rown plot
boundaries; where non-combustrble nraterials used extent of window
and door openlngs In walls close to boundary might be restr~ctedto
prevent spread of fire to adjoining property by radiation.
75dB(A)
68dB(A)
unprotectedsite
75dB(A)
75d\B(A)
site protected by placing road in cuttlng
3 Noise attenuation: shaded ar will be suitable
for development with conventional house types
I
publlc path
road
46 Habitat

Houses
SITE TOPOGRAPHY
Effect of gradient
Where slopes moderate, choice of plan affected l~ttleby gradient; on
steeper slopes some forms of plan can be used to greater advantage
than others. Where houses run parallel to contours use of wider front-
age houses min~misesneed for underbullding or excavation. Savings
thus made can counterbalance usually adverse equation between w ~ d e
frontage and greater servic~ngand development costs. Very steep sites
can, however, present opportunities for imaginative use of split-level
plans or entry to upper floors + ( I ) . Houses runnlng across contours,
especially in terraces (rows), should employ narrow frontage plans,
stepplng at each house or pair of houses.

1 Spl~tlevel
North slopes
North slopes aggravate problems of malnta~n~ng dens~tywh~leprov~ding
adequate sunl~ghtto each house and garden Slmple solut~onreverse
usual rule and place each house at lower end of rts plot, w ~ t haccess on
north s ~ d ebut on severe slopes spaclng required m~ghtbe excesslve
Solut~onthen m ~ g h be
t to employ 'ups~dedown' sectlon, placing l ~ v ~ n g
rm on upper floors where they can enjoy sun from south and vlews ~n
each dlrect~on4 2 ) Houses runnlng across contours can be part~cularly
advantageous on north slopes slnce no garden need be ~mmed~ately
overshadowed by houses and all rm w ~ lget
l sunlight

Aspect
In consider~ngor~entat~on4 p 4 0 access, prlvacy and effect of gradlent
there has recurred the concept of aspect, an Important characteristic
relat~nghouse plan to condrt~onsof its s ~ t e
4 models can be dist~nguished+(3),
2 'Ups~dedown Dual aspect: rm look out ~nboth d~rect~ons,
to access and garden sides
Single, blind-side, or controlled aspect: rm other than kitchen and
service rm look out ~n1 d~rect~on
only - usually garden side
Reverse aspect: rm on ground storey and upper storeys look out In
oppos~ted~rect~ons
Open aspect: ideal detached or semi-detached cond~t~on
where rm
can look out in 3 or 4 d~rect~ons
w~thoutconstra~nt.

3a Dual aspect

I I
3b S~ngleaspect 3d Reverse aspect

1
4 I b
4
4
- b
b
b
3c Controlled aspect 3e Open aspect
 Habitat 47
Houses
HOUSE PLAN: INTERNAL INFLUENCES
Determining factors
Maln internal factors affecting selection of house plan:
rr~odeof horizontal circulation within house,
user requirements,
,~pproprlatestandards & regulations
,;~teorientation & climate +p33 40 46

HOUSE PLAN: CIRCULATION

(;~rculation wlthin house determined primarily by type of access
;ippropriate to external conditions and layout+(l): 5 modes of horizontal
c:lrculation can be dlstingulshed; I I I -J
2 Circulation through ha 3 Clrculation through ha & sto
Through circulation
rhis +(2) provides circulation from entry to garden slde by-passing all
llving and working areas. No secondary access to garden side needed.
rhrough circulation suitable for all forms of entry and particularly
;~ppropriatewhere entry possible from only one slde.

Through-storage circulation
In small terrace (row) houses through circulation though desirable can
require excessive proportion of whole ground-storey area. Modification
permits circulation from entry to garden side through hall and sto+(3).
This arrangement suitable for all forms of entry.

Through-kitchen circulation
Provides c~rculatronfrom entry to garden slde through hall and kitchen
- 4 4 ) . Appropriate in layouts which provide secondary access to garden
side; but can be used where there is none.
I I
Single circulation 4 Circulation through ha & k 5 Clrculation through ha & liv
From point of entry garden can be reached only by passing through
living rm 4 5 ) . This type plan should only be used In layouts which
provide secondary access to garden side. Secondary access wlll normally
be necessary only In mld-terrace houses but layout situations can arise
when siting of other bldg imposes similar condit~onson end-of-terrace,
detached and semi-detached houses.

By-pass circulation
Garden side can be reached outside house but wlthin property limlts eg
by path or through g a r a g e j ( 6 ) .

Through atrium circulation4 7 )

I I
6 By pass circulation

garden
---------
[I_ court

servlce
yard I utY k dr I

1 Access to property a from both sides b from one side only 7 'Through atrium' circulation seen in USA s~nglefamily detached house
48 Habitat

Houses
HOUSE PLAN: STANDARDS & REGULATIONS
User requirements entrances I 1s protection from weather provided at entrances?
Wtlere house riot d e s ~ g n e d for known client, user 2 is there space ~nha for recelvlng v1s1tors7
r e q u ~ r e m e r ~ can
t s most b r ~ ~ fbl ey summar~sedin state- 3 is there convenienl sto for outdoor clothing & pram7
4 can meters be read withoul enter~ngI ~ v ~ ar7
n q (NB outs~dein USA)
me111of number of r m (not counttng k l t ~ h e nbathr etc) in
h o u s e and r ~ u r n b eof
r people intended Lo accommodate. living ar 5 IS there space for requ~redfurniture in sensible arrangernent7
Frorrl normative standard of 1PIrm higher staridards 6 1s there suffic~entspace to seat guests In d~ningar?
c:haracler~sedb y greater degree ot spec~altsat~on -p39. 7 does IIV face pr~vategarden?
Such special~saltonhas In past t ~ m ereached astonishtng
Icngths - o n e English Vlctorlan country house satd to kitchen 8 1s there direct access, on same level, trom k to d~ningar7
have contalr~edrrri lor rrornlng newspapers. nowadays 9 1s work surlace adequate. free from Interruption K obstruction7
degree o l s u t ) - d t v ~ s ~ o
assoc~ated
n w ~ t hpalace uril~kelyto 1 0 1s 'work tr~angle'(sink - c o o k e r frigllarder) compact &free trom
cross-c~rculat~on?
b c reached What does happeri 1s that houses destgned
1 1 has possible use of k by elderly or d~sahledpeople been
or adapted to m e e l special needs, whether, e q tor considered?
musician, o r c h ~ derithus~astor d~sabledt ~ o u s e w ~ f e are
. 12 is there space for addlllonal eqp. or larger Items, llkely to be
rrlore spccialised, ellher by plann~ngor by h ~ g h e level r 01 trscd In furn~ture'
scrvlcing. Iri 1 d ~ r e c t ~ o nThis. form o l s p e c ~ a l ~ s a t ~ o n 13 has k vlew ot outs~deworld - lor callers, toddlers' play etc?
s e c ~ i r e db y adaptation w ~ l not
l generally affect process
of plari seIc?(:t~onset otrt here bedr 14 lhere space for requ~redfurn~tureIn sens~blearrangements
IS
consider use of s~nglebeds?
User requirement check list + ( I ) 15 can bedr be used for child's homework, entertaining fr~ends
In abscnc:e o l known clhcnt plans stiould b e tested by l ~ s t K hobbles?
01 q u c s t ~ o n sabout house that m ~ g hbl e asked b y user Irn bathr 16 1s bathr conven~enlfor bathing baby7
any s i i c h ar~alys~:;a11 plans w ~ lnot l rneet all requirements 1 7 has use o l bathr by elderly people, or ~nvallds,been
:;;~t~:;lactor~ly, 11 rnusl b e for d e s ~ g n c rto j ~ r d g c w h ~ c l l cons~dered?
p r i o r l t ~ c sshould t ~ ae c h ~ e v e d( .B1h234). 18 1s there space for appropr~atebathr eqp, hang~ng
towels elc7
Housing standards
Consult reg Standards for d w c l l ~ n g sirn p u h l ~ csector In st0 & 19 are refuse bin & luel sto access~ble,conven~er~tly
placed
Br1131r1 .(2)based orn Parker Morris Coii~rnittee'sreport accessibility lor collection & delivery7
(-B1h233) Maridatory only tor ricw bldg by local 20 can b~cyclesbe taken outs~de,pram put Iri garden. Kgarderi
at~lhor~t~e:; ;]rid h o u s i r ~ gassoclatlons these In pract~ce reluse rcrnoved, w~thoutpass~ngthrough l ~ v ~ n
ar?
g
provide qu;rllty platform nga~nstw h ~ c hrncw h o u s ~ n gcan
i - ~ cjudgcti Although nilrl floor areas stated lor various
1 User reaulrement check list
1iou:;ehold :;~ze:; ern[ih,isi:; func.l~onal ralther than
qu,lrltlllvc lirn I ~ y o u l and
s house plans s l i o ~ i l dbe showri
l o t ~ eat)ie t o ,~c:cornrnodnlc furnllurc and dorriest~c
act~vttiesttr,~l they cat] i j e r x p c c t e d to cornta~ri
For USA stcirld,lids cornsull reg ( ,FHA HUD) arnd stale
N = net space'
S = general sto space'

houses
number of persons (ie bed-spaces) per dwelllng
1 2 3 4 5 6 I
anti lot:nl c:odcs, rniri rrr~:;Ires -piiil(l)
I storcy

2 storey
(semi or end)

flats

72 87 92 5 108
35 35 35 35
* (67 11balc access)

I N?l !,!I,!< r IS d r of dl1 floors lri 1Iwel1111g mi-L~!;~~~efl Grricr;il .;to ::pa~e 1 0 ~ I Cp ~ o v ~ d ecxclus~ve
tl 01
to ~lnIin~:,t~cfi I,ict,s, r i f I l ~ i l c s aof
t each llonr Bknri up ,]ny rll~sttlirr;to, fuel slo or pram sp;icr wllhlri slo.11 &
t ~ :,1,11rw,iyi
y t~~ y ~ ; i r t I ~8 o rby~ s;rriy ~tilnrr~ry brr:,ist:,. Iri sir~ijlr.r~.ccssliousc, :,pace w~ttiln stu rcqu~rcdto8
Il~ics8 hr,ririy ,lppI~an~es .I,X of any extcrn,~Iwc, I I I I S S ~ ~ C from I s~dc 111 house ti) other, n tinuses
cxr.l~iclc~~ floor ai 01 qer1cr;rl st0 c,pn<:c> ( S ) ,dustb~r~:,to. some :,I11 sp;irr rriay beori upper floor, icparatc lrom
g,il, t~,ilc,irly 11dr1 01 ilrl li,sc, lhar~1500 l i ~ g hhecal~~c ,my 1111erii l o i I r wa bul dt edst 2 5 m shdl he .it
01 ,,li1111nq~.eIlnqsC: my poich or c o v e ~ c dwdy npcn q r o ~ ~ nlevel, d I r l flats and malsorlettes lip to 1 5 rn
to a r . I r l slrigle ,%Less hullsc -p47 any sp.icr may be prnvilccl (11i1:~itii: dwcll~r~q, 111 ~ o m C
cI I C U I ~
w ~ t t i r.,lo
l r f : q l i ~ ~ cl odr ~).iss,rgiIrom 1 '.ide 01 11ouse .;tarire', p;irI 111 ydr 1nteqr~11 w ~ t hor arilolnlng d w e l l ~ r ~ i i
to i ~ t h ctaker,
~ ii 700 w ~ d cstiall , t b l pnIvdei1 In i:;ii~i uunt towd~dsy c n c r ; ~sto spacr
.ifiditlunlo 31 i r l ti~hlc .R1t1479(also ijlvcs scliedules of furrllllie to b?
;ir co~-i>moil;~ted)
-

2 Min ar for dwellings to accommodate varlous household slzes (UK standards: USA +p44)
 Habitat 49

Houses
- -

1 I SELECTING PLANS
:E
$3
*-
Classification of plans '?A
"P
From external and Internal determ~n~ng factors set out In prevlous i'
A
pages, bas~ccharacter~st~cs
of house plan can be stated under follow~ng F+
heads.
levels: 1, 2, 3 storeys or split-level
aspect: dual, single, reverse or open +p46
horizontal circulation: through, through-sto, through-kitchen or single,
core circulation through atrium +p47
number of rm and size of household: stated as eg (4 rm, 5 person).
These characteristics provide basis for classification of all house plans.
To them is added vertical circulation when houses of more than 1 storey
considered.
Plan development
Plan selection not initially affected by household size or specialised user
requirements. First three heads of classification (levels, aspect and
circulation) narrow choice to number of plan arrangements at this stage
expressed in simplest possible terms +(l). This example shows how
1-storey house plans basically similar developed to accommodate
different household sizes.

I I
1 Houses at DundeeScotland: variations in simple basic plan Arch Baxter
Clark & Paul
ONE-STOREY HOUSES
1-storey house gives greatest planning freedom, only planning deter-
minants being aspect and horizontal circulation. Consequently
both simplest and most luxurious houses often planned on 1 storey
4 1 )(2)(3)(4)~50-1.
Relationship between kitchen and bathr horizontal: economies in placing
them together but savings in cost may not be great when weighed
against user convenience +p51(6).

bedr

2 'Arcon' prefabricated house Arch Arcon 3 Old person's bungalow

4 Large private house Arch Biecker

50 Habitat

Houses
PLANS: CLASSIFICATION

1 House at Whipsnade England Arch Lubetkin & Tecton 2 Single family detached house built round atrium Cleveland Ohlo USA
Arch Hirum A Blunden
 Habitat 51
Houses
PLANS: CLASSIFICATION

1 House for an artist Arch Rogers 2 Bungalow with self-containedflat for house-keeper or chauffeur Arch Neufert

I_
3 L-shaped house with day & night wings Arch Kossler & Peter 4 House in California USA with ter facing S & bathr between bedr
Arch Donald

5 House for couple without ch: good relationship of ter, k & liv 6 House to sleep 6 Arch L Hilberseirner
Arch Erchmannsdorfer & Kindler

I I
I American 2-storey house wlth upper floor entrance (s~teIS not flat) Arch E H & M K Hunter
52 Habitat
Houses
1 Dog-leg stair has great planning advantages &
much used in traditional English house; note inter
house how access to small rm & services can be
provided at half-landings a VictorIan ter house
b Georg~an ter house c Georg~andetached house
3 Very simple & economical design of ter house
with 'farmhouse' k & bathr on ground floor
4 5 Economy achieved by placing bath over k
I $
bedr bedr
2 Straight flight at right angles to horizontal
circulation often attractive in saving circulation
space but divides plan rigidly: in some Instances
not disadvantage, particularly in bllnd-side
planning a central stair through house, single
aspect plan b central stair through house,
dual aspect plan c central stalr across house, dual
aspect plan
MORE THAN ONE STOREY
New plann~ngdeterminants Introduced: verb
cal circulation, relationshrp between kltchei~
and bathr, which becomes vert~calas well ;I,.
horrzontal, and balancing of ground and uppv~
storey accn.
Vertical circulation: the stair
In all houses of more than 1 storey plan I,.
influenced by position and design ot stair. Stall
and its location affect constructional system to
be employed: In repet~tivehouse desrgn mo:J
Important srngle standardising component.
Stairs d~fferin des~gn(straight flight or dog-leg)
and in position. These, in combinat~on,Impost3
different planning effects. To provrde besl
circulation alm is to arrive on first storey as neal
as poss~bleto mrddle of house; best cholce 01
position and type of stalr to ach~evethls relate0
to plan shape 4 1 ).
Kitchen & bathr
These comprise most heavily servrced part ol
house, economy In plumb~ngand water supply
systems and problem of accommodating bulky
soil and waste stack at lower level eased by
placlng one above the other +(4)(5)
Balance of ground & upper storey
accn
In some house types, designed for both small
and large households, total area requrred for
bedr and related accrl does not balar~ceIlv~ng.
kitchen and other areas usually placed 011
ground storey. t h ~ sbecause space allotted foi
common use does not increase proport~onally
to family size, as do nurnber and slzes ol bedr
Economlc design for small houses, say for 3 or
4 persons, employs 1 '/4-storey arrangernent,
basically of 1 -storey construction wrth open
roof truss to enable roof space to be used for
bedr. Such roof on 1-storey house can also
facllrtate future extension of small house.
-+p78.
Opposite problem occurs in 2-storey houses
designed for more than 6 persons, where house
plans can be adapted by providing bedr over
pends, l~nklnghouses across pedestr~anroutes
+(6)(7).
qruund storey U P P C ~storey
urrder
~pc'rltl llrietl lo tlirn corner
Lp--
6 7 Bcdr r1vc.r jrc~ridsmeans of prov~d~ng
extra
 Habitat 53
Houses
MORE THAN ONE STOREY
I
5 person

bedr

-
- Tedr
0

A b
a

1 2 2 'through ha' type plans with sol~dfuel heating &chimney: note

42) how wider frontage with straight flight stair on perimeter leads to long
upper st0 circulatton Arch Nat~onalBuilding Agency (UK)
I I

I House at Halland Sussex England Arch Chermayeff

3 Houses at Moulton Yorksh~reEngland:bedr insulatedfrom one another by

cpd & staircase; note influence of stair type on upper storey plan
Arch Butterworth

5 Small Swedish typewith sho next 6 Larger type with dr next to k & 7 Ter houses ~nKlampenborg Denmark: appearance of
to k on ground floor Arch Swedish centre stair Arch W Kraatz detached houses achieved by staggering Arch A Jacoben
Architects Cooperat~ve
54 Habitat
Houses
~ I HOUSEPLANS
Plan ranges
bathr By class~f~catrons of type outlined -p47-9, many agencles p r o v ~ dIi ~
bedr 1 houses, rn both p ~ k l r c a n pr~vate
d sectors, have complied sets of relatc
house des~gnscalled plan ranges. Des~gnscomprrslng plan range ti;i\~~
bathr
bas~cconstructronal features ~ncommon, such as sta~rcasetype a1'1
locat~on,k~tcher~lbathr relatronshrp and upper floor construction. Hou:.,
des~gnsIn such range can be var~cdto meet drffer~ngrequlrerner~l
bedr 2
w h ~ l erela~nrnguseful degree of star~dard~satrori +(I).
bedr 3 F~rststorey plan of 3-bedr w ~ d efrontage house has been changed I f
bedr 2
allow house to be used where controlled aspect ->p46 requ~red.Ti11
possrble because cr~t~cal
elements unchanged ie, ~nt h ~ scase, plurnb~niI
heat~ng,sta~rUse of sarrle f~rststorey plan as of narrow lronlage housi
poss~ble,would Impose dual aspect cond~t~ons or) ~ t suse In layout

Combined rooms: natural lighting & ventilation

Unless separately l~ghtedand vent~latedrequ~rcdarea sho~lldbe basell
on lotal area of corrlb~nedspaces prov~deddegree of openness, rclat~onsh~ll
and plannlny of adlacent space allow adequate natural l ~ g h t ~ n( g
B1b187)
In row-house (ter) plan ~ ( 2shaded
) areashould be used ~ncalculat~nc~
reyu~redamounts of natural Irght and vent~lat~on for combination d~nrncj
and lrv~ngspace Assumrng total floor area d ~ n ~and r ~ glivrng rni 41 8 rrr
rnln amount glazed area reqrlrred would he 41 8 x 10/i, or 4 18 n12 III
l ~ v ~rm
r ~exposeti
g wall Vent sash shoultl he located to prov~dec~rculatroi~
of arr ttiroughoul area Because ot excessive d~stancedir~rrlgarea tronl

mI
source of natur~ilI~ghthelght of glaz~rigshould be great as poss~ble

v
k --T

IIV
dr bedr 1 bedr 2 bedr3

.--
1 Range of house types for 4 & 5
person w~de& narrow frontage
houses Arch NBA (Scotland)

2 Cornbrned rm natural l~qht~ng

ventllatron
&
I
- - - - -- - -- - - - - p p
 Commerce 245
Banks
Different design requirements according to whether prlvate bank wlth
primarily mercantile interests, major bank, savings bank, mortgage
bank; but in general banks places where money paid In or withdrawn by
entrance parlltlon customers. Procedures need be transacted quickly, securely, simply as
cornmlsslonabre securltles dept poss~ble.Mech conveyance and sirnllar systems not necessary or worth
banklng ha
while except for really large institutions.
Stalrs to Strong rm
Route followed by customer: from street outside through lobby Into
wrltlng desk banking hall, sometimes fltted with bench seats or charrs for walting and
wrlting desks for customers, and varlous positions for paylng in, drawing
desk. ledger clerk
lob lead~ng
to slrong rm out, security, savings and (in Europe) glro transactions, or 'unlqueue'
cash counter
Desks for accounts and book-keeplng (check on state of drawer's
account) usually behind cash counter + ( I ) .
Other offices sewing customers, eg manager, credit dept, audlting
1 Customer's routes in major 2 Routes to strong rm dept, usually next to banking hall wlth separate ante-rm, or on upper
European banks floor -(3).
Route to deposit boxes (often in basement) from banking hall through
partition into passage, usually past securities dept and safe custody
dept down stairs to protective grllle In front of lobby leadlng to strong rm,
where customers' deposrt boxes and strong rm door, slzes of boxes for
I setvlce rm tollets etc bank staff slde er 1 person 1 000 x 1 500 up to 1 500 x 1 500, for 2 persons 2000 x 1 500
Larger lnstitutlons normally have separate bank strong rm next to

1
I book-keeplng & accounts manager audltlng
dept
customers' strong rrn, while safe custody dept has offlces ~nfront of
entrance to t h ~ swith
elevators 4 3 ) .
, separate starrcase to banking hall or speclal cash
bank
5trong rm
Basement reached by separate staircase cornprlses cloakrm, sto space,
-
heating plant, plant for operating elevators and pneumatic despatch

-
LUStomerS
5lrong rm

v i 4 lob 1 or on other floors

tubes, electromech cornmunlcations eqp and so on, as well as reglstry
and elevator for documents.
In mortgage banks must be possible for all mortgage buslness be
completed conveniently on ground floor
t
entrance

3 Relationships of rm ln big bank

I
I1 LEI]
\ \, --<
,~

\b h:,& I

parking lot
[i-, l~g
" \ i l l i l i ~
'\
L-\
clock i
74'
tower

4 World Savings & Loan Association Santa Cruz USA; main banking rm 5 Tanners National Bank Woburn USA: conversion of originally square
extends upwards through 2 storeys lit by skylights & clerestory windows a site rectangular bldg by addition of 2 corners enclosing respectivelystaircase &
plan b ground floor c first floor Arch Esherick Homsey Dodge & Davis off a lower level b maln level Arch Architectural Resources
246 Commerce
Banks
Strong rm doors and armoured doors prvot gently on steel hinges
wlthout dropping; can withstand any attack and fitted with unpierceable,
indestructrble steel plates, wlth fire-proof and non-melting reinforcing,
with additional fireproof, non-melting and unpierceable compound cast-
ing. Total thickness approx 270-300. No keyhole: elaborate locking
device (eg mlracle lock, remote-control lock) and el-operated alarm
system, which sounds at slightest vibrat~onof door.
Cashier positions +(2)-(6) nowadays in Europe usually completely
protected wrth bullet-proof reinforced glass, 4 panes 2 250 thlck.
Slmrlar protection over sunken drawers. Alarm system operated by foot
or knee. Underneath counter normally standard type steel cabinets.
Exceptions still exlst, particularly in USA, in banks wishlng foster lntormal
'non-authoritarian' Image. In USA many banks still retain teller positions
either behlnd grille or even open.
I I
1 Strong rm with inner daytime door Intercommunicationssystem now more usually by means of tele-
vrsion Instead of by pneumatic tubes, belt conveyors etc.
customers customers Drive-in banks: to save trme customers do not go Into bank but drive
7 U O C 1300~im up to cash polnt 4 8 ) . No parklng problems: cash points can be incor-
porated in bank bldg +(10)(1 I ) , separate islands +(12)(13), or below
Y Z pavement level, with shaft by kerb contalnlng reflecting mirror, loud-
bank staff
- speaker and cash conveyance dev~ce~ ( 9 )Each . cash polnt can serve

2 Parallel counter arrangement

I
bank staff

3 As-(2) with desks

7

I
I
up to 250 customers/day. (Each transaction takes approx 60 seconds.)
Not all banking transactions can be at drive-up cashier's desk: even
where thls system operates normal banklng ha also needed for
lengthier business.
NB diagrams this page apply to traffic circulation on right

I 1 Sawtooth counter arrangement

with desks at sides

10 Drive-up cash points

5 German cash desks as in big

Bellin banks
I -
6 Swedish type cash desk
11

0
Cash points Incorporatedin bank bldg

7 Drive-up cash point, no parking

I I
12 Twin cash points as island to ease traffic

8 Drive-up cash point In kiosk

9 Cash polnt below pavement

with shaft for customer setvice
3 3 parking places needed for
uninterrupted & smooth service I I
I
(Snorkel bank) 13 Cash points as+(7)(8) for through traffic
 Commerce 247
Banks

I? 1.5 3m
5 10 fi
1 'Banco di Napoli branch New York USA; interior plan conversionof 1070 rnZground floor off space in off tower
block Arch Skidmore Owings & Merrill
I I

key
1 conference 2 reception 3 lob 4 elevator
5 toilet 6 lunch rm 7 clo 8 lockers 9 refuse
10 planting bed 11 teller counter 12 strong rm
13safe deposit desk & booths 14 cheque writer
15 fountain 16 new accounts 17 d~strict
manager 18 covered entrance

1 -

2 World Savings & Loan Associates Santa Ana USA a first floor b ground floor Arch Kamnitzer Cotton
Vreeland
I I

1
4 Albany Savings Bank: small branch bank
New York USA a ground floor b first floor
Arch Feibes & Schmitt

3 Federal Reselve Bank Boston USA,

arrangement of a executive off 32nd floor
b executive dining & meeting rrn 31st floor
Arch Hugh Stubbins

Banks references:
+Bibliograhpy entries 007 249 254 374 477
 248 Commerce

Vehicle services
I I
1 Parking lane alongs~defootway
CAR PARKS
With growth in motor transport separat~onof moving and stationary
traffic essential.
Results of traffic research suggest different parking layouts on basis of
local conditions:
Population: desirable park~ngarea in mid-town = 0.5-1 % of popula-
tion of whole built-up area.
2 Parking lane either side road Number of cars: 1 parking space on town centre for every 5-8 cars
divide kept In burlt-up area.
Visiting traffic: parking space for 7-9% of vehicles regular v~sitorsto
town centre.
Parking space needed (including drive in) 20-25 rn2/car

Parking areas within roadway limits

Kerb space requirements for longitudinal parkrng +(I)-(3)(7)(8)
Parking lanes: obl~queor right angle park~nglanes for various road
widths +(4)(5)(6). Parked vehicles must not restrict vision of moving
vehrcles at corners; therefore gap between end of parking lane and bldg
line 3 6000; 10000 preferredj(1)-(4).
3 Parking lane down m~ddleof 4 Double parking lane down
roadway Avoid r ~ g hangle
t park~ng(dangerous for passing traffic).
middle of roadway
Safety strips 500 wide recommended between parking lanes and
moving traff~c.

+ 0.05
+
parking lane
016 footway 5.0
I [I
. +
3.0 -...-----.-,--------
05t
12.312.3'
-
I parklng bays
-u
1 r a t i o n to street edge

ar required (m7)
1 ;iy 1 1
NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic driving on right: data
based on German practice

5i :;
I I edge of premises
footway
I I
cars1100 m

9 Parking lanes for motor cars

I I I
43
I

5 Right angled alignment

footway

6 Oblique alignment

7 Segregated approach & departure

10 cars + 9 spaces
F - 595 - -4
500
t 5 5 5?0 55 5?? 55 4+

off
IDI n I b
24 '
c
0 A

footway
10 Enclosed parking spaces a neighbourhood garage b arrangement for
narrow site c road at angle gives economical use of space for different car
8 Setting down: continuous approach &departure (eg theatres, t a x ~ ~ ) sizes, saves approx 10% floor ar
 Commerce 249
Vehicle services
B
I CARPARKS
USA standards +p250

Off street parking

In permanent car parks, lanes and bays should be clearly marked wlth +.,

safety strlps for pedestrians -.(10)(13) Enclosed parklng spaces also

+p248(10)

Space requirements+(8)-(15)
Spacelcar with drlvlng lanes but without main access and exit:
ir 75 + 100 t 75 u K40t- 150 t 4 0 n w55+ 75 +55+ 90" parking approx 20 rn2
HOO 800 800 800 800
45" parking approx 23 m2: usually preferred for ease of park~ng
1 45" parklng for buses 2 Truck w~thtrader 3 Small buses
Parking bays +(8)-(10)
Space/car (medium-large) 5000 x 1 800. For car parks larger than 800 m2
provide 20% bays for larger cars (6000 x 2100) if park attended. Pro-
vis~onfor motor cycles, bicycles, dlsabled according to local requirements.

Truck & bus parking

Fixed bay sizes advisable because vehicle size varles greatly. For
trucks with trailers provide for parking without reversing +(I)-(6). For
--
articulated lorries reversing usual.
For long dlstance traffic provide yards at town approaches with drlver
accn, workshops, filling statlons etc.

4 90" parking for trucks with trailers 5 30" parkingfortrucks NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic driving on right: data
with trailers based on German practice

C150-200 + 160-P20 + 150-200 4 t 120 + 120 4

6 90" parklngfortrucks wlth traders 7 90" park~ngfor trucks

8 90" parking for medium &small 9 Wider bays for narrow driving 10 45" parking 11 45" parking for cars a, vans b
cars a & very small cars b lanes

12 45" parking for large cars, 13 45" parking for medium cars, 14 45" drive-through parking for 15 45" drive-through parking for
reversing reversing medium to small cars (no reversing) large cars (no reversing)
250 Commerce
Vehicle services
publ~croad
publlc road PARKING: USA STANDARDS
+(2) gives USA recommended (+Bib 513) parking layouts, stall widths
and parking dimensions for 2 most typical car sizes. Recommended
small car dimensions be used only in car parks designed for small cars
or w ~ t hentrance controls which admit only small cars; putting small cars
(5486 rnln)or
3962 1-lane into standard car layout not recommended: standard dimensions will
(3048 mln) 6705 2-lane take all normal passenger vehicles. With large car dimensions parking
(5486 mln) easier, quicker: recommended for elderly, high turnover, luxury. With
2
1 Intersections between private & public roads parking angle 60" or less may be necessary increase bay width by
75-1 62 to give room for users walking to and from parked cars. Always

a
1 consult local zoning reg.

mln requlrements = 1 or 2/100 stalls or as specified by local, state, or federal law, place
convenient to destlnat~on
Turning dimensions
+ ( I ) shows USA dimensions at intersection of private with public
roads. 'U' drive 4 3 ) illustrates procedure for designating any drive
configuration given vehicle's dimensions +p21(1) and turning radii.
Tangent (T) dimensions approx min only: may vary with driver's ability
and speed.
Roadways +p21

I NB: diagrams on this page apply to traffic circulation on right

u v a r ~ e with
s angle

slngle loaded
wall to wall
(with bumpers)
double loaded wall to
wall (w~th
continuous
concrete kerb)
3
do ble loaded wall
to (wlth sawtooth
concrete kerb)
double loaded
$10 $(or $
to walk edge)
of bay or
edge of walk

H angle of park

SW w45" 50" 55" 60" 65" 70" 75" 80" 85" 90"

2743 1 9.75 9.98 10.36 10.77 11.43 12.09 12.8 13.51 14.07 14.63
2 15.03 15 54 16.2 16.91 17.63 18.29 18.85 19.61 19.74 20.12
3 14.12 14.88 15.65 16.41 17 07 17.88 18.59 19.2 19.66 20.12
4 13.61 14.17 14.94 15.7 16.46 17.37 18.19 18.9 19.56 20.12
2896 1 9.75 9.96 10.36 10.67 11.23 11.84 12.65 13.31 1402 14.63
2 14.99 15.39 15.8 16.31 16.87 17.68 18.44 19.1 19.66 20.09
3 14.33 14.68 15.19 15.7 16.43 17.37 18.19 18.9 19.58 20.09
4 13.61 13.97 14.48 15.19 16.0 16.99 17.9 18.74 19.46 20.09

NOTE Oangles greater than 70" have a~slew for 2-way travel

2 Parking a recommended stall w b layouts c parktng dimensions

vehicle R R I T D C

small car 6.05 3.28 3.7 3.05 0.15

compact car 6.55 3.61 4.57 3.3 0.18
standard car 6.83 3.84 4.57 3.4 0.2
large car 7.01 3.84 4.57 3.66 0.23
intercitybus* 16.76 10.06 9.14 6.86 0.3
city bus 16.3 10.1 9.14 6.86 0.3
school bus 13.26 7.92 9.14 5.92 0.3
ambulance 9.14 5.72 7.62 4.04 0.3

* headroom = 4.62

small large

B 273.42" 251.15"

55.27 66.8
NOTE: R values for veh~cles
lntended to use these culs-de-
sac should not exceed Rb
 -
Commerce 251

Vehicle services: multi-storey car parks

DESIGN GEOMETRY

'Standard design car' + ( I )

UK 95% of all new vehlcle reg~strat~ons
USA large car d~mens~ons
column 2
I A 4 750 5 500
w B 1 800 2 030
h C 1 700 1 630
door openlng clearance D 500
wheel base (worst cases) E 2 900 3250
F 900 890
G 1100 1350
turnlng clrcle (d~a)
kerb H 13000 6550
wall J 14000 7010
ground clearance K 100 1220

Recommended parking dimensions (90" layout)- 4 2 )

stall I L 4 750 5 500
stall w M
standard 2 400 2 750
short stay 2 300 2 600
long stay 2 500 2 750
d~sabledpersons 3 000 3050
roadway w N
1-way 6 000 9 150
2-way 6950 10700
standard b ~ w
n P 15500 20100
headroom (min clearance) 2 050 2130

Recommended ramp design

1 'Standard car des~gn' up to 1 500 rlse 11n7 USAramp1<198m
more than 1 500 rlse 1 ln 10 max slope 1 ln 7
used for parking l1n20 >198mrarnpl
max slope 1 In 9
grad~ents,rnax, on hel~calramps
up to 3 000 rlse 1 ln 10

--
more than 3000 rlse 1 ln 12
w, mln, stra~ghtramp, no turn~ng
between kerbs 3 000 4 000
4 )--- clearance, kerb to structure 300 75

--XM
4-
w, mln, curved ramp, turn~ngtraff~c
1-way
2-way
central kerb, 2-way
3 650
7 000
500
5 200
9 150
150
4 C-- turnrng clrcle, outer kerb radlus
recommended 12 000 6 600
min 9 000 6 600
clearance kerb, to structure 600 460

I I Use of angled parking layout4 3 )

2 Recommendedparking dimensions
parking angle bin w av arlvehicle USA

Most efficrent parking angle 90"; lesser parking angles not normally
used in UK.

CAR PARK ARRANGEMENT

2 parallel bins normally used provide circulation arrangement w~th1-
way traffic flows having upward and downward routes separated; makes
possible best traffic capacity. Dynamic capacity reduced if 2-way traffic
flows or mixed upwards and downwards circulation used. Cul-de-sac
driveways undesirable: should not exceed 6 stalls in length. \

Economy achieved by using longest practicable bin lengths. Downward

route should be short expedite exit; upwards route devised give best
poss~blesearch pattern for vacant stalls.

3 Typical car park arrangement (NB left hand circulation)

252 Commerce
Vehicle services: multi-storey car parks
DESIGN GEOMETRY (cont) Barrier capacity
2 barrier types available: rising arm or rrslng kerb, hav~ngrecommended
Split level layout -(I ) capacities:
Arrangement widely adopted.
entry barrler 400 veh~cleslhr
2 bins so arranged that adjacent parking levels separated by half storey exit barr~er
height. group A 250 vehicleslhr
group B 400 vehicleslhr
Short interconnect~ngramps used between levels.

Warped slab layout 4 2 ) LIGHTING

park~nglevels constructed with uninterrupted hor~zontalexternal edge
-
steadv transttlcn of arad~ents
constructed qlve Internal lnterconnexlon of Mean service Illumlndtlon public be (Ix)
parklng levels. Compared wlth split level layout need for ramps at erther parking areas 20
end of bldg elim~nated,gradients reduced. dr~vewavs 50
ramps 70
Parking ramp layout 4 3 ) roof 20
Parklng level constructed as long ramp has s~gnlf~cant effect on elev entrance & exll 150
ational appearance, to keep to acceptable gradients long bldg requ~red
When necessary e x ~ can
t be speeded up by adoplrng external hel~cal
ramp FIRE PROTECTION & SAFETY
Flat slab layout 4 4 ) USA: check applicable codes and standards
External ramp used to interconnect level parklng areas
Structural fire resistance
Construct~onof non-combust~blematerlals w ~ t hstructural tr 1 hr. In
specified restricted clrcumslarlces requ~rementfor structural fr may be
VEHICLE CONTROL waived for bldg less than 15.2 m h ~ g h
Fee collection
Group A drrver payment. Means of escape
flxed or variable charge payed on exit All parking spaces with~n45.7 m of escape starrway hav~ng1 hr fr.
Adequate alternat~vemeans of escape.
Group 6 pedestrian payment:
fixed or var~ablecharge by purchase of token or ticket Fire precautions
season t~cket Adequate f ~ r ebr~gadeaccess, dry rlslng maln t ~ r epornls plus any
pay & dlsplay t~cket spec~f~requ~rements
c of local f ~ r eofflcer

I 114
hlqh wdter 372 l o w wafer 370 85

1 I
1 Split level layout

--- -185 -- - --

2 Warped slab layout

- entrance lanes

0 5 111 1 ): ,>[I "7

t+ 'T
1'1 30 41
' 60 11

- -

3 Parking ramp layout

NB right hand circulation

4 Flar slab lavout 5 a spcfnor b srre nlar s qlan -f r m t floor

Jrlder lake car oark Gevev? Sw~tr~rlar~ci ~ ZschokkP
Q e s l aS
 Commerce 253
Vehicle services: petrol stations
Self-serv~cestat~onnow dominat~ngInfluence on des~gn,as result partly
of h ~ g hlabour costs, partly of availab~l~ty
of new electronic pumping
systems wlth memories for storlng pump informat~onat control counter
In UK self-serv~cebas~sadopted by 011company petrol station net-
works approx 75% of petrol sold ~nUK through self service Pract~ce
spread~ngrapidly In cont~nentalEurope Proport~onlower ~nUSA but
growlng, motorway and ~nter-statestatlons ~ncreasinglyself servlce
operat~onsWhether self servlce or manned petrol stat~onsusually now
include shops or sell~ngareas exposing customers to wide range of
goods as they pay for petrol

DESIGN & LAYOUT

Basic prlnc~plessame whether for self or attended servlce.

Preliminary
Trading area: deta~lstudy w ~ lestablish
l need for slte
Road pattern: whether single, dual or three lane roadway will deter-
mine ease of entry Into s~te.
Traffic flow: number of vehicles passing site per hour per day to be
establ~shed.
Vehicle road speed: will influence frequency of customers visit~ngsite.
From these factors est~matenumber of vehicles/hr/day calling at slte
and of expected peak periods for which slte w ~ lhave
l to prov~de.

Basic
Initial communication: v~sibility;pole sign visible at least 300 m before
site entrance -+p254(2).
Visibility: price sign readable 100 m before s ~ t eentrance
In and out: easy steering on to site and space for cars to line up wh~le
waiting for place at pump; easy steering away from pump with no
blocking of exlt and good visibility for driv~ngout on to road+p254(3).
1 Typical 'starting gate' layout allows 2 cars to enter at same time Site traffic: 1 -way flow only on s ~ t e
Pumps: thlnk in terms of fill~ngposit~ons+(1)(2)p254(4):
cons~derfilling at peak per~ods,usually 2/day, morning and evenlng;
note that car 1s at pump s ~ t ebefore starting filling for 4.5 minutes, and
actual filling for 1.5 minutes;
memory system at control counter imperative to allow for quick release
of pump;
capacity of 1h o s e pump with all grades of fuel available approx 320 Ilhr.
Pre-payment: consider whether volume of cars at peak periods or at
night warrant money acceptor or card acceptor units to rel~evecontrol
counter operator.
Shop: commonly 20-40 m2 depending on retailing activity env~saged.
Control counter area additional 4.5 m2: sited to supervise refuelling area
and shop activity.
Air, water: s ~ t eaway from pumps with adequate park~ngspaces
space for futu according to size of station.
extension
Other services: should be kept separate from petrol filling area, e g
derv fillrng, car wash, sale of l~quef~ed
petrol gases.
NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic driving on left

2 Typical echelon layout suits narrower site

254 Commerce

Vehicle services: petrol stations

SITE ESSENTIALS

1, ,[;Ay4
I @
Accommodation: shop and control counter, office, toilet(s), sto, perhaps
staff area +p253(1)(2).
Petrol sto: underground steel tanks cased in sulphate-resisting con-
m--- crete 1 :2 : 4 mix. Consult local code for thickness of concrete surround.
Tank sizes (UK) vary 13000-36000 1, in 4560 1 increments.
Supply tanker: easy route to d~schargepad on site. Discharging must
not obstruct cars. In case of emergency tankers should be able drive
direct from site. Lighting required for night deliveries.
Canopy: requ~redto cover all filling positions with approx 3500 projec-
tion beyond pumps on both sides: height above filling area 3850. On

0 T+ + lighting for night time retailing consult codes; in UK zone 2 type (vapour
proof) if fitted to canopy ceiling; zone 1 type (flame proof) if fitted within
750 of pump sight glass; USA requ~rementssimilar.

L:J 7
Levels: avoid variation in level beyond 1 : 80 on filling area and tanker
discharging pad.
Drainage: consult codes; in UK from all areas within 4250 of petrol
10000 8000 source (ie pumps, tanks) vents to be taken to 3-chamber petrol inter-
ceptor before processing to main foul sewer.
Site size: dependent on number of filling points and future marketing

1 Forecourt layout of pump s~teswith preferred dimensions

- needs; preferred sizes +(4)p253(1)(2).
NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic driving on left

site
I O D L -

-
-
6' -
min 3000--
T g h t line
min 61.0
--

40-70 mph road

:-I - ;:+
,
------------
site
boundary
-,
-
-
sight
-
lines

40-70 mph road k m i n610 4

2 Areas of vision: 1 main pole 2 canopy facia signs 3 secondary signs 3 Entry & exit sight lines
NB higher road speeds reduce motorist's angle of vision

4 Typical foursquare layout suits

_ deeper site

1 Parking ar layout parallel to direction of arrival
2 Parking places of vehicles with
trailers or coaches
I I
4 Right angles todirectionof arrival
for coaches
6 Obliquely to direction of arrival
I I
8 Long platform at 45" to direction
of arrival
--
10 Standard veft~calinterlocking
layout (USA)
3 Obliquely (45") to direction of
arrival for coaches
I I
5 For vehicles with trailers or
coaches
7 Platform alignment parallel with
direction of arrival
I I
9 At right angles to direction of
arrival
11 Radial layout providingmore rm
in front (USA)
Commerce 255
Vehicle services: bus stations
FORMS OF PLATFORM
Buses increasingly taking over from trains, demand ever increasing
attention in relation urban traffic. Need take corners especially wide:
turning spread needs special watchfulness +p256(1). Bus parks large
and small an essential part of traffic planning. Forms of platform -+(l)-
(18). Bus stops should be under cover +(19)(20). Consult bus
companies on dimensions.
Town centre squares should be designed or adapted serve as bus
stations according nature of requirements+p256(10)-(12).-
End ramps and convenient boarding steps of 300-400+(10)-(11) and
for loading baggage to floor level.
Service rm needed in connexion with bus stat~ons+p256(10)-(14).
Provide space for temporary car parking +p256(9). Keep in mind
possibilities of extens~on+p256(8).
NB diagrams on this page apply to driving on the right (German
data)
12 Platform alignment with passing lane
13 Without passing lane 14 Oblique platform alignment
I '
15 Long platforms 16 Departure at right 17 Departure at
with passing lanes angles; arrival at oblique angle
oblique angle
18 Position at right angles to
direction of arrival
platform
,scratch kerb
19 Shelter for unilateral loading 20 For loading both sides
256 Commerce

Vehicle services: bus stations

-- -- - - - -- - -

TRAFFIC ORGANISATION NB diagrams on this page apply to traffic driving on the right (German data)

I 1 Road w~denmngat rightangle turn circuit 3 Small turn-round

station
4 Platform outside
turning loop 5 Platform ins~deturnlng loop

platform outside
( platform type 1 wlthaut passcng with pass~nglane I
loop w ~ t hno P relatlnn to ilrle -

crosslng over of arrival

roadway
sr n .$ - _&r n EU l $ h
n r s c " U r n r n

~ l ~ ~ t f oI r(m)
rri 74 24 24 36 36- 36-
blJ 60 60
lilatlorrn w (rrl) 3 1 3 3 5- 3 5- .'i0
4 0 40 40

I-
7 Semlc~rcular no ot load~ngpolnls
, I COii.llr',
platform lns~deloop 11 V ~ I I ~ C IC
wltll t rP
a~lc~s
accessible onlv bv dr 01 platform & arrlval
crosstng road ',""' ("")
,i 1 0 ~ 1i i1 ~ 9
b v c t l r l r s w111 frailer!,

8 Space requirements for platform at 9 Space requ~rementsfor parking places

- - - town
- -~-
rghtolway
--
-
centre

, , r- - -
m a n road
, , -- - - - - -

~n7 - - --
b
* ,--'
~

-- - -- -- - - ---
1 drivers wc 2 runnlng rcpalrs 3 petrol stallan 4 eqp
f 5 supeivlsar 6 mall collection B dellvery pomt
I = s~pew~sorb 7 - rest rm 3 petrol statlon

10 Large transit station w~thpark~ngar 11 Large transit station with separate departure & arrival platforms

I departure P entrance
-- 2 arrlval P exit
- 3 vestibule

-
L
mnln road 4 baggage despatch
5 arrlval P entrance
-
- - 6 baggage ~narrlvsl
7 departure P exlt
8 baggageoff
9 baggage deposit
10 manager's of1
11 off
I? ~nforrr~at~on8 alr tlckels
13 wr

13 Ground floor KLM bus station

Arch Brock & Bakerna

~
-- --
a
from parklng

12 Trans~tstatlon w~thseparate arr1val8:departure plavorrns pos~tloned

-&l<n!:ol,,, ! P Z - [ , ( I ~ ?gr t-7 ~ e n 3 - 2 - '-:?',>-
p
 Commerce 257
Rail stations
PASSENGER DETAILS
Temp booking hall 12C
Daylighting 3 '1s surface area
Ticket off from 1 500 x 2000 upwards
2200 I 1100 4 Type of surface: rough, hard sintered clay or granitic tiles
450
Walling up to 1 750 high with impact-resistant lining: tiles, hard plaster,
1 to 4 Space taken up by people boards
Baggage deposit: doors for baggage trucks 1 900-2300 w~de;all doors
preferably steel to withstand heaviest demands. Opening at deposit
counter up to 1 200 high; sliding window or protected by grille.
Baggage despatch cabin 2000 x 2250
Arrangements for storing bicycles very simple and space saving: hung
up neatly by front wheel+(12)(13)
Easy to hang up if first raised on rear wheel, then lifted up with knee
behind saddle

El000 + 1 OOO+ 1000 $ I000 1

5 Suitcase 6 Cabin trunk

able
rT u
2 850 normal h
:r(
$: o L traln
schedule 14 Booking off section +(I 6)
-I
1
I * <
900-1 000

7 At train schedule stand 8 Luggage truck

16-32 steps 15 Baggage off section +l7)

1 fllght 12 s 16steps
step w 2000-4000

......
....
....
I I
8 Platform steps

baggage
counter

16 Section A-A 17 Section B-B

10 Baggage stand 11 Baggage rack

18 a Straight barrier b oblique

barrier
-

Veh~cleservices references
431bl1ographyentr~es086 225 276 308 348 424 435 513 555 567
12 Bicycle stands 13 Abreast staggered 636 650
 258 Commerce

airport boundary Prime function provide passenger air transport.

II
future During short history has had respond tremen-
runwav dous growth and technological change.
Should be planned and developed progrcsslvely
meet changes and new demands-(1)

PRELIMINARY WORK
Planning and deslgn of airport should evolve
according to sequence:
prel~miriarystudy; examine in detail what exists
general aviation and identrfy constraints
physical: land boundaries, topography, geology
access: airs~deand landside
environment: noise, pollution, landscaping

I -.-----* -_-- ---_- future

resources: flnance, labour, materials
assess econornic, demographic characteristics
L
runway j of population: gauge ~mpacton alrport; forecast
traffic demands 5-10 and 20 years in future,
show~ngannual and day, peak month, peak hr
1 Airport layout for parallel runway system
traff~cfor passenger boardlng and aircraft move-
ments+(4)(5)
develop master plan for whole airport
develop plans for each component airsidel
lands~de:
airside:
runways, taxiways 4 3 )
landside:
passenger term~nalw ~ t hapron (1)(2) +p260(1)
ground transport
alr freight termlnal wlth apron -p262(3)
aircraft maintenance wlth apron tp262(1)
a~rcraftcater~ng-p262(2)
other components: car rental, hotel, motel.
2 Passenger terminal & apron distances from runway centre line for various bldg h; 1 :7 -- Imaginary off~ces
surface cannot be penetrated by statlonary objects (aircraft at gates) or flxed objects (bldg) surfaceaccess: road systems, flxed guideways
Reg standards, mln criterla - >Bib391 392 393
runway 394 395 396

pier -+
269 3
single apron taxi lane
spaclng for DC-1O/L1011/B767
118.9 with limited 8-747 positions
spacing for all 8-747 posltlons
131 0 I

combtnation pier/satellite
dinlensions will vary fot dual apron taxi lanes
each airport B-747 posltlons at satellite

3 Runways & taxiways

I 1 I I

L I I I
4 Plann~ng& project deslgn schedule @ start 5 Derlve pattern av/day peak month departing P
plann~ng4 yr In advance 0forecast update 1 start and vlsltors from surveys prepare similar graphs
deslgn & working drawlngs 2 revlse 3 defer
"sr- -
for arriving P and visitors ground traffic etc major
A ~ , + p r7
r qP cur- I ,,I"] -- 7
 Commerce 259
Airports

Runways & taxiways -+(I )

I
I Ilunway configurations (airport boundaries not shown) a closely placed
i~trrr~llelrunways for small to medium volumes: parallel access road system
I1f11ll:ioxpansion b intersecting runways for medium to large volumes:
!ttri~~Inal expansion limited within triangular ar c parallel runwayswith
.~~rflrrltaneous aircraft operating 1 280 m spacing for large volumes: expansion
I trl~i~bililies
along axis (cross over taxiways not shown)
Length of runway depends on prevailing weather, topography, altitude,
temp, environmental restr~ctions,aircraft type and we~ghtexpected
operate from airport.
Orientation of runway in direction of prevailing wind. Modern aircraft
can usually land and take off with cross wind up to 20 knots. Light aircraft
seriously affected by wind: if airport to be heavily used by this type
additional runway may be justified.
Utilisation: aim should be for airport be usable by all aircraft for min
97% of time.
Single r u n w a y can handle up to 50 movement/hr (1 movement = 1
landing or take off), depending on mix of a~rcraft,when operating under
instrument flight rules (IFR). 2 parallel runways 1310 m apart can accept
up to 70 aircraft movements (USA reg) under IFR. Number of movements
higher under visual flight rules (VFR). Where large and small aircraft
operate to same airport specific separations required in air, at landing,
take off and taxiing because trailing vortices from large aircraft will
reduce capacity.
Taxiway s y s t e m s should be designed allow aircraft clear runway soon

prier taxiway
aircraft manoeuvring
as possible and provide shortest route betweeen runway and parking
aprons.
L a y o u t & design of runways and taxiways: essential consult expert
aircraft parking advice.
limit line
satellite
1 1
I I
Passenger terminal concepts
I
I
I
+---.-
& -- ,-.---- +
Aircraft gate configuration and way aircraft gates connected with one
I--_
-_-_
, satellite
concourse & terminal
connecting another and with main terminal dominant features of terminal concepts,
. - - - - - - - - - - * I _---_--------- of which 4 can be distinguished. Concepts nearly always occur in
- --- - -- -service
- - - - - --- road
I
---concourse connecting var~ationsand combinations.
I
-
. terminal units
terminal Satellite 4 2 ) : aircraft parked in cluster surround~ngstructure connected
with main terminal by passenger corridor or concourse positioned below,
\terminal road system on or above ground level.
2 Satellite Satellite structure can take several geometrical shapes
Pier 4 3 ) : aircraft parked in line at either side of structure. Passenger
-- - -- - - - -- - T - L i n n e r taxiway
. corridor or concourse attached to main terminal.
-1- aircraft manoeuvring lane
(In both these concepts passenger tlcket, inbound and outbound baggage
handling usually centralised in main terminal but variations and exceptions
1
apron taxi lane occur.)
, alrcraft parking limlt line Linear+(4): aircraft parked in single line at structure, passenger corridor
, I concourse pier
I connecting functional elements of terminal. Formerly with aircraft parked
in l ~ n eon apron functions centralised in small terminal. In past 10-1 5
years linear concept developed provide passenger handling functions
I and ground transport for individual aircraft positions. In such arrangement
terminal functions decentralised.
-------
i--L ---- ----
------ L-L-
-- service road Transporter - 4 5 ) : aircraft positions placed at distance from terminal;
-- concourse connecting units passengers carried by vehicles between terminal and aircraft. Passenger
-- terminal handling centralised in main terminal.
J
terminal road system

3 Pier

-..-.- -- - -- - -. - -71 taxiway or aircraft

manoeuvringlane
-.- -- - -- - -- - -- - ..................
C---C----A--- I -aircraft parklng llrnlt line
-inner taxiway
--- - -- - - -.- - -- - - i a i r c r a f t manoeuvring lane -flight line
- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - ground handling
Laircraft parking
limit line

-----__ -------_ _ -- -------I ~ ~ s e ~road

lce ................ ......
concourse : /
i Lz;-Z---r .tatway
terminal
l&O 000 O&- - - transporters (busesetc)
2
-terminal road system -termlnal
- termlnal road system

5 Transporter
260 Commerce
Airports
FLOW & FUNCTIONS
Flow of arrcraft, passengers, baggage and vehlcles can be shown In
composite and single diagrams, used to Identify sequence of functions
for preparation of schemes in plan and cross sectlon -.(I). Series of
diagrams can be developed as graphic model to identify effect of change
in events, test different arrangement of functions or sub-functions.
Flow In termlnal complex takes place In 3 major areas
apron: area between runwayltax~waysystem and termlnal; serves
aircraft tlow to and from gates and flow of aircraft ground handling eqp.
terminal: area between arcraft gate positions and vehicular kerb; serves
flow of passengers and baggage.
ground transport: area located between terminal and points of access
at airport boundaries; serves 2 flows, ~e passenger vehicles, service
vehicles.
Flow of passengers & baggage
Both domestic and internatronal can be drvlded into 3 categories each
requrrlng sequence of operations as below (based on USA practice):
outward (originating) passengers arrive at termlnal by ground trans-
port for which major operations.
kerbside baggage check 11- for passengers w ~ t htickets -42)
ticket processing at counters w ~ t hbaggage check-ln 4 ( 2 ) ( 3 a )
outbound baggage +3b)
security checkL+(2)
passport control for International flights
ticket control at aircraft gates; passenger waitlng rm +(4)
arrcraft boarding stars, loadlng brldge etc+p261(4)
inward (terminating) and transfer passengers arrive at terminal by
aircraft; major operations:
aircraft disembarking (stairs, loading bridge etc)
immigration control (international)
customs control (~nternat~onal)
baggage cla~m
ground transport
transfer passengers from 1 flight to another; inter-line from 1 a~rlineto
another or intra-line on same airllne; baggage handled by airline except
for passengers transferring from international to domestic flight who
must claim baggage and pass through immigration and customs
~nspection.
Outward and inward passenger traffic generates visitor traffic. V~sltorIP
ratios vary by airport; need be established as part of quantifying passenger
flow during pre-determined times of day.
Transfer passengers seldom met by people at point of transfer.
Through passengers continuing on same aircraft domestically rarely
dlsembark except, eg, occasionally for telephone calls.
Secondary flow +p262
Air freight flow between freight terminal and alrcraft passenger terminall
apron.
Mall flow between mall depot and passenger terminallapron
Caterlng flow between catering service and passenger term~nal/apron.
Fuel flow between fuel depot and passenger terminal aircraft apron:
takes place Increasingly by pipeline (hydrant fuell~ng),ellmlnating large
fuel trucks and requiring only hydrant pump vehlcles on apron.

I concourse ncludinii I

sjgn to bag clafm tcrm~ndl&

ground transpolfallon

4 P wr at aircraft gates, capacity for 200 seat

aircraft, 80% load factor, boarding 10-1 5 minutes
before scheduled departure time: gross ar 180 m2
1 6 1-12'21 tratf~clanes L I excluding fire stairs, net 150 m2
structural qar -p261(4)

2 Schematic diagram of departure level of large

terminal: a c o u n t e r check-in @security check

3 Diagram of 2 level terminal a second level 1 car parking, kerbside baggage check, ticket lob
1 Airport flow diagrams based on USA 2 security check 3 P wr with ticket and baggage processing capability 4 parking at gate positions
procedures a departure b arrival. broken boxes b ground level 1 car parking 5 outwards baggage make-up 6 baggage claim 7 off, ground handling
rnd~cateinternat~onaltraff~cfunctions operation
 Commerce 261
Airports
Baggage handling

-/ -/-

nn b a gcang abeg arranged

e trolleys
shown approx 42 71 of perpendicular or
clam for 1 x 200-250 ~arallelto belt

' 4.6
1
4.6 + 79 + 5 . 2 - 6 . h +
2 Baggage make-up/outward (outbound)+p360(3b)

Aircraft parking

manoeuvrlnglane/trafflc lanes

-- ---- - - -- ----- -- - - --- --

l~ne
of gar above

t Baggage claimhnward (inbound) -tp260(3b)

4-
ground level
7
gate check

Terminals 3 Aircraft parking

outward boarding
landing
a baggage

structural Lpedestrian tunnel

gar
1
1 bagga;: claim ar
' space for
ground transpori
systems present
&future

4 Terminal cross sections a small 1-level b large 2-level : aircraft & boarding device shown perpendicularto concourse
262 Corr~rnerce

Airports
SECONDARY SERVICES

I I I
1 Aircraft rna~ntenance 2 Catering bldg

FREIGHT
Fre~ghtcarr~edby a~rllneoperating
both passenger & airtre~ghta~rcraft
cons~stsma~rilyof inbound & out-
bound flow -(3) Fre~ght also
transferred frorn 1 arcraft to
another. Handl~ng takes place
ins~de& outside bldg Procedure
varles; to large degree depends
on type & volume of freight
haridled: slze, percent loose,
percent contairler~sed;type of air-
craft in use: s~ngledeck, double
deck, s ~ d cdoor loading, nose
load~ng,tall loadrng, cornb~rlat~ons.
Such factors ~nlluencedegree of
rnechan~sat~onrequ~red. .(3)
shows 1 8-747p o s ~ t ~ onose-rn,
n,
pusti-out, s ~ d edoor loading by
trailers, & 1 8-707posrllon, s ~ d e
door loading mechar~~sed.
Outbound flow 4 3 ) 1 loose
freight del~veredat truck docks &
processed through bldg; 2 con-
tainers del~veredat truck docks,
processed & loaded outs~debldg
by mech systems, 3 percentage
of all fre~ghtcarried on passenger
a~rcraft(as h ~ g has 70%) & d ~ s -
patched from fre~ghtierrn~nalby
truck, cart or trolley to air passen-
ger terminal to be loaded at gate
pos~t~on

Airports iefeiences
-B~bl~ogr,~phy entr~es048 067 165 186 341 370 39 1 392 393 394 395
396 ti53
 Industry 263

Industrial buildings
',I II SELECTION DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS

'1 :.I..:. .irlS;irc:qulrements from cl~ent'sbrief for factory or warehouse, Rehabilllate ex~stingsitelbldg
1 I~I~IIIII) +
lnf~ll rehabhiate (Including in town sites)
' .~).III'.IIIII 1111tcnt1al New bldg on existing site (including phased redevelopment)
i r + l - t r l l l v14;ilors,employees, trucks New bldq on new s ~ t e
.Et,~~ ,,lo
~ .;Ilea
il
b'.'1..1,1~1111() Each w ~ lbe l def~nedby
I, I I .ltlw.~yor barge access Zonlng ordinances, reg USA
S u ~ t a b ~ lof
~ tslte
y s~zelshape,boundar~es
I <.C1, II.IIIOII;II and local legislat~on,zoning ord~nancesand
codes for: S u ~ t a b ~ lof
~ tbldg
y s~zeltypelshape(as brlefed)
i , ~ 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 ~ 141 , ~ ldensities
c Geology
8 01 ~~irl~lic;
ut~lit~es
such as (for process and personnel consurnpt~on) Topography
, A ,:(,I gas, effluent disposal
IIIIWI:~, Publ~cut~lit~es
t,.:. olr ~ ~ t ~ band
l i cpr~vateroads for employees, goods vehlcles and Statutory permlsslons
11.. Access for ~ndustrlalveh~clesand work people's cars
.' .t.,:. n t a l of heavy Industry, l~ghtmanufacturing
~ ~ ~ t v ~ r o n m eImpact R a ~or
l water access
~ nsurrounding
,, . I w i ~ ~ * I i o u son g commun~ty;In USAflle env~ronmental Alrport p r o x ~ m ~tot yslte
Labour resources of area
1 , I, I ..l,il~!rnentwlth authority. Cons~der
., . I . ~ri.ic:t~lnery and veh~cles(part~cularlyat n~ght) Flnance development costs or subs~d~es operating costs ~ncludlng
1'1 111110
taxesltax rel~efloan Interests
ill! ~ t ~ x l r ~ rcirculation,
r~;~l marshall~ng,s h ~ p p ~ nand
g sto areas at nlght)
. I I I I ~(Iilst pollut~on
SITE DEVELOPMENT
" ~ ~ I ~11110. I I I waterways or ground water
' L ~ r r l . , (11 (loss~bleexplosion or radlat~onexposure Building plot ratio & site coverage
~ . . . r ~ ~ l;lsslstance
,il(! for development f~nancefrom central goverrl- Plot ratlo of 1 . 1 should be regarded as max on all s~tes~ncluslveof
,,.rll (A,;!;~sledDevelopment Areas In UK) and local author~t~es, c~ty ~ndustr~al and ancillary offlce bldg. Site coverage should not exceed
s < . , , I t 1111llc!rit corporatlorls (State Development Comm~sslonsUSA)
75% of slte at y round level. Likely that s ~ t ecoverage of approx 50-60%
I
can be achieved. S ~ t earea for plot ratlo calculat~onpurposes excludes
any part of adjo~nlngstreets (except where these to be closed).

Car 81truck parking

Typ~calcar park~ngrequ~rementsfor ~ndustrlalaccn (check local
standards)
UK USA
rnf' spaces
less than 92 9 4 a total employees on max sh~ftx 85%
less than 232 26 5 (15% absent x per cent who arrlve by
lessthan 3 7 1 6 1 6 car) d ~ v ~ d ebyd av car occupancy =
less than 510 96 7 park~nyspaces requ~red
less than 656 32 8 b 1 space for every 2 employees dur~ng
less than 789 67 9 shlft of max employment & 1 for each
less than 929 92 10 truck to be stopped s~multaneoulsy
less than 1 021 92 1 1
less than 1 1 14 83 12
Lorry park~nyrequ~rementsw ~ ldepend
l on needs of part~cularusers and
local reg

1 manufacturing ar 2 off
3 factory expansion options
4 off expansion options
5 ar of potentla1planning
conflict
6 goods vehlcle access

I I

1 I ocate factories & warehouses on slte to allow expansion preferably in 2 2 Nursery unit developments should also allow for expansion but with
I I , i lions consider vehicle access during phased expansion urban ~nfillsites thls may have to be at expense of yard ar
264 Industry

Industrial buildings
BASIC BUILDING TYPE SELECTION AREAS FOR SOME INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
Factories and warehouse bldg types only economically and operat~onally For feaslblllty studres before detalled br~ef(program) frorn user these
interchangeable where structural frame has column spans that will not areas can be used as approx~matehldg arcas.
conflict with spacing of pallet racking, clear helght perm~ttlnguse of
modern mech handling eqp, roof structure that can accept loading of Service industries
production and environmental servlces. T h ~ snormally only economlc 15 m2/P (smallest) to 30 m2 medlum slze
for small scale bldg or where company has m~xedsto and manufacturing el repairs
uses on site likely to change. bu~lders
engineering contractors (eg mach~netool movers)
Key factors in building type selection appl~ancerepalrs
Factories +p266-8: instrument repairs
operat~onalflexibility for rap~dresponse to changing product~ondemands: reprograph~cservlces
clear herght column spacing, roof and floor loading, roof constructlon for pr~nters
services routing for type of manufacturrng process involved machine tool repalrs
energy and env~ronmentalcontrol: natural or artif~c~al I~ght;envlron-
mental needs oflfrom process: good working condit~onsfor labour Manufacturing industries
durabll~tyand fire control: select~onof mater~alsfor structure and envelope Av 28 m2/P; range 22 33 (33 m'1P under 664 5 m2)
related to flre r ~ s kand any corrosive effects from process anod~sing
resale potent~al sheet metal work
promotional value for user company polisti~ng
furn~turemanufacture
Warehouses +p269-72 shop f~ttlngmanufacture
structure commensurate w ~ t hsto demands structural spans to s u ~rack
t clothing
spaclng and he~ghtand floor strength to allow more than 1 arrangemerit textile (made up)
energy and env~ronmentalcontrol to keep stored products In good
c o n d ~ t ~ o~nsulat~on
n and coollng In some cases vent~lat~on ~nothers Distributive trades
good worklng cond~tlonsfor labour (eg avo~d~ng load~ngdocks faclng av 80 m2/P
lnto preva~l~ng wlnd) budders merchants
flre control compartmentatlon to mlnlmlse f ~ r espread assessed aga~nst Llmber supply
h~ndranceto sto and handl~ngand cost of sprinklers books & magazines
machine spares
Selection strategy electrical goods & spares
Single or multi-storey development antiqueslfurnt~ture
modern productlon and sto techn~quesmake full use of bldg cube wlth upholsteryltext~le
inherent multi-level characterist~cs
multi-storey development (or conversion) can be eff~c~ent for l~ghtand
h ~ g htechnology industry, particularly where land costly ~nurban areas: Average arealworker
2
consider personnel c~rculat~on and escape, nat~onaland local reg, flre
control, goods circulat~onand process, servlces routlng and trucks arid clothrng 11
prlvate veh~cleaccess and park~ng,particularly in dense developments research & development 13
cons~dercost and environment Impact electr~calcomponents & assembly 17 5
surg~cal~nstrumentslappl~ances, s c ~ e n t ~Instruments
f~c 19.25
m~scellaneousmanufacture (eg plast~csproducts, rnus~cal
instruments) 23.5
leather work 24.0
metal goods, cutlery, jewellery, forg~ng,small tools 24.25
made up text~les(eg bags) 28.75
packaging, stat~onery,prlnt~ng 32.5
pottery & glass blowing 36 75
motor repalrs, reprograph~csetvlces 45 5
jolnery, furn~shingupholstery, shop fitt~ng,t~mbergoods 46.75

Typical area distribution

Includes circulation space

Manufacturing
product~on60 -70% (decreases as size ~ncreases)
sto 20% & less (increases as sue ~ncreases)
off 10-1 5 % (increases as slze decreases)
amen~ties 559%" (~ncreasesas slze ~ncreases)

Distribution
sto 80% +
off 10-20% (greater need In some types of d~str~but~on)
a m e n ~ t ~ e0-5%
s

m m Key: 1 vertical services risers 2 goods

elevator 3 access & escape stairs (check
local reg for max distances) 4 plant ar

1 Multi-storey development or
conversion can provlde efflclent
accn for llght & h~ghtechnology
Industry, particularly where
d~fferencesbetween product~on,lab
& adm~nhard to def~neexample
shows ootent~allyd ~ v ~ s ~space
ble

....
idA
d level
-
L Structural bay sizes suited to process and location of access equal
productlon
level
Key: 1 ground level: goods in, despatch, parklng 2 production
level 3 intermediateprocess plant level 4 principal
environmental plant level
1 Multi-storey factories economic for process-based Industries (eg food,
~rl~;~rmaceuticals,tobacco) where gravity can be used in process and energy
III: conserved by compact planning
2 Mass production does not usually demand long narrow bldg, ie formal-
tn;;ltionof flow diagram: typically process is looped between common vehicle
;~c:cess& sto zone
Key: 1 off ar 2 lab ar 3 amenity ar 4 production ar
5 testing & inspection 6 wet service core 7 expansion
3 In light & high technology industry production research & admin ar are
becoming less & less distinct: dept will need to expand or contract freely
Industry 265
Industrial buildings
#=s
* **
SELECTION STRATEGY -*
irw*
b
Bulldlng shape In plan Selection of plan shape IS functlon of
demands of product~onor sto system
"&
-*-
fiJ J
*T
cl~mate,slze, shape, FsB?
'
0
topography and geology of slte
locatlon of utllltles
expansion potentla1 of process ~nrelatlon to slte +p273(1)(2)
Some production processes can demand long, narrow bldg:
intensive line production methods, eg metal rolling, paper manufacture
factories using overhead gantry cranes, eg heavy engineering
high-bay automated warehouses: function of eqp movement efficiency
multi-storey development, flatted workshops for natural light and
ventilation
Majorlty of other industrial uses can be efficiently installed in rectangular
plan with proportions 1 : 1-1 :4, typically 1 :212 : 3. Modern mass pro-
duction methods capitalise on mech handling techniques no longer
literally interpreting 'line production'.
Increasing demand for bldg which will not restrict locatlon of production,
sto and admin to clearly defined areas, but which permit rapid reallocation
withln bldg envelope.
shape in importance.
IDENTIFICATIONOF BUILDING REQUIREMENT
Factories:
should be designed to serve variety of uses within their life: freque'nt
problem inefficient factory stock through structural obsolescence -
insufficient services support capacity of roof structure, insufficient
headroom, short spans.
should not be considered merely as weather-proof envelopes round
production process. Form and disposition of the~rstructure fundamentally
influences essential freedom to optimise production layout and route
services equally freely to serve that or any future production layouts
without demanding long periods of down time for alteration.
Selection of structure is key factor in providing efficient and flexible
operation. There is range of structural types that have proved efficient
and adaptable. But technological innovation may add to these types, eg
stressed skin construction requiring only minlrnal frame support for
envelope.
Assess roof structure for:
service carrying ability in each direction and easy access for relocation
ability to accept point loads and flexible location for materials handling
eqp, eg overhead hoists, conveyors
natural lighting: consider glare and insolationlheat loss
durability and maintenance: performance in fire and need for cleaning1
repainting, particularly in clean areas
Industrial bldg designed to be closely matched to initial process or
layout can prove as inflexible and costly to operate in long term as those
designed to mlnimise capital cost (to exclusion of consideration of
operating costs and operational flexibility).
I I
4 Factory structures must have spans wide enough in both directions to
allow user optimise production layout: traditional batch production lines of
similar machines, a,may need to-be reorganised into integrated 'cell' to
exploit modern mech handling techniques, b
266 Industry

lndustrial buildings
FACTORY BUILDING TYPES
Separate bldg types can be Identified as most effic~entIn meet~ng
operatronal demands of certa~nmethods of product~on.Spans, type of
structure, clear he~ghl,roof and floor load~ngsfunct~onof how product
manufactured or stored rather than what product is. Industrial bldg
should be des~gnedto serve broad range of uses with~nthat general
uroductron sector.
2 Light duty industrial bldg mainly for sto purposes: portal framed structure
B a s ~ ctypes to be ~ d e n t ~ f ~
are:
ed typically 4.5 rn to eaves; spans min 9 m, typical 12 m; roof loading 0.35 kN/m2
(no ho~sting);floor load~ng16 kN/m2
Light duty
lmpl~essmall scale (also -p285-90 workshops). lndustr~albldg where
operat~onaldemands of productron or sto process place few demands
on structural frame or floor. Interchangeable between l~ghtproduct~on
and d~strrbut~on dut~es.Typ~callyup to 1860 m2 L~ghtmetal work,
packag~ng,cloth~ng,consumer durable repalrs, small prrnters. Dlstrl-
butron of el goods, bu~lders'components, sub-depots for local retall
d~str~but~on.

Medium duty 3 Mainly lrght product~on:trussed frame; eaves h &spans as + ( 2 ) ;roof

Pr~nc~pallybatch product~onor sto dut~pswhpre process and supporting structural loadrng (sewlces) 0.5 kN/m2 (up to 2 t hoist loads distributed/
servrces Imply some demands on des~gnof bldg structure shape and structural bay)
floor dllow~nqpotentla1 f l e x ~ b ~ lof
~ t product~on
y and sto layout Sto and
product~onbldg types nol ~nlcrchangeableunless roof structure dcs~qned
wlth producl~onservlces support capacrty

p 1 0 ~ 3
1 materlalsip
components
dellvery
U
F%od~lf'"GkGZod --

j dellvery j I
I
rnaterlals
I
I
I
materlals
posslbie sub assembly I
0 functlon I
0 matcrlals
I
n I
0 0 0
kjt assembly 0

n
[ Y a g l n g ] 4 Typ~calprocess flow diagram for trad~t~onal
batch productionorganisa.tron,
eg eng~neeringcomponents
f~n~shcd
goods

I
1 Typ~calprocess flow d~agrarnfor h~ghtechnology Industry eg electron~cs
1 5 Medrum duty industr~albldg 6 5 m preferred eaves h (to allow
rnezzan~ne)mln 5 5 m spans typ~cally12 m x 18 m roof structural load~ngto
accept polnt loads 2 t rnonora~lho~stlbayor up to 5 t suspended crane loads
rnater~al d~str~butedover bay floor load~ng25 kN/m for stacked sto
 Industry 267

Industrial buildings
-- 4
I ACTORY BUILDING TYPES (cont) & %
>-
a I
Heavy duty
1 )~,*.~tliicd to accept large scale batch or mass
~ ~ ~ ~ I Isystems, I I J I : ~wI hO ~ c~h have intensive
~ l ~ ~ r r ~for , ~ overhead
iids product~onand environ-
~ P I C ~ I Iservice
I;I~ and materials handling, and
dt~.~~ lloor
. , t !layouts with some heavy production
0j1.1, 11111cry and lnter-process sto areas. May
8tt.t-11 tugh bldg to exploit multl-level ability of
~ * ~ . ~ l ~ ~ i ~ ; ~ l s - eqp. h a n dInl i heavy
ng engineering
. , . I t111 some special types to exploit heavy l ~ f t
, l ~ ~ 11c;;ld
, r gantry cranes.

t Iloavy duty Industrial bldg: 7 rn rnin general

~ t t t r ~ o seaves
o h, 9 rn for racked, sto & overhead
I~.lrl~lllr~g systems a; 12 m for bulk processing
l~l.~rlt b; spans typically 12 rn x 18 rn but can be
II,~.-. lor heavy roof loadings (9 rn x 12 rn) or greater
1011 I11)11ler loads (20 rn); roof structural loading: 5 t
IMIIII~ loads & 10 t beam loadsdistributed over bay;
111s,Ivlorloads need gantry cranes & additional
~.lroc:lore;floor loading: 15-30 kN/rn2wlth some
'.~II~I I;II bases for heavy machine tools

components1
materials

components1
rnaterlals

posslble parallel
sub-assembly
process

may be multlple
sub assembly
stages

0 0 0 6 6 6
product~onllne

loadlng

2 Typical process flow diagram for tradit~onal

111;1ssproduct~online: modern developments tend
111 spl~t
assembly funct~onsoff line into teams
268 Industry
Industrial buildings
FACTORY BUILDING TYPES (cont) - -1
structural type
High technology
Demanding high quality process and/or personnel environment. Small llyhl duty (a) AS
or large scale: similar design demands. Provision for intensive setvices
rnedlumduly
in roof zone; can also be requirement for under floor servicing. High
content of bulk handling; powders, I~quids,gases. Interchangeability heavy duty
between production, lab and admin areas: rapid change demand w ~ t h
technological Innovation and volatile markets. hfyh technology

small scale

r
general purpose

. 1- h~ah
bav Cs
(c) AS
bulk material;

&- pn-
- -

2
3 Factory structural types

approprlatestructure In
noted case only
4 Structural types a s~ngleaxls
sol~dbeam, long span purl~ns
b s~ngleaxls castella beam, long
span purl~nsfor servlce routlng
+--=I
-
poss~b~e
-paate
secondary process sto
c portal frame for use where servlce
load~ngm~n~mal or gantry craneage
typ~calp~tch6", roof l~ghtsbu~ltInto
p~tchor ndge d flat or cambered
with overhead gantq
truss 1 or 2 axes e monltor roof
cranes only evenly d~str~buted I~ght,s~ngleaxls
secondary process (may be on different slte)
4 w~despans on irregular site
f space frame for very w~despans
where columns cannot be at equal
spaclng where h ~ g h degree of
servlclng freedom requ~red

1 Typical process flow diagram for process-basedindustry,eg petro-

:
II-' OOOC
~00000

chemical, rubber

1
2 High technology industrial bldg: may requlre undercroft for bulk process
access & services routing; 7 m preferred min eaves h over process plant
a & for palletised sto b; 4 m min for high technology assembly environment
c; roof structural loadings up to 1.2 kN/m7,distributed, forservices, hoist loads
up to 5 t distributed per bay for plant removal; floor loadings 15-20 kN/m2for
large plant, 10-15 kN/m2 for high labour use assembly

STRUCTURAL SELECTION
Check nat~onaland local (state) reg for construction and performance in
fire relat~ngto required occupancy and with cl~ent'sinsurance company:
t h ~ swill affect materlals cho~ce4 ~ 2 7 7 .

SERVICING STANDARDS; STATUTORY

REQUIREMENTS
For general sewic~ngstandards In ~ndustr~al
bldg +p383--397

Key: a hlgh bay pallet sto efflclent mech handling blow
bay ar order plck~ng8 load assembly c loadlng bay
I Typical proportions of high & low bay ar for distribution warehouse
sort 1 3-6, 7a & 8a; also+p266 medium duty factory types and+p272(10).
0
[hllYm]
0 systems. Up to 14 m bldg height (12 m sto height). Allows variations in
1 actlve stock/
order p~ck~ng
1 orderassembly I
check-out loading
despatch
[ I
2 Typical sto flow diagram: repository, 3 Typical sto flow diagram:
~:ornponentsto for adjoining production repository, eg cold sto, steel
I )r ocess stockholding
4 General purpose warehouse, typically for 7500 stack h: 8000 to eaves; spans 12-1 8 m;
floor loading 25 kN/m2min NB consider also flat roof
Industry 269
Industrial buildings
WAREHOUSES
Warehouse bldg selection depends on scale and type of sto operation.
Different methods of sto unit loads imply various levels of efficiency in
filling bldg volume and accessibility to load. Equally these decisions
affect selection of mech handling eqp+p278(4)(5).
Warehousing operation usually involves bulk sto and order selection
functions. These tend have dissimilar sto and materials handling demands
except when small scale installations: typically high dense sto for bulk
stock to exploit handling techniques with lower 'active stock' areas for
order picking. Typical proportion divides warehouse: '13 high bay area,
2/3 lower area for order picking and assembly and loading bay zones
+ ( I ) , ie can combine 2 of bldg types described below. Because of
density of stock bulk st0 area may not need to expand SO rapidly as
processing zones.
, WAREHOUSE BUILDING TYPES
Small scale
+p266 light duty factory and +p268(3) entries 1 & 2
General purpose
For fork-lift, reach truck and narrow alsle stacker operation. Bldg acts as
weather-proof envelope to sto operation. Important that spans, height,
floor strength allow for flexible installationof sto methods +p272 types
Intermediate high bay
Independent bldg structure for intermediate height narrow a~slesto
sto layout and possibility of other later uses; also +p267 heavy duty
factory.
1
5 Intermediatehigh bay warehouse, typically 14 m to
eaves: spans 11.1-20.5 m depending on aisle w and pallet
size; floor loadings 50 kN/m2distributed loads
 Industry 271
Industrial buildings
WAREHOUSES
Fork-lift dimensions
In design for best use of sto space note Interaction between aisle
spaces and fork-lift dimens~ons:decision on stacking may decide slze
and make of fork-lift, choice of fork-l~ftmay decide stacking. Relevant
details for some fork-lift types and pallet s~zes+(l)-(6).

type of fork-lift dimensions weight

1 Counter-balance forklift capacity 3000 kg: stacking aisle 90" with 1220 kg
,.lluare pallet 3670; intersecting aisle (dotted) 2000; 1 without pallet 3 150,
w I100 counter-balanced fork-lift: load capaclty
2 500 kg at 61 0 load centre
I without pallet 3 246
w without pallet 1118
h: mast lowered 2286
weight without load 4 500
wheel loads laden': front (drive) 6 000
rear (steer) 750
90" stacking aisle (1 200 pallet) 3480
turn-out aisle (1 200 pallet) (dotted)-(I) 2 000

' for distributed rolling loads divide by wheel contact ar, available from
trade literature

4 Counter-balanced fork-lift dimensions &weights: pallet sizes USA 1220

x 1 220,1220 x 1 830; some pallets have sides 1 220 h

type of fork-lift dimensions weight

kg

extend~ngmast reach fork-lift: load capacity

2 040 kg at 61 0 load centre
I without pallet 1 930
I I w without pallet 990
2 Reach fork-lift capacity 1 500 kg, pallet carried within wheel base; stacking h: mast lowered 2 667
.11sle90" with 1220 square pallet 2400; intersectingaisle (dotted) 1900; weight without load 2 722
I without pallet 1600, w 990 wheel loads laden1:front (mast extended) 4 282
rear (mast extended 48 1
90" stacking aisle (1 200 pallet) 2 362
turn-out aisle (1 200 pallet) (dotted)-(2) 1905

' for distributed roll~ngloads d ~ v ~ dbyewheel contact ar.

ava~lablefrom trade literature

5 Extending mast reach fork-lift dimensions & weights

type of fork-lift dimensions weight

kg

powered P-controlled pallet fork-lift: load

capacity 1 815 kg
I without pallet 1854
w without pallet 762
h: mast lowered not applicable
w without load 372
wheel loads not applicable
90" stacking aisle ( I 200 pallet) 1 752
turn-out aisle (1 200 pallet) (dotted)4 3 ) 1498
I I
3 Powered P-controlled pallet fork-lift: stacking aisle 90" with 1 220 square 6 Powered P-controlled pallet fork-lift dimensions & weight
1)allet 1750; intersecting aisle (dotted) 1500; 1 without pallet 1820,w 787
272 Industry

Industrial buildings
WAREHOUSES
Storage efficiency with various handling methods
Taking Lyp~calstack~ngareas 33 m x 33 m volume e f f ~ c ~ e assessmerit
n~y ~ n r l u d c s1 repos~tlorilrrg
a ~ s l eat end of rack runs, pallet s ~ z e1 200 x 1 000 x 200 tall-+(I)-(9), f~guresIn column 2 of (10)
relate to numbers of picture captions USA pallet s ~ z e s - ~ ( Iand
l ) p271(4)
I Fork-lift in block stack: 3500 aisle; 3600 stack h
(4.5 m bldg h dotted)

2 Fork-lift in pallet racking: 3500 a~sle;7500

stack h

3 Reach fork-l~ftin block stack: 2600 a~sle;3 600

stack h (4500 bldg h dotted)

4 ~eachfork-liftIn pallet racklng: 2600 aisle.

7500 stack h

I I

9 Automated f~xedpath stacker crane: 1400 aisle; 24 m stack h, integral rack structure
5 Reach fork-lift in drive-in racking, drives Into
stack between frames: 7500 stack h eqp type of sto stack pallets volume access sto increase
h stored effic~ency over fork-lift
equivalent

Yo Yo
fork-lift bldg h 8 m to 1 block stack' poor
1 unders~deof structure 2 beam pallet I00
rack~ng
6 Reach fork-lift in double deep racking, has reach fork-l~ft-bldg 3 block stack ' poor 9
extending fork attachment: 2600 aisle h 8 m to underside of 4 beam pallet
structure rack~ng 100 17
5 drlve-~n 1st In
rack~ng last oul
6 double deep
racklng
narrow a~slestacker 7a bear pallet
rack~ng'
7b beam pallet
rack~ng"
7 Narrow alsle stacker, moves parallel with rack: 8a double deep
a stack h 7500 b stack h dotted 10.5 m rack~ng"
8b double deep
rack~ng'
automated h ~ g hbay stacker 9 beam pallet
crane, ra~lguided: bldg rack~rig
h 24 m to unders~deof
roof structure (can be
30m1)

I I ' volume effic~encyIncreases ~flower bldg used (4500 rn~rr) ' volume ell~c~ency
Increases
8 Narrow aisle stacker in double deep racking, if lower bldg used " bldg h to unders~deroof structure 8000 " bldg h to unders~deof roof
1600 aisle: a stack h 7 500 b stack h dotted 10.5 structure 1 1 m !' as sectlon of longer alsle- typically 100 r n t
m
10 Sto eff~ciencywith varlous handl~ngmethods

11 When uslng pallets 1 220 x 1 830 (frequentIn USA) preferred aisle w 3 600.4270 run of rack
accnmmodatet-3' pallet. ;220 ' 1 220 c i 2 oaileiihc:' 22Q ' 836
 Industry 273

Industrial buildings
*mm

SITE LAYOUT 13
*"g
key: 1 off 2 goods inwards 3 racked bulk pallet sto
cz
%A&

4 order ptcktng ar 5 order & despatch assembly ar S ~ t e layout for factor~es and warehouses
6 repackaging & processing ar 7 expansion determined by n
*-*
shape and slze of bldg
expanslon potent~al "2
servlces runnlng through s~te,eg gas mains,
power cables
topography affecting access for heavy veh~cles
and bullding econornlcs (cut and fill)
energy conservation exposure to prevalllng
and storm wlnds
ground cond~t~ons and dramage, eg avoldlng
plllng or potent~alflood areas
surrounding ne~ghbourhood keep~ngnolsy
external plant and loadlng baysfrorn res~dent~al
area
vehlcle (road and rall) rnanoeuvrlng and
marshalling area ~n relat~onto loadlng bays
+p282-3

Economics
Comparing alternative site layouts will usually
result in trade-off between conflicting factors.
Example shows alternatives for siting distribution
I warehouse: important cost factor lnvolves
1 I ) I I ~ I I I ~1~: low rise 'conventional' sto; minimal site works expansion potential and linked mech handling
eqp investment decision
First optlon + ( I ) mlnlrnlses excavation by
exploiting fall of land to provide raised loading
dock at Infeed: distribut~onvehicles were to be
side loaded from ground level. But goods in-
wards loading bay would face prevailing wind,
energy cost, and circulation round site required,
needing relocation in event of expansion.
Second option 4 2 ) accepts some excavation
for raised dock: In lee and exploits fall of site to
sink part of high bay stacking area for less
environmental intrusion and increased handling
efficiency. Revised axis of bulk sto area allows
much increased expansion potential without
affecting operation of existing installation. This
combined with improved sto and handling
economics more than offset any increase in
capital cost of construction.

Planning grids
To coordinate building's structure, services and
circulation in formulating siting and expansion
strategy and to integrate these elements during
I bldg design, discipline their disposition by
I (Ipt~on 2: narrow aisle high bay sto: trade-off = cost of site works against increased operational employing planning grid.
fl,,ntl)tl~ly& lower energy loss

prlmary services ro

secondary services

econdary movement route

parallel primary move 3 To coordinate structure, services &movement

(withexpansion) in development strategy work to master grid; note
3-dimensional implications
 274 Industry

Industrial buildings
LAYOUT OF MULTIPLE UNIT DEVELOPMENTS
& ESTATES
car parking tor work people a r ~ dv ~ s ~ t o(check
rs local standards)
Small scdle ' r i u r ~ ~ and
r y seedbed' units r n w t w e d to riteg grate group off and arnenlty accn: e ~ t h e rIntegral with~rlvolurnc of bldg (where site
of unlts into Pxlstlng u r b x or rural communlty lllustrat~ons ,(1)(2) area restricted) or as attached block (where developer requires niax
show snidll s c ~ d h ~ group d' cornb~riedw ~ t hlandscaped operi space renlal trorn productronlslo area)
and nursery u r i ~ t ws ~ l expanslor)
h capac~tyw ~ l hgrouped qoods access r n ~ x l u r eof sizes of u n ~In
t estate can b e ach~evedby var~ablelocat~onof
cross walls In terrace or by p r o v ~ d ~ n2g or more groups of bldg of
Speculat~vedevelopments for renlal built in varlous torrns of lerrace to
increasing s ~ r ed- e c ~ s ~ odepends
n o n scale
allow flex~blespace allocat~on.Note:
suff~clentheavy goods vehicle rrianoeuvrlng arid parking area (see also Trade mart concept may be used lo rev~lallseurban areas: d ~ v ~ s i b l e
loadincj bays) spacc under common roof allowing h ~ g hdegree of plarlr~ir~g
flcxlbllity

key: 1 yard 2 publlc

open space key: 1 goods vehlcle parklnglload~ng2 cross
routes 3 atrium pedestr~anroute 4 retall
I - - -
use 5 service use 6 craft use 7 light product~on
1 Nursery & seedbed ~ndustr~al unlts can be Integrated lnto rural 3 'Trade mart type development attractive inner c ~ t yposs~b~l~ty
rnlxlng l~ght
communlty bring rel~efto crowded Inner c~ty ~ndustr~al
craft & retall users to st~mulatework~ngcomrnunlty common
envelope prov~desrnult~dlvls~blespace

key: 1 'nursery' unlts, rental 2 rnedlum slzed divisible units. rental 3 larger divis~bleunits. rental
4 purpose-bu~ltun~ts(lease-back) 5 yard/loading ar 6 car park~ng(grouped) 7 landscaped open space

L --- -
- -- - -~ - -~ - - -

2 Typ~caln ~ ~ x e d ~ndustr~al
use estnle w~thrange of unit s r e s lot tcntal each t~av~tic]
fixl)alislon :mtloris (by extcnd~nglrito adjoin~ric)u n ~ t ioocri space &
-, ., . , r . , I,', , i b ." - - , -1% .. , , ~ 8 , , , ,~ ~ , ~
 JaA!J g A1134ue3 uaawaq aaAal y l ! 'lauueq~
uo!s>aA!pg sayel a6euIelp 40 lualsAs paiel1ssa3auJan!) !Jnoss!yV40 u!eld
z
pool4 UI iualudolahap:VSn s ! n o l i s yled lellisnpu! A1134ue3 ueld ails
 Industry 277
Industrial buildings
- -- -- -@
1'1-ANNING FOR FIRE CONTROL BUILDING REGULATIONS !<
I )i~:;tgningfactory or warehouse to meet potential fire hazard involves: UK bldg reg relatlng to compartmentailon for flre control and cublc --
s-

~rli!;~sures to limit spread of fire within and outside bldg by compart- capac~tyof bldg, coverlng eg rules for measurement, perlods of fr for ?
tttc!ritation, detection devices, sprinklers and choice of materials for
,.lruc:ture and cladding
elements of structure j B 1 b l 1 6590 592 593 594 601 - -Y
ad
-A
-
In USA areas, construction types, egress or exits, compartmentation
~ ~ t o v ~ d ireadily
ng accessible and identifiable means of escape with
and all matters concerning fire safety and fire control are regulated by
.~ll~!rnative route in every situation
bldg code administered by city or municipal inspection dept (+Bib027
~ ~ r c ~ v ~ ventilation
ding in roof to reduce heat and smoke build-up to
llri!vent fire 'leap-frogging' under roof cladding and enable fire service 505 509 510). Matters concerning fire insurance ratings of hazard and
bldg covered by standards of National Board of Fire Underwriters.
t.111ttllyvent smoke: typically I-vent per structural bay, with curtains of
~~llri-inflammable material forming smoke reservoirs in roof space
~txltrlguishingfire or at least controlling seat of fire until brigade can
~~xl~riguish it, by means of sprinklers, high expansion foam or gas
~lri!riching
I Irt: design decisions involve consultation with:
t19.c!r: compartmentation may significantly affect layout of process or
w.irohouse
l r t i tchieflofficer: local reg and practice, particularly on fire appliance
.II c:oss, water supply and means of escape
~i,.or'sinsurance company: predominant influence on fire control in
I ]!;A, lnsurance company can demand compartmentation on basis of
I .ill:ulated 'maximum forseeable loss' (MFL fire wall). Reduced com-

~l~~rlrnentation can be negotiated against designing roof structure of

~jr~:;lterfr and installation of sprinkler system. Insurance companies
t~..trallyallow 50% premium reduction for sprinkler system.

Statutory controls
I )IInational or state basis. In UK controls affect max cubic capacity of
Iornpartments for single and multi-storey bldg and fr of elements of
..lr~lcturefor factory and warehouse bldg of certain floor areas.

Warehouses
W,lrehouses with pallet racking can provide particular fire hazard, aisles
.~l:tlngas flues. Reg for installation of sprinklers, accountingfor frequency
I 11 oc~tletand flow rates based on degree of hazard for stored material. In
I J!;A apply rules from National Fire Protection Assocation and client's
Irl:;llrer. In UK Fire Officers' Committee Rules for Automatic Sprinkler
111-;tallationsshould be adhered to.
Slte planning
1 .ontrol of fire spread can also affect location of factory or warehouse on
.,I~I!,particularly in relation to adjoining users. This can affect bldg costs
.inathere are rules set down for materials and fr of walls when adjoining
1 ~lllorproperty at particular distance. For UK+unprotected area require-
ttlc!rits in Bldg Reg E5 (Bib592); for USA +state bldg codes and
119tltllrementsof American lnsurance Association (Bib026); in general
t irtles provide fire safety for people and underwriters protect bldg.

1 Factories without smoke vents can become

rapidly smoke-filled with fire spreading under roof
surface

2 W~thvents & smoke reservoirs fire can be

quickly contained & controlled
278 Industry
Industrial buildings
ENVIRONMENTALCOMPARTMENTATION
Compartmenlal~on,so long as compatible w ~ t hhandling and servlces
dcmands of production arrd sto process, can be used reduce both
energy loss and ccrialr~host~leenvironments, such as fumes. heat,
nolse and dust, as well as Iirriiting tire spread
Hot, d~rtyprocesses can be grouped Lo exploit energy arrd material
recovery techn~qucs.Proportion ot arealvolurrre of lactory affected by
process w ~ l indicate
l strategy; high proportion of area affected, group
processes lnLo compartment; low pioport~on,errclose separate elements
ol process with local exlraction and controls. Alternative increasingly
altrrlctive w ~ t hhigh energy cost, segregate those who work in production
area irito environmental ericlosure, exploiting automatiorr, a r ~ donly
nl~riirnallytemper nlalor~lyof area. Parallel wlth wareiiouses: aulomate
malnsto section, lim~tingerivironrnental controls to zones o i high labour
use lor order picking 2nd assembly

1 In units constructed speculat~velyfor renting off & amenity accn provided WORK PLACE DESIGN
In strip for flexible space allocation
Design ol work place fundamental to achieving high levels of producllv~ty.
also ~rrfluenceslabour relations and absenteeism. Work place combines:

Ergonomics
Work people's reia11on:;hlp to machinery and work actions to reduce
latigue and Irlcrcase sk~fety

Mechanical handling
Frorn most basic:, low cosl trar~dl~rrg devlces, scissor Ilfts, hoists and
couriterbalariccd rnanipulalors, whictr can revoluL~orriscrrranual work, to
accurnulatirry c:oriveyors, a~~torr~atically
routing mobile work stations
arid robot assembly machines

Work organisation
Group~nqpeople lor certain tasks Traditional isolalion of machine
operalors and Iinc asscrnbly org;lnisal~orrurlder rcview in several countries
~nturopc 2nd In USA, learn orgariisatiorr can offer greater comrnunicat~ori
arrd production flex~bllity

Environment
Positive demantis.
lernp suited to acl~v~ty,USA- American Soclety of I-lcatirrg. RelrigeraLiol~
R Air-condit~onlr~gEriq~neers(Bib031), UK Inslitution of Heating 8,
Ventilnlir~gErig~neers(B1bl64)
2 Environmental factors can be considered for purpose designed factories air llow and air cleanliness
with noisy & dirty processes off and amenity accn can be segregated from I~ghlirig.background ,and t,ask >p398-400
production zone
Defence against
glarc
600 600 600 nolse
I I I I
vlbral~on
harmful gaseous or dusl products- explosions

key: 1 light rnater~?il low usage. infrequentoperation 2 frequent hlgh level

controls or light positioning 3 convenient control zone standing rnanipulatlon
4 seated control zone: light & medium-heavy locatlon 5 ~nfrequentzone ol
heavy material

3 Manual work & sto involve some critical dimensions most common
workinq & rnanlpulative zone is In 2-4 band

I I
4 Simple handlinq aids s i ~ casscssor
t~ i~itcanirnprovc~work:nu
c:oild~ii~rls
h 5 Counter-balanced rnanluirla~orcar en;lhl~ o~f>.itor~ l a c haavii
n loads
- , , , ~ l ,!, :r ,7 ~, 8 >!.
 Industry 279
Industrial buildings
I WORK PLACE DESIGN
Amenity
Wash~ngchang~ng,wc and smokelrest provlslon related to work place
Locat~onand scale depend on work organlsatlon 4 4 )
trad~t~onal
llne product~onw ~ lrequlre
l centraltsed servlces access~bleto
numbers of people
team organlsatlon lrnplles arnen~tyaccn close by or local to team operating
area, w ~ t hchanges ~nproduct~onorganlsatlon dependtng on manufac-
turlng methods and volume both are lhkely to change w ~ t hlncreaslng
frequency

key a 1 000 b 2400 c 800

1 Iyp~calmanual order plck~ngfrom pallets & shelf replen~shedby reach

rrlrt k s~multaneousplcklng from each s~defor h~gh throughput lnstallat~on
a

key: a 1 000 b 1800

7 Slower throughput picking operation with 1-way trolley access:

11r1)lenlshed
by narrow alsle stacker or from behind rack

:I Typical rack & shelf h for floor level order plcklng

II 4 Wet services, washing & rest ar. a small divis~bleunits as strip along
boundary b med & large size factory bldg w~th2 possible zones for plac~ng
wet services, either allowing free locationIn each zone or grouplng Into flexibly
positioned but distinct wet service units, eg for team access c for large scale
factor~esanother option is Island wet service and amenlty ar; advantages:
single underground servlces run & access~b~l~ty from all sides
280 Industry

Industrial buildings
HYGIENE
Washing general
CIO UK law requires that adequate and su~table facil~ties for wash~ng,
for work
clotlies
conveniently accessible, be provided and rna~ntainedfor use of employed
persons in all factories. Where no spec~alorder official recornrnendat~on
not less than 1 washbasin/ZOP doing clean work, l / l O P d o ~ n gd~rty
breakfast
work, 1 /5P handllng poisonous substances.
rm
Provis~onof washbasins-B1b608
t
Lavatories
UK factory laws do not spec~fynumbers of lavatories: provlslon con-
sidered 'suitable and suff~c~ent'
for off~ces,shops and ra~lwaysequally
home from relevant for factorles43ib346 347 604

1 Layout of clo, washr, dr In food
products firm
Lockers
2 Changlng rm w~thstrlct For clean trades 1 locker/P must be prov~ded;
tor d ~ r t y1 double IockerIP
separation of clean & d l ~ clothes
, to keep work and street clothlng separate.

Changing areas
locker sizes
, Min changing area 0.5 m>/P

Ambulance rooms
Specrficat~onfor ambulance rrn:
Floor space not less than 9.29 rn2 w ~ t hnatural light and ventilation.
Should contaln: glased s~rlkw ~ t hhot and cold runnlng water, table w ~ t h
smooth surlace, means of s t e r ~ l ~ s ~~nstruments,
ng adequate supply of
sultable dress~ngs,bandages and splints, couch, stretcher, separate rm
for male and female, qualif~ednurse always avallablc.

3 2-t~errow of lockers for multiple 4 Double row of ventdated clothes

sh~ftfirm. or lower locker for work lockers. benches in front
clothes upper for street clothes

480

850 from floor

5 Hb wlth taps and adequate 6 Wash fountain (Bradley system). I

dimens~ons;washing troughs 25% saving in space compared w~th
narrower (up to 940 deep) rows of basins; water consumption

atmosphere
'
5p39 water pressure " 'I2 7 Cont~nuousbasin. Rotter system 8 Fountain on wall with dr~nklngjet,
controlled by lever

.............................................

/'

i
............................................. .................................................. 11 Sho cubicles with clothes hooks outside

9 Series sho each for 4 P 10 Continuous sho along walls with foot sho 12 Sho cubicles wlth clothes hooks ~ n s ~ d e
 Industry 281

Industrial buildings
SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
Sanitary installations according to German standard given here. 1 floor
outlet with smell trap per closet and 1 tap connexion wlth 1 socket
spanner and hose union. Cleaner's sink. Floor surface non-slip, water
resistant, easy clean.
Walls washable up to 2000 high. Floor and walls sealed against moisture.
Rrn temp min 15C. Wc partitions to celllng height; space outside well
vent~lated;1 washbasin and hand drier per 5 wc. Where soap dispensers
fitted 112 basins. Min 1 mirror for 2-3 basins.

I
I :;~ngle row closetsdoors opening 2 Sinae row closets with urinal on
t )trlw;irds (above), inwards (below)

11 Changing ar with simple hook 12 Changing ar with hangel

I fittings: unattended fittings: unattended
:I Slngle row closets with bowl 4 Double row closets
~rririolsopposite .. ...... ........... ........ ..,.... .....
-- . .... .. . . . .

-1
.
I I lockers with ----
benches I Z I
----
locker bench locker
m
1.1 --I t 18 i 11-

:>n
locker .-:
with stoolsslid~ngunder +900 1 10 c 13 1 10 t 900 -I

I I t-9001 10 t 9 0 0 1 ~ 9 0 0 4 10 c900-

b Washr with hb 6 Washr with trough

13 Min dimensions for changing rm

I
I Washr with footbaths 8 Washr with foot-trough

I I
14 Deposit clo, single layout with pegs, dual layout with hangers (theatre
clo): attended

0 Gully drainage, individual 10 Bath cubicle with changing

~lr;~~nage
for half-open sho alcove: rnin dimensions for sho & 15 Vending machines
1~xnoartment bath units
282 Industry

Industrial buildings
LOADING BAYS
Lrrlk between product~onor sto process and d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~
system.
on Much
effort to reduce product~oncosts can be wasted through delayed veh~cle
turn-round and Increased marintng 11loading area not carefully des~gned.
Decisions in loading bay planning
Ra~sedor ground level dock? Generally, lor end-loading conlalners and
box bodies veh~cles,as In retall distr~but~on, ra~sed;for s~de-load~ng
curla~nsrded and flat bed vehicles, ground level
Separate load~ngbays for Incoming and despatch . ( I ) : separate bays.
togelher w ~ t hveh~clerr~arshallrngareas, where manufactur~ngsystem
involves drllerent ctiaracter~st~csbetweeri raw mater~alsand f ~ n ~ s h e d
producls, wrth raw materials call~ngfor side handl~ngat ground level and
pnllctrsed tor despatch needing end loading. S~m~larly for large d~strl-
button warehouse: bulk loads of single product del~vered,m ~ x e dloads
of orders despatched In d~stributors'own vehicles; here segregation for
traffic management and mater~alsflow ~n warehouse, particularly as
veh~clchandling peaks may coincide.
Number of loadtng bays, spacing and layout:
loading bays must never be considered ~n~solat~on; must be related to
crrculat~onand check-off area behind them Decis~onon numbers
questiorl of throughput palterr~sand avatlable area next to dock for load
preparation. Clearly 11vehlcles can be handled faster with pre-assembled
loads, less load~ngdocks required than for slower turn-round w~th
material being assembled as load~ngoperatron cont~nues.
load~ngbay spaclng and layout ~nflucncedby depth of manoeuvrrng
area avatlable and depth of load accumulation space beh~nddock
Cho~ceof which should have more space must he based on assessment
of rnd~v~dual throughpul demand.

c pallet breakdown & repacklnq dr d order

selection & load assembly e despatch
loading bay users' dlstrlbut~onvehicle
1 t w a y trafflc flow g long tern, truck
parklng 8 users' rrlalntenancc ar

2 Many warehouses can use dock for lncomlng &

despatch goods, in factories sharing type of
loading bay may not be possible but goods vehicle
manoeuvrlng ar can be common

1 Large retall d~str~button

centre with separate goods Inwards & despatch
key
loadlng bays long wheelbase r ~ g chassls
~d truck
a 2 8 m b 3 9 m c4.7m d 5 5 m
e 5 1 m f 4 6 m q 26 8 m turning arcle
45 m rn~n
parking 3 m cerltrps

30 m d at 5 Ti rn ccntrcs

15 m articulate truck
a47m b57m c73m d83m
e 8 8 rn 17 8 m g 27 m turning clrcle at
90 full lock

I nun dlstanco from face of loadlng clock to h0i)rldat-y

of m~rloruvilrlyar for slngle movement turn out

3 Calculating yard depth & loading bay spaclng for 15 m articulated trucks
parked at 90" to dock 4 Typical turning dimensions for r ~ g chassis
~d & articulatedtrucks

a
1
12 2 rrlm (for
counti~rcluukw~s~~
Ir,ifl~c flow A 1~68
-
19 8 for 19 8 tractor/trallcr etc
for 16 8 l r a ~ t o r / l r a ~ l e r ~
b,. - -_/_=>
max 10 7 k ~ r cut
i
b -. C~ I3 C
tractor-lraller 1 posltlon w 'apron' space

1
" I A

1 A
/r

varies

30 0 mlrl
[for clockw~sr L -
0

5 Truck loading & manoeuvrlncj I ISA d ~ m ~ n s ~ oanload~ng

s rnanoeuvrlng and waiting ar b R c apron space required for 1 move into or out of posltlon
 Industry 283

Industrial buildings
LOADING BAYS (cont)
Spacing
Directly related to yard depth; conditioning factor: distance closely
parked vehicles have to pull out before turning ~ ( 1 )Angled,
. raised
docks reduce yard depth at expense of number of vehlcles handled at 1
time: ground level drive-through bays reduce circulation width but
Increase length. Flnger dock compromise for side and end loading
where manoeuvring area limited.

!I
I l l
c draw forward dlstance
to clear adjolnlng veh~cles
Load check-off/accumulation space
Behind cross circulation aisle load handling zone (dock levellers wlth
raised docks). Should have capacity of 1.5 vehicle loads. Remember
space for broken pallets, rejected loads, rubbish: at least 1 load area.
Cross circulation alsle 4000 allows 2 fork-lift pass and for turnout from
dock levellers. Keep this area clear of columns.

Raised docks
Equip with dock leveller plates accommodate both changes in vehicle
bed height as they are loaded and different types of vehicle. Standard
loading dock height in USA 1220, common with 1200 in Europe: wlth
European vehicles greater variations in bed helght. Dock levellers should
not exceed gradient of 1 in 10 with highest or lowest vehlcle.

Energy
Do not face loading bays into prevailing wind. Raised docks: use dock
shelters where vehicle forms hermetlc seal with bldg and segmental or
roller shutter door closes on to leveller when vehicle leaves. Ground
level or finger docks can be completely enclosed (straight through flow
or tail in). Alternatively, hot or cold air curtains can be used but these not
substitute for enclosure.

Security
Drivers should not be able gain access beyond dock, except In some
distribution operations with company's own vehlcles where driver arranges
order of loading. Generally, ralsed docks with dock shelters provtde
inherent security: separate lavatories and access to trafflc office should
be provlded for visiting drivers.

Weather protection
If dock shelters or enclosed dock cannot be installed canopy requlred
over loading area: should allow at least 5000 clear height.

Gradients
Ground should be flat (except for local dralnage fall) for length of vehicle
in front of dock or min of length of articulated semi-tra~ler.

Heavy goods vehicle marshalling & circulation

I
I gate w- for access
Segregate light vans from heavy goodsvehicles: to use different docks1
I h from both d~rectlons parts of the dock
I I \

Provide heavy vehicle waiting bays before loadlng bay area and clear of
manoeuvring space
Provide parking bay before exlt for drlvers to check load securlty
Circulation should be clockwise in right hand drlve countries, antl-clock-
1 I
wise in left hand drive: ie reversing into loading docks always on driver's
The more angle of vehicle from loading dock reduced greater reduction in
1
side.
v.~rddepth but lower number of vehicles handled simultaneously in space

4;
225 clearance I
~ 4 3 0 0 ~ u
3600 standard track centres
r ~ m a x ~ ~

12 0 level sectlon 3 000 typlcal for 4000 turnlnglpasslng

(55 ft ~nsome USA states) leveller plate alsle

I
2 Sectionthrough raised loading dock fitted w~th
dockshelterfor energy retention: canopy (dotted)only 3 Rail wagon sectton (contatner dotted): in USA
~ioededif shelter omitted check individual railroad dimensions
284 Industry
Industrial buildings

1
1 Typical rail track spaclng requirements USA

fence ( ~required)
f ($ lead track- - property llne & centerllne lead track
- - - -

I """t,

rail 2590 (typical)

- F x ~ _ - . S mln
41.~~

cn parking 7 bldg
":ng
a 1520 walkway
2 1 or landscaping or landscaplng
?2 P . - 914
(D
1 f 9 146 setback (landscaped)
\
(D
1 &6selback(ndscapecj)
\ I -

'street right-of-way
/ - --

-"1
property Ilne & centreline
c 2 r a i l rlghtof way - - - --
I 2CTra1l easement lead track
+,",I - - Vl*

--
$Lidtrack' 6100mln -

r a i spur lnslde bldg rail spur lnslde bldg

2590 from inslde wall 2590 from lnslde wall

bldg truck bldg

1520 walkway

L -
f9140 set back (landscaped)
- t - - -
I
1
j9140 set back (landscaped)
c street rlght-of way d
- - - - - - - -- - - - - -

L
2 Rall Sewed bldg layouts USA a rall In rlght of way bldg set back, spur alongslde bldg b rall In easement, bldg
set back spur alongslde bldg, note spur layout requlres easement on adjacent property can be ellmlnated by
rnovlng eastward rail servlce door & consequently polnt of switch c r a ~in
l right-of-way bldg on property l ~ n e
spur ~nsldebldg d rall In casemenl bldq set back spur lnslde bldg
 Industry. 285

Industrial buildings
Rental unit
, 8 .11 v<rr~ety In shape and slze workshops class~fledhere by location,
+ 11l.111on requirements +p286, tenancy types +p287, and technology
'14 1 Y I # t iI accommodate +p288 Most of detailed standards and examples
i I ~ IIllose
I requlred for typlcal Inner clty flatted factory (rental unlt)

- ------- ---- -
1
I
I
I
I
I
workshop garden I
I
! I
carport

drlliv ,
bathr

1 1 or 2 people carrying on hobby or part-time occupation in extension of

191 11110

Educational institution

4 Standard units with shared access in multi- storey bldg

welding
Ancillary to large factory
metalwork woodwork
finishes

crafts @
st0 st0 off

I
1 Repetitive provision for class or group of 20-40 people production

Small industrialestate

off

I
photo wood
lab workshop

WC
8
metal
workshop

conference gar

1 1 5 Specialist workshops for use by staff maintainingcompany's plant orbldg

'I Group of non-specific units for range of very small businesses itself
 286 Industry

Industrial buildings
spaces/floor ar lnner c~ty suburbs & rural
WORKSHOP CIRCULATION
Parking outside building
distr~butlon
Standards depend on loc:at~onas well as on typc ot use , ( I )
heavy goods veh~cles
l~ghtcommercial veh~cles
cars Elevators inside building
Relaled to cxterrial parking and to terranc~es-(3)(3)
l~ghtindustry
heavy goods veh~cles
l~ghtcorrlrrlerclal veh~cles Circulation within workshop
cars L l c r ~ v e dfrom technoloyy used ;is well as type of terlarlcy -(4)-(/)
off space
l~ghtcon~rr~crclal
veh~cles
cars

1 Park~nggu~del~nesUSA standards -p263

I I

L I
4 Stra~ghtIlrle goods In b: out opposlte s~desof plant. requlres bldg w~th
good access both s~descommon In med~um-%red f~rms

5 Overlapp~r~g.
slm~larto 4 hut for much larger type of f~rm

2 Goods elevator servlng larqe qroup of tendncles ccntral management

may needed lo mdlntd~rlfree use of elevators at peak times

6 U-shape gooas In & out same s~deof plant poss~bleIn bldg w~thonly
llm~tedaccess common w~thvery small f~rms

I I I I
3 Several goods elevators each of wh~chserves several tenants, who must 7 Convoluted goods In & out on same s~deof plant, sometimes necessary
cooperate In ~ t suse for large f~rmswhen accommodated In bldg w~threstr~ctedaccess
 Industry 287

Industrial buildings
WORKSHOP TENANCIES: BUILDING TYPE
I.-

Indirect access -.(I ) Lo

Type ofbldg: shallow or medium depth wlth cross walls to create vertlcal 2
compartments. $2
x
Type o f management: individual flrm's name displayed and each has
unit with own services. Management could take 1 unlt over for own use.
Type o f user: small well established firms requiring own identity.
Subdivision: units have street (or yard) frontage, may receive visitors
directly and have own stairs, elevators.
Comparfmentation: each bldg contains several tenancies divlded by fr
walls.
Escape routes: each tenant has fr stalrway; if area of hlgh fire risk
alternative means of escape required.
Open plan 4 2 )
Type o f bldg: shallow or medium depth with central corridor on each
level.
Type of management: common receptionist; lifts/stairs/corr~dorsfrom
Intermediate space to be malntalned.
1 lr~rllrectaccess Type o f user: small firms needing some securlty but less concerned
with presenting individual identity.
Subdivision: units reached through internal stairs or corridors common
to several users.
Compartmentation: each tenant separated from adjacent tenants by fr
floor.
Escape routes: each individual tenant has door to shared fr escape
corridor which leads to fr stalrway, second means of escape normally
also needed.

Shared space 1 4 3 )
Type o f bldg: deep plan.
Type o f management: tenants share services and partlcipate In
management of accn.
Type o f user: small expanding flrms w ~ t hcompatible uses: allows for
rapld changes In size and staffing.
Subdivision: units as such do not exist but tenants take space wlthin
large envelope having single front door.
Compa/fmentation: each open area surrounded by fr walls and floors.
Escape routes: each compartment has direct access or 2 or more fr
stairways: may be necessary protect relevant doorways wlth fire shutter

1 Open plan
Shared space 11 4 4 )
Type ofbldg: any building type.
Type of management: head lessee rellnqulshes no responsibility for
space; may provide telephone, secretarial servlces on time sharlng
basis.
Type o f user: newly founded tiny firms (1-5 persons) requiring low
overheads and min commitments.
Subdivision: space rented from another firm usually on some kind of
licence.
Compartmentation: separate subdivision only required if sub-tenant
represents high rlsk of flre or explosion.
Escape routes: considered same as for main tenant unless spec~alfire
risk.

:I Shared space

4 Shared space
288 Industry
Industrial buildings
-
passengers heavy light machine
WORKSHOPS: EQUIPMENT SPACE
goods goods nn
-- + ( I ) shows requirements for some su~tablehandling eqp for small
yes yes yes yes yes 3 sides prernlses +(2)(3) show typ~calspace needed per rnach~neIn t~ghtly
yes yes no yes yes 3 :;ides planned layout does not necessarily allow for general clrculatlon process
ye:.; rio yes no ycs yes 3 s~dcs
sto or lnlt~alinstallat~onof rnach~nery-(4) shows percentage of total
yes yes no I yes 2 sldes area required for operat~onsIn varlous types of workshop
no yes ri~) no ye:; 3 sides
yes yes no yes no 4 sidcs
yes yes no no yes 2 sides
no yes yes no yes no 2 sides

rio ye:; yes no 2 side5

yes yes iio

rio yes rio
rio yes rio

1 Su~tablehandling eqp for small premlscs

benches

machines
!
assembly

amenity

desks

display

circulation

I--
2 Eqp space -(3) 4 Space budgett~ngby technology types

eqp in common use A x B->(2)

working space
per item

metal work woodwork clothing

rnach~r~~ng centre band saw lay~ngup machirie
] ~ bor~ng
g & m~ll~riy
machtric clrcular saw sewlng mach~ne
tlirret drill surface planer steam press
surface grtnd~ngrnach~ne knot hole dr~ll lronlng bar
capstan lathe rnlll~ngmach~ne steam holler
bar & b~lletshears slot borlng mach~ne
press brakc dove-taller footwear
engraver jolnler na~ler
dle sinker scroll saw sole press
weldrng plant drill press heel press
tool grlnder wood shaper shaping mach~ne
shaper rad~alarm saw leather cutter
power hack saw belt sander pattern stamper
punch press veneer press
slrp roll lathe electronics
ntbbler pollsher Instrument bench
shear clamp head carpenter's bench
band saw
motor repairs
workbench printlng each bay
l~thograph~cpress
plast~cs plate maker
folder general
rxtruder 28x28 compressor
vacuum former 78x28 drlll
guillot~ne dust collector
blow rno~rlder 30x45 furnace
acrylic saw 30x50 glurng belt
hot dip tank
heat~ngoven 06x1I dry~ngcab~net
photographic
clevelop~nglank 2 4 x rnax length upholstery press
prlnt forge
enlarger 1.5 x max length k~ln
print12 potter's wheel
 Industry 289

Industrial buildings
W( )lIKSHOP EXAMPLES 3 Mixed workshop: die casting; employs 15; approx 15om2

t Benchwork shop: fur skins; employs 2; approx 75 m2

4 Repair shop: electronics repair; employs 2; approx 47m2

1 Craftwork: organ building & wood furniture; employs 2; approx

175 m'

!) Machine workshop:
'r1111qraphic printmg; employs 3,
. I I I / J ~93
OX m2

li Small factory:
~r jrrren's shoe manufacturer;
, ~ir/~loys
47; approx 370 m2
290 Industry
Industrial buildings
Workshop design factors
Factors affect~ngfabric design and sen/lces requirements for representative categor~esof workshop+(l ).
SERVICING STANDARDS
Check all applicable bldg codes and municipal plan revlew requirements.
For new industrial bldg follow~ngstandards apply:
Electricity
UK Each u n ~ to t be prov~dedw ~ t hseparate 415 V 3 phase supply
~ncludlng,s ~ t e dnormally w~thlnproduct~onarea, maln drstributron board
of adequate capacity for normally antlc~patedunit need of about 70 kVA
f~ttedw ~ t hfused switchboard (70 kVA unlts In range of 1000 m2 and
upwards need separate load calculat~ons) L~ght~ng c~rcultsto be prov~ded
w ~ t h ~off~ces
n and lav In appropriate locat~onsPower socket outlets to
be prov~dedIn off~cesFused sw~tchsocket outlets to be prov~dedIn lav
where el sto heaters used In off~ces4 ~ 2 3 4l ~ g h t ~ nwlrlng g should
follow l~kelyoff~ces u b d ~ v ~ s ~and
o n should f ~ n ~ swh~ t hfluorescent f ~ t t ~ n g
but In lav and clo should be batten c e ~ l ~ ntype
g f ~ t t ~ nProvrde
g external
flood l~ghtingat back of bldg over servlce door w ~ r e dto each ~ n d ~ v ~ d u a l
u n ~ to
t ~llum~nate rear servlce area may be supplemented by street
l ~ g h t ~ nwhere
g layout perm~ts
Note no provlslon to be made In standard spec~f~cal~on
for l~ghtlng
trunking or 13 amp rlng maln ~nproduct~onareas
USA: current characteristics of servlce vary wlth process. El eqp for air
conditioning may be requ~redfor some processes or locat~ons.
Telephone
Underground service duct to be provided Into ground floor to allow easy
cable connexion.
Gaslgas central heating
Services to be carried into bldg and sealed off In product~onarea.
Supply capacity to be designed to allow provlslon of central heating to
product~onand office areas to normal working standards. Central heat~ng
to be provided only when requ~redat landlord's cost: may be in office
areas for larger unlts uslng convent~onalhot water rad~atorsystem
incorporating provlslon for hot water for domestic uses. Bo~lerto be
sited in ~ r o d u c t i o narea.
Water supply/plumbing
Cold water supply for domest~cneeds orily to be carr~ed~ r ~ bldg.to
tenants' process or spr~nklerrequ~rementsnot allowed for supplemen
tary service to be l a d ~fexcessive need ~nd~catedCold and hot walcr
supplles to be connected to all wash~ngrnstalldt~ons hot water suppl~ed
from e~therwall mounted el 3 kW slo heater (capac~ty54 1) or f more
economlc central hot water cyl~ndcrhav~ngcapacity approx 35 Ilbdsrnor
s ~ n kAll sto tanks to be adequately lnsuldted
Drainage
Surface water dra~nagedown plpes should have traps access~blefrom
ground floor level and be located In posltlons to avo~dacc~dentalddmage
Ample external surface water gull~esshould be prov~dedIn servlce yard
to avord water stand~ngand grid channels should be provrded across
servlce yard entrance where levels of yard could allow surface water to
run off Into bldg Foul dra~nageshould allow for domest~cdemand
sealed gully In product~onarea for process effluent Trade efflucnl
cert~f~caterequ~redfor ~ndiv~dual trade needs
Ventilation
Mech ventilat~onto be prov~dedfor wc only where layout makes Imprac-
t~calnatural vent~lat~on.
All off~cesnaturally ventilated. Product~onareas
need only have separate prov~s~on for manually controlled roof mounted
extractors where chosen form of heat~ngw ~ lnotl ach~evethis result Any
extractor fans lo be completely weather proofed arid capable of being
serviced at roof level.
Fire alarm
Alarm systems to be rnstalled to each u n ~throughout
t office product~on
areas. El operated system w ~ t hmanual In~trat~on.
Supplementary br~ef
(program) to adv~se~f provis~onto be made for spr~nklers,smoke
detectors or emergency I~ghtrng.Hosereel pornts only to be prov~ded
where requ~redby reg or statute
In USA sprinkler des~gnapproved by state Insurance commlsslon or fre
marshall's office.
Industriai buildings references
+B~bliography entries 031 036 052 053 164 177 178 257 280 284 301
3 0 5 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 8 3 4 1 346348352354363374382387418456
4 7 0 4 7 7 4 8 0 4 8 1 4 8 6 5 0 5 5 3 4 5 3 9 5 9 0 5 9 2 5 9 7 6 0 0 6 0 1 60260360/1
605 606 608 61 6 627 634 642 65'
 Industry 291
Laboratories
a ' CLASSIFICATION
Lab d~fferwidely ~nlayout and service requirements according to use.
Classification categories Include type of disc~pline(eg chemistry, physics,
biology), level of study (eg routine, teaching, research), provision of eqp
(eg benches, rigs), level of servicing (eg wet, dry).
I
Hospital lab +pl76

I structure and standard services as fixed items with more specific varlable
1 Compar~sonof square &
r 1;rngular
t
~ lab units of equal ar
,.I 11)wlnggreater flexibility offered
11ysquare layout a rectangular
CIIII~ (24.8 m2) b square unit (24.5
1 1 1 ) c 2 workers & shared eqp
11 'iworkers & shared eqp e 4
ruorkers & shared eqp in central ar
f :' workers & large rig
2 a b anthropometricdata
all>vernlngbench spacing for both
11~1chinq& research
lype
TRENDS
In past lab deslgned for specific, fixed use; now growlng tendency
advocate 'multi-purpose' where worker has permanent station. Rapid
changes in technology create new fields of study and demand costly
sophisticated eqp which must be fully used: consequent need for
adaptable lab spaces which may be changed during llfe of bldg.
Most difficulties in adapting to change arise because lab benches, sto
cupboards and piped services as permanent fixtures can only be moved
with considerable effort and disruption. 1 approach is design main
Items, including furniture, movable.
PLANNING PRINCIPLES
Most significant recent developments in planning:
adoption of square rather than rectangular modules + ( I ) allowlng for
greater flexibility ~n bench arrangements with Introduction of island
bench units and free standing eqp;
research
use of movable table tops rather than permanent fixed bench un~ts:
"
3
7
varlatlons in work top he~ghtas well as grouping of tables can be
B
achieved to sult particular needs;
arrangement of heavy eqp, fume cupboards, wash-up etc grouped In
bench seat rnin w rnin vert~cal
h central service zones.
h kneehole distance
floor to
INDIVIDUAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS+(2)(3)

1 I .':
under bench
Ideally conditioned by crltlcal anthropometric dimensions, eg depth of
.~lllrlgonly
work top being based on max convenient reach; may be some 600 In
11:g standing women
.~lllng& standing. men 900 theory but ~npractice work top may vary between 61 0 and 840. Work top
length similarly may vary between 2 100 and 4600 for research student,
:I Typical range of bench & seat l depending on discipline and particular research requirements; can be
reduced to approx 1500/P where groups of workers share eqp. Work
top height may vary between low chem~strybenches at 450 above flocr
level and 900 for benches at which worker stands.

PLANNING MODULE
Working unit (group of work places) forms basic planning bay or module
4 2 b ) . Normal work place can be considered as being approx 1600 x
800. Module width may vary from 2600 to 5250; av approx 3000 to
3600, whlch allows 2 parallel rows of benches w ~ t hcentre gangway
giving room to pass between 2 workers.
Module w = 2 work spaces + centre passageway
3000-3600 2 X 800 1 400-2 000
Typlcal bldg dimensions include:
module w 3000-3600
module d 5000-8000,
corr w 2 000-2 500
storey h 3600-4200

1 I
4 Typical plan showing flexible lab with grouped central services (pre-
, 11111calsciences Southampton Un~versityEngland) Arch John S
Ill lrlnington Partnership
koy 1 teaching lab 2 post-graduate & research lab 3 preparation &
..~)rv~ce rm 4 rrn with specialist eqp

! Typical plan showing relationship of central work space to lab unit

I .,oology dept Edinburgh University Scotland) Arch Architecture Research
i lr111 Universityof Edinburgh
key 1 lav 2 sto 3 culture 4 research lab 5 off 6 cold rm 7 lecture lab
11 lrlstruments 9 post-graduatelab 10 chrornatology 11 central work space
I .' warm rrn 13 dark rm 14 secretary 15 lab 16 radioactive rrn 17 media
I 811yaration rm 18 wash-up
 292 Industry

Laboratories
SERVICES DISTRIBUTION+p383-4
Sub-ma~ndrstr~but~on can be e~theroff vert~calducts servlng ~ n d ~ v ~ d u a l
or pairs of lab at every floor or off horizontal ducls servlng group of lab on
every floor. Vertical ducts can be ~ntegratedwith maln structural frame,
provrde ready access to servlces on floor lhey serve, el~minatcproblem
of fume cupboard duct~ng;but can prove expensive structurally i l serv~ce
potent~al not fully ut~l~sed.Hor~zonlal d~str~but~orl of sub-mains
usually cheapcr in~t~ally; but has not same adaptab~l~ty and requlres
numerous connexloris ~nfloor.
Several methods of servlclng lnd~v~dual beriches available; need for
adaptabll~tyled to development of movable and pre-plumbed servlces
connected flex~blyto floor pornts. Central servlce splne permits back-
to-back layout of benches; servlce bollard allows bench~ngl a ~ dout ~n2
d~rect~ons. However, stud~esof relocatable splne systems show new
layout often lnvolves extra cost and disrupts a c t ~ v ~ t ~
inerm
s below slnce
l ~ v esupply of servlces to all poss~bleconnexlon po~ntsproh~b~t~vely
expenslve.
Overhead servlclng by mast andlor flex~blesmore convenrent and
economrc arrangement Perrmeter, peninsular and Island layouts can be
servlced III any comblnatlon and spaclnq requ~redAccess for maln
tenance and adaptallon can be ach~evcdw ~ t hmln d~srupt~on o l furnilure
and eqp layouts and conf~nedto floor be~ngserved. Valuable floor space
can be saved slrlce trad~t~orlal lloor-mounted servlce splrle belwcen
benches removed. Furthermore, tendency overprov~deto compensate
for lack of llex~b~llty
III layout reduced
DISPOSAL SYSTEMS
Dramage problerri w ~ t hoverhead servlclng. gravlty rather than pumped
or vacuum-assrsted systems s~mplest,w ~ t hperrrlarient q r ~ dol lloor
po~nts.Lab wastes may carry corrosive agents or be of very h ~ g ttemp. i
Dr~pcups, bottle traps ~nboros~llcateglass a r ~ dctierri~callyrcs~slantptfc
flex~bletub~ngto outlets normal methods of deal~ngw ~ t hsuch requlrc-
ments. In any case waste runs should be ~rrirr~ediately v ~ s ~ b lar~d
e
accessible ~nrm to which they belong.
S o l ~ dwaste riorrnally put ~n b ~ n s ;but ~n hosp~lalresearch or ;in~m;il
experiment lab lnclneral~onof solled rrlater~alor carcasses obligatory
STORAGE
Growth ~n project work and use o l r n u l t ~ - c i ~ s c ~lab
l ~ rti;rs
~ e ~ncre;ised
amount and type of sto. Recent developments toward adl~rstahleshclv~ng
and trays: movable sto un~tsunder tables rriore adaptable than f~xed
bench sto.
Press~ngneed for further space makes orgari~sat~ori
arid rnanaycnient
of sto major cons~deratron.Categor~es~r~clude
central: spec~alsto often central~sed(ey workstlop sto, ~rifl;irnrnak~le
solvents, explosives, porsoris), besl for large scale ;~nd/or expenslve
eqp; stat1 organlsatlon and checkrrig coritrol rrriportant.

1 Flex~blelab ar of science block local frequent use of Items necess~tatesregular local sto, lhrr~~ted
II

Wellesley College Massachusetts capac~ty;

USA Arch Perry Dean Stahl Rogers work place: essent~alfor pcrsor~aleqp 2nd project work rn;rter~,rl

2 3 Zoology dept Edinburgh Univers~tyScotland: left lntegratlon of servlces and structure

nght section through dept extension showing repet~tivevert~calsub-mains ducting
I I I I

worktop st" cpd

n m o

I I
4 Overhead flex~bleservrclng In pllot project
Le~cesterPolytechn~cEngland Arch Le~cester
Educad~onAuthornt!,
I I
5 Section through sciences lab Polytechnic Sunderland England showlng details of overhead
servlclng & ~ l integrat~on
s within structure Arch John S Bonnington Partnersh~p
 Industry 293
Laboratories
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Some operations need speclal eqp or technlques call~ngfor particular
controlled envlronment not available or appropriate In general lab areas
These Include
cold sto & lab temp control ~rnportant
warm & Incubator rm
ster~le/dustfree rm alr locks & cleansing provrslon needed
dark rm entry control needed
fume producing technlques cupboards usually sufflclent large scale
need speclal rm
chromatography rm speclal rm fume extract~on
chemlcal drstlllat~on
steam product~on extraction needed
v~brat~on/no~ eqp
sy structural & plan lsolatlon
anlmal rm environment & secur~tycontrol
rad~at~on& x-ray rm screening & securlty

RELATED SPACES
Space for related actlvltles needed In addltlon to general lab provlslon
staff, semlnar, small off, Ilb, clo sto plant, preparation, some or all of
such rm w ~ lbe
l needed
1 [letails of lab benches in science block Wellesley College
M.~:,sachusettsUSA
FINISHES
1 I
Floor: durable, easy clean and malntaln, resistant to most chemicals
l~kelybe spllled, Ideally should be jolntless or have mln lolnts poss~ble
Such trad~t~onal flnlshes as wood blocks st111preferred by users but tend
to hlgh cost Sheet Ilnoleum, pvc or rubber w ~ t hwelded or sealed lolnts
and coved sklrtlngs now more common
Walls & ceilings: specla1 protection not generally needed Suspended
celllngs prov~desmooth, Ilght-reflect~ngsurface wlth acoustlc proper-
t ~ e sto whlch partltlons can be abutted. Walls need to be washed down
from tlme to t ~ m e :blockwork should be plastered and decorated or
sealed with sprayed plastlcs f~nlsh
Worktops: trad~t~onally
sol~dt~rnber,teak or lroko; laminated plastlcs
faced board cheaper. As with floor multitude of finishes from pvc tlles or
sheet to v~treoust~lescan be used, depending on type of work belng
carried out.

I I
1 Mobile fume cpd showing service connexlons

Laboratory references
-6lbllography entrles 039 122
206 278 283 336 337 341 349
354 362 524 571
I 1 ypical teaching ar Teacher Training College Teeside England
294 Industry

Farm buildings
parts per million PURPOSE
arnmonla Nti? Furlctlon of farm bldg to modify effect of climate on livestock, crops,
agricultural eqp and man at work. Houslng also allows easler handling
upper lhrn~lcorisldercd and storing of feeds, products and waste materials. Decision to erect
acceplable for rrlan to 5000 farm hldg may also be ~nfluencedby other conslderatlons, e g invest-
brealh dorlrig working day ment, taxation, personal motives etc

1 Toxlc gas llmlts Deslgrl data presenled here are based on human and an~rnalrequlre-
mcnts, an~malhousing technology lricludlng labour use crop sto and
processlrig, waste handllng and legal controls
~llum~nat~on
(lx) .p25

stockyard HUMAN WELFARE

calf riursery
:;cl :k an~malper1 Man: environment
plglpoultry shcd
mllklrlg ar Dust concentratiori not more Lh,~ri 10 mqlm of air
dalry TOXIC gase5 - ( I )
vac purnp rrri Nolse level not more than 90 dB (A) per 8 hr day exposure
bar11el(: Avoid contact wlth dirt if posslble
Iractor ~mplemerits lllum~nationl ~ v e l s .(2)
Iarm workshop
I I
' ti~gt~er
t ~ g l ~dppl~cs
re when no ~ialuralItghtincj CATTLE: BASIC DATA
2 lllurninalion levels
Thermal requirements
Ur~derUK clhmallc condltrons all classes of cattle can bc housed at ternp
equivalent lo those prevalllng outslde Protection frorn ralri not necessary
lor older animals (180 kg lrve weight) if anlmal performance only criterion
But cornbln;~tloriof raln, w ~ n dand low temp may lead to fluctuallon ot
loud Intake. In h ~ g hrainfall areas ralnwaler enterlng waste sto system
can be excesswe.
USA wide varlatlons I r l cllmale mean all classes cattle canriot everywtiere
be housed at Lemp equlvalent to thal prevailing outslde. Except ~n
temperate areas rnllklnq cows need protection ~ncxlremes of cold and
heat I r i bllzrnrd areas cows calving arid beef cattle LIP to 14-1 6 morittis
3 Dlmenslons of Frleslan cows old nccd stieltcr

type age we~qht

kg
ti to
w~thers
body I
I neckl
Animal dimensions
Typlcnl drmcns~onsof Fr~cslaricows shown-(3); olhcr classes of callle
ra1vi.s at hrth :i!, 700 4(4).
h r r ~ l ! r i l l ~ ~ ~ 175 1000 1 100
Reach of rriouth bCl:;lc crllcrlori for deslgr) of feedlng barrlers and troughs
yoi,rl() I t ' r l ~ ~ ~ I e ' ~ , lyc~lr 300 I 1'10
(llf,~f~r,~) .'year '150 1 250 45).
J yc,i~ 575 1 300 l fi00
Feed & water intake
i.(!wS, llgllt Ilrccd.. ~r~,it~lir 3!50 450 I 140-1 3t10
Cattle ~n UK consume 30-60 kg ot torage or sllage deper~dingupon
mr(illrr11-Ile,ivy m,ltuic 500-L,!,ll 1 320 1 1380
tlr,ivy rnnt~i~i b00-t150 I 3!,0 144U energy and f~brecontenl of rdtlon, and drlnk 35-60 1 of water per day
4 Typlcal dlmens~onsof cattle, recently USA beef ca le reverted to longer In LJSA w ~ d e varlatlor~
r ~nnormal feed and water Inlakc
back

anlmal I reach of mouth for var~oush

of feed table above stance
0 100 700 100 400

1100 /50 800 840 910 910

1300 800 840 910 q60 990
1500 850 880 980 1010 1040
1600 880 000 1 020 1 030 1 070
1 700 900 970 1060 1060 1090
1800 930 940 1080 1080 1 120

5 Reach of mouth of cattle

 Industry 295

Farm buildings

Waste production
t .~tlIc!defecate and urinate indiscriminately: can only be made to deposit 1 200 kg/mzdead load
+.t..I(:~nparticular places by use of physical restraint, eg cubicles. ~ ( 1 ) 2 500 kg/mzllve load
.I!(IW:; quantities of waste produced by different classes of cattle

IIOUSING ELEMENTS

I I, lilS;lngsystems can be classified by method of collecting and handling

<i.1..11: products. In slatted floor systems waste passes through perfor-
in floor to be collected and periodically removed from cellar
L!IIII~!;
I ~ ~ r ~ c ! ; In
~ t hstraw-bedded
. pens dung and some urine absorbed by
.!I.IW. Resultant farmyard manure must be removed periodically. In
~~lrle:le systems use made of inability of cattle to walk backwards up
. ! I ' \ ) Raised cubicles can therefore only be entered head first; dung and
. t t ~ ~ ~deposited
t : into cubicle passage, scraped regularly, or may be
.l~~lli!d.

Slatted floor pens

' .l.tllt?dfloor systems eliminate bedding and save labour. Proper space
dll~wances+(2) should be maintained to ensure sufficient animal
3 Reinforced concrete slats for cattle
a - ~ . . ~ c action.
l ~ n g Totally slatted floors normally used for beef cattle or
. I r l kler cows only. For dalry cows use of slats limited to cubicle passages,

't.19cllngstances and circulation areas.

t .") :;lat laid with 40 gap suitable for all stock above 200 kg live weight or
1, ti r n o n t h s ~ ( 3 )For
. younger stock quality and condition of slats more
1lllc:al: 25 or 30 gap preferable.
ali~try
' cellars should be flat floored with draw-off polnts or receiving pits
v;lcuum tankers or pumps at gable ends or perimeter walls. Sluice
(j.~lc!slifted or pushed down allowing slurry to fill receiving pit; overflow
,111 system +p304(4) also used. Sometimes necessary agitate slurry
r~t3loreemptying. For this purpose slats may have to be removed for
II c:css with recirculation/agitation pump. Some designs incorporate

..~r:;pendedcentral passage with several access points. Some pumps

f~-clc~ire 0.5 m sump to work efficiently. Examples of slurry draw-off
lllllrlfs+(4).
1 1 e ) capacities of slurry cellars 4 5 ) . External waste sto+p301(3)

/ .al~mal age (month) I waste produced

,.tore (stock) 6-15

11.11ry
l,c!ei
helfer 6-15
15-24
I :421
0 014
0.014
0.021
11;11ry heifer 15-24 21 0.021
Ilc!cf cow 24+ 0.028
cl.llry COW 24+ 0.045 (1.6 n3) 4 Slurry draw-off points
I I I
f Av quantities of waste produced by cattle weight of floor ar sto capacity (m3/beast)for various
beast (kg) (m2/beast) cellar depths (m)
weight of approx floor ar
t~nimal(kg) age (months) (m2/animal) 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0

.'OO 7 1.I 200 1.I 0.99 1.32 1.65 1.98 2.31 2.64 2.97 3.3
'100 12 1.5 300 1.5 1.35 1.8 2.35 2.7 3 15 3.6 4.05 4.5
.I00 16 1.8 400 1.8 1.62 2 16 2.7 3.24 3.78 4.32 4.86 5.4
450 18 19 450 1.9 1.71 2.28 285 3.42 3.99 4.56 5.13 5.7
'100 20 2.1 500 2.1 1.89 2.52 3.15 3 78 4 41 5.04 5 67 5.3
'150 23 2.2 550 2.2 1.98 2.64 3.3 3 96 4 62 5.28 5 94 6.6

1 Space allowance for beef cattle on slats 5 Sto capacities of below-slat cellars
 296 Industry

Farm buildings
number of capac~tyof ur~ne
tank required (m")
animals
540 kg 360 kg 450 kg Burld-up of slurry at recommended stocking densities 300-400/month.
beef cows beef cattle beef cattle
depend~ngon type and level of feeding. Hay fed animals produce th~ck
50 22 19 22 slurry d~fficulthandle with pumps. In such systems h~gh-levelslats can
100 44 38 44 be installed allow~ngtractor access for muck~ngout. Urine dra~nedoff
150 66 57 66 through dralnage shafts into urine tank. Ur~netank capac~tyfor different
200 88 76 88 numbers of a n l m a l s i ( 1 )

1 Tankcapacity requlredfor2 monthsstoof urinefrom h~gh

level slatted bldg For typlcal arrangement of h~gh-levelslatted systems 4 2 )

Straw-bedded pens
Restlng area bedded w ~ t h2-4 kq of straw/anrmal/day For space
allowance/an~mal t(3)
Mucking out usually done once dur~ngand at end of hous~ngper~od.
44).
Build-up of bedd~ngover housing per~od
Walls must be bu~ltw~thstandpressure of muck and stock: 225 blockwork
with piers aL 3000 centres r~singto he~ghtof 1400 above max level of
muck build-up su~tableHe~ghtshould preferably be 3700 (min 3000 at
2 High level slats for beef cattle eaves to allow tractor headroom for mucking out.
Wherever bedding next to feed~ngtrough step or ramp should be
weight (kg) approx age total ar, lying prov~dedallow cattle reach trough comfortably +(5). Floors should
(months) & feeding (m2/animal) preferably be concreted but rammed hardcore may be used.
200 7 3.0 If I ~ q u ~
Lodbe d r a ~ r ~ efrom
d under bedd~ngconcrete floor should have fall
300 12 34 of 1 : 20. Concrete feed~ngstance above level of bedd~ngarea prov~ded
450 18 4.0 ~n part-bedded pens: saves some straw. Cattle may also be glven
3 Space allowances
500 70 42 access concrete area cleaned by scraping In self-feed s~lagesystems.
44 for cattle In bedded
550 23 Sllo floor should fall 1 :30 away from feed face. Open scraped areas
Dens
should fall 1 : 30 away from troughs and covered areas. Ur~neand faeces
together with bedding and feed residuals scraped to external slurry sto
l of housing
per~od(months) (midden) Tractor mounted or automat~cscraper blades normally used
remove slurry Into sto

Cubicles
In t h ~ ssystem smdll quant~t~es
beddlng (500 g/day chopped straw or
sawdust) spread over restlng area equ~ppedw ~ t hcub~clesand rased
150 above passage Cub~cledlv~s~ons 4 6 ) should not hinder ly~ngor
4 Bu~ld-up of muck
rlslng movements of an~malsor allow an~malto get trapped or entangled
at 2 stocking densit~es
(not USA practice) In cubicle frarne Cublcles not often used for beef cattle Keeplng
cub~clcbed dry more d~ff~cult w ~ t hmale an~mals Problern accentuated
by fact that an~malsare growlng Cub~clesystem not suitable for bull
b ~ eproduct~on
f
Cub~clemust not be so w ~ d ethat smallest an~malto use ~tcan turn round
and dung In it; but must be w ~ d eenough allow animal Ihe comfortably.
Cublcles must be short enough ensure dung falls rn passage: but
cub~clestoo short w ~ l not
l be used as an~malw ~ l Ile
l over heelstone or
kerb. Adjustable head or knee ra~lused to reduce effective length of
cublcle; adjustable side ra~lsaccommodate d~fferentslzes of beast
Cuh~cledimens~onsshould be related to an~malweight-(7).
5 Step or ramp on bedded floor
Cub~clepassage w~dths(m~n):slatted 1800, sol~dscraped 2100 If
550 460 650 440 175 520 1 780 passage serves also as feed stance, min w~dths2500 slatted, 3000
t t + t - t i t scraped. Cross-passes 1800 should be prov~dedif more than 25-30
cubicles in l ~ n e

Calf pens
Minspacerequ~red 4 8 )
Drvlslons for ~ n d ~ v ~ dpens
u a l can be constructed from demountable and
adjustable ralls or boards where complete separat~onrequ~redD~vls~ons
should be demountable and eas~lycleaned and d~s~nfccted Alternat~ve
to lndlv~dualpens tethered feed l e n c e ~ ( 9 )
6 Cub~cledlv~s~ons
for cattle
- 1 I I I I

7 1 & w cub~clesas 8 Mln space required for calf pens 9 Tethered feed fence
related to we~ght
 Industry 297
Farm buildings
-3
CATTLE a"
a-L
,--'
.>-
Calf pens (cont) { '
In group pens with bucket feeding pen front often equipped with slmple
manual trapping yoke.
Alternative to buckets cascade trough: allows simplified pipellne delivery
of milk with individual rationing. +(I) shows details of cascade trough:
system suitable for larger scale operations where labour spent on
feeding tasks often reduced to mln. Self-trapping yoke installed to
control calves during feeding reduces subsequent cross-suckling.
'Automatic' feeders mix and supply milk subst~tutefeed to groups of
1 Cascade trough 10-15 calves on ad lib basis: allow more flexible labour routines but
1111 rnllk feeding feed consumption (and hence cost) h~gher.
c i11vos

Feeding
When feed rationed or restricted sufficient trough space must be pro-
weight (kg) approx age min trough space
(months) (mdanimal) vided for all animals feed simultaneously. Trough space requirements
42).
150 5 360 When feed continuously ava~lable(ad lib feeding) not all animals requlre
300 12 520
400 16 600 feed at once. Trough-spacelanimal depends on type of feed as well as
450 18 620 size of animal. Less mace reaulred for cereal feed than for foracle:
500 20 640 gram or concentrates. 75-100lanimal
1 Trough space for self-feed silage: 100-1 75lanimal
550 23 660
rn*,trlctedfeedlng
mechanically-filled trough maintained full: 175lanimal
Feeding b a r r i e r s ~ ( 3essential
) prevent feed wastage.

7
300

F
older stock
S [hi Self-trapping feedlng barriers (yokes) designed prevent animal access
to feed, or restrain or release selected animalsj(4).

1:
0 ID
180 1 Dimensions of trough and feeding passages for mechanlsed cattle
feeding 4 5 ) . Inclined floor trough allows animals reach further; sub-
500 180
sequently less secondary handling of feeds required+p294(5). For units
housing over 200 animals flat floor feeding passage 4400 wlde preferred:
feed left outside reach of cattle can be pushed forward nearer to them
using specialised tractor mounted plough or brush attachment. Feed
I residuals can be also removed using this machine. Feed bunkers for
:I Feeding barriers for cattle complete (mixed) diets 4 6 ) . These hold 2-3 days' supply slnce denser
feed deteriorates less rapldly.

4 Self-feedingbarrier I I
6 Feed bunkers for complete (mixed) diets
I

I I
b Passages for mechanisedfeeding of cattle
298 Industry

Farm buildings
CATTLE passages). Lower (inlet) area twice thrs. H difference ~nheight between
inlets and outlets d~fferentfrom 1 000, areas multiplied by height factor
Feeding (cont) obtained from +(3b).
Typ~caldimens~onsof mobile feeding eqp-+(I); turnlng space require-
ments 4 2 ) . Example 1 : 3 0 x 100 kg calves ~n bldg 750 x 10000 wrth 2000 h
difference between inlets & outlets
Feed~ngstances should allow space for animals pass behind others floor ar/calf 75/30 = 2.5 m2
feed~ng.For adult cattle allow 2400 min for slatted stances. 2700 mln for outlet ar 0.042 x h factor 0.7 = 0.03 m2/calf
solld scraped stances inlet ar double this = 0.06 m7/calf

Watering Example 2: I 0 0 x 400 kg cattle 1r1 bldg 10 x 30 m, 2500 h difference

Should be 10-30 an~malslwaterbowl. Water troughs should prov~de between Inlets & outlets
0.02 m;' of water surfacelanimal or 300 of water trough frontage for floorar/anlmal 3001100 = 3 m"
40-50 animals. Dur~ngwinter water should be heated to 10C. Provision outlet ar 0.087 x h factor 0.57 = 0.05 m2/head
to prevent cattle from defecat~nginto water drlnker required: install floor Inlet ar double this = 0 1 rnz/head
curb 200 high or r a ~about
l 300from dr~nker;or drinkers car1 be recessed ~~~i~~ also available for bldg with single openings, eg
~ n l owall or covered wlth cattle operated flaps. Water bowls or troughs operl-frorlted bldg, and slotted roofs (-,Bibl08). Type of ventilat~on
usually Installed at height 700-1 000: should he located where do not open,ng can be chosen suit method of and sire required.
obstruct other an~malsfeedir~gor nlovlng to and from fecdrrig area, and simplest has continuous opening at eaves and open ridge formed by
preferably where sprllaqe will not wet bedded lylng areas. omrtting ridge capping 44).
Ventilation Mech vent~lat~on should not be needed if natural vent~lat~on
des~gnedfor
Natural ventilat~onsu~tablefor vent~lat~rig all cattle bldg, lncludlng calf in new work or conversions. If requ~red,prov~decapaclty of 1.4 m'lh kg
bldg. Fan-assisted vcnt~laLiorisysterris onlylust~f~ed In exceptional clrcum l ~ v ewe~ght= 0.39 11s kg live we~ght.Des~gnopenlngs to provlde inlet
stances eg USA In heavily fly lnfested areas to supplement fly spray speed of 0.5-1 m/s.
system; exhaust far1 systern not cont~nuousrunnlng but worked on
t~rnes.Sizes of open~ngsfor natural vent~lationbased on bldg floor area, Animal handling & veterinary systems
we~ghtol cattle and d~fference~nhelght between alr Inlet and alr outlet. Eff~cienthandling systems essential for speedy and safe rcstr~ctionof
-(3a) used to obta~narealanimal of upper opening (outlet) from av an~malsfor veter~nary,brced~ngor management purposes. Important
welght of an~malIn bldg and Lotal bldg floor arealanimal (including elements of cattle h;~ridl~ng
and control systems are shown -,p299

I I
1 Dlrnensionsof tractor with fore-end loader & of forage self-empty wagon

- -

3 a ar of r~dgeopening as determined by weight of animal & stocking

density; b h factor for calculation of ventilation openlngs
 Industry 299

Farm buildings
CATTLE
Animal handling (cont)
Isolation pens for veterrnary treatment, disease d~agnosisetc should be
provided. Pens (3000 x 6000) should be bedded: feed should be
race delivered to trough from outside pen; for da~rycows milk~ngline should
1,811 ~ r apen
j be installed. Drain separately from other animal areas.

II I ; II Calving pens should be separate from maln resting area; floor should
be bedded; tractor access for mucking out requ~red.Pen slze 4000 x
4000 adequate.
Holding pens space requirements: beef cattle 0.95-1.4 m2/beast mln
adult cattle 1.7 m2/beast
cows and cattle 1.85 m2/cow and calf
Forcing pen leads from collect~ngpen to race; should be funnel-shaped
I vet
crush 8 vet gates
I and should hold not less than 12 cows plus calves or 15 adult cattle.
Single sided splay preferable, with 30" angle.
Race (chute): 18 m long 680wide ~nternallyand 1680 to top rail will hold

I
.-
w,ly shedder
10-12 cattle. Catwalks should be provided on both sides of race 760
above ground level and not less than 300 w~de.
Crush (squeeze chute): race term~natedby crush wh~chmay be metal
proprietary make or constructed In timber. Weighcrate sometimes used
as crush. There should be good access at both sides to head, neck, feet,
under flanks and rear of animal. Crush should be under cover with good
dayl~ghtand art~f~cial
light and provision for hos~ngdown whole area.
Shedder gate: should be installed after crush wherever need to sort
animals for weighing, separation for pregnancy, loadlng etc. Gates
should be installed at far end of all hold~ngpens allow recirculat~onof
groups or Individual animals. Dimensions of cattle handl~ngsystems
I I
+ ( I ) , typ~callayout+(2).
I Cattle handling systems: dimensions
Milking
In loose housing systems cows milked in parlour. Milk~ngIn cowsheds
using bucket or p ~ p e l ~ nnot
e practised in new dairy un~tsbecause of
-- - r--- A TPPA ,,- hygiene and h ~ g h
labour requirements both in milk~ngand cleanlng eqp.
,I \
\
\
\ access Examples of typical milking parlours+(3).
, .'. ,' \
-._ 1
-~

hold~ngpen X holdlng pen Basic considerat~onswh~chw ~ l ldetermine type and size of milking
.0
r
parlour:
max size of herd (allowing for future expans~on)
, I / time allowance for milking (max 2 hours)
'5 race
max mean peak yield
9 200 7 000 concentrate feed~ngpolicy
-\
holdlng

,A /
, -.. - holdlng pen ,
/'
-.
,--,
/
1
-
,- use of dairy labour (1 or 2 men)
capital available
I L--
Automatic cluster removal essential in l-man operated rotary parlours
to avoid serious overmilk~ngof cows. In UK second operator considered
wasteful of labour since not fully occupied during milking. In USA
second operator required for hand stripp~ng.Select~ngnumber of milk~ng
1 Cattle handling systems: typical layout units complex matter: for advice consult local agr~culturaladv~sory
service.
Design of parlour pit for operator should respect ergonomic limitations
of operators. Location of m ~ l k ~ njarg should not hinder rout~netasks or
obscure view of cows.
.I Types of milking parlour

abreast

abreast

chute
300 Industry

Farm buildings
CATTLE

Milking (cont)
Pit depth -(l)(D) ideally 950 for tall m~lker,false floor being used for
shorter m~lkers:compromise depth of 750 often used.
Pit w ~ d t h+(l)(C) for 2 stallslun~tmln 1515, for 1 stalllunit 1 515 min for
1 operator and 1 828 mln for 2 operators.
Use only high-level lars in p ~ t sless than 1 515 min
Parlour length +(l)(A) 3050 t 500lm standing.

Rotary parlour d~mens~ons vary between lnd~v~dual

manufacturers as well
as w ~ t htype and r~umberof stand~ng.4 2 ) glves gu~de;use manutac-
turer's dala for detallcd deslgn.
Collecting area: before milk~ngcows moved from resting and feeding
area lo collecting area next milking parlour. Space allowance In collecting
area should be 1 35 rn2/cow, but 1 1 m2 usually adequate w ~ t hstraight
herr~ngboneparlours where ~ n ~ t ~ batch
a l of cows removed almost'
~mrnediately.In rectangular yards width usually equal that of parlour.
Cows should enter at farther end so that all movement in 1 direction
C~rcularyards make backing gate easier install: usually e~therfull or
three-quarter round. Capac~tyshould be coord~natedw ~ t hsize of herd
or group. When at grazing In summer herd may be grouped differently or
not at all.
Dairy: normally attached m ~ l k ~ nparlour
g reduce length of plpe runs.
Should be s ~ t e dso that rear of m ~ l ktanker car1 be parked within 3000 of
door; adequate tanker turnlng space must be provided. 900 clear space
should be left all round bulk m ~ l ktank(s) (rnin 600). Space must be
prov~dedfor work~ngand for cqp as required: washing troughs, water
heater, cupboard, cleaning products etc. If expansion of herd may take
place space should be prov~dedfor replacement of tank by largerone, or
lnstallal~onof second tank 2600 min ceil~ngheight may be requ~redfor
use of tank d ~ p s t ~ c kW. ~ d eexternal doorway (2000-2500) w ~ t hno
astragal should be provided for ~nstallationor replacement of tank.
Tank capac~tycan be calculated by tak~ngav dally yield and add~ng
40- 50% to contam fluctuations and poss~blefuture yield Increases.
Alternat~vely,work from f~guresof 18 1 as dally y~eld,to which 20% may
be added to allow for all cows reaching peak y~eldat same time.
Internal f ~ n ~ soth da~rymust be smooth and eas~lycleaned eg walls
cement rendered and painted w ~ t hchlorinated rubber or epoxy pa~ntto 1 Herr~ng-bonemilking parlour d~mensions
h e ~ g h tof at least 1400; non-slip concrete floor dra~ningto trapped
gulley; roof l ~ n e don unders~deof loists so lhat it can be kept free of dust
and cobwebs.
1 t~Pe number of standings approx dia (rn)

tandem
D a ~ r ymust be l~ghtand alry w~ndowsone-tenth of floor area, openlng tandem
w~ndowsor ventilators fly proof, ~llum~nat~on of 100 Ix requ~redIn USA herringbone
req requlre screened openings, lobby type entry also necessary prevent herrlngbone
Ily spray m ~ scontam~nat~ng
t an~mals'feed or utensils abreast
abreast
Motor rm should be separate from da~ry,area 3 5-4 m'. Prov~sionfor abreast
tractor pto to operate vacuum pump in power emergencies may be
requ~red. 2 Rotary milking parlours: approx dia
Office to accommodate table, wall charts etc should be sited w ~ t hclear I I
vrew of parlour and area next to m i l . Modern da~ryunit should have wc,
chanq~rigrrn and rest rrn for staff.
Feeding: concentrate often fed In parlour from automat~cd~spenser,
often feed stored In loft over parlour. Somet~mesbulk b ~ nset outs~de
'
and feeds transported to parlour by auger I I I
I ! service passage I
Footbath: prov~defor footbath tar enough away from parlour e x ~prevent
t
slow flow of cattle leaving parlour In such s~tuatlonfootbath does not
rcqulre to be more than 1 200 w ~ d ebut lo be effect~veshould be at least
3000 In lenqth and have dra~noutlet Poss~blearrangement of servlces
In 120 cow da~ryu n ~ t ,(3)

3 Services in 120-cow unit

 Industry 301
Farm buildings
CATTLE

Bull pens
Pen can be sited near collecting areaso that cows on their way to mllklng
parlour may see bull. Stockman can thus observe cow behaviour and
look for manifestation of 'heat' or readiness to mate.
Feeding and watering of bull must be carried out from outslde pen. Wall,
gates and feeders must be of substantial construction. Cow service area
should be incorporated within pen layout. Dry lying area should slope to
drain, usually raised by 50 from concrete floor and well bedded with
straw or sawdust. Feeder should be provided with strong trapping yoke
to restrain animal for routine veterinary treatment or restriction during
cleaning. 'Refuge' must be installed ~neach corner of pen +(I). Tethering
ring enables bull tethered independently of yoke.
Exercising yard (unroofed) often provlded next to bull pen (20-35 m2).
Service pen should include foot rests to take weight of heavy bull
especially when used with young heifers. Foot rests are 2 sloping tlmber
ramps 225-300 wide, fitted to Inside of pen walls. Length of rests
approx 1500, height 530 at rear to 900 at cow's shoulder. Typical layout
and dimensions for twin bull pens+(2).

External waste storage

Slurry sto +p295 304 required for waste from scraped areas in cubicle
I

! l l ~ r l pen
l refuge detail units or as extra sto for slatted unlts with shallow channels. Slurry silos or
tanks (above and below ground) lose moisture ony by evaporation.
Dungsteads and middens designed drain off excess liquids and used
for more solid waste, or help solrdify semi-solid wastes (not used USA,
where muck collected by contractors). Examples+(3).

Dairy cow housing

Examples of dairy units 4 4 )

m'klngw
I
parlour
I stlo I +feed sto

7 Bull pens: typical layout & dimensions 4 Dairy units: typical layouts

R Externalwaste sto
 302 Industry

Farm buildings
CATTLE
Beef cattle housing
Beef cattle norrnally housed III slatted, bedded or part-bedded pens.
occas~onallyIn cub~cles L~ncarplans usual, w ~ t hpens arranged e~ther
side ieed~rrgpassages. Per1 deptl~dctermlned by rallo of tloor space
-p294(5) 295(2) to feed trougti length an~rnal> p 2 9 7 ( 2 j 7yp1cslplarls
41)
In some low ra~rrfallareas poss~t-11chouse and fatter1 cattle In roofless
u n ~ t son sheltered s ~ l e sor w ~ t hsheltered wall These u r ~ ~hrve
i s slatted
pens or sonlet~mescublcles Slurry sto must have add~t~onal capaclty
lor raln fall~ngon uri~l.
I f e n l ~ r ernale cattle (hull beef) kept peris must be r o b ~ i swl ~ t hdlv~s~oris
al
leasl 1 600 hlgh: c~iblclesshould not be used For safety n l stockrneri all
f ~ t l ~ r ~ eg
g s ,waterbowls, :;hould be ;iccess~blcfrom outs~(lcpens arld
good ari~rrialtiandl~ngar~tlload~rngarrangemerrts (race (c.hiite) etc) rriiisl
be prov~dcd.ex;irriple ol bull heel tiousrrlg ,(2) -
Suckler cow housing
Calf production from suckler cows i~siiallyrel~eson small, early rnaturlng
cow, well adapted severe env~ronmeritsProv~s~on of calf creep (nursery)
pens (where calves rccclve food w~lhoutcompetltiori from cows and
rest) rrlajor des~gripoir~to i d~fierencefrorrl other iorm of beef hous~ng
Cows housed In cub~cles,bedded pens or sltitted pens In slatted perls
allow 2 5 3 rn7/cow. Cow are;is cornmunlcate w ~ t hcalf creep pens by
c,reep gale through wh~clionly calves car1 pass. Creep pens d~mens~oiied
accord~r~g c calf. wtilch depends on calv~ngdate +(3)
av s ~ r of
Stlould be v~sualcoritact between cows and calves In creep, ~nspeclioii
of ;ir~daccess Lo c:reep pcn lor supervislorl, Iccd~ng,clcan~ngwater-
k~owlsa r ~ dm ~ i c k ~ nout
g (iri bedded perl:;) should be good Prov~de1
water drinker tor every 12 calves
If cows to calve Indoors, prov~dcseparnle calv~ngarea, preferably straw
bedded per1
-(4)
Typ~cal;irr;rr~gerr~ent:;o i s~icklercow tious~r~g

NB: beef cattle not normally housed in USA apart from loafing Calf housing
barns 4 6 ) Gerleral arrar~gemc?rrt
o i c;iIl I-lous~n&j
un~ts ~(5)

1 Beef hous~ngunlts typical layouts

r I

4 Suckler cow bldg typ~callayout

2 Bull beef unit layout
O/>Lli ,ltI~,i

calv~ngdate

I I I I
3 S~zesof calf creep pens
 Industry 303
Farm buildings
IIIGS: BASIC DATA Pig husbandry data-check list:
age at first parturition 403 days
Thermal requirements I~tters/sow/year 2.0
I l~rlr;~de thermoneutral range of temp an~malselther too hot, or will be numberllitter born alive 10.5
. v . ~ ~ . l ~feed
r i g keep~ngwarm because too cold. Thermoneutral range of numberllitter at 3 weeks 9.0
1~lll:rcntclasses of pigs depends on level of feeding, type of floor~ng, av weight of piglet at 3 weeks 5.9 kg
11111rlher of p~gslpenand alr velocity. ~ ( 1 shows
) ambient air temp number of piglets still alive at 8 weeks 8.7
*g.l.~lc:dto 3 floor types, 3 times maintenance level of feeding and air av weight at 8 weeks 18.2 kg
l.l~~c:~ty not exceeding 0.15 mls. total werght of weaned pigs/sow/year 300 kg
farrowing index = days between birth of 1 litter & next
I III,Ilnoneutral zone of sows pregnant for 112 days, live weight of 140
l i m ~to
t farrowing index 133 days
I.II ~rridersame conditions as above: 11-25" for thin and 7-25" for fat 195 days
national av of farrowing index
I~III~~;I~S.
10% of UK producers with farrowing index 230 days
I'irlr, on low feeding levels should be kept at 2-3C higher air temp than length of lactation = any time up to 85 days
'111 ta,oon hlgh levels. 4 2 ) shows relationships between feed, floor and
pigs fattened as
* I I I ~air temp for 65 kg pigs.
porkers 40-90 kg
I I 11~1mal insulation +p393-4 baconers 90 kg
Animal dimensions heavy hogs 120 kg; USA 147-1 80 kg
.(:I) gives body dimens~onsof different classes of pigs
Illumination
Behaviour: building implication Keep pigs in dim' light: but at least 5 lux +p25 should be prov~dedfor
Ellminatory: p ~ g defecate
s In d~scriminatoryfashion, ie with~nselected management and servicing tasks.
IIIYI usually determined by location of water drinkers 4 ~ 3 0 4 Every
. pig
!g.~~ds defecate in own area within eliminatory zone. Important allow Feeding systems
e,~ic~ugh space in eliminatoryzone, so that at least 3 pigs may defecateat Pig can be fed wet or dry meal either in ad lib or rationed form. Typical
. . ~ r r time.
~ e Should less space be given likely that some excreta w ~ lbe l systems shown in following scheme:
<Ily~osited elsewhere, eg in lying or feed~ngarea. agsAhoppers-ttrough
Sexual: newly weaned sows should be housed near boar in order to
t.rlc:ourage sexual behaviour. Partition between sows and boar should automatic conveyor+hopper/d~spenser+floor
III. perforated, allowing vlsual and bodily contact. Trouqh
Resting, eating & general movements: piglets spend approx 10-
.'OO/O of time suckllng (15-25 t~meslday).Fattening pigs on dry ad lib
'.111onsspend 5 % of time feeding (8-12 t~meslday).On wet feeding
set meat moblle tankjtrough
close circuit communal trough

11ily3% of t ~ m espent at trough (4-8 timeslday). In general fatteners

I i 0 kg) would spend 80-85% of time lying, 15-17% moving about in
1 i l . 1 1 , 3-5% eat~ng.
Water consumption
Adequate supplies of fresh water should be available at all times.
Abnormal behaviour: aggression amongst growlng plgs man~fested Following water allowances should be given:
I )y tall and ear b~tlng, sometimes cann~bal~srn Savaglng more predominant Growlng pigs 1 Ilday at 15 kg live weight Increasing to 5 Ilday at
~rrlongadult sows Bldg des~gnercan Influence behavlour pattern by 90 kg live weight
I1,lnges ~n stockrng rate, group slze or houslng systems Abnormal sows non-pregnant 5 Ilday
I ~ ~ ~ l i a v lcan
o u r be also caused by nutr~tlonalfactors, genetlc susceptl- sows pregnant 5-8 Ilday
Ilil~lyd~seasestates teeth~ngproblems etc sows lactat~ng 15-20 Ilday
2 days sto of water should be provided to ensure cont~nuityof supply in
emergencies.

floor type thermoneutral range ("C)for various live

weights (kg)

I oncrete
11c:rforated
Ilcdded
1 Thermoneutralzone of pigs

3-

3 Approx pig sizes

- 2-
2 .
P
r -
-
D
a, -
1 -
-rnalntenance

0 . . . , , . . . . , .
5 10
, ..,...
15
,
20
, , , . ,
25
alr temp ("c)

1 Feed f l o o r - air temp relationships for 65 kg pig

304 Industry

Farm buildings
PIGS: BASIC DATA (cont) but also sawdust, peat, woodshavings etc, to faeces and urlne. III
general housing systems based on solid waste (farmyard mariurc)
Watering demand more labour for bedding tasks but no problems should occ~it
For various types of drlnkers and their respective water wastage+(l) where access, sto area and run off drain properly designed.
There should be 2 drlnkerslpen In case 1 gets blocked In general 1 Bedded systems
drlnkerl6 plgs requlred Bowl type drlnkers should be slted where Straw bedding often used for pregnant sows (1.0 kglday), boars anti
faeces contamlnatlon mlnlmlsed Plg-operated flaps can be used prevent weaners (500 glday)
contamlnatlon
Bedded pens should be at least 3000 wide. All rnternal partitions shoultl
Variation on trough drinker sometimes used: 50-75 pvc pipe set In be removable to allow tractor access for mucklng out.
ralsed concrete floor and top cut open, discharging water lnto shaped
concrete wlthin concrete floor: water supply controlled wlth ballcock Floors should be sloped 1 20 towards draln leading to sump at side ol
valve located at beginning of Ilne. bldg access~blefor slurry tanker.
Some bedded unlts have chaln and paddle manure conveyor ~nclud~r~cj
loading elevator at one gable end. Manure removed twlce weekly ~nto
PIGS: WASTE muck spreader and then to frelds or sto (not usual In USA).
Waste production Slurry systems
Pigs fed dry meal with ad lib water produce quantities of waste as glven Pigs housed on perforated floors, eg slats, expanded metal or mesh; 01
42). dungrng area only elther perforated or regularly scraped to holdlng tank
Faeces and urine stored ~nchanr~elsbelow perforated floors Channel:,
Waste handling systems emptled elther cont~nuouslyor once ~n3 months lnto external slurry sto
Typlcal systems 4 3 ) . Channels emptied perlodlcally have slulce gate and recelvlng pit.
Solld wastes produced by additions of beddlng material, usually straw, Flushlng system where llquld fractlon of slurry pumped Into tipplncj
% of water wastage buckets holdlng several hundred I sometimes used Flow removessol~tl
faeces and feed residuals lnto external slo Some slurry channels h a v ~
Indirect nlpple (blte type) sump at end dlrectly emptied wlth vacuum tanker T h ~ ssystem not
dlrectly operated nipple recommended as often dlfflcult remove solid s e d ~ m e n t ~atdfar end ol
bowl channel Cont~nuousemptylng of slurry channels lnto external sto rellei
1 Water wastage of
trough 12
drinkers on hydrostatic pressure gradlent whlch causes slurry to sllde over Ilp
lnto p ~ tOnly narrow (1 000) channels not longer Lhan 20 m should b?
used Depth determined from equatlon glven 4 4 )
an~mal llve waste
welght produced
kg kglday

plglet 15 1 04
weaner 30 19
growlngfln~sh~ng 70 44
grow~ngflnlsh~ng 90 58
dry sow 125 4 03 2 Waste (urlne &
sow & lltter 170 14 9 faeces) produced by
boar 160 49 pigs
4 Continuous overflow slurry channel

- -

slurry handling systcnr

feed~ngsystemsIdryfeed~ngonfloorI1 dryfeed~ngframautamat~cfeedersIll llquldfeedtngfrom
trough B bowls IVdry feedlng from bowls V dry feedlng from troughs
manure removal systems a partly slatted floor over slurry channel b double dunqlng passagcs
wlth solld floors ccentral dunglny passage wlth salldfloor dservlce passageaver centralscraper
channel e partly slatted floor (gaps 25) over central scraper charlncl Ipartly sidtted flour (gaps
25) over slde scraper channels g partly slatted flaar (raised 100) over sidc chdnnels h partly slatted
floor (ralsed 100)over central scraper channel

3 Tvp~calwaste handllny & feedma systems

 Industry 305
Farm buildings
sm.

Pl(;S: MANAGEMENT %*2

Sow & boar housing &;<
+(3)(4) show examples of dry sow housing and service bldg. ,*-a

V~ntllation Sow stalls:

&**

I~III I!(! or fan ventilation should be deslgned according to min and maw.
m~ilrl,tl~on rate required, inlet air speed and subsequent air jet and air
rbll!;llrl)~ltionpattern within bldg. Free air output of fans can be found from
~fm~~.il~~rf;~cturers' data sheets. Allowance should be made for resistance
v ~ ~ ~ ~ l i l aducts,
.13,fl t i o n usually 0.5-0.7 of their free air output. Inlet air
ag.19tltl or jets can be used to determine alr movement within house:
.i(,111r;tl~sedtechnique and assistance of specialist should be sought.
i'w.*.~lrisedsystems usually blow air into roof space and use false
.-~III() of glass fibre supported on netting for even distribution of air. Air
~ g often ~ ~ below~ slat
l ~ level
~ thus
~ lremoving most air pollutants. In air
r~.rt.r~:llon systems fans housed in central shafts terminating above
u g ~ ~o r~ xalternatively in side walls suitably baffled and terminated in
~~,CWIII,II pressure area to rninimise effect of wind. Location, area and
l ~ - ~ r l r ~ofl ~air
o rInlets will determine air distribution and air velocities in
Yz~4I(~ Manufacturersof fans who specialise in animal housing applications
'~!I,IIprovlde design assistance.
fl,fi11 vc!ntilatron rate should be 0.000052 m3/sper kg live weight, summer
, ~.lll~litt~on rate 0.000312 m3/s per kg of live weight. Max air velocity at
lib(,) Ic!vel to be 150-200 m/s.
w: 600-650 (if divisions open to 150 above floor level) or 700-750 (if c+
divisions solid from floor level)
1: 2000, with or without trough according to design
.bz
h: 900
gate for entry and exit of sow: usually at rear
floor: rear half usually slatted.
Boar pens:
should extend to at least 9 rn2; 1 side of pen should be approx 2500
long; divisions should be vertical tubular railing 1400 high, allowing boar
observe other animals and general activities within bldg; vertical
arrangement of railing prevents boars from climbing and jumping on to
divisions.
Farrowing:
4 5 ) shows farrowing crate and creep area for piglets. Function of
farrowing crate prevent piglets from getting injured or crushed by sow.
Creep for piglets of up to 5 weeks of age should be 1.3 m2 rnin and from
5 to 8 weeks 1.75 m2. Most of farrowing accn designed for weaning of
piglets at 5 weeks of age. Approx 1.O m20fcreep areashould be heated.
Farrowing house 4 6 ) .

A"III rintural ventilation systems air inlet area should be twice as large as
rllr orrllet area. Air outlet can be either open ridge or several chimney-

6,111' oxtractors with flat capping. Air enters through baffled inlets round
,\.111.:it least 1000 above pigs. Ventilation extraction area should be
I, r:rrl2Ikg live weight. Air inlet area should be 7.2 cm2/kg live weight.
1 YIIII:;~~ ventilation systems+(l).

Handling
I'II),., particularly fatteners, regularly weighed, usually by mobile crate1
,trw~ltierin feed passage. Some arrangements have permanent service
i14,,I lor weighing, cleansing and veterinary tasks with holding area. Pig
,~b~~vc:ment should be controllable by 1 man.
(:an walk through 600 wide passage. With 700 baconers will be able
~IIII i~round.Mature sows and boars require 1 250-1 450 w ~ d epassages
1 , llrrn round. Corners should be wider (900). Wherever pigs, particularly
.*lw:;, required reverse round corners passage should be increased by
loo 42).
4 ($1 loading and unloading into animal road transporters provide ramp
1 I ) with battens or deep grooves to prevent slipping.
L I
4 Dry sow house with boar pens &food sto

I Typical ventilation systems for pig housing units 5 Farrowing pens: dimensions & layout

2 w of passages for sows 3 Dry sow house with boar pens 6 Farrowing house
306 Industry

Farm buildings
--

PIGS REARING & FATTENING

I live welght kg I total ar rnLI dally consumption of beddlng kg
Group size & pen shape
Formallon o l stable soclal hierarchy deslrahle Fatteners on at! 11611001
I sows 175 112 leedlrig stiould be kept ~ngroups ot 15-20 P ~ q slying down shoiilrl
cover floor area, so that excreta will he deposted elsewhere (dunqncl
1 lndlv~dualspace allowances & straw consurnpilor) area). Wlth part-sol~d,part-slalled floors, pen should be iwlce as oriy ; I , ,
w ~ d ewith approx <I00wlde slatted d ~ r n q ~ n;jrea.
g

Trough space
Trough spacelplg for nd lib f c e d ~ n should
i~ he 100 arid for ral~onctl
fccdlng 300

Spatial requirements
, ( I ) shows ~ndlvld~);~l
:;pace allowarices f o r bedded system:;, 1c Loi,iI
lluor :area dlvlded by r i ~ ~ m bot
c ran~malsoccupying ~ t-(?)
; shows s p a u
:lllowarlces for systcrns w~Lhs o l ~ dfloor ;lr~dslallcd d~inqingarea.
,(3)(/1)
show ex;irriples of rearlnq and f,3lten1nqh o i ~ s e s

2 Space allowances for fdllenlng p~gs

3 Rcar~ngaccn 4 Fatten~nghouse for p~gs

 Industry 307

Farm buildings
s- a
T

Feeding -
A '.
Hayracks and concentrate troughs requlred 4 3 ) shows rec- *-
*-
I Iotr!;ing of sheep prevents poaching of land, allows better management ornmended trough length Srmple wooden trough with hayrack 4 4 ) ')Aa
arbtl Iilbour use, can lead to increased stocking rate on land, may release sufflc~ent F b
we
fbn*ol\lrefor cropping and can reduce lamb mortality during lambing * C"
fmtrod. These potential benefits are offset by high cost of housing as Water
*oil SI; cost of providing additional feed. Sheep prefer running fresh water Th~scan be provlded by trough
equipped wlth overflow to drain 600 x 300 water trough surface
Opce requirements sufficient for up to 80 ewes
Ilr~tl~vidual
floor space allowances for sheep -+(l ).
Ventilation
bolld floor Natural ventilation system based on 450 open ridge and 1200 deep
'Jttlop housed on bedded floor seem to have more foot troubles than spaceboarding with 100 boards and 25 gaps satisfactory. Sheep in
fllloq;~!kept on timber slatted floors. Solid floor should be well drained open-fronted bldg can be protected by straw bales.
s q)f)!;olidatedhardcore with 150 of straw.
lllumination
Slatted floor lllumination of 20 Ix+p25 requrred during lambing period
fi'rlt:;sure treated timber slats range from 63 x 32 to 38 x 25 with 20 gap
ft11 Iiirger sheep and 16 gap for smaller breeds. Slats usually arranged in
Feed storage
,lo~rtovablefloor sections 1200 x 2400. Slatted panels can be supported Feed sto area at gable end or close by should be provided to minlmise
I W I dry blocks for easy removal and so allow easy tractor access for handling time.
81tt~~~:king out. Floor panel joists 75 x 50 should be splayed for easier self
I I ~ ~ ~ l r land
l n gset at 450 centres. Depth of 500 is sufficient for 1 housing
Sheep housing
%cl+l!;on waste sto. Example of slatted pole barn type sheephouse for 320 ewes 4 5 )

Layout
1 wos prefer lamb in groups rather than individual pens. Creep area for
I,~lrll)safter lambing can be provided. Feeding should be carried out in
passages. 4 2 ) shows 2 typical layouts.
r)llfl

I lYpe space allotment (m2)

slatted floor sol~dfloor
fdtrc]eewe (68-70 kg) 0.95-1 .I 1.2-1.4
Idrqe ewe & lamb 1.2-1.7 1.4-1.85
..trlall ewe (45-69 kg) 0.75-0.95 1.o-1.3
wr~allewe & lamb 1 .o-1.4 1.3-1.75
tlwe hogg 0.45-0.75 0.65-0.95
I Floor space for sheep
4 Trough for feeding
Dutch barn hay & concentrate

pole barn

space boardlng

1 Typical layouts for sheep housing

lype of sheep trough I*

liirge ewes 475-500 4800 '2W 4800 4800

f~rnallewes 375-425
21 6
Itoggs 350-400 L

' on self-feed silage 100-250

.~dequatefor all sheep
3 Recommended trough l 5 Slatted pole barn sheep house for 320 ewes
308 Industry

Farm buildings
SHEEP (cont)
1 Sheep shedder Sheep handling
(spl~tter) Handllng eqp usually constructed from 950 hlgh, 125 x 125 trmber
posts set at 1 500 centres w ~ t helther complete dressed boarded sldes
l l L . C 1 or 4 x 100 w ~ d et~mberra~lsShould cons~stof follow~ng
staggered sh~ddmq(splitter) gates hold~ngpen space allowance/ewe and lamb 0 65 m2
shedder (splltter) wldth 460 and length 3000-5000, should have 2
staggered gates + ( l )
Sheep dip
Sheep d ~ bath
p and swlm around d~pperoften used when sheep enter
,c+ l e walk out on ramp 4 2 )shows d~men-
bath on s ~ d e - s l ~ dper ~ n c ~ pand
slons and layout of such d ~ p s
- -- 4 -L Draining pen
dppr~lx dmpnslons - -

capaclty(l)
- --
A 0 C D E F 2 d r a ~ n ~ npens
g requ~reds ~ d eby slde w ~ t hshedd~ngentry and gulllotlne
955 610 1168 381 2743 1219 305 exlt gates 4 3 )
1090 686 1168 381 2743 1219 105

2
-
1 3 6 5 6 8 6

Sheepdip
1245 381 '3200 1372 229
-.
Forcina Den
2 forcing pens or circular pen leading to dip wlth exit shedder gate
, required. Forclng pen usually 8000 long and 900 wide w ~ t hsolid s~des.

Footbath race (trough)

Footbath race should be 10-1 2 m long, 900 wlde at top and 350 wlde at
bottom 4 ( 4 ) .
Typ~callayout for handlrng 200 ewes and lambs 4 5 )
1 , I
--"
3 Sheep draining pen 4 Sheep footbath race

dralt~rigpen

large tinldlnq pen

5 Typical sheep handltng layout

POULTRY HOUSING
Poultry houses should be well insulated (0.6 W/m2"C), equ~ppedwrth
fan ventilatron, feeding, waterlng and mechanical waste removal systems
Deep litter houses suitable for all domestic fowl. Layers normally kept ~n
cages. +(6) shows typical designs for poultry houses.
0
m
Light requirements
Light levels of 0-20 Ix i p 2 5 requ~red;for most poultry control eqp for
Corlventlonal
hattery
ot:: i
E manipulatron of art~fic~alday length required.
house
Ventilation rates

category weight rnax rate rnin rate

kg d / h bird d / h bird

pullets & hens 12 10 0.8-1.3

2.5 14 15
3.5 15 2

broilers 0.05 0.1

09 0.8
1.8 10 1.3
2.2 14 17
6 Typical designs of poultry houses
turkeys 0.5
2.0
6
12
0.7
12 I
natural v~ntllation extract ventllatlon system Ventilation systems & controls
qable fan perforated pvc duct Poultrv house ventilation svstems conslst of I~qht-proofed
- . air inlets, air
distribution, outlets, fans and control gear. 4 7 )shows typical ventilation
arrangements.

7 Typ~calvent~lat~on
systems. poultry houses
 Industry 309
Farm buildings
POULTRY Space requirements: hens
deep litter

system density (live weight per unit of qualifications

floor ar)

rearlng b ~ r d sfor laying 19.5 kg/m2 floor ar to include that occup~ed

(age 16-20 weeks) by feeding &watering eqp

lay~ngb ~ r d s
up to 3.2 kg live we~ght 14.7 kg/m2 floor ar to include that occupied
over 3.2 kg live we~ght I 7 Ikg/m2] by feeding &watering eqp

broiler production units 34.2 kg/m2 floor ar to include that occupied

by feeding & waterlng eqp

cages

system density (live weight per unit of qualifications

floor ar)

rearing b ~ r d sfor laying 39.1 kg/m2 density relates to cage floor ar

adult battery birds

3 or more lightweight b~rdslcage 39.1 kg/m2
3 or more heavier b~rdslcage
2 birdslcage
single b ~ r d

stra wyards

system
cages
44 kg/m2
29.3 kg/rn2
19.5 kg/m2 I
density (live weight per unit of
densities relate to cage floor ar:
rnin trough space 1001bird

qualifications
floor ar)
-
rearing b ~ r d sfor lay~ng 9.8 kg/m2 floor ar to include that occup~ed
by feeding &watering eqp

laylng birds 8.3 kg/m2 floor ar to include that occupied

by feeding &watering eqp

Space requirements:turkeys

rearing

system density (live weight per unit of qualifications

floor ar)

broiler-type housing 39 1 kg/m2 floor ar to ~nclude

any ar occupied
by feeding &watering eqp

tier brooders 19.5 kg/m2

carry-on cages, hay boxes 34.2 kg/m2

raised on wlre or slats,
verandahs

pole barns 24.4 kg/m2 floor art0 ~ncludeanyaroccupied

by feeding &watering eqp

enclosed range ar 10 m2/bird (987 birdslha)

breeding
-
system density (live weight per unit of qualifications
floor ar)

on floors
hens kept for Insemination, hens 19.5 kg/rn2 floor ar to exclude any floor nest
& males kept together for natural boxes but to include all other eqp
mating
males kept for artificial 0.84 m2/blrd
insemination

in cages
hens 29.3 kg/rn2 hens should be housed
males 0.84 m2/bird indiv~dually

in enclosed range ar 16.7 m71bird (617 b~rdslha)

310 Industry

Farm buildings
SMALL DOMESTIC ANIMALS: DOVES hayracks should not exceed 20 Metal or ceramic troughs used for water
and graln concentrate: should be f~xedto prevent overturning Trough
Specification frontage 50-60/rabblt sufficient.
space requirements 0.4-0.5 m2/palr
dry and clean Pens
protected from excessive sunshine, wind and rain Fur rabb~tsoften kept In pens (2 m2/pair) constructed from galvanlscd
safe from predators nettlng-(3). Slde nettlng should be sunkabout 500 below ground level
demountable for cleaning to prevent rabbits from burrowing out. Pens should have sldes about
good access for keeper 600 high and be covered over wlth nettlng. At 1 corner of pen box
consisting of 2 compartments for feedlng and nesting In some instances
Location pens can be ralsed 800 above ground.
on SE-E fac~ngwall, usually under projecting eaves behlnd permeter
wall and In roof spaces. DOGS
Construction Domestlc kennels should be roomy enough allow dog stand up and turn
Dressed T & G boarding with waterproof roof, internally 2 compartments,
round Construction usually dressed tlmber wlth waterproof rooflng, eg
1 with nest. Partition between compartments with 40 w ~ d etop for
roof~ngfelt Kennel should be demountable for easy clean~ng Floor
roostlng. Floor level 100 below entrance to prevent young from fall~ng
should be ra~sed60-100 above ground level, often bedded w ~ t hstraw
out. -(I) shows layout and d~menslonsof dovecots.
or wood shav~ngs Floor and roof can project In front of entrance
form~ngsheltered lylng area 44) shows typical des~gnfor medlum
RABBITS slze dog

Space requirements Professional kennels -p311

SMALL POULTRY HOUSES

breed space ar h of cage
small 0.56
rnedlurn 0.72
large 1.2
Design of cages
Depth should be 800 for easy cleaning or catchlng rabbits. Cages
usually arranged in 3 tiers, raised from ground level by 150. Slngle tier
cages should be 800 above ground level. Helght of top floor should not
exceed 1 600. Floor should be slatted w~tht~mberslats, 30 wide wlth 10 gap:
waste collected on sloped floor underneath, urlne stored In collecting
tank or bucket. 4 2 ) shows detalls of 2-tler rabblt cages. Cages for
nesting should have front half of floor area solid. Frame and walls of
rabbit cages usually dressed timber protected with timber preservat~ve.
Felted roof should have good overhangs for weather and sun protection.
Feeders & water drinkers
Hay racks with small trough below usually flxed on front gates but
should not occupy more than % of gate area to malntaln good llghting
and ventilation. To prevent young escaping gaps between wlres and
Poultry houses for layers should be sltuated ~n sheltered locallons
surrounded by fenced area allowlng 15-20 m2/layer.
Internal space of 1 m2 sufficient for 3-4 layers V o l ~ m eof 0 65 m '
should be provlded per hen, wlth at least 200 of llnear space on roostlng
rall Rall should be s~tuatedabout 1600 hlgh w ~ t hgaps between rails of
400 Below roosting rall is waste collect~ngboard w h ~ c hIS period~cally
cleaned Nests should be 300 wlde and 350 deep, often located In
groups along wall Nests bedded wlth straw, ~f production
control required, fold~rig,self-trapplng flaps fltted to nests
Feeders & water drinkers
Hoppers or feeding troughs wlth wlre above trough to prevent hens
defecating Into feed. Drlnkers usually heavy containers 400 h ~ g hw~tti
rail round.
Construction
Hen houses often tlmber-bu~ltwlth felted roof and restlng on concrete
base w ~ t hDPC throughout Structure should be Insulated, prov~dp
proper openlng for air Inlet and outlet for natural ventllatlon Typical
layout and d~mens~ons of small poultry house 4 5 )

1 Layout of dovecots 2 Tier rabbit cages 3 Fur rabb~tcages

scraper
dung ar

5 Small po~iltrvhouse
 Industry 31 1

Farm buildings
KENNELS
I'rc~lossional kennels include sleeping quarters in conjunction with
atli!quate exercise runs. Area of individual runs varies according to
Ir~c~odand size of dog.
Wltore individual independent dog houses used in each run construction
ulto~rldbe wood with demountable roof (centre-hinged if large) for
t;~trtllarypurposes. Floor should be wood min 75 above ground with full
vtri~lilationbetween ground and floor. Burlap bags provide washable
ln~tltlingand may be stuffed with cedar wood shavings for severe
*t1811her protectron. Dog house entrance should be baffled against
11111!(:1
wind draughts and driving rain, snow.
Ni~ilr~els with common shelter bldg, perhaps incorporating grooming concrete walk
, ~ r l c minor
l med services can be constructed economically of concrete
gates operate by interior mechanism
* I~fl
tr111c:kwith poured concrete floor, which should be sloped to gutter and
~II,IIII, pro"iding easy wash down. Wood pallets with loosewashable 1 Layout plan of kennels with common shelter bldg
IIIO!; serve as beds in each enclosure+(l)(2).
I

I t,rlc:ing for exercise runs min 1 680 high should be fully fenced across
nI11, unless sides 8440 high. Gravel surface preferedfor runs but concrete
rrloro easily maintained and offers better sanitation. All exercise runs
~ t l ~ ~have ~c~fulll dman gate with patented kennel hardware. Min run 1070
cle
* r ~ t l ( : and 3050 long. Food and water dishes stainless seamless steel
nt~o~rnted on run fencing with steel bands.

Il~otrghbees normally kept In hlves beehouses equipped wlth sto and

extraction
I~IIII~V and bottlina rm sometimes constructed. In aeneral 30
.IIIIImore bee colonies woild justify provision of sto and processing
.II(!;I. Sto area 3000 x 4000 should be next to covered loadlng entrance
with
Kennels bldg a elevati0n
shelter
411 1)atlo. Honey processing area (6000 x 7000) should have outside

4 k w)r. Layout of work surfaces+(3).~

1
t
7000
I x,linple of tlmber beehouse set on stone or concrete foundations for 1
..lrl,rll bee-keeper 4 4 ) . Beehouse could be Insulated for operator
s o111fort

honey ripenlng extractor

I,crc:ks sleep on floors which should be dry and sloped to drain for easy
I rc3;lrilng.Floor should be damp-proofed, lightly bedded with straw and
ol)c!ri drain covered with timber slats 40 wide with 20 gaps. Space
---___I
.~llclwanceof 1 m2 required for 3-4 ducks: 1 duck house should house
n l o inore than 20 ducks and 4 drakes. Entrance into house should be 300
clclc: and 400 hlgh. Ducks must have access to water. Nests should be 3 Layout of sto & honey processing rm for up to 100 beecolonies
4'10x 450 with 300 high partitions and placed on floorwith no bottom so
nll.ll ducks do not damage eggs as they enter nest. Good natural
vc~itl~lation and lightlng required. Water trough should be located near
3.l.llled drain. Structure may be insulated. Typical layout and dimensions
I ,I ~ltrckhouse 4 5 ) .

w;lgn similar to houses for ducks: space allowance of 0.4 m2/goose

rt!cltrlred. Floor should be sloped to drain, damp-proofed and lightly
r*ltl(led. Nests should be 600 x 650 and nest partitions 300 htgh.
1 Illiitnce should be 500 x 500 equipped wlth doors or curtain. Layout
rail1 dimensions of goose house for 30 geese or 3 geese and young
4). 4 Beehouse for 20 bee colonies

sleeping ar

..-..-..-..-..

I - -

House for 30 geese House for 20 ducks

312 Industry
Farm buildings: crop storage
GRASS
Tower silos
Glass coated steel or concrete, hermetically sealed sto for short chopped
(10-12) wilted grass (35-50% moisture content). Rapid filling and
emptying possible using blower-loader, cutter unloader, auger and
delrvery conveyor belt. Av density of silage 1.2 m3/t. Estimated losses
10-15%. Silo dimensions vary from 5500-9000 dia and 12 to 21 rn
height. S ~ t erequirements: adequate soil load-bear~ngcapacity, space
for dump-box, access for filling and turning of tractors, trailers and
elevator loaders. Animal handling, feeding and waste removal should
not b e affected by tower filling operating. Space for future expansion
may b e required.
Clamp silos
Usually open concrete pools with dra~nageof slurry liquor to p ~holding
t support heavy vehicles; doors normally sl~ding,insulated (4500 x
150 I/t of silage. Walls capable of withstanding lateral pressures of
unwilted short or long cut grass. Lateral walls of railway sleepers (orties)
held by vertical steel shores or columns, mass reinforced concrete or
sloped timber. Detailed designs should be by structural engineer. Cut
grass deposited on concrete apron stacked with tractor mounted loaders
and compacted by tractor: compacted density 1.I mVt. S~lagedepth
2000 for selffed cattle up to 3500 for tractor cut-and-cart to cattle + ( I )
shows examples of open clamp and tower silos.
STRAW
Baled straw av volume 1 4 mJ/t, bales 1 000 x 600 x 500 we~ght22-27
kg Simple open sided Dutch barns wlth dry floors pos~t~oned near
l~vestockbldg w ~ t hveh~cularaccess adequate Somet~mesbale stacks
or round b ~ bales
g left outside Loose straw can be blown into barns with
space-boarded open sides Mechanisatron of handl~ngdiff~cult av
volume of loose straw 23 m3/t
HAY
Bale sizes simrlar to straw. Av volume 9 mVt; loose hay 12 mVt. Dutch
barn or pvc heavy duty sheeting requlred protect hay from rain. Good
ventilation and moisture content below 25% requ~redprevent spon-
1 Tower & open clamp silos
taneous combustion. Mechanisat~onof hay feeding difficult unless
chopped, dried and fed as processed feed wlth other components of
ration.
Barn drying: cold or hot air reducing molsture to 20% used to ensure
good quality hay dur~ngrainy weather. Hay rn bales or blown loose
stacked on wooden slats or mesh over main and lateral air ducts (600 x
800). Overall helght of dried hay up to 3500 in barns with space boarded
sides.
POTATOES
Bulk store
Bldg usually portal frame, 4800 to eaves, Insulated to 0.5 W/rn2"C w ~ t h
thrust-resistant walls for bulk sto. Concrete floor with DPC strong enough
4500) w ~ t hpersonnel door. Ventilation system based on under-floor
lateral ducts (350 x 350) at 2000 centres runnlng at r~ghtangles to malrl
air ducts. 75 thlck spaced timber slats used to cover ducts. Surface 'A'
frame ducts cheaper but Inconvenient dur~ngunload~ng.Fans to supply
air flow of 0.02 m3/s p e r t stored ~nclud~ng m~xingchamber for reclrcu-
latlon and thermostat~ccontrol system required Bulk sto volume 1 5
m3/t; helght up to 4000.
Pallet box store
Suitable for sto of d~fferentlots, varletles or seed crop potatoes If
potatoes harvested direct into boxes less handl~ngdamage to tubers.
Bldg speclf~cations~mrlarbulk sto but 6000 h ~ g loh eaves and of narrower
span Because no thrust on walls, tlmber frames and panels often used
Vent~lationbased on floor level ducts for alr d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~
and
o n extract fans
located at 1 gable end oppos~tealr Intake fan Rec~rculationduct requ~red
to maintain air rec~rculat~on during per~odsof low vent~lat~on rate usually
of plywood suspended from rrdge fitted with adjustable apertures
Ventilatron rate of 0 01 m 3 / sp e r t stored adequate Pallet box 1200 x
1 800 x 900 deep w ~ lhold
l 1 t Boxes often stacked 6 deep Allow 3000
free floor space at 1 gable end
Good sto management requ~redlo mlnlnilse
bacterial rot & loss of colour
rno~stureloss
loss due to sprout~ng
loss of cook~ngqual~ty,and
to prevent frost damage
+(2) shows examples of bldg for bulk and pallet methods of sto
I I
2 Bulk & oalle! box potato sto bldg
 Industry 313

Farm buildings: crop storage

GRAIN

Sto: wheat 1.3, barley 1.4, oats 2 m3/t.

(i) bulk: within thrust-resistant walls, usually steel, approx 2500 high,
plus asbestos-cement sheets to eaves 1200; waterproof floor, with
grain coned up at 30" to centre of bldg; normal spans 14-18 m; filled by
blower-auger or overhead conveyor and emptied by portable auger;
uninsulated roof; small gable vents; artificial lighting; doors 3700 x
3700.
(ii) bins: (mostly for small quantities or very mechanised units) +(I),
conveyor ( ~ trench
n b ~ outlets
n over)
square or circular thrust-resistant steel or timber sides set on 3500 grid
longitudinal secttons
and 3800 high; usually bins support roof; filled by conveyor under ridge,

@@,$a
(alternative gram flow)
emptied by gravity and shovel into below ground conveyor or by floor
sloped at 35".
top conveyor w~thoutlets to each b ~ n (iii) hermetically sealed bins: using glass-fused steel or reinforced
plastics rings for wet grain of < 25% moisture content; S 9 dia x 12 m

C botfom conveyor ~ntrench or tunnel -
cross sectlons (blns may not have sloped floors)
clrcular blns
I Layouts for grain sto bins
high
blower
(sometimes
through top18dome,
m); reinforced
emptied bywaterproof
bottom outlet
concrete
auger.
base; filled by
Drying
- (i) in situ: for bulk, in principle generally as for potatoes+p312; for b ~ n s
+(2) (more normally predried) =54500 high; slotted metal floor over
plenum chamber approx 600 deep (special slots can blow air to lift grain
without manual work into bottom conveyor) connected to fan rm (el or oil
fired) by airduct, usually combined with bottom conveyor. Some circular
bins have perforated sides and central plenum vertical duct of < 1000
dia 4 3 ) .
(ii) predrying: mostly by continuous flow or batch driers (el or oil fired)
for < 10 t/hr. Former may need 10000 x 3000 x 2500 high plus
perimeter access and latter 3000 x 2500 x 4000 high. Intake p i t j ( 4 )
(from bulk tanker truck) slopes to elevator which ralses wet gram to drier
(possibly through pre-cleaner) and/or to sto. Work space for drier and
eqp may need 80-100 rn2. Elevator will need 2000 above top conveyor,
probably as penthouse (vented). Driers need dust extract pipe(s); intake
doors should be 3 3500 x 4500 high.
(iii) refrigerated: better quality if grain kept at 4.4"C by means of cold air
square blns square blns
blown through bulk or bin sto. Most layouts similar to warm alr drying:
some have lateral ducts at 3000 centres with external mobile refrigerator1
blower connected to each in turn.

normal m ~ n normal max

I 3000x3000 , 4575x3800 1
I I 1 penthouse

asbestos cement
roof
mln I 8 0 0
chute-

catwalk 45-5x38x5m
b ~ holds
n 60 t
bln of wheat

max 5500
thrust resistant d~a(3000 dla
(5000 normal)
Jgalvanlsed sheets\ alr duct passage blns would be more normal)

perforated
approx 2000 x 1000
fan chamber lean to
2000 to eaves
-
_papprox 2500
floor
---I -- , -\
- - - - - -. --
max 750
-
plenum) 3 Grain drying & sto: radial flow bins in barn
bottom conveyorJ

2 Grain drying & sto: nest of bins with roof: section

section

, space for

lintake p ~ t
road jl
elevator
dwart wall

4 Intake pit
314 Industry

Farm buildings
- --

MACHINERY & IMPLEMENT STORAGE

Circulation round stationery machines Machinery sheds

automotive machinery space allowanceto side 1000 Open-fronted sheds adequate for s~mpleimplement sto Tractor com
high machinery to side 600 b~neharvester and self-propelled machinery requlrlng some dally maln
low mach~nery to s ~ d e 500 tenance should be kept in sheds equ~ppedw ~ t hsl~dingdoor el I~ght,
all mach~nery to front 500 water source and preferably concrete floor
all machinery to rear 500
x 7

Workshop
Static space requirements of farm machinery Fully enclosed, Insulated bldg 4000 to eaves, equipped w ~ t hs l ~ d ~ n g
door, water source, el light and power points, forge w ~ t hch~mneyor
I description h w I 1 point for el forge, operating pit w ~ t hgantry beam over, racks above work
benches. Outs~deconcreted drained turn~ngarea and floodl~ght
tractor
trailer Fuel store
manure spreader 011
tanks to workshop and turn~ngarea, ra~sedon concrete walls to
crawler allow gravity fllllng of machinery Catchp~thold~ngcontent of tanks
combine harvester des~rable Fuel stored In separate sto cornply~ngw ~ t hcondrt~onsof reg
truck and codes +(l) shows example of rnach~neryshed and workshop
slurry spreader
baler
drill
mounted plough
d~scharrowslroller
hay turner

i4 500i 4500, 6000 ,

k 6000 L
,
rest rm (wc sho)

I tractors I

fuel lank

+ n --
t -

1 Sto for tractor & implementswith workshop

Fa~mbuild~ngsreferences:
-Blblrography entr~es108 1 15 1 18 137 288325333 334335340341 34:
348351 35235635735835'3360363364365415582589601
646
 Leisure 315

Sport
STADIA: GENERAL DESIGN
tiljorts data on following pages compiled with
flcllp of British Sports Council Technical Unit for
';port: basic technical informationgathered from
p jverning bodies of sports andgames covered.
Ai.lrvities divided into 3 categories: outdoor;
Illose which can be played in common spaces
~rrtioors;those which essentially need separate
I w ~!xcIusive space. Governing bodies commonly
~ljocifydimensions for 3 standards of play:
~i~rc!rnational and national; county and club;
rrtc:reational. In some instances standard I I I (
4111ensionsavailable for olympic competition 1 USA: segmental 2 Amsterdam: semicircular
,I~II~lor sports for disabled: for these dimensions
r a ,ill
~ ~ standard have not been included; unless
' ~ ~ r ) a f i ethey
d are madequate for nat~onal
m.r,rridards.
' ~ t ~ e rsports
a l subject to statutory requirements
b11 I~ghting,temp, playing surfaces and eqp:
.11wiiysrefer to Technical Unit for Sport and to
~vcrningbody.

NB for UK stadia, terrace and seating

dreign, reference must be made to Guide
lo Safety at Sports Grounds (Football)

( o~nb~ned soccer p~tchw~thrunnlng track round ~t 3 Rotterdam: sides & corners curved; 4 Budapest: horseshoe shape about transverse axis
I or~lorm~ng to recognlsed lnternat~onalathletrcs for football only
,.l,lridards may determ~neslze of sports area
I,.I~,ICshape ell1pse+(6)
'bla~dium usually part excavated: earth so ga~ned
~IIIIIIup all round. Combination of grandstand
cllh chang~ngrm, shower, first aid rm and pro-
v18;ronfor police, fire service, admin, press,
Illoadcasting now usually avoided (economy
.111cl hygiene). Dormitories for training courses
111 separate bldg.

!own planning: stadia should be well integrated

rvllli surroundings, with easy access for traffic
. I ) I ~supplies (rail station, bus stops, car parks
rll~:).Neighbouring industries with smoke, smell
.111dnoise undesirable.
5 U-shaped plan
( ~ r o u ptogether covered and open-a~rInstal-
4 ~ l ~ oforn sdrfferent sports ~fposs~bleIn town's
jtc!en belt

6 Stadium at Hanover Arch Hillebrecht Goesmann

316 Leisure
Sport: stadia
SIGHT LINES
In Europe axes of stadla usually NE SE +(I) ensure most spectators
have sun b e h ~ n dthem Accordlng to V~truvlus( I st century BC) rows of
seats and standlng terraces should rlse at steady rate 1 2 for acoustlc
reasons also Today use of ampl~f~ers makes good view only cr~ter~on for
trer~ng For staggered seat arrangement every other back row should
look over heads of corresponding front rows glves parabol~ccurve
+(26) startlng w ~ t hrlse of 380 and endlng w ~ t hrlse of ,'480 Best
vlews on long s ~ d e sw ~ t h ~segment,
n hence stadla of thls shape, f~rst
b u ~ lby
t Hadden (USA), whlch glve new and convlnclng Impression

2 Design for grandstand of stadium for 100000spectators ( N e ~ i asection

) I I
b construction of sight lines 1 V~sibilitydetermines size of stadium

150 for people w~thhats

100 for people w~thouthats

constructlon of
s~ghtlines for (a)
+I2 7

111 1 o h t k e A ' parabol~c

curve

TRAFFIC
Stadla should be near traff~carter~es,access~bleby road and ra~l,w ~ t h To deterrnlne sta~rw to evacuate g~vennumber of spectators from stddlum
project~ngturnstiles so that spectators can d ~ v ~ dlnto
e streams for d~ffer number of spectators
wlthlqlventlrne
ent entrances These usually at half he~ghtof grandstand, glvlng access = departure t ~ m e~ns x 1 25
to rows h~gherand lower by ramps or sta~rs4 2 ) Calculate w~dthsof
passages and stalrs accord~ngnumber of spectators leav~ngstadlum as Stairs and corridors flow t1mes+p407-8
all leave at same tlme in contrast to gradual arr~val.Accordlng van Check appl~cablecodes and standards
Eestern's invest~gat~ons 5000 spectators at Amsterdam stad~umneed
420 s to leave by 9500 sta~rways(Los Angeles 720 s Turln 540 s).
9500 x 420 s a8 or
1 spectator occuples 1 000 star w In
5 000
- - - -

5000
in I s = 1.25 spectators occupy 1 000 of sta~rwayw
9 500 x 420 s

...............................................
...............................................
Buenos Ares

- - -- - - - - ------
.........6 .,
. . . . . .
Florence Arezzo

3 Circulation routes ~nstadla

 Leisure 317

SpoR stadia
Standing terraces: proportion w : h 400 :200 4 4 ) - ( 9 )
Seating terraces: proportion w : h from 800 : 48(k(ll)-(17)
After 5 steps firm railings (crush barrier)
Lower passageway all round 1250 wide
Double and treble standing terraces no longer built

natural

U I 3 Section through stadium with

contestants partial excavation, earth mound &
I !;action through Olympic stadium Berlin Arch March Brothers
suoerstructure

SEATING TERRACES

11 Wooden benches with plank

step

2 Section through Vienna stadium

!;IANDING TERRACES

12 Wooden seats on concrete 13 Sloping RC deck with steps in

uprights concrete topping

U I
4 :;leps with timber reinforcement 5 Iper person

14 Seating tiers: d 750 h 450 15 On timber frame as at Stuttgart

w 500

a Angle steps 7 Movable concrete units

'I
i
I lleinforced concrete with falls to 9 Prefabricated RC units on steel
16 On metal brackets set in
concrete
17 Seating with backs

r~1101 joists GRANDSTAND SECTIONS

I I 1 I
18 Normal rise, upper steps 19 Normal rise, lower steps
tO Standing ramp, slope s lo%, 6 P/1000 mm2 USA risers 152-460, treads 610-762 (660 usually satisfactory)
Sport centres
ORGANISATION
I I I I
I other actlvlty spaces I
I eg anc~llary
ha I
I squash courts I
I I' L-------A
I

sports

\---,

I I I I
1 D~spositionof spectators 2 Spat~alpatterns & c~rculat~on
~ndry sports centre

large large rnedlurn rnedlurn small small

scale scale scale wet scale sports cornrnunlty
sports & sports &dry dry only centre provlslon
le~surelrec centre sportshec sportslrec
centre (wet & centre centre
dry)
pool',
50 rn
25 m
20 nr
tree shape
learner
d~vlr~g

sporfs lm/l(s)
large
rrredlurn
small
srrrall cornrnunlty

ar~cillnryi i ~ d o ospoils
practlce ha

prolecltle ha
squash co~rrts
cllrnblng wall
r

weight tra~n~ngicondltion~ng
accri

.
rrn
(i

(11
lndoor bowls
b~ll~ardsisnooker i)
~ce rlnk (1)
theatrelmultl-purpose ha

ancillary accn
changlng
spectator seatlng. flxed

Informal vlewlng
occasional
..
a
.
0
(j

club meeting m i (1
flrst a ~ d a
.
flrst ald eqp
creche sto
creche (alterndt~veuse, sto)
sauna suite ( )

refreshments a
.
careter~a
bar
vendirlg rr~achlne

staff b: mdnagenierrt
reception
off
staff rest rnr
staff chang~ng
..
(1

e.
a.

outdoor grourrds
grass p~tches (i
hard porousisynthet~cpltches ()
floodllt pltches !J
tenrlls courts ( )
3 Main features requlred for 6 slzes of sports
kcy esscnlic~l typ~c,il/iles~r,rt~li~ bldg general recomrnendat~onsonly all bldg belncl
poss~ble Influenced by ar sewed population & other
resources avallabl?
 Leisure 319
Sport centres
--
XAMPLES

bowls ha

IrniiEW
change

I t
I
I)ry & wet leisure centre on school site Dunstable England

wmrts centres for disabled -B1b639

2 Sports centre Bridgnorth England:circulation&social spaces spatially well

conceived eg in entrance ha glazed screen allows views into swimming pool,
between sports ha & squash courts glazed bridge offers view into either ar

bowls ha

/, I
outdoor sports centre,w~thpool alongside & outdoor bowls ground
1 I .uge complex Harrow Englandcomprises ~ndoor&
 320 Leisure

Sport halls
USE OF UNDIVIDED SPACE
courts of same krnd; cr~ticalheights whlch In some Instances degrade
+ ( I ) shows number of sport playing courts or other spaces whlch fit standard for which otherwrse tloor space adequate; need for some
into various sizes of sports or communlty halls. Number of spaces ylven additional free crrculatlon space inside hall entrance.
for each sport optimum will f ~into
t undlvlded hall space for 3 standards of
play: N internat~onaland UK national- C UK county or club; R recreational. For possible spaces for Of standards' In
practice actlvrtlesmay be programmed at same time.
Required min space allowed for ea,$ takes into account not only actual
playing area but: necessary run-out or safety marylns, team bench and Fire: check fr reg and max component value; in UK halls 7000 m%or
officials' space round playing space whlch amount to overall areas used over need DOEwaver; 'volume' can include unenclosed structural root
for assessment; where practical some overlap of maryln between parallel space

large ha rnedlurn ha small ha cornmun~tyha

( 1 2 0 x 105
x 30 11)
17600 it2
( 1 0 5 x 8 5 ~ ( 9 6 x 8 5 ~ (105x75
X 26-30 it)
8925 ft2
2 5 3 0 11)
81 75 ft2
25-30 11)
7770 it2
( 1 0 5 x 5 6 ~ ( 9 7 x 5 4 ~ ( 8 5 x 5 4 ~ ( 9 2 x 5 4 ~ (56 f i i l x 4 1
22 -25 11)
5880 ft2
77-25 it)
5238 112
22 25 tt)
4590 it'
22-25 11)
3995 ltL
x 22 it)
(56x28~
22 fl)
2850-3455 ft; 1555 11
I
sports no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard no standard

a~k~do 4 N 4 N 4 N 2 C Z N 2 N 2 N I N I N -
6 C 13(1') R 3(1*) R 2 R

archery (I of shoot) s30 m

25 rri s25 m '25 m s25 m

t bowls (portable non-

cornpet~t~ver~nks)

box~ng(tralnlng r~rigs)

cr~ckelnets 8 N 6 N 6 C b N 4 C 4 < ; 4 R - - - -- -

fenclrig (plstes) 12 N 8(3') N 7 N 6 N 314 NIC 314'NlC 3i4'NiC 3 N :3 C 3 E

14 C 9 C 8 C 8 C 213 R ' + 2 F i A + l R 4 C'

5-a s ~ d efootball 1 N I C 1 ~ * 1 ~ 1 R~A I . ~ 1 * 1 ~ .R ' 1 -

2 R' 7 R*

gymnastics (olyrnp~c) - N - C - P - C P - P P P - P -

handball 1 N ' l C 1 R* 1 C 1 R 1 H A - P -
- - -

mini handball 1 C I C l C I R* 1 fl*

hockey 1 ~ ' 1 ~ 1 ~ 1 ~ 1 ~ 1 -
r t -
1

karate 4 N 214 NIC 2 N' 2 N 2 N 2 N*iC 1i2 N/C I N I N 2 R'

12 R 6 R 4 / 6 C / R 6 R 6 R A 3 R 3 R 2 R 2 R
J J "' J J J J J J
"Skeep f ~ movemcnl
t
&dance. Yoga
~~~~~~~ - -
kendo 4 N 2 N 2 N ' 2 N Z N 2 N * l N l N l R - -

6 R e 4 C 4 C 4 R 2 C 2 C 2 R *

I lacrosse female 1 1 N I 1 c'I 1 R 1 1 c*I 1 ~ ' 1 1 R 1- t' 1- I' 1- -1- I

iawri tennls 1 N' 1 R* -
1 R' 1 R' - - - - - - -

2 R
rnlcro korfball 1 C I C l C I C I R h - - - - -

netball 1 N 1 R - 1 R l R - - - - -- -

2 C'/R

table tennls c/c 10 N 6 N 6 N 6 N 719 C/C 7 C/C 617 CIC 4 C/C 3 6 CIC 4 11.
15/21 C/C 10/15C/C 10/12C/C 10/12C/C 14 R 12 R 10 R 8 R 6-8 R

trampol~n~ng 12 N 8 N ' 8 N t 4 N~ 4 C * * 4 C " 4 C " 4 ri 7 R I R

12 R 8 C*/R 6 R

tug-of-war - N - C - R - C - C - R - - - - - --

volleyball 2 N 1 Nt 1 Nt 2' Nt/C 1 C" 1 C" 1 C*' 1' C" 1 R' - -

2 C
3 R 3 R ' 2 R 2 R

1 Definltlon of scales- max number of courts related to standards of play- (for key & footnotes a 3 2 1 (1)1
 Leisure 321
Spott halls
-
UC)I OF UNDIVIDED SPACE (cont)
C
large ha medium ha small ha community ha
3 6 . 5 ~ 3 23~2 x 2 6 ~ 2 9 x 2 6 ~ 3 2 x 2 3 ~ 3 2 x 1 7 ~ 29.5x16.5 2 6 ~ 1 6 . 5 22.5x16.5
~ 17.0-20.0~ 17.0~8
9.1 7.6-9.1 7.6-9.1 6.7-9.1 6.7-7.6 x 6.7-7.6 6.7-7.6 6.7-7.6 15.6 x 6.7 6.7
1168 rn2 832 rnZ 754 rnZ 736 rn2 554 rn2 486.7 rn2 429 m2 371.25 rn2 265.2-321 rn2 144.5 rn2
(120x105 ( 1 0 5 x 8 5 ~ ( 9 6 x 8 5 ~ (105x75 ( 1 0 5 x 5 6 ~( 9 7 x 5 4 ~ ( 8 5 x 5 4 ~ ( 9 2 x 5 4 ~ (56-65x41 (56x28
X 30 ft) x 25-30 ft) 25-30 ft) 25-30 ft) 22-25 ft) 22-25 ft) 22-25 ft) 22-25 ft) X 22 ft) 22 ft)
12600 ft7 8925ftz 8175 ft2 7770ft2 5880ftz 5238 ft2 4590 ft2 3955 ft2 2850-3455ft2 1555 ft2
t
*.~~~tjlll lllllng contests - N - N - N - N - C - C - C - C - C - -
C
m~u:,.I1111g 4 N 2 N 6 C 2 N 2 N ' 3 C 2 C 2 C 2 C 2 R
12 C 6 C 6 C 3 C 8 R ' 6 R 6 R 4 R
k

br.,

11, t~~lcrnat~onal/nat~onal
standard
1 standard
I r~untylclub
IIf. ~~!creatlonal standard
I 1lr;lctlce aronly
I I l i r table tennls 2 grades of mln space allowances for ~nter-countyllnter-club
standards of play
IIJ standards have yet been l a ~ d down
.II beh~nd shoot~ngllne below safety standard recommended,acceptablespacecanbeprov~ded bysllghtlengthenlngof ha, orexlstlng
,.llaces may be used for practlce
I~olowmln space standard recommended by governing body concerned but capable of provldlng purposeful & enjoyable aCtlVlty
~~!creat~onal standard where ha IS less than 7600 clear h for badminton & trampolinlng or less than 7000 for basketball &volleyball;
li 700 h su~tablefor mlnl-basketball& mlnl-volleyball
d 1.11unty1club standard where ha less than 9000 clear h

! I
1 .~~nllnuation
of -p320(1) definition of scales
UK standards subject to revision. Current details available from Sports Council Information
Omlre

sto ar rn2 h access w access

Ik~krnl~vlt~ate sto space for sport halls very common fault Allow for full
r~l~8tj1- of eqp needed As eqp must be accessible sto must be shallow
Ilb~.#y '1000 max) and ~deallyplaced along s ~ d eof hall Recommended medium
~ I R ~ 113clulrements
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ for 3 catagor~esof ha114 2 ) Check llst 4 3 ) small 2 250 3 600

2 Min sto requirements for 3 categories ha

,04111sha f~xed movable sports ha fixed movable

'~ ~ l l l t l ~ walls
r.<o~oction for lighting scoreboard
I Ior1101ngropes & trackway wall protectionlpadding
8 fa~rll)lng
poles & trackway seating fixingslrecesses
.(111;1kers fire eqp
11.r1.k
system for division nets protection to se~iceslheating
cricket wall speakers
golf
archery floors
volleyball court markings
5-a-side-soccer sockets & plates (fixed to floor or sub-floor)

r*.r*.ketball ancillary ha
s <>lllrlg
mounted backboards & goals ceiling
~nn.~ciual or el operation) track system for curtains
k.111mounted backboards & goals lighting systems
~ n ~ ~ ~or~ rell uoperation)
al
activities
r)vrrlnastics judo & mart~alarts (mats, wall padding)
v.y!nmetrlc bars snooker
pptr~melhorse table tennis
i.111ll1ngbuck fencing
(.~r~lllnghorse boxing
n r ~ ~ ~ ~ obars
ntal boxing training
81\14 I()', weightlfitness tra~ning
Ilt.rrr~pol~ne
spottlng rlg weight lifting
f~a~~ bars
~~llel wrestling
s(i~~r~gboards,floors movement & dance (barre, mirrors)

floor
socketslfixings
markings
1l.trt1cs apparatus movable floorslplatforms
Ivllllls ' -
~oll~yball
I~:~cl~ninton
' b +Is~de soccer
i~n~cloor hockey
~r.~lldball
nurll)all

I liports eqp check list

322 Leisure
Spot?: outdoor
PITCHES
110-155m (120-170 yd)
+ ---
True

L
8 Football, Australian 3 Football, American
cr~cket& 1 Orientation diagram: for
purposes of this chart seasons for 68 rn (74 yd) ,
various games taken to be as follows *
(southern hemisphere excepted):
association football & rugby football
1 Sep-30 Apr; hard court tennis,
basketball, netball all year round;
cricket, baseball, grass court tennis
1 May-1 5 Sep; pavilions should
avoid SW-NW aspect (225"-315")

sldc B end marglns6 m (20 H)

1
10 Football, Gaelic 11 Football, rugby league

55-65 m (60-70 yd) 54 9 m (60 yd)

+ t

'
2 Archery, target 3 Archery, clout

12 Handball 13 Hockey: for county & club

54 9-73 15 m (60-80 yd) matches recommended pitch 90 x
it tt
55 (98'/2 x 60 yd), overall space 95
x 60 (104 x 66% yd)
59 47 rn (66 yd)
7 m 69m(iGyd)
4 , .
7m
+
EiLr - - - ----

6I

I I I I I 1 _
E 1
4 Baseball (Little league 2/3 size) 5 Bicycle polo m I
N L~
-----

E side & end marams 6 m (20 f f i

41
73 (4590) m 14 Football, rugby union 15 Football, Canad~an
6m (195-225n In USA) 6m

40 m (44 yd)
L t

6 Carnogie
-
7 Football, association: National 0

Playing Fields Association

recommends sizes: senior pitches
96-1 00 x 60-64 (105-1 09 X 66%-
70 yd); junior pitches 90 x 46-55
(98% x 50-60 yd); international
I
100-1 10 X 64-75 (109-120 X 70-
82 yd) 16 Hurling 17 Korfball
 Leisure 323

nz21
Spotf: outdoor
38.4 rn square (42 yd)
6 r~nk

(4-5% ftlrn

I
13 Cycling 333 l/3 track
I I
I I IICIOSS~, men 2 Lacrosse, women: ground has
no measured or marked out
boundaries ' 41.2-42.8 rn (45-46 yd)
square
'

-
"7
lj ;
1' D-1 t

r------l
L------J
30.48 m (33 ydl
t

S
12 Bowls

14 Roller hockey

' 33m (35yd)

I

4 Netball

850
In between

mln rnargln at sldes 8 ends 1000, where

8 Ilounders 6 Shinty spectators present mln 2000; dlmenslons
are to lnslde of lhnes
-

15 Basketball

91 44m ( l W y d )

lgoal llne 36.6-45.7 m (40-50 yd)

1 Iug-of-war
- I

8 Curling r- --- -----------------------l + T

20 rn (22 yd)
t----t

17 6-man football \ /
18 Soft ball

+
25.56 rn I n
'
27.43-54.86 m (30-60 yd)
usuallyabout 36.6m (40yd)

15m(5ft)
203-457 mm t-+- -
--
doubles / 12 2 rn (40
doubles
7

tO Croquet 11 Bowls, crown 19 Deck tennis 20 Paddle tennis

 Leisure 325
SpotT: indoor
I'I I CHES

E 2

6 Lacrosse, female: pitch for male game (not

shown) 46-48 x 18-24 m (151-1 58 fl x 60-79 ft)

''
1.2 rn (4 ft)
I
61rn(20ft) '
L
+
I I\r~dmlnton:
min h 7600 (25 ft)
I

14
I 7

7 Gymnastics, female
20mrunup(66ft) 4m(13h)
run on

I
0
1 Ilnsketball: min h 7000 (23ft)-also p323 (15)
i I
LP
N
I
m
c
Judo
6"
1 E
a
- g
% 2
E
LD
m
.~
8 Volleyball
, rnln 30 m rnax 36 rn (99-1 18 ft)
---
2
Y I Tug-of-war
1 5-a-s~de
football

I
165m 4m(13H)
4 i t , +-
I
,, e, (21 ft4 ,"I 20 rn run up (6 h) (5 h 5 ln) run on

4 (;ymnast~cs, male mln h 7600 (25 ft)

9 Wrestling (N national C club R recreation)

11 I
@ Itockev: team sizes adiusted according to size 14 American bowling alley 15 Shuffle board
4d 01lch available (may have any number
lanes: usual min 8)

10 Handball. 7-a-side
326 L e l s u r e

Spotf: indoor
PITCHES (cont)

14 rn (46 ft)

--
77
200-300
-
-
23 77 m (78n) ' 200-300
rr 4 Table tennis: min h 4200
7 Boxing: for competition in addition to ring &
1 Tennis E spectator accn following needed: rned exam rm,
weighing rm, gloving-up rm, admin, lighting above
ring, water supply to each corner
r-----------------
...............

eiimcrlsni

-
m+
(4 fl 11 I")
750-1 500 750-1 500
--
f t
30 5 m (99 n s 1n1 (2 rn $1; 5 ft) 5 'encing piSfes
2 Netball 10-1 5m
2 5(8H) 9rn (30fl) (3'14 5H) 8 Karate
E:;-:-:-;:-:-:z=
.......................
............................
................
.................... 1 32
A

.....................
....j'DO =
.........................
.... 2 3 P "

.... ....
.... :....
;:...
;:;:I
....
5 3
..
...
.... ....
.... : :
............. .....................
.......................
........................
:I -
1.

-
=
2
(mats)
IjiC:' :':':"'::"::::::::::::::::::::: 3:
..................
...................
--.-.-.-.-A *+
mln2m 27m

T
(6% ft)
t
\ (9 fl)
d l ' !
'3 05m m'n2m
(11 fl61n)
+
2.- - 7

3 Trampoline 6 Aikido 9 Kendo

ATHLETICS TRACKS
Resources for indoor athletics fall Into 2 maln categories:
competition: provide for full range of competltlve disciplines; will provide
for spectators
training: (a) with some limited competitive use; (b) purpose built; (c)
adaptations of existrng sports halls.
In USA Natlonal Collegiate Athletic Assoclatron (NCAA) rules for college
athletics, for other amateur events Amateur Athletlc Unron (AAU); some
track and freld events still measured in yards, feet and inches; many
present tracks still in such measurements; new layouts generally ~n
metres or other SI unlts.
European Athletlc Association (EAA) specifies for indoor events:
Arena
Shall b e covered and heated and shall consist of track circult, sprlnt
straight, runways for 4 jumps, slte for shot putt.
Nature of tracks
T~~~~~and runways surfaced with wood or such other material as allows
normal use of spiked shoes; number of splkes shall comply wlth Inter
national Amateur Athletrcs Federation rule 142 (4)
60 m hurdles shall rnclude 5 hurdles, h 1060, 13.72 m from start l ~ n eLO
first hurdle; 9 140 between hurdles; 9720 from last hurdle to flnlsh lhrie
Female: 50 m hurdles shall include 4 hurdles, h 844; 13.0 m from star1
to first hurdle; 8500 between hurdles; .5 from last hurdle to
finish line.
60 m hurdles shall include 5 hurdles, h 844; 13.0 m from start llne to flrsl
hurdle; 8500 between hurdles; 13.0 m from last hurdle to flnlsh Ilne.
Events
Runways for long &triple jump & pole vault: 2 40 m long and I 220
wide.
Landing area for jumps: in h ~ g jump
h and pole vault landing areas sh;rll
be ~naccordance with IAAF rules 201 (e) and 3 (d). In long jump anti
triple jump they shall measure 3 6000 long and 2500 wlde and shall
conslst of 3 300 in depth of wet sand on synthetic track base.
Putting the shot: sector shall be 45" but may be reduced by techri~c,iI
delegate ~fnecessary to meet local cond~tlons.
Other technical installations: all other technical installations shall b(,
strictlyin accordance with lAAF "Ies

Circular track
1 lap of track shall measure 3 160 m S 200 m in length. Each bend shall
b e 2 35 m in length and banked at an angle 3 10"< 18". Each straight 3
/'
__ - -- - - - - --_ _ _ _ - _ _ _ --
curlslder surroundmg lndoor cycling track
-. 1

35 m. Where no raised border, measurement shall be taken 200 outward

from inner edge of track Track shall be 2 4000 s 6100 wlde; shall
include 3 4 lanes.

Sprint track
Sprlnt stralght shall have 3 6 lanes: wrdth of each 1220; extensron
beyond finishing line 3 15 m.

Hurdle races
Male: 50 m hurdles shall include4 hurdles, h I 060. There shall be 13.72
45 ar 40 m bcrlds
m from start lrne to flrst hurdle; 9 140 between hurdles, 8860 from last
hurdlc~to l~riishline. 10 Requlrements for ~ndoortrack
 Leisure 327

Spott: indoor
ATHLETICS TRAINING
I'ri~vtslonfor athletes tralntng ~ndoors,w ~ t hllmlted cornpetltlve use, Needs of athletes should be considered at plannlng stage of sports
not Include expensive 200 m banked tracks Many events can be
IIII~~I,(~ centres so that this major spectator and part~c~pant
sport can gain some
~f br~efthought out ~nadvance wlth conslderatlon of needs of
-.rt~~ttlated of beneflts from indoor provlslon other sports have rece~ved-+(I)
t111113tes

n
8 .'
I-,allnlnton
2
gymnast~cs
/ \

I:
IW>I*Ivault rnax run up
I*>n,wlng practlce 1
badm~nton
(2courts)
I.I' I ......... throwlng j
- long lump
: : pole vault .......
III~II~IIICS
- sprlnt
l*'ll,vault
.......................................
: 1 2
: tmax run up37 m (40y d ) c a g e =

il1,>lll,!~
-
-------
----- --------------- ...........
.
-- - -
.
~

------ . .
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. - ...-
- - . - - - - - - - - - .- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- .. - - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- -.
.......... four60rn (66yd) sprlnt lanes or h u r d l e s ~ ' ~ 2
.....................
.......................
3 4 5 _u
longlump
Pit -----+ long jump
m''4 yd) max run up 55 m (60yd)
triple lump
max run up 43 m (47 yd)
--
c ~~llltlat
sporls basketball- traln~ng
I<.(tcrres
ilc'lnonstral~ons
gym 8 2badm~nlon
tennls
\
5-a-sldefootball
1 .I volley ball
I~.~.,kclball badm~nton
I~VUIIS netb,rll
't .I s~defootball
volley ball I : 2
Il.l<lmlnton
111111,.111

\ 3 4 : /

I 34
I8.8cltnlnlon(2courls) pole vault
/ \ throwing
llllowlnqpractlce long lump practlce
sprlnt starts
.''I hurdles
I~.n~.kctball : pole : rnax run up 37 m
p.---~-.

vault :
I.......
...................: ,
Ib.lll,,b
sldc football 1 2 , >
't .I
voll,~y ball <\, .?E ,
,
',
7

I~.~rl!!llnton

-
- - -- -
- ------
-- --
~- - - --
-- - --
-:
..
.:............
:. run outr
door for
I
SIX60 m
- - - - -
...........:. 4 1anesL
I
lanes
. .

\ 3 4 : 5 /
'I I
t Sports stadium tra~ningha Gateshead England: a permutationsof possible activities b permutattons of
r*~';stbleathletics training

WEIGHT & FITNESS TRAINING

multl gym
multl gym abdom~nal shoulder multl-purpose blackboard
squat racks

1
I1
bencKpress unlts

- -
11Nngar
mult~
purpose hyperextenslon
d1.d bbench wrist roller

I- -2
bench
I m r 7 rack
6,-..

, ,
racks

11
il Fitness rm at leisure centre Cramlington England 3 Condit~on~ng
&weight training rm Bunyan recreation centre Bedford
England
328 Leisure

Sport: indoor
SPORT NEEDING OWN PITCHES/SPACES

I 1 'nng~nne 1 (D

30 3 (100 ft) 4257 target zone 1 05 y

i
sect~on _I
1 -,
plan

1 Projectile ha section & plan a small b medium c large

- 10 Rackets a section b plan

each target boss f -

I

--
t i - --
2 m (6116 1n) range

2 Archery lnternatlonal& nat~onalshoots requlre

ranges of 30 25 & 18 m & 20 yd for club &
recreational shoots 13 716 (15 yd) will do mln
I1
6 Squash a sectlon b plan d~mens~ons
+

8
c e ~ l ~ nhg3000 surface flnlshes cr~t~cal
refer to governing bod~es

2
1 mln 32 m (105 ft) desirable 37 49 rn (123 tl)

3 Bowllng slngle rlnk In projectile hall

11 Billiards &snooker, agreed standards table.
3500 x 1 750 playlng ar

I
7 Rugby flves a sectlon b plan
185m(60fl61n)
I
mat

range

12 Golf practlce

8 Real tennis: dimens~onsof court at Hampton

Court England

4 Bowllng: 4 rinks mln for recreation. 6 for

tournaments

rile
13 Cricket pract~cenets; h 3.650 (12 ft)
H 3 In)
30 3 m (99 - - -

-;
9 Cycling

m
-
CU

- -- -.
425m
t t tarqet zone
i d n b In)

5 Shooting, target, small bore a sectlon b plan

 Leisure 329
SpotT: swimming
S
I)JOOOR POOLS Water area +(I) CG -A

bcatlon: central, good publ~ctransport connexlons Rough gulde to

Changingrm+p336-7 accessible from hall, separated by sex, not lnslde
pool area, 1 clo unltll-1 5 rn2 pool area, common changlng rm as extra %
--
,
n areas) 20-25 x 11-13 rn wlthln
Iuovlslon: dls~ersed~ o ~ u l a t l o(rural mace
lrllnutes travel of 30000 peo&e; partiall; concentrated (surburban
ernils and free standing towns) 25
Pre-cleanse: barefoot passage past wc to showers; 1 shol8 clo spaces:
rn pool + learner pool within
sho space required 1.35-2.15 m2; in some countries (eg Switzerland
1'* 30 minutes travel of 30000 people; concentrated population 25 x
pool + learner pool within 12 walking of 30000
USA) use of cleaning passages with sho activated by floor contact or
light beam. Through she rm to swimming and teaching P ~ ~ ~ ~ + P ~ ~
lai,(,le, Usage/head of medium and small towns 3.5 times/
~ , I Icities
, 1.3-2.5lyear. Toilets: min 2 wc; male 1115-20 female 117-1 0; urinals 1/ I 5-20 male.

posslblevlews possible views

males
pre- - manager admln
cleanse
& wc chang~ng &
clothes sto
Stall rest rm

I Ratio of enclosed space to 1 m2water ar

I- females

plant control 8 entrance

4
publlc access
1 Circulation &grouping of elements

3 Baths at Hanover-Linden Germany (design

I lochbauamt Hanover): indoor b separated from
outdoor b by 3 submersible doors with footbasins
and 6 sh in front
indoor swimming b:
(100112.5 x 25 m
lf~ining pool 6 x 12.5 m
c p n air swimming b:
Iroe-shape general purpose pool 20 x 25 m
ilivlng pool with 10 m stage 20 x 20 rn
changing: indoor49 change-over cubicles,600 clo
15 group changing rm; outdoor 36 change-over
c:ubicles & I 320 clo

adult a
l o u n g e di ,

all- 0 3 6 9 12m
LthLT'
4 Leisure & pool complex Roxbury YMCA 9 18 2736 fl
USA Arch The Architects Collaborative A
330 Leisure
Sport swimming
INDOOR POOLS (cont)
Heating & ventilation: water temp recreational pools 27"C, learner
pools 28"-3O0, diving pool 28"; alr temp 1-2" above water temp: changing
rm, pre-cleanse, clothes sto not less than pool water; air changes-
volume flow rate of 0.15 m3/rn2/s of pool water plus wet surround.
Water purificationplant for heating, filter~ng,d~s~nfect~on.Water circu-
lation: maln pool s 3 hr ( ~very
f shallow with heavy bathing load every 2
hr); learner pool S 1 % hr; diving pool 6 hr; pH near as poss~ble7.7 or
7.6, never outs~derange 7.2-8.0.
Pool: wldth, length ~ ( 3 ) water
; depth: non-swimmers 900-1 250,
swlmmers 1 250-3500, learner pool 500-900. MI^ depth for sw~mming
900.
Internal finishes: floors easy-grlp and slip-res~stant finish, glazed
ceramic trles, small slze mosaic; pool surrounds slip-res~stantfloor~ng;
pool bottom and walls: tiles, wall surround up to 2000 tiles or waterproof
paint; upper wall areas and ceil~ngsound absorbent materials. Metal
parts rust and condensat~onproof encased, no heat transmission br~dges.
Plastics generally suitable. All '1xlng.s and f~ttingsIdeally made from
corrosion resistant metals, eg stainless steel, bronze, certa~nalumin~um
alloys.

17 m (8 lanes)

1 Typ~calpool prof~les:a & b for 'In ground' pools c & d for 'above ground'
pools e 'in ground' steel tank f 'above ground' steel tank

inter- national/ local recrea-

national regional pool tional/
pool pool leisure
pool

pool water ar
50 m m,llri pool
25 m maln pool
free form shape pool
separate deep water d ~ v ~ npool
g
separate teach~ngltra~n~ng pool
1 000 spr~ngboardman pool
recreat~onald ~ v ~ nchutes
g
wdve mach~ne
21 m (8 lanes full Olyrnplc standards)
spectator seat~ng
fixed raked spectator seatlng 25 m
occas~onalspectators at pools~de 0

informal viewing 10-12m(7mm1n)

vlewlng ar overlook~ngpool
refreshments
pool surround
cafeteria lane rope posrt~on

vend~ngmach~nes lane rope posltlon 2m

sauna suite 0 0 0

def~n~te
provlslon
(J poss~blcprovlslon
2 Pool features 3 Ma~n
pool slzes most common sizes shown in heav~erl~nes
 Leisure 331

Sport: swimming
INDOOR POOLS (cont) Water polo
Playing area: for nationallinternational events 1800 deep; district1
county events 1500 min; clublAmateur Swimming Association events
n in UK 1200 min. Dimensionsj(2).

I I !3vimming poolsfor disabled-. b639

Pools for leisure

Main features of pools specifically created for indoor leisure and rec-
reational swimming: lively, warm, gay interior; good quality materials;
shallow water with beach edges; wave machines; water chutes; artificial
sun bathing; plants, trees, seating, refreshment areas for swimmers.
Private indoor pools +pl15-6

I I
I Commonwealth pool EdinburghScotland a section b plan Arch Robert
Untthew Johnson Marshall & ~afiners
4 Typical 'leisure' freeform pool Whitley Bay England; plan Arch Gillinson
Barnett & Partners

Y I
1 D~mensions
for water polo

1 I I
I Indoor b Wuppertal Germany: section Arch Hetzelt 5 Indoor pool Bottrup Germany Arch Heinz Kisler
332 Leisure

Spot?: swimming
INDOOR POOLS (cont)

7 Pool edge detail

1 Sprlng board hydraulically adjustable 1000-3500 a plan b sectlon

I I I I

I
2 Sprlng board detall 3 Deck-level pool: edge section 8 Pool edge wlth Wiesbaden type overflow: restlng ledge & gangway ~n
multi-purpose pool

9 Longitudinal sectlon of 25 m pool with 9 underwater lights

i
500 x 500 rnm mln surface ar

connexfon
panel

II
\ '
\'.--.cableto
tlmlng eqp

I I
10 Diagram of starting platform:
- - cable to timina eaD onlv built-in in
4 Moveable floors 1yplc:;rl ~rls~t~llallon
a ,II rased poslllo~ib loweled major pool centres ' I I
11 Undenvater lighting in
swlmming, diving & multi-
purpose pool

L I I I
5 Recessed shaped steps 6 Glazed ceramic steps
 Leisure 333

Sport: swimming
*
OPEN AIR POOLS -
'
+

Location: sunny, not down wlnd of lndustrlal plants, nuisance from 9a

smoke or nolse A
-a
Season: depends on cl~mateFor NW Europe
100-1 20 v~sltslyear,of wh~ch
40-60 busy days, of wh~ch
10-1 5 peak days
Per head of population (depending on climate):
1.5-3 vis~tslyear.
1-2 m2 overall site area
0.1-0.2 m2 water area
Per visitor 0.6-1 m2 water area
Changing rm for 5-8% of population
Non-swimmerspool: separate in large installations; depth 800-1 250;

I
good viewing
O bad viewing
easy-grip steps for sitting at shallow end; floor surface of pool not too
slippery.
I I
t Viewing conditions for end &side position diving boards Paddling pool: access by gently falling ramp; free shape; depth 100
400; floor surface of pool not too slrppery.
Water chute: +p337(5)
Pool construction: dense v~bratedconcrete or RC; ins~defin~shfrost
resistant tiles, paint (epoxy resin or other).
Expansion joints depend~ngon construction
Steps (a) corrosion resistant metal in 600-1 000 wide recesses (b)
special shaped ceramic glazed units built in -p332.
Distance apart of steps < 10 m; distance from diving tower < 8000
Starting platforms: +p332
Guide line: vertlcal below starting platforms.
I - I Diving line: on pool floor, 250-300 wide.
t D'Albaro open air b at Genoa Italy Walk-through pool: 3000 x 4000-4000 x 6000; depth 300-400 wlth
overflow.
Walkway round pool: 3 2000; 2 5600 near diving stages and pool
low ly~ng access.
ar wlth
Water circulation: 6 hr turnover when bathing load infrequent; 3 h~
r slope of ground
turnover when load heavy. Water cleaning +p337.
Ancillaries:
entrance with cash desk, centrally situated
laundry issue & sto
swimming rnstructors' rm
first aid rm (or doctor's rm)
staff rm, separate for men &women
eqp, swimming & sports gear, deckcha~rsetc, posslbly with issuing
counter
changing rm, separate for men & women (communal changing rm,
non-swimmers changing cubicles, separate rm for clubs & schools); family change

I {-I
! I
wc sited conveniently to changing rm & pool
pre-cleanse showers hand & foot wash basins
plant rm: water circulation & purification; bollers
telephone, loudspeaker & clock systems with signal device
1 Layout of alpine b Gloggnitz Austria
adequate parking space
admin off
Showers, lavatories +p335; changing rm j p 3 3 6
Desirable: roofed rest rm, sales rm, manager's flat, broadcast~ngsystem
Garden swlmmlng pools-pl14

4 Open air b in FrankfurtGermany

334 Leisure
Sport: swimming
DIVING POOL DIMENSIONS

a
A
7

A F A G
plurnrnct

r
10 0
v l i
Jplummet

^k
'b*
I
& A+-

I I
1 Federation Internationale de Natat~onAmateur (FINA) international
standards of dlvlng: diagrams a longitudinal section b cross section a

I springboards fixed boards

A board h from water l m 3m 5m 7 5 m 10rn

B board l 48 48 50 60 6.0
C board w 05 05 20 2.0 20
D d of water at plummet 3.0 3.5 3.8 4 1 45
E d~stanced D 5.3 6.0 60 80 10 5
malntalned forward
F d~stanced D 22 27 30 3.0 30
rnalntalned to sldes
G clearance forward 75 90 1025 11.0 13.5
w af surround necessary wllh 1000 springboard H clearance to s ~ d e s 25 35 38 4.5 4.5
I dlstance to adlacent board 2.5 2.5 25 25 25
J clearance behlnd 1.5 15 125 15 15
L clearance overhead 4.6 4.6 3.0 32 34
M clearance overhead
ma~nta~ned to sides 2.75 2.75 2.75 2 75 2 75
N clearance overhead 50 50 50 50 60
malntalned forward

Notes 1 table lricorporateslatest dlmcr~sior~s recorrimcr~dedby ASA; Includes

column of dlmens~onsfor 7500 platformh (considered useful lor hlgh board
+
tralnlngj 2 100 tolerance perm~sslbleon nomlna board h all dlmenslons
should relate to central polrlt at frorit end of dtvlng board(sj 3 platform
lhlckness should not be S 200 at 11sfront 4 designers should conslder
current standards speclflcd by FINA ~f pool to be used for natlonal/lnternat~onal
standard events, recommended that d~vlngpool be separate from maln pool
where not posslble board h of spr~ngboardshould be conflned to 1000and
when ~nuse ar concerned should be roped off to avold swlmmers causlng
safety hazard

sccllorls of dlvlng pools to hc read in assoclallan with

tables a & b

2 Standardsfor diving boards approved by Amateur Swimming Assoc~at~on A board h trom water lm l m 2m 2rri 3m 3m am
B bodrd l 075 175 075 175 075 175 50
(UK) table a competitive diving table b recreational dlving (firm boards)' C board w 075 075 075 075 075 075 20
Ddofwateratplummet 26 26 30 30 325 325 38
E d~stanced D 30 40 30 40 35 45 60
matnta~nedforwdrd
F d~stanced D 22 22 24 24 26 26 30
mdlntdlned to s~des
C clearance forward 45 55 55 65 65 75 1025
H clearance to s~des 25 25 30 30 35 35 38
I distancetoadjdcent 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
board
J clearance beh~nd 125 1 2 5 125 1 25 125 125 12S
K clearance beh~ndboard 0 8 0 8 0 8 08 0 8 0 8 08 8
to wall
L clearance overhead 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
 Leisure 335
Sport: swimming
SLIPPER BATHS, SHOWERS
Slipper baths: in separate units; number approx 0.1 x pool size (rn2);
sizes according to demand and number of visitors+(4); space required
48).
Centre passage width 3000.
Side passage width 1 600.
Clothes hooks inside on free wall or inside door.
Window cill above bath 3 1300 above floor level
Washable walls 3 1 800 above floor level
Hard finish on sol~dfloor w ~ t hdrarnage; all corners and skirtings coved;
all metal parts heavily galvanised; all timber painted 3 undercoats and 1
finishing coat.
1 I
Steam baths: individual cubicles, box baths or shared baths (steam
I Arrangement of sho & wc with circulation routes
baths), separate for men and women, or used at different times. Separate
rest rm 22'"C, massage rm 30, sho rrn 25"with warm bath 22"and cold
bath 10". Shapes of benches for ly~ngon +(6).
Turkish bath 4 7 ) : warm air rm 45-50"C, hot air rm 55-60" and sweat
rm 65-70", adjoining rest, sho and massage rrn as above. Outer walls
double with heated air cavity; ceiling slopes towards outs~deto drain off
condensation. All fittrngs rustproof. Wrndows with treble glazing. El
f~ttingswater tight.
Saunas +(5)(6) +pl17 338

1 t 3 Sho passage section & plan

4 Cubicle sizes
I I

7 Functional analysis of health b

bathr layout 4 4 ) - vesitibule + vestibule (1 000)

m d mm2

6 Bench types for steam b a b & bench 3 800 5 600

according to Finnish standards: b b &couch 5120 7 800
12000; steps & benches of wooden c b as above 5220 7120
battens nailed from below so that d-e as above 7 600 9 600
8 Standard Finnish sauna stove f as above 7 600 9 600
wtlh boiler (also suitable for washina body does not touch hot nail heads
8 Space needed for bath cubicles -(4)
336 Leisure

Spot?: swimming
POOL CHANGING ROOMS
Individual cubicles+(lb): l/vlsitor; size 1000 x 1000-1 200; gross,
area of changlng rrnlcubicle 3-4 m2.
Cubicles to be used in turn: (a) with locker +(la)(2) 3-4 lockers!
cub~cle;(b) with supervlsed central clo +(3)(4); slze and area as for
individual cublcle; deslrable ratio approx 53% (Very economical: if few
visitors cubicles can be used slngly.)
Bath cubicles i p 3 3 5 ( 4 ) ( 8 )
Common changing rooms: (a) wlth central handlng-ln clo +(4),
space required/place 0.5-0.8 m2; (b) wlth locker +(5b); space require-
-
o foot washbasins ment as (a) +
locker area, 3-4 lockerslseat; locker size: 300 x 500-
400 x 600 deslrable ratlo approx 26%: (c) without locker, with clothe:,
hooks -(5a); for groups supervision deslrable; space requirement as
1 Cubicles without separate shod & barefoot passages: a interchangeable (a); desirable ratlo approx 14%.
wlth locker b individual
H e ~ g hot l changlng rrn 3 2800

2 lnterchangeable cublcles wlth lockers 5 Common changing rm: a with clothes hooks b with lockers

3 lnterchangeable cublcles with central attended clo

I I
males males

k 4000 i 4000 + females females

clothes recelvlng K lssulng

I-10004

L L 1-

males males
key
..........
............
foot washb.!stn
...........
...........
..........
...........
...........
........... avdllable to females [ ---T
out of use
A____--
&\\\\\\p avallabie to males closed slnd~ngdwr

4 lnterchangeable cubicles & common changing rm with central supervlsed 6 Changlng ar planned so that 2 central spaces can be used at different tim
clo by elther sex

I I
f (:oat stands for interchangeable
r rJWle clo
I
4 Basket coathanger with shoebag for interchangeable cubicles
of filter rm
6 Space required for filter
*mlallation; for open air add 50%
j I
6 Water chute Bad Kissingen Germany
1 Cubicle with supervisedclo;
interchangeablecubicles for men &
women; indicator board D can be
switched accordingto demand
- -
3 Cubicles with proprietary panels
In baths at Nordeney Germany
Leisure 337
Spot?: swimming
POOL CHANGING ROOMS
For public bldg essential find most economic staffing solution. Divisron
of interchangeable sectrons by sex can be varied by use of slrding
partitions+p336(6) or by switching notice boards.
Av visitors 60-70% men 30-40% women
Clothes sto: individual lockers or attendant supervised b a s k e t j ( 4 ) sto
--tp336(3)(4).
Space requirements 4(2)(3):
500 bench/adult
400 benchlchild
bench h 375; bench w 300
In open-air baths per changing rm 40 users per section or area 20 coat
hooks on run of board for coat hooks 3000.
Ratlo of total changinglclothes sto space per user approx 1.75 rn2
Cubicles and clothes stand of timber or corrosion resistant metal wrth
proprietary panels 4 3 ) .
Include changing needs of disabled users: 2000 x 2000 cubrcle.
WATER CLEANING
Purification, flocculation and disinfection of swimming pool water: hygi-
enically essential turnover period for indoor public pools:
swimming pool 3 hr
learner pool '12 hr
divlng pool 6 hr
Purification of river, surface and pool water chemically by flocculation of
organic substances to induce coagulation followed by filtration. Filter rrn
sizes 4 6 ) .
Disinfection usually by chlorination.
In asymrnetr~calpools arrange outlets so that complete through flow
possible and no water can stagnate rn corners. For cleaning pool floor,
specially In open-air pools, remove sediment with brushes and suctron
sediment pump.
338 Leisure

Sport
SAUNA PLANNING
fresh
Domestic saunas-.pl17
Bathing time: 3 x 8-12 minute sessions, total for 1 bath 120 minull
Rm for cooling (sho, hose, plunge)+(2)(3)(9)(10) and air bath-t(3)(1.'
Natural cold water pleasanter. lake or sea Inlet (or snow).
Air bath: breathing In fresh cool air as offset to hot air, coollng d11w8
body. Prov~deprotectron agalnst peeplng; seating; water coollncj I ,
hose without rose orland plunge of approx 1000 m3. Warm footb wI1
seatlng required.

1 Private sauna diagram
warm footb essential, plunge b opt~onai
2 Domestic sauna-+pll7
Changing area: cublcles (or open) for twlce number of visltors at p1'.18
times j ( 1 3 ) ; also ancillary rest and massage rm -(12) for approx
v~sltors,2 massage points; 1 rest rm for 1/3 bathers apart from staff
Room temp: undressing 20-22C; pre-cleanse 2 24-26"; coo11111
(cold water) rm s 18-20, massage rm 20-22".

yelllowchannel
,8<1

I I I
3 Sauna in swlmming ha 9 Plunge b 10 Sectlon -(9)

I1

sauna
cablns

4 Plan I - 3 P 5 2-4P
1
6
' 3-5P
11 Public sauna suite Ashton-
under-Lyne pool England
Arch Technical Unit for Sport

1 refreshmtnl ,
2 changlng mi
3 pre cleanse
4 hose reces5 I
5 plunge b
6 warm foolb
7 Sauna
8 fresh alr b
9 rest rm
10 massaqe
11 cash desk

7 Sauna for 1-3 P: section

12 Sauna for 30 P: plan

( A/P I rm slres eg for 30 P

chang~ngrm 0 8-1 0 m'1P changlng rm

pre cleanse & wc 03-05mIP pre-cleanse
1 sauna 0 5-0 6 m'lP sauna
coollng rm 1 0-1 5 m2iP C O O ~ I ~rm
O
resl rm 0 3-0 6 m21P massage
resl rm
fresh a ~ r 0 5 rn21P
lob, lav, corr
6-8 rn2

bench

8 Sauna wlth indirect heattng (Bernberg) sectton 13 Ar required per P & rm sizes
 Leisure 339
Sport- tennis
COURT REQUIREMENTS ;i

Playlng space needed for court + ( I ) h of net at centre 91 5, at posts * :

$o
-l 970-1
1 060, nett~ngenclosure h 4000, 2 5 wlre 40 mesh A r t ~ f ~ c l~~aglh t ~ n g
10 m h at long ~ I d e sScale of courts to populat~on regular players av
--
.A
1370
2% of total, ratlo courts/players 1 30 to 1 35 very good, 1 45 or over
++ poor, new courts 1 30 Add~t~onal space amount~ngto 25% of play~ng
space needed for car park, ch~ldren'splay area, paths, bldg etc
Surface: exceptionally smooth, hard and pervious to rain: must attract
very little dust and be dazzle free; materials: grass, cinders, plastics.

..
rl

2 m
0)

C
- -
.-
.-

P
a,
0)
centre service
line
.s
m

I
service
llne
side
-margin-'
J
3 Drainage plans for tennis courts

end margin

enclosure

i
or~~:losure
dimensions internat~onal& national county & club recreational
/ ~<jli~tlng
to standards offlc~alchampionships recommended
" 1 lay

i
,~UII ond margin 6400 6400 5490

,~~III s~demargln 3660 3660 3050 I I

limit of I I
run out Ibase line
.................................................
net
~III enclosure
lor 1 court
*.*I%
36580 x 18290
..................................................
.................................................
+ a
6400 11.89 4

I I
4 Covered court h
1 k.111ded
for each 15240 14630
~~l(lll~onal
court
I Playlng space needed for courts of different standards according to
11n)ulrementsof (UK) Lawn Tenn~sAssoclatlon

__--__--
net
-..
-.
......
-..

-- -
............................
..............................................................................................................
..................................................
Fi I net h800

I a b
2 Dimensions & shapes for covered courts 4 4 ) sections a lonaitudinal 5 Children's court
340 Leisure
sport
SKI JUMPING SLOPES

1 Sketch for construct~onof s k ~jump slopes

Following symbols should be used
P datum point Dlstance from parapet of lower referee's cabln of hor~zontal'd benec~lt
TP table point edge of platform D x tg 163-20" Cablns should be located steppc 1 1
K crltlcal point (end of slowing down sectlon & start of run out slope) along diagonals formed by llne from platform edge to end of polnl 0
B end of land~ngrun forvaultlng Upper slde of floor of ~ndlvldualcablns lies 1 000-1 200 beneath parapc I
M slowlng down section (distance from P to K ) D~agonalof tower to access of track should be 7"-10" so that refereec III
Mi dlstance from P to B properly observe entire fllght and landlng
L distance from edge of slope to P
As many startlng polnts as posslble should be located on run up d1s111
L1 dlstance from edge of slope to K
buted evenly along length El5 whose dlstance should amount to aboi~l
H vertlcal projection of L
N hor~zontalprolectlonof L
1 000 vertically Bottom startlng polnt E El5 -

HN ratlo of verticals to hor~zontals Mln wldth of jump off track at K L117 +4m
a slope of platform
b slope of jump off track at datum polnt (P) up to critlcal polnt (K)
c run up slope
R1 radlus of bend from run up to platform Remarks
R2 rad~usof bend from lump-off to run out All slopes glven ~nold gradlng (360") If transfers parabolic then R1 a1111
R3 radius of bend from platformto jump off track R2 smallest curves on those parabolas
T l of platform
U part of run up In whlch speed no longer increases Wlth natural run up, sectlons malnly used should be marked every 2000
E part of run up ~nwhlch speed increases to help locate startlng polnt precisely Gradients on platform and sever 11
F overall I of run up (F = U + E + T) points rn curve between run up and platform end should be recorded ori
A l of run out both sldes by flxed bullt-ln proflles so that even non experts can detei
Vo speed at platform edge In m/s mlne correct and preclse proflle when jump belng worked
D horlzontaldlstance from platformedge to lower part of referee s Proflle marklngs should be applled along jump-off proflle both S I ~ P
tower down to run-out, allowlng exact snow proflle to be determlned particularly
O dlstance from jump off track access to referee s tower front edge ~ndeep snow Jumps wlth L more than 50 m should not normally be bull
Standards for chlef parts of platform wlth Vo of less than 21 m l s Jumps wlth Lover 90 m not approved by
H N 0 48-0 56 Federat~on~nternat~onale desk1 (FIS) (except for aerlal s k ~jumps)
Datum point of platform can be determlned
P L1 M where standards for M are
M 0 5-0 8 Vo for platforms up to P = 70 m
M 0 7-1 1 Vo for platforms up to P = 90 m

-1
M I 0-0 2Vo rnedlurn & large jumps
R1 012V02-OiZVo't8m
E L
R2 014Vo'-014V0+20m
R3 proflle selected for front structure whlch best meets angle of fllght c c c 9 12" 8-10 a'
T 0 22V0 I
U 0 02 Vo2 D 0 5-0 7 x L1 to lower edge of tower 30" 35" 40 U T Vo 0 56 0 54 0 52 05 0 48 b .L

A 4-5 Vo on horizontal run out O 0 25-0 50 x L1

62 52 44 88 46 21 53 0 51 0 35 37
small jumps
71 58 49 97 48 22 653 630 608 585 562
E L
80 65 54 106 51 23 715 690 665 640 615 36-38
c c c 8-10" 7-9" 6-8" ta
89 72 60 114 53 24 777 750 722 695 667
30" 3 9 40" U T Vo z 0 5 048 046 044 042 04 038 b .L 99 80 67 12 5 55 25 84 0 81 0 780 750 720 37 39

25 23 21 45 33 15 200 195 190 185 180 175 170 3034" 111 90 74 140 57 26 902 870 837 805 772

32 28 25 5 1 3 5 16 25 5 24 8 24 0 23 3 22 5 21 8 21 0 30-35" 124 100 81 150 59 27 963 930 895 860 825 38-40

39 32 28 58 37 17 31 0 30 0 29 0 28 0 27 0 26 0 25 0 33-36" 137 110 88 160 62 28 91 5 87 7

46 37 32 65 40 18 36 5 35 3 34 0 32 8 31 5 30 3 29 0 33-36"
-
3 Dlrnenslons larger slopes
52 43 37 72 42 IS 42 o 40 5 39 o 37 5 36 o 34 5 33 o 34-37" Example:according to terralnfollowlng data apply to LI & H N eg H/N = 0 54
c = 35", L = 87 rn, In table you will flnd L = 87 & In column to left Vo = 26 at
59 49 42 8 o 44 20 47 5 45 8 44 o 42 3 40 5 38 8 37 o 34-37" sornelevelbeneathc=35",E=90m,U= 1 4 & T = 5 7 , F = E + U + T -
90 + 14 + 5 7 = 109 7 m s k ~jump wlth dlmenslons dlfferlng from aboveca I
2 D~rnens~ons
small slopes be approved by FIS but In such cases deslgner must glve wrltten reasons
 Leisure 341
sport
SKI JUMPING SLOPES

Olyrnp~cjump

1 Ski jumps at a Garmisch-

PartenkirchenGermany
b Holmenkollen Norway: 1 start
2 run up 3 take-off platform 4 run
out 5 grandstand 6 umpires'towers

ICE RINKS
Hosed ice rinks In some countries on tennis courts, roller skating rinks
and similar large areas (surrounding wall h approx 100-150); water
layer 20; drainage for lett~ngout water.
Artificial ice rinks with refrigeration system 25 below screed. Pump
system w ~ t hdeep freeze salt solution or cold air chambers (usually
ammonia compression method) 4 3 ) - ( 5 ) . Sometimes combination of
roller skating rink summer (Mar-Nov) and ice rink winter (Dec-Feb).
Refrigeration system 25-50 below top of rink surface (not possible on
terrazzo).
Standard racetrack: 1300 m, 333.3 m, standard 400 m: measured 500
in from edge of track+(2). In double track system each track w 3 3000
< 5000. Ice hockey 4 ~ 3 4 2 .
Bobsleigh runs with pronounced camber made of ice blocks at curves.
Spectators preferably on inside curves, otherwise protective mounds of
snow or straw bales.
Toboggan runs situtated on N-NW-NE slopes, preferably in hollow: I
1 500-2500 m; incline 15-25%; w 3 2000. Flat finish or rise in opposite
direction, camber at curves, obstacles protected with straw bales or
snow mounds. Walk-up alongside not on run.

1 1 9 L .- 400 m race track

2xcentral axis= 2x1 11.94= 223 88 m
Innercurve =25.5x3 1416= 80.1 1 m
outercurve =30.5X3 1416= 95.82 m
+ -- 111 94 ---------- crosslng
/ crosslng Pxback wZ
: start 1500m
=
from 70 m
0.l8m
-----
total 400 m
~~ .---
~- - -

I I

2 Standard race track 400 m I

I I I I I 1

seamless plpes
dlstrlbutlon rods
In 75
concrete incl

3 Artificial ice rink: layout of 4 Detail of surface pipes 5 Detail of embedded pipes
refrigeration system (brine)
342 Leisure

Sport
ICE RINKS (cont)

I start ground
O
mid-fleld
target ground
Curling + ( I ) ground 1 42 m, w 4000 (30
3000 also possible), tntermedlate tracks (strtp I
1 m, pltch ends 3 600 Startlng and almlnll
areas surrounded wtth easlly crossed wood( 1 1
barr~eron 3 sldes
Scottish curling 4 2 ) fleld 142 m, target are,[
z I boo (tee) 8 3650 To centre polnt of tee 38 35 m 11
Ice poor reduce to 29 26 m Curllng stonr.
welght s 19 958 kg, clrcurnference < 914, h
l/s of clrcurnference

Ice hockey 4 3 ) : ground 2 26 x 56 m, s 330

I I
1 German curling rink x 61 m. Goal 1830 w, 1220 h; may be playctl
around back. Pltch requlres wooden barrlel
1200 h -(3).
Figure skating: rectangular nnk 2 26 x 53 171
S 30 x 60 m. Combination of roller skating rink
In summer (Mar-Nov) and Ice rlnk In wlnte~
(Dec-Feb). Cold pipe system 25-50 beneat11
track surface+p341(5).

ROLLER SKATING RINKS

1 Sports tracks
2 Scottish curling rink
roller skatlng hockey -+(4)15 x 30-
20 x 40 m
figure skating 25 x 50 m
2 Play tracks 10 x 10-
20 x 20 m
Impact board 250 h. 30 above track, 800 para-
pet along all sldes, 2000 char-link gr~dat narrow
end (to catch ball), surrounding walklng areas
1200; 50-100 deeper. Joints S 5-6,slope 5
0.2O/0 Surface water In gutters or dltches, frost
protection layer 2 200 +(4).

Construction
Asbestos cement panels 15; lad on squared
timber or on sand bed. Concrete tracks. 100--
150 according to type of bed, lotntless if poss-
ible, but imltatlon lolnts may be rnclsed 2-3
wide. Space joints every 25-30 m, gap wtdth 2
3 Ice hockey 15.
Hard concrete screed, 2 8 on fresh concrete
base (20 mortar ~f possible to take up stress
between screed and concrete base).
Cement screed with addltlves 1-1 0.
Terrazzo, pollshed, 2 15. joint ralls of brass,
metal alloy or plastics, only for Indoor tracks
Cast asphalt tracks on fixed base, as normal.

4 Roller skating hockey

team changlng rm

5 Artificial Ice & roller skatlng track

 Leisure 343
sport: golf

I .orJrses generally cover between 40 and 60 ha. Most popular those Fairways
. ~ l ~ r o sand
n g dunes or on heath land, neither hilly nor flat. Well-drained Width normally 30-40 m. Start 100 m from men's tee. Playlng wldthl
.~r,ibleland generally suitable; In UK government grants may enable hole: 60 m (90 m on boundaries).
Illore expensive works be considered ~fderelict or tlpped land reclaimed
Rough
I ~ o l holes
f
need proper safety margin: should not pass close roads or Carry rough: tee to farrway
tl~roughnarrow tongues between houses.
Marginal rough: to erther side of fairway, generally wlth mown band of
'semi-rough' of approx 10 m before trees, shrubs etc.

Normally 18 holes: often prudent start with 9 holes whlle providing Bunkers
I ~ ~ l uextension.
re Sand areas averaging perhaps 100 m2 but of all shapes and srzes. To
influence play determine optlmum line, provlde optlons and penalise
';ile round club house 1st and 10th tee, 9th and 18th green (preferably mrstakes.
III full view), puttlng green, practlce ground, car parks, members entrance
. I I I servlce
~ access. If professional's shop separate, place on way to first
ti!e.
Area dlctates total length absolutely; contour, natural features and
ot~staclesaffect 11marginally.
I xpect about 5300 m from 40 ha
6220 m from 60 ha
Par IS rating of av professional performance and yardstick by whlch
rrieasure skill, errors and course difficulty: appl~edto each hole and
totalled for 18 4 2 ) .

Tees
May be comblned on av length course but may be separated Into
c:hamplonshlp, medal, club, ladles at progressively shorter distances.
Allow 300 m2 (400 rn2at par 3 holes).

Greens 4 4 )
Size to s u ~approach
t shot and need to spread wear by changing holes.
say 400 m2 to 600 m7.

3 a golf club b golf bag

c golf trolley

1 Golf course layout (Golf Development Council)

I I I strokes I par

4 Typlcal green 59 rn'

 Leisure 345

manure container
1 Clearance required for 2 Clearance required for
manoeuvring horses into trailer/box manoeuvring large container truck
3 Riding school ar: min h needed for jumping 4000, 5000 preferable;
door w 2300 in twin sliders; if spectator seating needed will be additional to
riding ar; judges box & collection/mounting ar also needed
rail
fence
surround
cinder
all-weather
wen drained
Spot?: equitation
RIDING CENTRE PREMISES
Vehicle and loading areas+(1)(2)
Instructional: indoor school and areas +(3)(4); outdoor manege 4 . 5 ) ;
grass paddocks (min 8000 m2); outdoor show lumping ring; outdoor
dressage area; cross country tra~ningarea; club rmllecture rrnlcanteen;
sto for jumps, cavaletti etc (approx 5% act~vityarea).
Horse management: stables (loose boxes+(6) and stalls); utll~tybox:
grooming, clipping, shoeing, washlng, treatment of cuts etc (size as
loose box but without fittings except tie r~ngs);sick box (approx
3500 x 4500): should be away from other boxes but withln sight of
other horses; door should be in 2 leaves for horse to look out or be
enclosed if requires complete quiet; sling suspended from beam with
block and chain may be needed: 1250 kg max load~ng(for heavy
draught horse); larger establishments may need completely isolated
box for infectious diseases.
Feed sto 4 7 ) , feed rm, tack rm +(8)(9), tool sto; hay and straw sto:
Dutch-barn type structure; size depends on number of horses and
method of buying: year's supply of hay most economic way to buy as
price rises steeply during winter; straw price not affected so much
therefore sto less crit~cal.Data to determine size required: for 1 horse
approx 9 kg haylday, '/2 bale sirawlday; weight: 1 bale hay approx 23
kg, 1 bale straw approx 18 kg; bale size approx 900 x 450 x 450:
approx 10% extra volume should be allowed on total sto requlred for air
circulation and remaining stock when new load arrives.
Muck sto: traditionally open bunkers w ~ t hbrlck or block walls on 4 sldes
with opening approx 900 wide on 1 side: concrete floor should drain
towards this opening with gully outside. Size depends on number of
horses and management. Allow approx 5.6 m3/horse/week. After month
volume reduced approx two-thirds. Skip-type containers recommended:
various sizes depending on number of horses and frequency of removal.
Veterinary sto: bandages may be kept in cupboards or pigeon-hole
racks. Leg bandage measures 127 wide and approx 75 d~a.Medicines
and poisons should be kept in separate cupboards and clearly labelled.
Smithy: possibly 10-15 m2 in large centres otherwise space to park
mobile blacksmith.
Administration; reception off; manager's off; staff rm; first aid rm;
lavatories; changing rm; garaging for horse boxes, tractors and trailers;

11
surface resident accn for manager; resident accn for grooms and/or stable girls,

1 5 Manegering
plant rm (boilers, el switchgear etc); workshop.

24.4-25.94 I entrance from stables

+ - 3 5 0 0 ~ + - 3 5 0 0 l I
4 Indoor show jumping arena with collecting ring, warm-up & practice jump
space: for mounting/collecting ar allow for 20-30 horses at 3.5-5 mZeach

,1
1
0
feed st0 600 x 600
g
m I I x 900
7 Feed sto: size
w e e n depends on number of
horses & method of
metal channel protective
buying feed (sacks or
entrance from yard ~p"~~:er bulk); each bin capable of
holding 101 kg oats, 76 kg
straphinges klck-over latch gulley
bran, 178 kg cubes

a pa~ntedbrickwork
b halter
, hooks entrance from yard 8 Plan of typical tack &
clean rm; in larger
establishments separate
cleaning rm desirable;
BHS recommends 1 tack
rrn/15 horses; value of
tack requires rm specially
clean rm board secure from burglars
(barredwindows etc)

- 2001200

9 Eqp stored in tack rm includes:

C
saddles on racks a not lower than 700
from floor nor higher than 1800.600
6 Typical layout for loose box: min internal dimensions ponies 3000 x centres; stirrups & leathers; bridles on
3000, horses below 16 hands high 3000 x 3500, horses above 16 hh 3500 racks b 1 600 above floor; head
x 4000; recommended h approx 3000-4000; if internal corr needed min w collars, girths on hooks 3 1800 above
3000 recommendedfor use by servicing vehicles &as means of fire escape; floor; blankets, rugs, sheets usually
stalls min 12700, min w 1800; min passage between stalls 1800 a section stored in galvanised steel chests (may
b elevation c plan a b be kept in general sto)
346 Lersure

Sport: marinas
DEFINITION
Marina's main role provide shelter from w~nd,waves and swell ol
passing craft; access to moorlngs at all states of tide w ~ t hspace for
manoeuvre; tie~ng-uppoints for boats with services, eg water, el, tele-
phone, televlslon, refuse collect~on,fire fighting, sanitat~on, public
address system; sanitary needs and amenltles for yachtsmen, eg wc,
sho, changing and drying rm, entertain~ng,sporting activities, shopping,
water car parking; eqp for launching, lifting, manoeuvring, repairing, maintali-

nm Ing boats; other bldg directly related to boatlng.

TYPES OF DEVELOPMENT
Land to water relationship -(I): land locked 4 4 ) . built-ln 45).
semi-recessed, offshore, island (constructed in open water: specla1
case).
Tidal situation:
non-tldal: varlatrons of water level s 1000; usually easy for people and
trolleys and simple connexions between onshore and offshore service
1 Land to water relationship: a land-locked b built-in c semi-recessed
d offshore e island systems;
tidal: substant~alchanges of water level; difficult connexion between
pontoons and land for people and services; constructlon difficulties
almost inevitable.
Site selection factors: legal problems; transport systems; potential for
future extension; constructlon optrons and methods; geological.
hydraulic, climat~c;soil and sub-so~l;orlentation, physical features,
erosion, posslbll~tyof flooding; engineering network on shore; materials
stability; t~des,currents, nav~gationalrequirements; pollut~oncontrol;
labour sources; effect of marina on exlsting environment during
construction period and after completion.
0 125 250 375 500 m

2 Energy-absorbingslopes inside 3 Pontoon layouts: a stretching OFFSHORE BOAT HARBOUR COMPONENTS

Hantsholm harbour Denmark from land b stretching from
breakwaters c stretching from Area needed: craft srzes vary: 1 4.8-21.3 m (USA 4.3-24.4 m), beam
floating elements 1.8-6.0 m (USA 2-6 m); areas of water calculated on bas~sof planned
number and size of craft moored, pontoon layout, types of berth.
Depth of water: rnin 600 (USA 610) plus max draft of vessel at lowest
astronomical tide, 300 resewed for stilting, 300 for clearance. If too
shallow at lowest tide dredging necessary.
Channel: leading to entrance > 20-30 m wide; maln channel within
harbour area depends on number and sizes of craft passing through at
any 1 time, min w 18 m.
Entrance: protection requlred from ingress (wave energy to be absorbed
before choppy conditions arise in yacht basin) 4 2 ) ; su~tableprotection
spending beaches, rocks or concrete blocks moulded to appropriate
shapes, piles.
Pontoon layouts: well selected layout very Important; maln cho~ce
llmlted to pontoons stretching from a land, b breakwaters, c floating
elements 4 3 ) .
Berth types-(6): a stern to quay, jetty or pontoon bows to piles (poor
for embarking); b same but bows moored to anchors or buoys (not for
tidal marinas); c alongs~deflnger piers or catwalks, 1 craft each side
(convenient for embarking); d alongside quays, letties or pontoons,
4 Yacht basin Chichester England: land locked, 1 000 berths single banked; e same up to 3 or 4 abreast (disadvantage of yachtsmen
on outer climbing over inner craft); f star finger.
central
square

east

0 50100m .
' t i 'entrance
160 300ft
I ( \
I I
5 Marina Port Grimaud France built on reclaimed
marshland: 900 flats each wlth berth 6 Types of berth

(;OMPONENTS (cont)
Locks: often have more than 1 compartment; should maintain constant
w ~ t e level
r on 1 side, other side varying with tide; capacity decided by
lrctak use; waltlng pontoons either srde lock recommended.
Pontoon design: often used to carry servlces and to support lighting
~r~lrts,lockers, refuse collection points, fire fighting devices; service
Ilollards often provided: boatslbollard 2-6; sewage collection polnts for
Iloats recommended either as holding tanks or as outlets connected
wtth vacuum sewage system leading to onshore network. Min w main
.~c:cesspontoons 2000 with fingers 2 500 w~de;if total pier I over 100,
;'500 w more appropriate; min w floating pontoon 2500.
Pontoon types: fixed: for non-tidal marinas; fixed deck (t~mber,
.~lum~nium,plastics decking) resting on structural supports (piles most
c.ommon); service ducts usually under deck;
floating: for tidal marinas or where structural difficulties occur and sup-
ports on bed not feasible (eg deep water, geological conditions); deck
l~xed to floating units and so kept at required level above water; floats of
,;teel, plastics, t~mber,concrete, polystyrene, filled with lightweight
lriaterial (eg polystyrene) or left hollow; pontoons held in posit~onby
tlolph~ns;in exceptional cases may be anchored to bed; connexion to
land by hinged bridge, ramps, lifts, hoists, collaps~blesteps.
Breakwaters: rubble mound: ma~nlyfor s~teswrth relatively small tidal
variations; alternative concrete blocks moulded to shape: not appro-
priate for more extensive structures; with relatively shallow slope (1 : 2
lo 1 : 3) rubble mound occupies large water area otherw~seavailable for
craft or other essential uses;
vert~calface. concrete walls (constructed in open sea cond~tionsas
mass concrete or buttress structures): effic~entwhen bu~lt,d~tficultto
construct and maintain;
caisson type: precast concrete cyl~nders(e~therhollow or filled with
I I
1 Marina entrance design Br~ghtonUK
I gates or I
5 Sto for small motor boats
2 Marn components of lock
I I
embankment / recess
walls 5
6 Floatingjetty with housing superstructure
Brighton marina: section
3 Sliding caisson & dock entrance
Leisure 347
SpotT: marinas
I
-
"D- "
sand) restrng on sea bed, c~rcularshaped cusps between un~ts,posltlve
&e
contr~but~onto wave energy absorptron,
C
floatlng usually cons~deredfor s~tesw ~ t hgreat depth of water and
relat~velymlld cond~trons,somet~mesact as secondary protect~onor 3
prrmary barr~er,reduc~ngsea Impact before waves reach maln sea
defence
Fuelling points: consldered desirable but not required by authorities
(UK); floating tanks not usually accepted. NB fire risk prevention at
points of flexible connexions between tanks and floating pumps.
Pollution control: in non-tidal marinas water circulation certainly required
but hard to achieve. Sanitary accn for yachtsmen essential (travelling
distance < 100 m); provide refuse disposal units close to craft as
possible; pollution culverts may also be needed.
Onshore elements:
car parking: ratio cars: boats 1 : 1-1 : 2; not too far from craft for yachts-
men and their eqp;
sanitary accn; recommended min erther 1 wc and Isho each sex per 20
berths or 1 wc, 1 urinal, 1 hb, 1 sho per 25 men, 1 wc, 1 hb, 1 sho per 25
women (max occupancy of harbour estimated 60%; suggested ratlo
men to women 2: 1);
yacht clubs: floor ar/P 1.0-5.0 m2: club rm, lav, drying rm, bars,
restaurants, meeting rm, indoor sports, off, information centre, sleeping
accn, caretaker's flat:
hard standing, boat sto, repair shop and other elements related to boat
maintenance and handling; should have suitable device for boat lifting
and launching and easy connexion to roads; free areas for manoeuvring;
fuel tanks often sited close to boatyards;
ancillaries may include customs, coastguards, lock keepers, insurance
brokers, car hire, travel agent off.
lecture rrn club rnl
7 Clubhouse design Stokes Bay sailing club
Gosport UK: a W elevation b ground floor c first
floor d second floor
Sport references:
iBrbliography entries 003 006 046 083 183 205 212 297 355 384 388
475514515516517537538549585586587588639
348 Leisure

Theatres
i0
street fyj
- REGULATIONS
Reg concerning theatre and clnema bldg and schemes not rigid in UK 01
USA: concern publ~csafety; must be complled with to obtain necessary
othelwlse licence; should be discussed w ~ t hlicensing authority at earllest stage
Princ~plesapplicable world wide; maln task of architect achieve balance
between commercial, artistlc and spectator requirements, and des~gr~
scheme which complies with 'means of escape' and d~fferentialdetal
safety reg.
0 street +-4 0 +

I
0
"n
9U
street
I I ' For consents reclulred in UK in addit~onto theatre or clnematoqrapti
llcence -Bib 300301 328 329 346 347 361 363 591 598 599
1 D~stanceto adjo~n~ng
bldg ~f 2 D~stance~ftheatre parallel
theatre 1 to street to street For USA -.local bldg codes

Organisation
Theatres may be div~dedlnto 3 parts 4 4 ) :
reception: entrance, booking hall, foyer, cloaks etc
auditorium
stage: main stage, wings, back of stage, scenery sto, workshops,
dressing rm, rehearsal rm etc
Parts vary in content and size depending on type of theatre opera,
drama, revlew or clnema.
I I I I Situation: Bldg for publ~centerta~nmentmust be s~tedallow audence
leave area more rap~dlythan required leave premises. Check requlrements
3 D~stanceif theatre lies between 4 Layout of Vlenna State Opera at earllest stage.
blocks
-(1)(2)(3) for typlcal dlmens~ons
concert
revlew clnerna Audience arrival times +(5) extend from 15-30 mlnutes, departures
Onera
5-20 mlnutes
P waltlng In booklrig ha -
Car parks -p248-50 Capac~tles usually determ~ned by pldnnlng
P book~ngwlthin 20 min before 1 0OU/0 author~ty S~teveh~cle entrance away from theatre entrance lncludr
performance covered area for settlng down pdssengers
queu~ngfor advance book~ng -

tlcket control 1 mln E x i t s must all open outwards and comply w ~ t hrequirements for numbers
tlrne, ~farrlving by car 2-5 rnln and travel dlstance General rule for numbers (UK) 1600 w~dthfor 250
seat~ng r s part thereof with mln of 2 exlts-(6)(7) Ramps not to exceed
v ~ s ~ t oor
% of P leav~ngsedts at intervdl -

10% In UK, can be limited to 5% In cont~nentalEurope

t~merequ~redfor leav~ngseat to
foyer -
Cloakrooms 4 ( 7 ) Modern systems Include self servlce lockable coat
t~me~nto~let -
hangers or lim~tedlength counters w ~ t hmln number attendants
tlme from seat to dr~ve,excluding clo -

walling for taxls or transport -- Stairs-(8) -p408 Must comply w ~ t he x ~w~dths

t requlrements If w~dth
more than 1800 should be des~gnedas double sta~rsw ~ t hcentral
5 Table after Burr~s-Meyer& Cole (-Bib152) glv~ng% of P & tllne ~nrnln handrail 2 x 1100 1r 2200 w ~ d eR~sersnot exceed 150 treads mln
needed reach or leave seats, as measured in USA 280
Foyers for theatres can be 100-500 mZ/P, for clnemas space requlred
for clrculatlon and exlt only, unllkely be more than 100 m'/P
Toilets In accordance w ~ t hlicensing requlrements, also -B1b092
-- -
USA reg for ex~ts,sta~rsetc vary example -(lo)
- -
1 000 for PO P ' 7g-
t i
better2000 8 more -
7

6 Corrw:1100forupto100P, 7 Exit & clo

1 600 for up to 250 P
capacity (Plunlt of w ' )
max travel ramps
d~stance corr

fire-proof wall
occupancy
group
with~n
assembly
space (m)
,
prl-
.
secon-
~ &
asie
cross
from
assembly
-doors or openings

from
safe
stars
8
safe ar
exlt
passage-
ways

class~f~cat~on
mary dary alsle space ar escalators
dlrect
l~ght& I-1,r 26 38 80 50 100 60 80
~entllatlon f-lb 30 38 90 80 125 80 100
f-2 53 76 400 400 500 120 415
'unit 560
\ / cnrr

8 Stairs: 1 100 for up to 100 P;
1 600 for up to 250 P; centre
handrail required over 1 800 w
I I
f la ericlosed ttieatrcs w ~ t hstages lti;it may h,rve s c i i n ~rernents,
: f Ih rncli~:;ed
thcatres whlctl p r o h ~ t luse
~ t of srcnlc elemeiits on or dbove stdge. 1-2, outdoor
dsserrlhiy spaces
I I I 1
9 Prov~delob between smoking & 10 Determination of exit & access requirements:extract from New York Clty
non-smoking ar: doors to open In bldg code
d~rectionof exlt
 Leisure 349
Theatres

SIGHT LINES
Typical seated spectator -+(l )
+
Eye height: 1120 100
Tread of seating tier (row spacing) 1 : 800-1 150
Head clearance C:
C, = 65: min clearancelrow, assuming spectator will see between
heads row in front (every-other-row vision)
C2 = 130 allows av spectator see over head av specator in front
(every-row vision)
Rise R 4 2 ) : difference in height between adjacent seating platforms
Floor slope:
Arrival point of sight (APS) 4(2)(3): lntersectlon of highest s~ghtl~neat
focal plane positioned 50 above stage platform
Distance: horizontal distance from eye of seated spectator to APS
Dl = distance from eye of first row to APS
Dn = distance from eye of glven row n to APS
Elevation: vertical height of eye of seated spectator above focal plane
1 Typical seated spectator El = vertical height of eye of first row above focal plane
En = vertical height of eye of given row n above focal plane
El = 0 establishes max stage he~ghtallowable, ie 1 060
Constant rise floor slope 4 2 ) : s~ghtlines from rows parallel; APS
determined by intersection of sight line from last or highest row at focal
plane:

R= -
Dl I
EI+(N-1) +C
1 Dl =--[
R-C
El + (N - l ) C 1
D
El = '(R-c)-C(N-I)
T
N = number of rows in seat bank.
lscidomal floor slope 4 3 ) : exponential shape of floor slope results
from generation of sight lines from single focal point or APS; ~sc~domal
floor slope makes more efficient use of given total r~se:

R,=E,-En,
2 Constant rise floor slopes
Type and scale of performance will dictate range of performing area
sizes 4 4 ) . May be desirable enable performing space accommodate
-- variety of performing area sizes. Containment of audience within 130"
angle peripheral spread of vision from performer at point of command
will help promote max visual and aural communlcatlon between performer
and spectator.
Largest performing area should fall within boundary def~nedby 130"
angle of peripheral spread of vis~onfrom seats at ends of front rows
4 5 ) . Limit of centre of action defined by 60" angle of normal, accurate,
polychromatic vision from seats at ends of front rows. Point of command
should log~callyfall within centre of action.
Boundary limit of seating area of auditor~ummight be defined by glven
constant angle of peripheral spread of vision to sides of glven stage
opening. Limits of both 30" and 60" angles of per~pheralspread of vis~on
to various openings illustrated 4 6 ) .

3 lscidomal floor slopes

A 8.5 m
B 10.7m
C 12.8m
D 14.9m
E 17.0m
2 84m2 limit of performing ar
3 123rnZ
4 Range of performingar 5 Relationship between 6 Viewing angle fields from stage opening
performing ar & seating
350 Leisure

Theatres

movable (fly~ng&/or h~nged)
aud~tor~um ce~l~ngcan be used
to vary seatlng capaclty In s~ngleha
I1 Attached balc (solld Ilnes) flylng balc (dotted Ilnes)
AUDITORIUM
Auditor~umlong~tud~nal sectlons shown +(I)-(6) have same numbers
of rows Max D . H balcony overhang proportion recommended: 1 : 1 for
concerts, 2 : 1 for opera, drama. Flying balcony may allow greater D: H
ratlo by allowing reverberant energy reach rear seats from behind. Last
rows should have clear sight line to central speaker cluster. Balcony
overhangs posit~onedclear of projection beam. Max sight lhne angle
from balcony to stage: 30".
Convex and irregular surfaces a ~ d sound d~ffusion.Domes, vaults and
other large concave surfaces may cause acoustlc problems. Higher
ce~lhngfor longer reverberat~on tlme as required for concerts; typlcal hall
volume: 20.5 m3-35 m3/audlence seat. Lower ceil~ngfor shorter rever-
berat~ontlme as required for drama, speech; typ~calhall volume: 7 5
m"14 m3/aud~enceseat. In halls used for concerts treat stage and
aud~enceseat~ngas 1 volume. In multiple-use halls this condit~on
achieved with hard orchestra shell wh~chmust be demountable for full
use of stage for scenery. Acoust~crequirements may dictate that reflect~ve
surfaces at ceiling of orchestra enclosure extend out above aud~ence
seating.
I

12 2 attached balc 6 3 flying balc ?

d t

rnax
2 500

3 Attached lower balc flylng upper balc

7 Typical orchestra pit lift detail

- max seats: 12-1 7 (14 typ) USA I

18-30 modified cont~nental
14-22 UK
rnax seats 6-9 (7 typ) USA
7-1 1 UK

8 Multiple a~sleseating
l

ax seats permitted per row-49; unl~rnited

lncrernental increase In row I sornetlmes perrn~tted
as function of ~ncrementalIncrease In row spaclng
15 3 attached balc

T vary considerably can need 1400 spacing and wldth of 750 Standlng
3 500
1 usually lald out In stralght or curved rows, In some theatres angled
I 840-1 000-1
1 All seats f~xedtlp-up chars
(except In boxes), armchalr seatlng
needs 1400 x 750 spaces
2 Stand~ngroom, unusual In
modern theatres
Leisure 351
Theatres
SEATING
Slzes depend on type of char and determine chalr spaclng Declde on
chaw style at outset Tradltlonal chalrs requlre mln spaclng at 840 and
are 500 w ~ d e+(I), most common USA dlmenslon 530 Modern chars
space 4 2 ) formerly normal not usual In modern theatres Seatlng
seatlng tr~ed4 3 ) Seatlng radlus centre polnt best established by
try~ngalternative posltlons Short radlus enables whole audlence face
centre of stage but thls must be drawn to ensure adequate clrculatlon
space at front stalls sldes
BALCONIES
Theatres wlth 1 balcony (frequent In USA) 4 5 ) can give better slght
llnes than multiple +p350, reduce staff requirements, slmpllfy exlts,
Increase spectator convenlence Sometimes rr~ovablecelllng Very deep
stalls under balcony 4 5 ) tend to llmlt upward slght llne Multlple
audltorla have become common 4 7 ) Conta~~~ment of sound In each
audltorlum major problem

FLEXIBLE SEATING +also p135

Division of auditorla into smaller rm by sliding folding partitions common
in conference centres; more difficult in theatres with stepped floors.
Consider closing off areas of seating to provide smaller capacity; to
3 Angled tip-up seats give elbow 4 Boxes may have 10 chairs & provide full flexibility folding seating areas can slide away to expose
room clear way to exit level floor +p135(4). Loose seating used on flat floor gives very poor
sight lines: must have temporary fixing. Sto accn for loose seating must
be provided; 1000 folding chairs need 20-36 rn2sto spaze.

==i'
proscenium
1 - -~
arch

L:, 1
5 Sect~on5 rouqh auditorium of American 1-balcony theatre with
ambulatory &view into rear stalls: equal seat value so standard prices
possible
6 Hamilton Place Ontario Canada a orchestra floor b 1st balcony floo~ 7 Concert ha Helsingborg Finland with 2 ha 1 above other a longitudinal
Arch Garwood-Jones section b plan of large ha Arch S Markelius
352 Leisure

Theatres
STAGE TOWER
min normal max
Dimensions governed by stage machinery, increasingly complex to
speed scenery handling and changes. Small stage without slde and
backstage 4 2 a ) . S h ~ f t ~ nscenery
g by hand with trained staff 2 3 min,
revlew 10 11 with ' jacknlfe' trolleys 15 sec-.(2b); ~fside and backstage wlth traverse
musical 10 12 15
trolleys 10 sec-(3).
opera 12 18 25
I I Revolving stage
1 Stagew DISCwlth 2-3 sets-(3)
I 1 2 discs with contact at staqe centre
Reciprocating segments 4 2 c )
R ~ n stage
g wlth centre upstage +(2d)
Rlng stage wlth centre in house +p353

Stage tower
Wldth of stage 2 twlce stage opening 4 3 )
Depth of stage from f ~ r ecurtain 2 3/4 stage wldth helght to rlgglng loft
unciers~de medlum he~ghtof aud~torlum t helght of stage openlng
4 4 )
cyclorama Fireman's rm 3 800 wlde, 2200 hlgh scenery at each s ~ d eof stage wlth
view and exit to stage, escape route also requlred
Wldth of corrldor at stage level 2 2200, otherwise 1500 If stage
(wrthout s ~ d eand backstage) larger than 350 m2 wldth of corrldors
Increases by 150150 m'
Exits from stage areas should be planned provlde ready egress from all
parts Include at least 2 ex~tsof whlch 1 must lead to open alr through
unvent~latedlobby Mln w~dthsshould comply wlth reg Exlt require
ments trom basement and dresslng rm areas slmllar 1 to be ~ndepen-
dent of stage area and 1 from dresslng rm should also lead direct to
open alr
Workshops (locksmith, carpenter, palnt shop) connected by fire lobbies
to corrldors.
Scenery sto at stage level 2 10% of stage area.
H e ~ g hof
t scenery sto approx 6000-10000.

I Rigging loft: space over stage used for hanglng scenery and lightlng
eqp. Between loft and roof construction allow 2 2100 head room.
2 Diagrams show~ngvarious ways of setting & handling scenery
Adeauate ventllat~oneaual to 10% staae area to be provlded by haystack
lantern above loft. varies from code t i c o d e USA
Fire curtain: stage must be separated from auditorium by flre proof
curtaln of w ~ r ewoven asbestos cloth stretched between top and bottom
1 storey dresslng mi
lor arl~stscllorus ballet
steel plpes, asbestos plates flxed to flre proof steel frame or sheet metal
flxed to fire proof steel frame Hand release to operate flre curtaln and
drencher system over Both automatic and hand release usually requlred
In USA
Curtain must be In 1 plece; should move vertically and should close
completely In 30 seconds.

B - stage w
b - stage
openmq

3 Diagrammatic plan of stage tower wlth typical dimensions 4 Diagrammatic section of stage tower with typical dimensions
 Leisure 353
Theatres
MULTI-FORM THEATRE
R i n g stage w i t h centre in house+(I)-(5) Alms at lntlmate connexlon
of audlence and actor, brlngs play amongst audlence In contrast to
'peep-show' stage These methods call for modern stagecraft Actor
plays surrounded by h ~ audlence
s +(2)(4)(5) w~thoutcurtaln and wlth
llttle scenery Audltorlurn may be round, square or rectangular +(4)
Instead of scenery use can be made of fllm project~onRevolvlng stages
+(2)(3) Revolvlng audltorlum +(2)(3) 'Theatre In the round' (arena
type) where common stage omltted - 4 5 )
Combined 'arena' & 'peep-show' stage As arena theatre slde walls of
audltorlum have rolllng or slldlng out panels wh~chlhne up wlth cyclorama
and thus enclose space As 'peep-show' theatre proscenium arch put
between audltorlum and stage

1 Arena stage: ground floor plan 2 'Total theatre' with revolving

Arch Kreislinger & Rosenbaum centre: plan shows both positions:
after Gropius Theatre references:
+Bibliography entries 015 034 113 114 152 266 298 309 340 343 350
351352361 408409413475556572626

kev
1 bl~v~er heatr re
2 clrcle foyer
3 plcture gallery

L I
3 New London Theatre Drury Lane London: revolving stage & front stalls
wlth adjustable h seating; can be either in the round or proscenium
Arch Tvrtkovic & Kenny Chew & Percival

6 Circle level Ol~vierauditorium National Theatre London England Arch

4 Kleines Haus Theater Mannheim (Germany) with adjustable seating Denys Lasdun
a 'peep-show' stage with orchestra b double-sidedarena stage c arena
stage all round Arch G Weber

key
1 upper lob
key 2 control booth
1 removablet~er 3 forestage
2 stage 4 space stage
3 balc 5 stagedoor
5 d~rectoron 6 costumes
6 prestdent's box 7 green rm
8 coollng tower 8 Walker Art Centel
9 rm 9 court
11 foyer (llght booth
above)
13 shop
14 mech eqp
16 lounge
17 lob (rehearsals)
18 vestibule

5 Arena Stage Theater Washington DC USA upper level plan Arch Harry 7 Plan at balc level Tyrone Guthrie Theater (three-quarter arena)
Weese Minneapolis USA Arch Ralph Rapson
 354 Leisure
Cinemas
+also theatres p348-53

Techniques & regulations

Very similar to theatres. Old requirements (UK) for open space round
18
cinemas still applicable+(1)(2); architect must discuss requirements at
earliest stage. Use of court or mall access becomes more common In
comprehensive schemes, but unless court fully fire protected may not
count as e x i t j ( 3 ) .
Consult relevant codes and standards for all details.
Doors & corridors
Widths must match exit requirements. Doors to open outwards agalnst
exit flow in corrldor and to be free of fastenings except panic bolts.
Projections for handrails up to 75 allowed into exit widths but doors must
provide clear exit dimension measured from door face to frame when
standing open. Doors generally required to be fr and self closing -45).
Staircases
Must also match exlt requirements +p348, clear w~dth be~ng
measured between walls or wall and balustrade - 4 6 ) . Not less than 3
risers permitted; not more than 16 risers in straight fllghts. Max of 2
successive flights without turn allowed provided number of risers re-
duced to 12. Landings at top, bottom and between flights should equal
width required. Stair risers (UK code) not to exceed 150, treads at least
280; USA codes vary.
Stairs 4 ~ 4 0 8
Seating
Layouts similar to theatres 4 ~ 3 4 9 - 5 0 ,except seat blocks do not normally
exceed 14 chairs. Spectator convenience improved for continuous
performances; sales of confectionery improve when access from seating
increased. Modern chairs, some of which have not tip-up seats, need
greater spacing. Distance from screen to front row of seats determ~ned
by max allowable angle between sightline from first row to top of screen
and perpendicular to screen at that polnt: max angle 30"-35" recom-
mended. Limit to sight angle of 35" above horizontal produces distance,
to screen on centre line of 1.43 x height from front row eye level to top
of plcture +p357(4).
Seat sizes f~nallydetermine layout dlmens~ons4 ~ 3 5 0 - 1 .Vertical sight
lines determined in similar way as for theatres +p349 except that each
spectator should have clear view to bottom of picture. Slde seatlng at front
(limited by angles of sight to screen +p355(6).
Access to auditorium
In stepped seating can be from beneath through vomitory or from rear,
each to crossover aisle. Side and rear alsles add to ease of access ant1
supervision of audience.
Multiple auditorium
Now often considered necessary In commercial cinemas. Various
theories used to divide total seats needed. Ratios of 1 : 2 or 2 : 3 for dual
cinemas; ratios of 1 : 2 : 3 for triple cinemas; progression of seat totalsfor
larger mult~ples.Basic requirement: glve visitor cho~ceof programmes
and enable operator judge business potential of each film so as show 11
in auditorium of capacity to match public demand. If film playing to half
capacity audiences can be transferred to smaller auditorium or vice
versa.
Seating capac~tlesvary between 100-600 cha~rs generally regarded
(UK) as min and max auditorium sizes+(7).
Sales, staff, projection and servlce arrangements can be as for single
clnema +p355-7.
Ventilation and acoustic separation must be prov~ded.Single projection
rm to link all auditorla preferred but automation and closed clrcu~ttv to
monitor programmes make posslble separate eqp in conversion of old
properties.

-
7
.............
"".'.......'O"
-
.....................
.9......................
street

street
Cinemas with more than 2000
seats should have exits on more
than 1 public road, or be situated in
courts
1 I
2 Clnemas wlth less than 2000
seats should have exits on public
road; may be in courts 4 3 ) ; for
passages 4 4 )

.............................
............................
533 street

3 Cinemas can be situated off 4 Layout of passages -(2); fire

street but may require alternative engine +p20(3) 21(1)
exits

direct
light & 1

5 Door & corr w to comply with reg 6 W of stairs to equal exit w

+p348: doors to open against exit +p348: flights not less than 3 risers 7 Cinema Putney London: multiple auditoria; part of commercial bldg,
flow not more than 16, 12 if 2 flights with high level common projection rm
without turn
 Leisure 355
Cinemas
F

..........................
...................................
1 Cloakrooms t _P

.............................................. ... ... ... ... ..................................................... Not standard requirement in UK cinemas: if provided should be planned.
f lll3liflilllFn-m- not to obstruct exits or normal circulation -+(l) +p348.
............
1.6
l i F
. .. .. .....I .. .. ... ~ 3 1 . 1
~~~m~
Projection rooms
Used to be divided into separate compartments for rewinding and
........................................ 1.................... projecting film with dimmer rm, battery rm, switch rm, spotlight rm,
workshop and staff and sto rm, each 6-10 m2forming suite+(2)(3).
I 1
1 Ar required for clo counter -p348: not usual in modern cinemas Modern automated systems take about same space and require rewlnd
bench to give operational flexibility.

amplifier & portholes as small Type of eqp to be used should be established at outset to flnalise detail
canopy dimensions. Provided non-inflammable (safety) film only used exits can
be internal+(4): if inflammable fim used 1 exit must lead to open air and
3 haystack lantern must be provided, with opening area of 0.19 m2for
850 each 640 m of film used and stored In rm. Exit to public area must be
through ventilated protected lobby. Circulation space for servicing and
access must be provided round eqp; front wall length of 5500 x rm
C depth of 3500 IS av sue. Plan staircase and door widths to allow for
access of eqp; risers should not exceed 190 treads at least 250.
+ front wall Mirror projections and observation used where space limited, and before
plan supply sto -I

automation became available 4 3 ) . W ~ t hmirrors 1 projection rm can

2 Diagram of projection rm; if window installed ensure daylight cannot serve multiple cinemas located vertically; but as general rule better
reach screen a plan b section avoid mirror projection. Picture ratlos vary wlth film systems: operator
must decide what required 4 5 ) . Advance techniques employ variable
height and width pictures; as size of arc lamp used determined by
extraction duct picture area max effect obtained by using different ratios of equal areas.
ventilating
Using 70 film makes possible bigger area screens. Normally accepted
max screen widths: for 70 film 20 m, for 35 film 13 m.
Screen size should be large as possible up to these maxima or width of
seating whichever least; ratios of wldth to max v~ewingdistance should
be from 1 : 2 to 1 : 3+(6). Advisable in very small cinemas accept ratio of
1 : 2 to enable standard focal length lenses to be used and avoid very
3 Projection rm in gallery structure, 4 Internal projection rm with small pictures. Wider pictures would require special lenses. To calculate
observation through mirrors: with mech ventilation plcture width obtainable from given lens:
35 mm also project through mirrors
film frame apperture w x throw
W =
focal l of lens

In anamorphic (Clnemascope) projection same formula used multipl~ed

I
I
by 2.
1-1-37normal Curved directional screens orrginally developed to overcome dispersion
1 :I .66 paramount of reflected light from flat screen. Modern cinema with better screen
1:3.25 1
material able to use curve of screen to reduce amount of apparent
distortion to side sight lines. Too much rise on chord can give problems
1 :2.2 todd ao (70 rnm)
with focus over whole picture area. Screen radius usually between
1 :2.34 cinemascope
755100% of projection throw; rise on chord should not exceed 10-
12% of chord width.
5 Common film ratios: use adjustablemaskingto screento suit picture sizes
I

8tlrnesscreen ma zone II l ~ mline

~ t of ,, zone111 zone
,so-deformation
zone II III
zone

zone I lhmlt llne of

,so-deformallon

last row
01 Seats
m
$

allgn wlth vertex curved screen - seatlng zone l!mlts

of hyperbola kLi!;:itote flat screen- seatlng zone lhmits
so-deformallon zone llmit lines most
zone I y = ? (0 5W 0.33x2 - H )
polnt on screen
(so-deformation zone llmlt lines
where x 3 vs easily plotted by graphical method:
plot lso-deformationhyperbolafrom point
zone ii y = ? (0.5W
zone I. y = -
/
\ where x 2 v e on screen 8 rotate axes about centre
zone II y = \/X2 - 3H2 H = screen h of screen curvature

6 Fllm projection plannlng

viewing point on screen llne of ISO-deformation = boa~ndary of seatlng ar for seat placed here:
wh~chspectators will see same apparent dlstortlon hyperbolashape deflned viewing flat screen: seating ar represented by ar common to space within 2
~nplan by asymptotes from polnt on screen, zone I dlstortlon exlsts but not hyperbolas; ar in zone I for wide projected images less than zone I for point on
not~cedfrom seats falling wlthln hyperbola mln horizontal dlstance from screen; seating ar for zone II for wide image on flat screen may correspond
vertex of hyperbola to screen determined by llmltatlon of vertlcal angle from approx to zone I point on screen
eye of flrst row to top of screen to rnax of 30"35", zone II d~stort~ons notlced but viewing curved screen: zone I ar for given screen w can be increased by
tolerated from seats falling outslde zone I zone Ill (seatlng placed beyond llmlt curving screen; appropriate curving will cause overlap of hyperbolasdrawn
of zone II) dlstortlons of projected Image not tolerated & vlewer will refuse from sides of projected image so as to define greater common seating ar
 356 Leisure

Cinemas
General layout
In a d d ~ t ~ otonpublic areas must include staff and servlce areas:
m7 m2
boiler house 25-30 plenum chamber 20
I el substat~on 28-38 kiosk stock rm 10-1 5
~ce-creamsto 20 manager off su~te 38
staff rm 45 3 sto rm 28
project~onrm 19--25 sw~tch,battery.
workshop & staffrm 40

Lighting systems
Prov~dein accordance with deta~ll~censingrequlrements:
decorative lighting and any requ~redspotlights to auditor~umd~mmedto
show f ~ l mother
, publ~careas ma~nta~nedwh~lespectators use bldg;
cleaner's l ~ g h t ~ ntogaud~torlumand foyers aud~tor~umsystem used as
I 1
emergency l~ght~ng under management control, USA emergency l~ght~ng
2 Cinema in Oslo: ground floor plan show~ngcirculation in lateral
operates automat~cally~fmaln falls, arrangement w~thdouble-s~dedclo Arch Blackstad & Dunker
ma~nta~ned lhght~ngto aud~tor~um and e x ~ tboxes throughout bldg
des~gnedprov~de~ l l u m ~ n a t of
~ oseat~ng
n areas and gangways dur~ngf ~ l m
programme (no l~ghtto fall on screen or walls) New York City code
requires a~slesand crossings have mln 5 35 Ix at all t~mes,
safety lrght~ngto all publ~c,key staff areas and exlt noxes throughout
bldg must be kept on as part of ma~nta~ned system should m a r el
supply fall safety system must be able prov~desuff~c~ent l~ghtallow
publ~cand staff leave bldg safely, N Amer~canand cont~nentalEurope
practice prov~desepardte emergency l~ght~ng system wh~chonly ~llum~nes
on falure of main supply not permitted In UK
other el systems Include f ~ r eand burglar alarms, speakerw~r~ng
Internal
telephones ~ n d u c t ~ osystems
n for both deaf-aids and management call,
closed c~rcuittv, emergency public address and m a n sw~tchgearfor
control of heat~ngvent~lat~on, prolectlon and stage eqp
Heating + p l 6 385-9
Ventilation & air conditioning -pi 5-1 6 392-4
Heat~ngand vent~lat~on for publ~centertainment bldg developed as
l~censingauthor~t~es requ~redh~gherverlt~lat~on standards In UK fresh
alr vent~lat~on
requlrement based on number of persons accommodated 3 Cinema In Madrid: d~agonallysituated In corner bldg w~thmost economlc
and varles from 70-93 m3/hr/P In aud~tor~um and extract system for use of space & good shape of auditorium;ground floor plan Arch Gutierrez
75% of input alr Where a~r-cond~t~on~ng Installed at least half t h ~ s Sot0
quantlty must be fresh alr, w ~ t hup to 50% flltered dnd recirculated
Foyer and to~let systems based on normally accepted stdnddrds
tB1b347 To~letsaffected by l~cens~ng
requlrements
lncom~ngalr must be heated; plenum system generally used w ~ t halr
supply at screen end and extract d ~ v ~ d eIndaud~tor~um rear corners to
avoid v ~ t ~ a t ealr
d being ~llum~nated
by prolect~onl~ghtray. General parts
of bldg can be heated by low pressure hot water system

Film display
In schools, un~versit~es, hotels and other bldg 16 eqp used; when
approved this does not requlre separate prolect~onrm, prov~dedclear
space ma~ntainedround eqp. Regulat~onsfor space requlrement vary
from 900 to 2000. P~cturew~dthsup to 6000 poss~blew ~ t hsu~tablel~ght
source, anamorph~c(C~nemascope)ratlo varles from 35 to 1 :2.66.
Commerc~alclnemas in USA and Ui< have used 16 eqp but ~n UK
p~ctureand prlnt qual~tynot good enough
,also lecture theatres p135

4 C~nernain Turku Finland. 590 seats Arch Bryggman

1 C~rculat~on
diagram stage accn not normally needed: exlts to su~tseatlng
capaclty

1 a traditional cinema b for orlglnal Clnerama system
2 Civic centre in central restricted posltion forces placlng of ha for varlous
uses (cinema, concert, exhibition, museum, theatre) above one another:
spacious central lob, foyer & stairs shared Arch CassandraAthens
4 Basic requlrements for audltorlum levels; rake not necessarily llmlted to 10% & 5% In USA
Leisure 357
Cinemas
Screen systems en
e
* * A
C ~ n e m ascreen in past fltted Into adapted theatre, today Increased
p~ctureslze (C~nemascope,C~nerama,Todd AO. Clrcarama, IMAX, for
sq
=v
small clnemas closed clrcult tv) determines Interlor deslgn Trad~tlonal ty
c l n e m a s h ( 1a) had small p~ctureswhereas 3-projector orlg~nalClnerama '3
system -(lb) lnvolved spectator w ~ t h30 5 m screen Thls surpassed
by new s~ngleprojector IMAX system wlth 70 f ~ l mused horizontally to
enlarge frame slze and provlde 36 5 m plcture, seatlng belng placed
close screen preventing whole plcture belng seen wlthout both vertlcal
and hor~zontalmovement of head, calls for speclal projector and audi-
torlum, used In Canada and USA
C~rcaramasystem uslng 11 projectors glves full involvement but no
seating practical and handra~lsnecessary prevent audience falling over
4 3 ) :used very successfully at Disneyland.
Further development used In theme parks and now ~n Experience
theatres world w ~ d e audio-visual
: technique of automated multiple pro-
ject~onof st111plctures w ~ t hauditorium effects and multl-track magnet~c
sound systems. Closed clrcuit prolectlon tv system feaslble with elec-
tronic line enhancement; glves plctures of 2430 x 1 830. Wlth 'E~dophor'
screen sizes up to 9 m x 12 m possible. Development In progress In
USA and UK.
Sound systems
Have developed considerably; problems of handl~ngmagnetic sound
recordings on film belng answered by Dolby encod~ngoptlcal system.
Stereo across screen and to front and rear provlded on 70 fllm wlth 5
rear screen speaker tracks and 6th track for audltorlum speakers. W ~ d e
screens and s ~ d esound sources can produce acoustlc problems: gen-
erally for clnemas reflected sound paths should not exceed direct paths
by more than 15 m -p 18 395-7
3 Clrcarama. screen clrcular
(370"); 1 1 synchronised projectors
produce coherent plcture;
example; Expo Brussels
+distance to screen - 1 43 x h from front
eye level to top of screen
358 Leisure
Drive-in cinemas
Curved layouts glve max of 360 car spaces and
lndlv~dualspeakers for each car Usual layouts
on prlnc~pleof amph~theatrefor both lndlvldual
and mult~pleschemes +(1)(3)
Sizes over 1 000 cars unusual Mult~pleschemes
more acceptable to operators Some orlglnal
sltuatlons In N America rebu~ltto Include dual
tr~pleor quadruple layouts
Situation on h~ghwaysusually away from resl
dent~alareas Should be s~tedso that l~ghts
from passlng traff~cdo not d~sturbspectators or
throw l ~ g hon
t screen
Layout should prov~deview of plcture at not
more than 45" from screen centre, ramps should
be des~gnedso that spectators can see over
cars In front 4 2 ) D~stancefrom screen to
front row w ~ t hlarge screen often more than 50
m Car hold~ngareas a v o ~ d trafflc jams on h ~ g h
way 2 double t~cketbooths normal mln 500
cars need mln 20 mlnutes to enter Ex~tsshould
be away from entrance Cars may leave and
enter simultaneously between programmes
Screen slze varles w ~ t hoverall capaclty 30 4
x 13 m normal max 20% of d~stanceto rear
cars normal mln Should face between Eand S
mak~ngposs~bleearher evenlng performances
He~ghtabove ground depends on s ~ t eprof~le
determines angles of car ramps
1 Drive-in cinema in fan shape with single ramp, shown for right-hand drive trafflc; projection bldg
obstructs view from 2 rows to rear Children's playground and outs~deseatlng
prov~dedIn N Amer~caSurface water dra~nage
I I catchment pool often slted In front of screen
sight llnes to bottom of screen - cars t~ltedup to Projection bldg In centre or at rear, lncludes
maxlmise vlew through windscreen &over cars In front
- workshop, sto, sw~tchrm,sound and projectlon
- - ---
~

~ -
- -
. --
-
-
system Can Include publ~ctoilets restaurant
and offlce Max projectlon throw s 137 m nor
less than 2 x screen w ~ d t h

pole with loudspeakers +- 6100 I1200 3400 1- '1600 3400 + Sound reproduction best with speaker taken
- - --+ -
I -- -

&el heaters increases w~th

steeper car ramps Into car from poles spaced at 5000 centres.
El fan heaters may also be on poles. Some N
2 Dimensions for double ramp layout: single ramps common in USA American operators also have a~r-condit~ori~ng
by underground ducts w ~ t hflex~blecar con-
nexions.
Floodlighting prov~ded for ~nterm~ss~ori,
hooded roadway l ~ g h t ~ nma~nta~ned
g through
performance

screen screen ,

J \ waltlng \
dr~ve-ln
Cinema references
3 Dual drive-in cinema: I projection rrn for both screens makes possible staggered starting times; all --iBlb11ography entr~es084 098 099 113 114
other services (eg ticket off. bar, lav) used jo~ntly 129 328 329 339 347 426 598 599
 Leisure 359
Museums
ROOMS
For showing works of art and objects of cultural and scientific Interest rm
must:
registry
ensure protection against damage, theft, fire, damp, aridity, strong
research curator sunlight and dust;
show works in best light (in both senses of term): normally achieved by
dividing collection lnto
objects for study (eg engravings, drawings) kept in portfolios and stored
in cupboards (with drawers) about 800 deep and 1600 hlgh;
objects for display (eg paintings, frescoes, statuary, ceramics, furniture)
t entrance
Exhibits must be so placed as to be seen w~thouteffort: calls for
selective and spacious arrangement, with variety and suitable rm shape
and sequence.
1 Layout diagram 2 Section of gallery lit from 1 side
only, bottom part indirectly, So far as possible each group of plctures in 1 rm or sequence of rm and
attenuated lighting each plcture a wall to Itself: ie number of small rm. These also provide
more wall space in relation to ground area than large rm, necessary for
big pictures: rm slze depends on picture size. Normal human angle of
vlsion (54" or 27" up from eye level) achieved with well Ilt plctures 10 m
away = hanging height of 4900 above eye level and about 700 below ~t
4 5 ) . Only with large pictures is there need for eye to travel from bottom
of frame up above angle of vlsion. Best hanging posltion for smaller
plctures: polnt of emphasis (level of horizon in picture) at eye level
+i7)(8).
spacelp~cture 3-5 m2 hanging surface
spacelsculpture 6 1 0 m2 ground surface
space/400 coins 1 m2cabinet space
3 Install lighting so that angles of 4 Typical cross-section for
incidence correspond with natural museum of natural history Calculations for museum l~ght~ng highly theoretical: quality of light what
light matters. Experiments carried out in America therefore more important
( j B l b 5 6 1 ) . In recent times continuous Increase ~n use of art~fic~al
lighting, Instead of constant variations of light experiences even with N
rlbbed glass lighting j p 3 6 0 .
frosted glass screen ,"largest
GENERAL LAYOUT
0
0
best No continous c~rcularitinerary but wlngs leading out from entrance. Side
I
'2i 5.6 hanging rm for packing, despatch, transparency section, restoration workshops,
I 27 surfaces
1.65 m, :+50 between
lecture rm. Museums sometimes in bldg originally des~gnedfor other
950 & 3.6 purposes.
+ 10.0 ' 10.0 -'

5 Well-lit exhibition ha based on 6 Ideally lit rm with uniform lighting

Boston experiments from both sides, as worked out by
S Hurst Seager (-Bib561)

1 I
10 Paintinu sto with detachable steel mesh frames on which pictures can
be hung as required & be ready for removal at any time for study

L
7 Field of vision: h &distance 8 Size &distance
outer wall of glass optional

11 Exhibition rm with side lighting: 12 Exhibition rm with successful

suitable hanging surface between
30" & 60" with rm h of 6700 & cill h
2 130 for pictures or 3040-3650 for
sculpture, as calculated from
Boston experiments
9 Exhibition rm with folding screens (designK Schneider) allows great
variety of rm arrangements
use of available space: panels
between central pillars can be
rearranged between supports as
needed; if outer side-wall of glass
installedwindow arrangement of
inner wall can also be varied
360 Leisure
Museums
LIGHTING
Daylight as l ~ g hsource
t grves min overheads
Overhead lighting: advantages, independent of orientation, not affected
by overhanging trees or neighbour~ngbldg, eas~lyregulated (lamella
ceiling), little reflection, light more widely spread over exhrbit area;
disadvantages, strong heat build-up, risk of damage from water and
condensation, only diffused Ilght.
Window lighting: vlew out (relaxrng), rm easily alred and kept at even
temp, better l~ghton groups and lndlvidual exhibits, lllurninat~onof
showcases from back.

4 Main floor Wallraf-Richartr-Museum Cologne Germany

Arch R Schwartz & Bernard
key 1 rest rm 2 rm reaching to overhead light in upper storey 3 srde-lrt rm
1 Section & light sources Museum of Western Art Tokyo Japan 4 s~de-litrecess
Arch Le Corbus~er

l~ghtsource

2 Section & light sources Museo Civico Turin Italy Arch Bassi & Boschettl
I a-a
b-b

5 Joan Miro Foundation Barcelona Spaln has ramp extending round all 4
l~ghtsource sides of sculpture rm allowing works to be viewed from varying heights and
aspects; note use of skylights -section a first floor plan b sections Arch
Sert Section
key 1 sculpture rm 2 ha 3 print rm 4 balc over ground floor 5 ter with
sculptures 6 ha 7 off 8 director's off 9 rest rm 10 print archives

3 Section & light sources Museum of Modern Art Rio de Janeiro Brazil
Arch Reidy
 Leisure 361
Museums
EXAMPLES 2 Vancouver Museum
Canada Arch Arthur Erickson
key
1 entrance
2 lob
3 off/seminar rm
4 ramped gallery
5 great ha
6 small object gallery
7 theatre
8 visible sto ar
9 lounge
10 outdoor court

spaceanurn audttorlum

h.! \ v 'J \' J 'VVVV'd V V V 'd \'

museum

-.

gallery 4

entrance court
B

3 Air & Space Museum Washington USA a second floor b first floor c
e ground floor Arch Hok

1 Center for British Art Yale USA a section at 6-le b third floor c second Museums references
floor d first floor e ground floor Arch Kahn +Bibliography entries 040 318 385 476 612

INTRODUCTION
Components brings together various categories of construction
data intended as an aid to the user of Architects' Data in applying
the principles and examples given throughout the body of the
book. Under the general heading 'Services' are guidelines on
the spaces needed to install, operate and maintain systems of
distribution, heating, ventilation, thermal and sound insulation,
lighting. Thereafter follow practical criteria for certain components:
doors, windows, corridors and ramps, stairs, escalators, elevators.
Data here presented are based on the latest British and European
research and are not directly applicable by those working in
non-metric units of measurement. The material presented and
the approach to its presentation are thought to be of general
interest to architects in America as in other continents; but USA
practices differ in some respects from what is given here. Such
363
Components
practices are presented in detail in Ramsey & SleeperIAmerican
Institute of Architects Architectural Graphic Standards +Bib
549.
Conversions
As an aid to readers who do not work in metric units of measure-
ment a list of conversion factors and a set of 42 conversion tables
introduce the pages on services systems.
Materials
Values to be given to physical characteristics of common building
materials have been brought together in a table which follows the
conversion tables and precedes 'Services' +p384(1).
364

Conversions
FACTORS
metric 'imperial'1US metric 'imperial'1US
length mass/unit area
1.0 rnrn 0.039 ~n 1.0 g/rnZ 0.003 ozlftz
25.4 rnrn (2.54 cm) 1 ~n 33.91 g/rnz 1 ozlydz
304.8 rnrn (30.48 cm) 1 ft 305 15 g/rn2 1 ozlftz
914.4 mrn 1 yd 0.01 1 kg/rnz 1 cwt Uslacre
1 000.0 rnrn (1.0 rn) 1 yd 3.4 ~n(1.093yd) 0.013 kg/rnz 1 cwt ~rnplacre
20.117rn 1 chain 0.224 kg/rnz 1 ton Uslacre
1 000.00 rn (1 krn) 0.621 m ~ l e 0.251 kg/rn2 1 ton implacre
1609.31 rn I m~le 1.0 kg/rnz 29.5 ozlydz
4.882 kg/rnz 1 lb/ftz
area 703.07 kg/rn2 I lb/ln2
100 mm2 (1.0 crnz) 0 155 1nZ 350.3 kg/krnz (3.503 kglha; 1 ton US/mlleZ
645.2 rnrnz (6.452 cmz) 1 inz 0.35 g/rn2)
929.03 cm2 (0.093 rnz) 1 ft2' 392.3 kg/krnz (3.923 kglha; 1 ton ~ m p / m ~ l e ~
0.836 rn2 1 yd2 0.392 g/rn2)
1.0 rnz 1.I96 ydZ (10.764 ftz)
0.405 ha (4046.9 rnz) 1 acre
density (masslvolume)
1.O ha (10000 rnz) 2.471 acre 0.593 kg/rn3 1 Ib/yd3
1.0 krnz 0.386 mlleZ 1.0 kg/rn3 0.062 1b/fi3
2.59 krnz (259 ha) I mlle2 16.02 kg/rn3 1 lblft
1 186.7 kg/rn3 (1.187 t/rn3) 1 ton US/yd3
volume 1 328.9 kg/rn3 (1.329 t/rn3) 1 ton lrnp/yd3
1 000 mrn3 (1.0 crn3; 1.0 rnl) 0.061 1n3 27680.0 kg/m3 (27.68 t/m3; 1 lb/ln3
16387 rnm3 (16.387cm3;0.0164 1; 1 ln3 27.68 g/crn3)
16.387 ml)
1.0 l(1.0 dm3; 1 000 crn3) 61.025 ln3 (0.035 ft3) specific surface (arealunit
0.028 m3 (28.32 1) I ft3 mass)
0.765 rn3 1 yd3 0.823 mz/t 1 yd2/ton
1.0 rn3 1 308 yd3 (35.314 ft3) 1.0 rnz/kg 0.034 yd2/oz
29.493 rn2/kg 1 yd2/oz
capacity
1.0 rnl 0.034 fl oz US arealunit capacity
1.0 rnl 0.035 fl o r ~ r n p 0 184 rn2/1 1 yd2/gal
28.41 rnl I fl oz lrnp 1.0 rn2/1 5.437 yd2/gal
29.57 rnl 1 fl oz US
0.473 litre 1 p ~ n(Ilquld)
t US concentration
0 568 l ~ t r e 1 p ~ n~t m p 0.014 kg/rn3 1 gra~nlgal~ m p
I .0 l~tre 1 76 plnt ~ r n p 0 01 7 kg/m3 1 gra~nigalUS
1.O l ~ t r e 2.1 13 p ~ nUSt 1.0 kg/rn3 (1.0 g/l) 58 42 gralnlgal US
3.785 l ~ t r e 1 gal US 1.0 kg/rn3 (1.0 gll) 70.16 gra~nigalImp
4.546 l~tre 1 gal ~ r n p 6.236 kg/rn3 1 ozlgal ~rnp
100.0 hire 21 99 gal ~ r n p 7.489 kg/rn3 1 orlgal US
-
100.0 l ~ t r a 26.42 gal US
159.0 l~tre 1 barrel US mass rate of flow
164.0 l~tre 1 barrel ~rnp 0.454 kgis 1 Ibis
1 0 kg/s 2.204 Ibls
mass
volume rate of flow
1.0g 0.035 oz (avo~rdupo~s)
0.063 I/s 1 gal USim~nute
28.35 g 1 o r (avo~rdupo~s)
0 076 Ils 1 gal ~mplrnlnute
454.0 g (0.454 kg) 1 Ib
0.472 I/s 1 ft3/mln~~te
1 000.0 g (1 kg) 2.205 1b
I .O 11s (86.4 rn3/day) 13.2gal lrnpis
45.36 kg 1 cwt US
1.0 l/s 0.264 gal US/s
50.8 kg 1 cwt ~ r n p
1.0 l/mln 0.22 gal lrnpirn~n
907.2 kg (0.907 t) 1 ton US
1 .0 llmln 0.264 gal U S l m ~ n
1 000.0 kg (1.0 t) 0.984 ton lrnp
3.785 11s 1 gal US/s
1 000.0 kg (1.0 t) 1 102 ton US
4 546 1/s 1 gal ~rnp/s
I 01 6.0 kg (1,016 t) 1 ton ~rnp
28.32 I/s I ft3/s
0.0038 rn3/rnin 1 gal USIrnin
masdunit length 0.0045 rn3/mln 1 gal ~ r n p / m ~ n
0.496 kgirn 1 Iblyd 1.0 m3/s 183.162 gal US/s
0.564 kgirn (0.564 tlkrn) 1 ton USirnrle 1.0 rn3/s 21 9.969 gal ~ r n p i s
0.631 kgirn (0.631 tikrn) 1 ton lmp/m~le 1.0 rn3/h 35.31 ft3/h
1.0 kgirn 0 056 Ib11n(0.896 o r l ~ n ) 0.0283 rn3/s I ft3/s
1.116kgim I ozlin
1.488 kgirn 1 lbift velocity
17.86 kg/m I lb11n 0.005 rn/s 1 ftlm~nute
0.025 rn/s 1 1n1s
lengthlunit mass 0 305 rn/s 1 ftls
1.0 rnlkg 0 496 ydilb 1.0 m/s 3.28 ftls
2.016 rnikg 1 ydilb 1000.0 m/hr (1 krnihr) 0.621 rn~leihr
1609.0 rnihr (0.447 rnis) I rn~leihr
 Conversions

metric I 'imperiall/US metric 'imperial'1US

fuel consumption refrigeration
1.O l/krn 0.354 gal irnplmlle 3.51 7 kW 12000 Btu/hr = 'ton of
1.O l/krn 0.425 gal US/mile refrigeration'
2.352 I/krn 1 gal USImile
2.824 I/krn 1 gal implmile illumination
1 Ix ( I lurnen/rn2) 0.093 ft-candle (0.093 lurnen/ft2)
acceleration 10.764 1x 1.0 ft-candle (1 lumen/ft2)
0.305 rn/s2
1.0 rn/s2 luminance
9.806 m/s2 = g (standard 0.3183 cd/m2 1 apost~lb
acceleration 1.0 cd/rn2 0.000645 cd/ft2
due to gravity) 10.764 cd/rn2 1 cd/ft2
1 550.0 cd/rn2 1.0 cd/ln2
temperature
x0c force
8x (X - 32)"C 1.0N 0.225 1bf
1.0 kgf (9.807 N; 1.0 kllopond) 2.205 Ibf
temperature interval 4.448 kN 1.0 klpf (1 000 Ibf)
0.5556 K 8.897 kN 1.0 tonf US
1K=l0C 9.964 kN 1.0 tonf ~ m p

energy forcefunit length

1.0J 0.239 calorle 1.0 N/m 0.067 Ibf/ft
1.356 J 1 ft Ibf 14.59 N/m 1.0 lbf/ft
4.187 J 1.0 calor~e 32.69 kN/m 1.O tonflft
9.807 J (1 kgf rn) 7.233 ft Ibf 175.1 kN/rn (1 75.1 N/rnrn) 1.O lbf/~n
1055.06 J 1 Btu
1 kilowatt-hr moment of force (torque)
1 therrn (100000 Btu) 0.1 13 Nrn (1 13.0 Nrnm) 1.O lbf ~n
1.O Nrn 0.738 Ibf ft
power (energyftime) 1.356 Nm 1.0 Ibf ft
0.293 W 1 Btu/hr 113.0 Nm 1.0 kipf ~n
1.0W 0.738 ft Ibfls 253.1 Nrn I.0 tonf in
1.163 W 1.0 kllocalor~e/hr 1 356.0 Nrn 1.0 klpf ft
1.356 W 1 ft Ibf/s 3037.0 Nrn 1.0 tonf ft
4.187 W 1 caloriels
pressure
1 kgf m/s (9.807 W) 7.233 ft Ibfls)
1.0 Pa (1.0 N/m2) 0.021 Ibf/ft2
745.7 W 1 horsepower
1.0 kPa 0.145 Ibf/in2
1 rnetrlc horsepower (75 kgf 0.986 horsepower
100.0 Pa 1.0 m~llibar
rnls)
2.99 kPa 1 ft water
3.39 kPa 1 in mercury
intensity of heat flow rate 1.O lbf/in2
6.9 kPa
1 W/rn2 0.317 Btu/(ft2 hr)
100.0 kPa 1.0 bar
3.155 W/rn2 1.0 Btu/(ft2 hr)
101.33 kPa 1.0 standard atmosphere
107.25 kPa 1.0 tonf/ft2
thermal conductivity 15.44 MPa I.0 tonf/ln2
0.144 W/(rn.K) 1 Btu 1n/(ft2hr "F)
1.0 W/(rn.K) 6.933 Btu in/(ft2hr OF)

thermal conductance Metric system references:

1.0 W/(rn2.K) 0.1 76 Btu/(ft2hr OF) +Bibliography entrlesOlOOl2 127 135228473479494495531 610
5.678 W/(rn2.K) 1.0 Btu/(ft2 hr OF)

thermal registivity
1.0 rn K/W
6.933 rn K/W

specific heat capacity

1.o kJ/(kg.K) 0.239 Btu/(lb O F )
4.1 87 kJ/(kg.K) 1.0 Btu/(lb OF)
1.0 kJ/(rn3 K) 0.015 Btu/(ft3"F)
67.07 kJ/(rn3 K) 1.0 Btu/(ft3 OF)

specific energy
1.0 kJ/kg
2.326 kJ/kg
1.0 kJ/rn3 (1 kJ/I)
1.O J/I
232.1 J/I
Conversions
TABLES
List of tables
1 millimetres to inches 24 cubic feet to litres
2 decimals of inch to millimetres 25 litres to gallons imper~al
3 inches & fractions of inch to millimetres 26 gallons imperial to litres
4 feet & inches to metres 27 litres to gallons US
5 metres to feet 28 gallons US to litres
6 feet to metres 29 kilograms to pounds
7 metres to yards 30 pounds to kilograms
8 yards to metres 31 kilograms per cubic metre to pounds per cubic foot
9 kilometres to miles 32 pounds per cubic foot to kilograms per cubic metre
10 miles to kilometres 33 metres per second to miles per hour
11 square centimetres to square Inches 34 miles per hour to metres per second
12 square inches to square centimetres 35 kilograms force per square centimetre to pounds force per square
13 square metres to square feet inch
14 square feet to square metres 36 pounds force per square inch to kilograms force per square
15 square metres to square yards centirnetre
16 square yards to square metres 37 kilonewtons per square metre to pounds force per square lnch
17 hectares to acres 38 pounds force per square inch to kilonewtons per square metre
18 acres to hectares 39 watts to British thermal units per hour
19 cubic centimetres to cubic inches 40 British thermal units per hour to watts
20 cubic Inches to cubic centimetres 41 watts per square metre kelvin to Britlsh thermal unlts per square foot
21 cubic metres to cubic feet hour degree F
22 cubic feet to cubic metres 42 British thermal units per square foot hour degree F to watts per
23 litres to cubic feet square metre kelvin

TABLES
Length
1
millimetres to inches
 Conversions
in 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.009 2
decimals of inch to
mm millimetres
0.0 0.0254 0.0508 0.0762 0.101 6 0.127 0.1524 0.1778 0.2032 0.2286
0.01 0.254 0.2794 0.3048 0.3302 0.3556 0.381 0.4064 0.4318 0.4572 0.4826

in 1\16 '18 3116 114 '116 31~ 7/16 112 9116 5/8 ''116 3/4 13/16 71~ 1511~ 3
--
111111
inches & fractions of
inch to rnillirnetres
1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 7.9 9.5 11.1 12.7 14.3 15.9 17.5 19.1 20.6 22.2 23.8
1 25.4 27.0 28.6 30.2 31.8 33.3 34.9 36.5 38.1 39.7 41.3 42.9 44.5 46.0 47.6 49.2

111
feet & ~nchesto
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 metres
m
368

Conversions
5 m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
metres to feet ft

7 rn 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
metres to yards
vrl

9 km 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
kilornetres to miles
mile
 Conversions
ft 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6
m feet to metres

8
Yd 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 yards to metres
m

mile 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
miles to kilometres
km
Conversions
Area cm2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
11
square centirnetres 0 0.16 0.31 0.47 0.62 0.78 0.93 1.09 1.24 1.4
to square inches 10 1.6 1.71 1.86 2.02 2.17 2.33 2.48 2.64 2.79 2.95
20 3.1 3.26 3.41 3.57 3.72 3.88 4.03 4.19 4.34 4.5

250 38.75
13 m2 u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
square metres to a,,
square feet
 Conversions
in2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12
sauare inches
cmL to'square
0 6.45 12.9 19.36 25.81 32.26 38.71 45.16 51.61 58.06 centimetres
10 64.52 70.97 77.41 83.87 90.32 96.77 103.23 109.68 116.13 122.58
20 129.03 135.48 141.94 148.39 154.84 161.29 167.74 174.19 180.65 187.1
30 193.55 200.0 206.45 212.9 219.35 225.8 232.26 238.71 245.16 251.61
40 258.06 264.52 270.97 277.42 283.87 290.32 296.77 303.23 309.68 316.13

ftZ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 14
-,
111-
square feet to
square metres
0 0.09 0.19 0.28 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.84
10 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.21 1.3 1.39 1.49 1.58 1.67 1.77
 Conversions
15 m2
square metres to

17 ha 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
hectares to acres
acre

acre
 Conversions
7 8 9 16
square yards to
square metres
5.85 6.69 7.53

acre 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18
acres to hectares
ha
0.4 0.81 1.21 1.62 2.02 2.42 2.83 3.23 3.64

acre 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
ha
Conversions
Volume cm3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

21
cubic metres to
cubic feet

23
litres to cubic feet
 375

Conversions
in3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20
--*
Girl-
cubic inches to
cubic centimetres
16.39 32.77 49.16 65.55 81.94 98.32 114.71 131.1 147.48

ft3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 22
cubic feet to

ft3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24
cubic feet to litres
litre
 377

Conversions
gal imp 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 26
gallons imperial to
litre ,:L---

galUS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 28
litre gallons US to litres
Conversions
Density kg/m3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
(mass/volume) Ib/ft3
rn 4
J I
0 0.62 1.25 1.87 2.5 3.12 3.75 4.37 5.0 5.62
kilograms per 100 6.24 6.87 7.49 8.12 8.74 9.36 9.99 10.61 11.24 11.86
cubic metre to 200 12.49 13.1 1 13.73 14.36 14.98 15.61 16.23 16.86 17.48 18.11
pounds per cub~c 300 18.73 19.35 19.98 20.61 21.23 21.85 22.47 23.1 23.72 24.35
fnnt 400 24.97 25.6 26.22 26.84 27.47 28.09 28.72 29.34 29.97 30.59

Velocity
33
metres per second
to miles Der hour

Pressure,stress
35
kilograms force per
square cent~metreto
pounds force per
square inch

37
kilonewtons per
square metre to
pounds force per
square inch loo
 Conversions

milelhr 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 34
miles per hour
m/s to metres per
0 0.45 0.89 1.34 1.79 2.24 2.68 3.13 3.58 4.02 second
10 4.47 4.92 5.36 5.81 6.26 6.71 7.15 7.6 8.05 8.49
20 8.94 9.39 9.83 10.28 10.73 11.18 11.62 12.07 12.52 12.96
30 13.41 13.86 14.31 14.75 15.2 15.65 16.09 16.54 16.99 17.43
40 17.88 18.33 18.78 19.22 19.67 20.12 20.56 21.01 21.46 21.91

Ibf/ 36
in2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 pounds force per
square inch to
kgf/cm2 kilograms force per
0 0.07 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.63 square centimetre
10 0.7 0.77 0.84 0.91 0.98 1.05 1.12 1.2 1.27 1.34
20 1.41 1.48 1.55 1.62 1.69 1.76 1.83 1.9 1.97 2.04
30 2.1 1 2.18 2.25 2.32 2.39 2.46 2.53 2.6 2.67 2.74
40 2.81 2.88 2.95 3.02 3.09 3.16 3.23 3.3 3.37 3.45
50 3.52 3.59 3.66 3.73 3.8 3.87 3.94 4.01 4.08 4.15
60 4.22 4.29 4.36 4.43 4.5 4.57 4.64 4.71 4.78 4.85
70 4.92 4.99 5.06 5.13 5.2 5.27 5.34 5.41 5.48 5.55
80 5.62 5.69 5.77 5.84 5.91 5.98 6.05 6.12 6.19 6.26
90 6.33 6.4 6.47 6.54 6.61 6.68 6.75 6.82 6.89 6.96

38
pounds force per
square inch to
kN/m2 (k Pa) kilonewtons per
69 square metre
Conversions
Refrigeration W o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Btulhr
39
watts to British 0 3.41 6.82 10.24 13.65 17.06 20.47 23.89 27.3 30.71
thermal units 10 34.12 37.53 40.95 44.36 47.77 51.18 54.59 58.01 61.42 64.83
per hour 20 68.24 71.66 75.07 78.5 81.89 85.3 88.72 92.13 95.54 98.95
30 102.36 105.78 109.12 112.6 116.01 119.43 122.76 126.25 129.66 133.07
40 136.49 139.91 143.31 146.72 150.13 153.55 156.96 160.37 163.78 167.2

Thermal W/
conductance (WK) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
41 Btu/(ftZhroF)
watts per square 0.0 0.018 0.035 0.053 0.074 0.088 0.106 0.123 0.141 0.158
metre kelvin to 1.O 0.176 0.194 0.211 0.229 0.247 0.264 0.282 0.299 0.317 0.335
British thermal units 2.0 0.352 0.370 0.387 0.405 0.423 0.440 0.458 0.476 0.493 0.511
per square foot hour 3.0 0.528 0.546 0.564 0.581 0.599 0.616 0.634 0.652 0.669 0.687
degree F 4.0 0.704 0.722 0.740 0.757 0.775 0.793 0.810 0.828 0.845 0.863
 Conversions
Btulhr 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40
w-- British thermal
0
10 2.93
0.29
3.22
0.59
3.52
0.88
3.81
1.17
4.1
1.47
4.4
1.76
4.69
2.05
4.98
".: : units per hour
to warts
20 5.86 6.16 6.45 6.74 7.03 7.33 7.62 7.91 8.21 8.5
30 8.79 9.09 9.38 9.67 9.97 10.26 10.55 10.84 11.14 11.43
40 11.72 12.02 12.31 12.6 12.9 13.19 13.48 13.78 14.07 14.36

Btu/(ft2.
hfF) 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 42
W/(m2K) British thermal units
per square foot hour
0.0 0.057 0.114 0.17 0.227 0.284 0.341 0.397 0.454 0.51 1 degree Fto watts per
0.1 0.568 0.624 0.681 0.738 0.795 0.852 0.908 0.965 1.022 1.079 square metre
0.2 1.136 1.192 1.249 1.306 1.363 1.42 1.476 1.533 1.59 1.647 kelvin
0.3 1.703 1.76 1.817 1.874 1.931 1.987 2.044 2.101 2.158 2.214
0.4 2.271 2.328 2.385 2.442 2.498 2.555 2.612 2.669 2.725 2.782
 382 Components
Materials
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF
material density E-modulus tensile moisture thermal thermal
COMMON BUILDING MATERIALS (kglm ) (kN/mm2) strength movement movement conduc-
(MNI~') (%) (per "C x tivity
(W/rn0C)
In selecting building materials architect needs
take into account their significant physical
characteristics. This knowledge helps him masonry:
assess how manufactured products specified natural stone, clay brlcks, lerracotta blocks, calclurn silicate brlcks, concrete (block. slab or cast) dense or light weight (aerated, cellular, or
llght welght aggregate), physcal characteristics depend on denslty, shape, geornetrlcal arrangement,mortar, reinforcement, lhghter welght
and constructions des~gnedperform in use. materlals better thermal Insulat~on,sound absorptlon,absorb moisture & show dlmenslonal change on wetting & lower thermal reslst~vlty.
Precise values influenced by such factors as non-combustible
temp, moisture content, surface condition, natural Stone
internal structure. These usually determined granlte 2600 20-60 si~ght 8-10 25
lhmestone 2000-2200 10-80 0.01 3-4 15
by means of standard tests, which may take marble 2500 35 sl~ght 4-6 2-2 5
into account conditions of use. Handbooks sandstone 2000-2200 3-80 0.07 7-12 13
issued by professional and other independent slate 2700 10-35 sl~ght 9-1 1 1 9-2 0
organisations give precise values for many dense concrete
gravel aggregate 1800-2500 15-36 0 02-0 06' 12-14 0 8-2 0
common materials, with details on conditions l~mestoneaggregate 1800-2500 20-36 0.02-0 03' 7-8 0.8-2 0
under which values were determ~ned.Manu- other rock aggregate 1800-2500 15-36 0.03-0.1' 10-13 0.8-2 0
facturers' literature may also give values. no fines 1750
light weight concrete
+(I) brings together values from many sources: cl~nkeraggregate 1400-1 600 8-10 0 03-0 06' 8-1 2 0 5-0 7
devised as aid for architects at early stages of slntered aggregate 1100-1400 8-10 0 03-0.06' 8-12 0 35-0.7
design. In most instances range of values glven. vermiculite 400-500 0 1-02' 6-8 0.15-0 18
aerated (auto-claved) 400-900 1 4-3 2 002-0.03' 8 0 15-0 3
Designer must judge wh~chappropriate to his
bricks
need. However, in some instances contractual calclurn slllcate 1500-1800 14-18 0 0-0 05' 8-14 0.5- 1
or regulatory reasons may impose standardised load-bearingclay 1500-1 800 4-26 0.0Z2 5-8 0 5-1
values, or values determined by standard tests. engineering 1800-2200 si~ght 4-6 0 7-1 3
cement screeds 1400-1 500 20-35 0.02-0.06 10-13 0.5-0 6
Manufactured products may be combinations
asbestos cement 1400-1 600 14-26 0 1-0 25 8-12 0 25-0 4
of different materials, chosen and placed to
give desired performance. Innumerable com- gypsum:
as plaster or slabs. blocks & paper-covered boards. may be reinforced with fibrous materlals, be foamed or incorporate llght welght
binations available, some proprietary. Not aggregate, low strength when wet; non-combustible
possible give their values here. For many values dense plaster 1100-1200 16 18-2 1 0 4-0 45
may be calculated using recognised procedures. foamed plaster 850-900 0 25
For others informat~onmust be sought from plasterboard 950 16 18-2 1 0.16
manufacturers or obtained experimentally. metals &glass:
dense rnaterlals as sheets or thin sectkons.physlcal character~st~csdepend on composltlon, shape & geometrical arrangement, strong but
may be br~ttle,no slgnlflcant effect of change In rnolsture content
Characteristics
Table glves following characteristics: cast kron 7000 80-120 70-280 neqllclble 10 40
mlld steel 7800 21 0 400 negllglhle 12 50
Density (kg/m3): enables mass of material be alumln~um&alloys 2300-2800 70-75 70-550 negllglble 24-29 160-2303
calculated; gives Indication of many other copper & alloys 8400-8900 95-130 120-400 negligible 17-21 130-ZOO3
properties, eg generally light weight material lead 11 350 14 negllg~ble 30
zinc 7 000 140-220 negllg~ble 23-33 113
when dry gives good thermal insulation and glass 2 500 70 30-170 negllg~ble 9-1 1 0.7-1.1
sound absorption but poor sound insulation wood:
natural rnaterlal wkth conslderable varlatlons in physical characterlstlcs according to specles 8 condition, particularly moisture content
Modulus of elasticity (kN/mm2) and Tensile
balsa

I
100-250 0 05-0 06
and impressive strength (MN/m2) give indi- soft wood 300-600 5 5-12 5 considerable 4 6 wlth graln 0.1-0 13
cations of structural performance, modulus of hard wood 550-900 7-21 considerable 30-70 across 0 14-0 17
elasticity indicating stiffness (very heavy woods over 1000) gra~n
plastics:
Moisture movements expressed as percent- synthetic organlc polymers therrnosett~ngremaln hard on hardening, thermaplastlc softened on reheattng, physlcal characterlst~csdepend
ages. Generally lightweight and fibrous and on composltlon, rnod~f~ed by f~llers& plastlclsers, natural &synthet~crubbers slmllar, cornbust~ble,glvlng off smoke & toxlc combustion
products; high coefflclenf of expansion
some cement-based materials show dimen
sional changes when wet or dry; such need be acryllc 1440 2.5-3 3 negllglble 50-90 0.2
polycarbonate 1150 2 2-2 5 negllg~ble 50-70 0 23
accommodated in design; movement may be polyethylene 920 0.1-0 25 negllg~ble 160-200 0 35
reversible or only happen on first use (low denslty)
polyethylene 960 0.5-1 negllg~ble 110-140 0.5
Coefficient of thermal expansion (per "C x (h~gh
dens~ty)
changes in temp cause materials expand polyproplylene 915 09-1 6 negllg~ble 80-1 10 0 24
polystyrene 1050 1 7-3 1 negllglble 60-80 0 17
or contract; such movement again may need nylon 1100 negllg~ble 100-120 03
be accommodated: expressed by coeff~cient rubber 930 0 007 negllg~ble 0 16
asphalt 2300 negllg~ble 30-80 12
Thermal conductivity +p393(2) expressed thermal insulating materials:
as Wm/m2"C,conventionally W/m0C.For some lkghtwelght,f~brousorcellularIn composltlon glvlng good thermal insulation & soundabsorbtlon but poor sound Insulatlon, low reslstance to
materials values greatly influenced by moisture crushmg: rearillynhsnrh rnolsture, wlth Increase I" denslty &thermal conductivity; most combust~bleexcepl mineral based, Improved by
chem~caladditives
content
mineral based
Sound apsorption coefficients+p397(2) expanded perllte 65 0 04-0 07
expanded verm~culite 100 0 7-0 1
glass flbre 25-1 00 0 04-0 07
m~neralwool 50-1 50 0 04-0.07
asbestos or subst~tute 750-900 2 6-3 6 25-72 012-0.16
insulating board
cellular glass 175 5-8 8.5 0 06
oqanlc
wood-wool slab 400-700 0 6-0.7 0 08-0 13
chipboard 500-800 2-2.8 0 15-02
f~breboard 250-350 0 05-0.07
corkboard 130-160 0 04-0 05
expanded
polystyrene bead 15-25 14-45 0.035
PVC 40-70 35-50 0 035-0 045
1 Common I building/materials:lvalueslforphysical
foamed
characteristics urea-formaldehyde 8-15 9 0 03-0 04
'
notes lnltlal ~rrevers~bleshr~nkage ln111al lrreverslble
polyurethane 30 2-7 0 03-0.07
expansion low em~ss~v~ty/h~gh reflect~vltyof br~ghtsurface of
these metals agalnst heat radiatkon
 Components 383

Senlices: Distribution
Distribution system for services needs careful planning ensure system VENTILATION
economical in both builders and specialist work. System starts at point
of entry of service to bldg or from boller and plant rm to all spaces b e ~ n g Some ducts may requlre vent~lat~on to lim~ttemp rlse or because of
served. Points of entry of services and plant rm location should be service conta~ned,e g natural gas Where floor construction carr~ed
determined at early stage. through, vent each floor top and bottom If duct continuous, vent at ends
(+B~bll I )

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
WALKWAYS +(1)(2)
Heating d~stributionmay be by hot water, steam, orwarm air. Water may
be at low pressure under boiling point or at high pressure above boiling Retain clear working space 700 wide x 2000 high after all servlces
point depend~ngon quantity of heat to be distributed. Air ineff~cient installed. Large takeoffs and expansion loops may requlre additional
means of distribution but required for ventilation or air condit~oning. w~dth.Access from ends- boiler rm or plant rm. Intermediate access to
changes of direction and junctions by removable covers min 450 x 600.
Example: in 100 tube transfer capacit~esare:
Access openlngs should allow length of pipe (6000) be installed or
low velocity air 0.72 kW removed.
high velocity alr 2.16 kW
low pressure hot water 525 kW
high pressure hot water 2385 kW CRAWLWAYS +(3)
DISTRIBUTION LAYOUTS Clear working space 700 wide x 1000 high after all services Installed
Access by covers min 450 x 600 at intervals of 10-15 m.
In multi-storey bldg distr~butionpattern may be:
(a) primarily horizontal with secondary distribut~onup or down through
floors;
(b) primarily vertical with secondary d~stribut~on
along floors. heat loss heat~ng A B
upto kW f & rs~ze w h
(a) more common especially for low bldg or those with d ~ s s ~ m ~flow
lar
plans but system may occupy greater build~ngvolume by increas~ng 6 plpes 6 plpes w~thhangers wlth rollers
floor to floor height of all floors. on 1 on both
(b) more suitable for high bldg with repetitive floor plans. s~de s~des
35 40 1065 1430 2010 2 000
64 50 1140 1580 2055 2 000
PRIMARY HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION 153 65 1180 1660 2130 2 000
255 80 1235 1770 2230 2 000
Whether primary distr~but~on at ground level or roof level will depend on 423 100 1330 1960 2370 2 000
locat~onof boiler or plant rm. At ground level may be in walkways or 956 125 1425 2150 2515 2 000
crawlways under ground slab provided these do not confl~ctwith foun- 1432 150 1505 2310 2665 2 000
dations.
1 Walkways: dimensions (f & r = flow & return)
At roof level distr~butionmay be in p~tchedroof v o ~ dor in extra deep
ceiling void. Horizontal distribution above roof level difficult protect from
weather, complicates roof drainage.

PRIMARY VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION

Primary vertical d~stribut~on is by vertical duct spaces through bldg.

Direction of horizontal connexion at floor slab level should not be limited
by adjacent stairwells, lift shafts, orflues. Trimming beams may also limit
horizontal connexions.

INTERCONNEXION VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL

lnterconnexion between vert~caland hor~zontalduct cr~t~cal: ducts should

not be in same vertical plane and vertical duct should be long side on to
horizontal duct to give greatest common interconnecting area.

ACCESS TO DUCTS

Access to ducts should be adequate for maintenance work and for

renewal of pipes etc, which have shorter life than that of bldg. Access
e~therthrough d u c t walkways, crawlways and large vertical ducts- or 2 Walkways & crawlways-(1)(3)
through access panels in side or top of duct.
heat loss heat~ng 3 plpes on each s~de
up to kW f & r s~ze
FIRE PRECAUTIONS A B
w h
Either firestops at floor level or fr construction and access panels w~thhangers w~throllers

SOUND TRANSMISSION 35 40 1430 1070 1000

64 50 1580 1095 1000
Floor construction carried through at or near floor level. All pipe pen- 153 65 1660 1 140 1000
255 80 1770 1205 1000
etrations sealed airtight. Access panels of adequate sound reduction 423 100 1960 1280 1 000
and sealed airtight. 956 125 2150 1360 1 000
1432 150 2310 1435 1020

3 Crawlways: dimens~ons
384 Components
Services: distribution
TRENCH DUCTS +(1)(2)
heat loss heating A B hw~th
up to kW f & r slze w h without crossover Pipe supports should be below pipes or on
crossover
sides to allow lengths of pipe be Installed or
3 15 1350 230 320 removed. Allow space under pipe supports and
6 20 1360 235 345 slight fall for draining. Access through con-
13 25 1395 240 375
24 32 1430 250 410 tinuous covers or covers at junctions and
35 40 1475 255 445 changes of direction and break out screed cover
64 50 1520 265 520 when required. Plpes on rollers allow expansion
153 65 1600 285 560
255 80 1680 295 615 movement.
423 100 1780 320 710
956 125 1920 345 805
1432 150 2070 375 885 HORIZONTAL DUCTS AT CEILING
LEVEL +(3)(4)
1 Trench ducts: dimensions (f & r = flow & return) 2 Trench duct
Pipe supports above pipes for pipework to be
heat capacity heating A B installed or removed from below. Crossovers
up to kW f&rs~ze w h may be above or below depending on venting
3 15 605 300 of pipework. Continuous access from below
6 20 615 305 through ceillng or panel. Add extra depth of
13 25 650 315 ceiling support system, recessed light fittlngs
24 32 685 325
35 40 730 330 etc. Drop rods allow expansion movement.
64 50 775 340
153 65 855 380
255 80 935 425 SCREED DUCTS -+(5)(6)
423 100 1035 475
956 125 1175 555 Chase formed by omitting floor screed. Useful
1432 150 1320 625
tor local hot and cold water connexions to
3 Space requirements for horizontal duct at 4 Horizontal duct at ceiling level sanitary fittings and local heating pipework.
ceiling level (containing heating flow & return, hot Floor finish carried over plywood cover nailed
water flow & return, cold water service &cold water to battens. Access by cutting floor finlsh and
main) prising up cover. Pipe slze usually limited to
20-22, otherwise screed of uneconomic thick-
heat loss pipe size A A B C ness. Oversized hole required for connexion
up to kW Ipipe 2 plpes d dia of hole for expansion of pipework.
requiredfor
connexion
15 10 100
100
150
150
54.5
59.0
46.5
510
VERTICAL DUCTS +(I 1)(12)
3 15
6 20 100 150 64.5 56.5 One row plpes to allow installation and removal
13 25 100 150 715 640
24 32 100 150 800 73.5 from front without removing other pipework
except crossovers. Access through removable
5 Screed ducts: dimensions 6 Screed duct panels or doors full floor height on long s~de.

heat loss heatlng w d

I-
Crossovers and clearance for valves increase
up to kW f & rs~re A depth consrderably. Diagonal takeoffs with 45"
wlth or wlthout B B
crossover wlthout wlth Pipe bend reduce depth but Increase width by
crossover crossover insulation increasing spacing of vertical pipes.
pipe support
3 15 605 115 205 channel
6
13
20
25
615
650
120
125
230
260 valve ESTIMATING VENTILATION/
24 32 685 135 295 wheel AIR-CONDITIONING SIZES
35 40 730 140 330 pipe
64 50 775 150 405 insulation For preliminary planning purposes ventilatlonl
153 65 855 170 445
255 80 935 180 500 air-conditioning ducts may be calculated from:
423 100 1035 205 595
956 125 1175 230 690 Low velocity: cross sectional ar of duct m2 =
1432 150 1320 260 770
floor ar served m2
7 Space requirements for vertical ducts 8 Vertical duct 9 Vertical duct with 750
(containing heating flow & return, hot water flow & crossover
return, cold water service & cold water main)
High velocity: cross sectional ar of duct m2 =
floor ar served m2
B 2 250
A B
heat heatlng d wlthout
loss f & r w d wlth crossover Ducts should not exceed 1 : 4 short to long side
crossover
up to size and best square. Hlgh veloc~tyducts should be
kW 75 100 150 circular. Allow space for insulation, flanges and
75 100 150 75 100 150
so11 so11 soil so11 so11 so11 Sol1PIPe so11plpe so11pipe supports: 100 on all sides.
pipe pipe pipe PIP^ pipe pipe
pvc copper pvc copper pvc copper
waste waste waste waste waste waste

3 15 815 840 895 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
6 20 825 855 905 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425 socket external
13 25 860 885 940 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
24 32 895 920 975 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
35 40 940 965 1020 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
64 50 985 1 015 1 065 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
153 65 1 060 1 090 1 140 173 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
255 80 1 145 1 170 1225 180 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
423 100 1245 1270 1325 205 205 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
956 125 1385 1415 2875 230 230 255 295 350 320 375 370 425
1 432 150 1530 1 555 1610 260 260 260 295 350 320 375 370 425 -6-

10 Space requirements for vertical duct including soil pipe (containing heating flow & return, hot water 11 Vertical duct with 12 Vertical duct with
flow & return, cold water service, cold water main & so11& waste pipes) soil pipe soil pipe & crossover
 Components 385
Services: Methods of heating
Declslon on type of heatlng emlsslon In lndlvldual spaces depends on
angle valves s~deconnexlons top 8 bottom requirements of thermal comfort In relatlonto thermal responseof bldg
stze
rnm
15
20
25
1 1:; iz
A C

25

stra~ghtvalves bottom connexlons

THERMAL COMFORT 4 4 )
+p16
Htgh standard of thermal comfort requlres
15

25
20 1 1
If rad~atorunder shelf
130

155
I-
clearance of twice
surrounding surface temp hlgher than a ~tempr
air temp at head lower than at floor level low temp gradlent
alr movement just perceptible but vartable and wlth no draughts
d from face of radtator to wall requ~red hum not very Important except at temp above 21C should not exceed
above radlator clearance of 1 % tlmes d
requ~redunder rad~ator 70% nor be less than 30%

1 Space for radiator valves+(2)

THERMAL RESPONSE OF BUILDING
Thermal response of bldg depends on:
area and orientation of glazing: large areas of glazing facing sun give
quick response
reflectivity of external surfaces where exposed to sun: high reflectivity
reduces heat gain from sun and reduces response
mass of bldg structure and position of thermal insulation: mass inside
insulation gives long response time; lightweight bldg have short response
time
Quick response bldg will give economy in heating cost but be hotter in
summer and more difficult heat comfortably.

TYPES OF HEAT EMITTERS

2 Space for radiator valves +(I )
3 Builders work natural convector-+(I)
type of heat emitter
floor heating
medium temp radiant panels
panel radiators
natural convectors
fan convectors or ducted warm air
order of thermal approx order of
comfort under response
steady conditions
1 5
2 4
3 3
4 2
5 1
Low temperature radiant panels: heated by embedded el cables or
heating water pipework. Surface preferably floor for low temp gradient
but wall or ceiling surfaces can be used.
Floor surface temp limited to 29C.
Emission: 50% radiation 50% convection.
Medium temp radiant panels: flat steel or cast iron plates with water-
ways cast in or welded to back of plate. Surface temp generally 75C.
Emission: 50% radiation 50% convection.
Radiators: generally made from sheet steel; may be 1 , 2 or 3 panel or
with fins on back to increase output for given face area. Surface temp
75C.
Radiant: convection emission depends on number of panels, fins etc;
single panel approx 25% radiation 75% convection.
If radiators in corner or recess allow space for valves and for air flow
+(A ).
Natural convectors: may be continuous casing or individual casing of
pressed steel containing finned tube heater. Heat output depends on
size of finned tube and height of convector.
Surface temp lowerthan radiator: about 35C. Saferwith young children
or disabled people.
Emission: 10% radiation 90% convection.
Natural convector cases often made of builders work for better appear-
ance and robustness+(3). Opening at bottom A should not be less than
width of finned tube. Inside depth of casing B should only allow min
clearance (6) for finned tube. Grille at top should have at least 70% open
area.
Fan convectors: similar to natural convectors except that air circulation
by fan. High output for small size and independent of height of casing.
Heat output easily controlled by fan speed. May be positioned overhead
if fan adequate to blow hot air down.
Emission: 100% convection.
Ducted warm air: for heating similar to fan convectors. Difference is in
method of heat distribution and in space occupied in rm. Used in
domestic installations but in large bldg only when mech ventilation
required.
Emission: 100% convection.

For thermal comfort surface temp of surroundings better if higher

than air temp; some radiant emission required, proportion depending
on thermal insulation
4 Order of thermal comfort & speed of response from heating emitters
 386 Components
Services: Heating systems
In choosing heating system 3 decisions to make:
fuel to be used meter w d h doorw door h
size kW
means of distributing heat from central source
method of heat emission in individual spaces
373 1980 1170 1530 1220 1450
560 2060 1220 1680 1370 1520
CAPACITY OF INSTALLATION
933 2290 1370 1830 1680 1680
Approx capacity of installation can be calculated +(I).
Example: 4-storey bldg 1 3 x 70 x (shallow plan bldg) 1400 2590 1450 1830 1680 1830
ventilation rate 2 air changes
1867 2750 1450 2220 1680 1830
ground floor 1 3 x 70 x 79 = 71890
intermediate floors 2 x 13 x 70 x 72 = 131 040 2800 2900 1710 2360 1830 1830
top floor 1 3 x 70 x 86 = 78260
total heat loss = 281 190 3733 3050 1730 2520 1830 1830
= 280 kW
ventilation required: up to 1867 kW ventilation ar to be 4% of floor ar
Bldg with intermittent heating need overload capacity: this depends on of meter rm divided between high & low level; over 2800 kW
heat up time. Normally 20% but may be 100% excess capacity. ventilation ar to be 6% of floor ar

2 Gas meter rm min dimensions

( nurnberofair changes (
small bldg

2 4 6 1
shallow plan

2 4 6 (
deep plan bldg

2 4 6
I1 ELECTRICITY TARIFFS
2 basic types of tariff for el heating: restricted hours tariff, with el
ground floor 102 146 192 79 121 167 62 104 150
available at nlght only at cheap rate; normal tariffs, with el available at any
intermediate floor 92 135 181 72 115 161 57 100 146
top floor 106 148 194 86 128 174 71 113 159 time but at 2-3 times restricted hours rate.

s~nglestorey 117 159 205 92 134 180
1 Heat loss W / d
GAS SUPPLIES
Distribution
Gas distributed through high pressure national grid system to all regions.
The main: provision and maintenance of main gas supply in UK
responsiblity of British Gas Corporation.
Service pipe: where laid in public ground, British Gas Corporation
responsible for provision and maintenance of service pipe between
main and inlet side of meter. Where part of service pipe laid in private
land provision and maintenance usually responsibility of user.
Internal installation pipes from meter to appliances responsibility of
bldg owner. No service pipe may be installed in unventilated void space
or duct.
Protection of pipes: gas pipes must be protected against condensation,
damp, freezing and corrosion.
Flues and air supply for gas appliances (+Bib1 19).
The meter
Primary meters should be situated close as possible point of entry of
service pipe and allow easy access without disturbing consumer. Meters
should not be exposed to:
possibility of physical damage
continuous damp or wet
excessive changes of temp
possibility of contact with flame or el sparks.
Gas meters must be separated from el meters by fr partit~on.
Domestic meters require space 330 wide, 360 deep, 660 high
Gas meters in larger installations require separate rm 4 2 )
75 117 163 With restricted hours tariff heat generated must be stored during night
for use next day. Heat may be stored In structure of bldg, particularly
concrete floors, in vessels containing water under pressure, or in well-
insulated high-density cores of thermal sto units. Storing heat In form of
hot water most flexible arrangement.
Direct el heating by radiant or convective emitters, often in form of
individual portable appliances.
Oil storage
4 main types of oil sto tanks for industrial and commercial oil fuels:
mild steel welded
mild steel sectional
cast Iron sectional
reinforced concrete
Most widely used: mild steel welded; usually horizontal, cylindrical or
rectangular. If ground space limited vertical cylindrical tanks may be
used.
Capacities
Min net sto capacity (4Bib130) can be calculated In 2 ways (use
largest):
3 weeks supply at max rate of consumption
2 weeks supply at max rate of consumption plus usual quantity ordered
for 1 delivery.
If max weekly offtake less than 900 1, sto capacity still should not be less
than 2950 1 to accept 2270 I deliveries.
Desirable provide more than 1 tank in many circumstances, each of
capacity accept at least full delivery, each tank having separate filling
pipe, unless situated next each other where common filling point can be
used, with isolating valves. Different grades must be stored in separate
tanks.

SITING
Should if possible be installed above ground. Site should not be subject
extremes of temp and not be intrusive. Clearance should be allowed for
withdrawal of fittings such as steam coils and immersion heaters.
If underground installation unavoidable, should be in specially con-
structed brick or concrete chamber, with access to drain valve etc: dry
ground and finished structure made watertight.
Sump must be provided in floor at 1 end and floor must slope towards
sump.
Buried tanks should not be In direct contact w ~ t hsoil: almost impossible
avoid corrosive attack.
 Components 387
Services: Heating systems
OIL STORAGE (cont)
Supports
Horizontal tanks on brick or reinforced concrete cradles. Downward
slope of 1 : 50 from drawoff towards drain. Cradles should not be under
joints or seams of tank plates; layer of bitumenised felt between cradle
and tank. Height of tank supports should provide at least 400 space
between drain valve and ground level to allow access for draining and
painting. mln 150 for steel cradles
Vertical tanks
Up to 2750 dia may be directly erected on RC foundation. Base of tank
with bitumen-based seal between tank and concrete. Larger d ~ tanks
a to 4 Cylindrical oil sto tank+(3)
be assembled on site should be erected on self-draining foundation
with base plated on bitumen and sand or bitumen-macadam base.
BOILER ROOMS
Catchpit
Where overfilling or leakage would be fire hazard or contaminate drains Space round eqp required for making pipe and el connexions and
catchpit required. Made of brick or concrete with oil-tight lining and dismantling eqp for servicing. Good maintenance of all plant essential
sealed to concrete base under tank supports. Capacity should be 10% for proper performance, fuel economy and max life.
greater than capacity of tank or tanks. Catchpit should have facility to
remove water but no permanent drain. Boilers and associated eqp heavy and noisy. Generally best position on
ground slab. Boiler rm should not be next spaces that are to remain cool
Manholes +pl3 or quiet.
Every sto tank should have manhole in accessible position, preferably at
Access from road to boiler house must be adequate for largest piece of
top. Circular: not less than 460 dia; oval or rectangular: not less than 460
eqp to be replaced.Boilers require air for combustion and boiler houses
long, 410 wide. Vertical tanks over 3650 h ~ g hshould have additional
need good ventilation reduce internal temp. In large boiler houses
manhole at base for maintenance and cleaning.
separate flue desirable for each boiler, rising directly to highest part of
Storage temp bldg.
For size of boiler rm, access and ventilation requirements +p388(1)-
oil class BS classification min temp min temp at (4). Dimensions allow all layouts. Solid fuel boilers may need larger
sto "C outflow from sto boiler house for fuel handling eqp. If pressurisation eqp or chillers
&for handling "C to be included boiler rm must be larger.

light fuel oil E 10 10

medium fuel 011 F 25 30 clear h access door ventllatlon louvres
heavy fuel oil G 35 45
load kW I w w h ~nlet outlet
(low level) rn2 (hlgh level) rn2
1 Oil sto temp
up to 200 7900 5300 3500 1500 2000 048 0 422
SOLID FUEL
200-600 9800 7900 4300 1700 2300 1 44 1 22
Delivery 600-1 800 16900 12200 5300 3400 3000 432 3 709
About 7 to 8 t capacity. Delivery vehicle dimensions similar to 7 t long
wheelbase tipping vehicle. Conveyor delivery vehicles can stack to 1800-6000 19100 18200 7300 3400 4200 144 11 646
2500 above load level: ordinary delivery 1400. Factors:
6000-20000 26800 26000 9300 4400 5800 48 0 36 68
bulk delivery for economy
sto capacitymin 1l/2 x capacity of delivery vehicle
5 Boiler rm data
good sto height saves space
plan for min manual handling eg gravity feed for delivery point to sto
Where boiler fired from front fuel should be stored in front or gravitate to
front from sto at higher level. Magazine type boilers should be fed from
fuel sto above hopper at top of boiler.
Calorific Value 81Density

b~tum~nous

coke

2 Calorific value & density

capacity l length A dia B capacity length A dia B

1140 1655 990 18185 5260 2135

2 275 1705 1375 22 730 5870 2290
2 730 2010 1375 27280 6175 2440
3410 2165 1375 31 825 5590 2745
4550 3150 1375 36370 6505 2745
5 455 3760 1375 40915 7420 2745
6 820 2900 1830 45 460 8030 2745
9 095 3305 1985 54555 9550 2745
11 365 3940 1985 68190 12195 2745
13 640 3965 2135 81230 12195 3050
15915 4880 2135 90920 13720 3050

3 Oil sto: dimensions of cylindricaltanks-(4)

388 Components

Services: heating systems

BOILER ROOMS (cont)

emergency exit

I emergency exit
.1

- - - - -~

,
I _ '
, ~, ,

emergency exit alternative

flue pos~tions emergency exlt alternative
4 / 1 flue posltlons

controls pumps

1 to 4 Boiler house layouts; technical data-p387(5)

CALORlFlER ROOMS
Calorifier rm is heating substation where heat in water (or steam) at high
pressure and temp changed to heat at low pressure and temp. Several
calorlfier rm may be fed from 1 boiler house ~nlarge installation.
- ~

In district heating schemes with distribution at high pressure and temp, rating A B C D E F G H welght flue
calorifier rm required at intake. h w d space space space space space full I/D
at at on left on above kg
Calorifier rm should not be next to spaces that are to remain cool. front back side right
side
Access required from road through bldg to calorifier rm for largest piece
of eqp to be replaced.
Calorrfler rm must be ventilated to reduce Internal temp
Calorifier rm 4 5 ) contain 2 hot water sto calorlfiers, 2 water to water
non-sto calorifiers, pumps and controls.

ATMOSPHERIC GAS BOILERS

Smaller gas boilers burn gas at low pressure, do not have forced 6 Atmospheric gas boilerdata: dimensionsfortop& bottomof rangeof each
draught; quieter than pressure jet boilers but less efficient. rating; I/D = internal dia
Boilers up to about 35 kW capacity available with either balanced flue or
front elevation side elevation
conventional flue.
Space must be allowed at front for withdrawal of burners and at side and
back for connexions+(6)(7)p389(1)-(4).

load kW I w clear h access door vent~lationlouvres

3 709

5 Calorifier rm data 7 Atmospheric gas bo~ler

 Components 389
Services: heating systems
rating A B C D E F G H weight flue I
PRESSURE JET GAS OR OIL BOILERS ..kB
P%
w>
I/D !
kW h w d
with
space
at
space
at
space
on left
space space full
on above kg
i
On pressure jet bo~lersburner forced-draught fan assembly projects
cons~derablyfrom front. Assembly often h~ngedfor access to bo~ler
2
burner front back side right
side I
shell for maintenance.
Fcs
6"s
#+
<-
In larger slzes cons~derablespace requ~redat backfor easy bend flue vd
connexlon -+(1)(2)(3) c$$
3
d
G2
STORAGE CYLINDERS
Domestic hot water cylinders
Domestic hot water cylinders must be installed with enough space
I I make and unmake connexions to fit or remove cylinder +(4)-(6)
1 Pressure jet gas boilers data: dimension for top & bottom of each heating p390(1). In rectangular cupboard connexions on diagonal save space
range4 3 ) 47).
Large indirect cylinders
rating A B C D E F G H weight flue Indirect cylinders need only low primary circulation pressure and will
kW h w d space space space space space full I/D
wlth at at on left on above kg operate with gravity flow if correctly placed in relation to boiler.
burner front back side right
side ~ Large indirect cylinders have bolted head to allow internal annular
heater to be withdrawn and replaced. For withdrawal space required
+p390(3). lndirect cylinders may be vertical or horizontal +p390(2)-
(5). Horizontal useful if headroom limited but vertical more efficient in
preventing m~xingof incoming cold water with remain~nghot.
Inspection opening often provided in side of cylinder.

I I
2 Pressurejet oil-filled boilers data: dimension for top & bottom of each
heating rangej(3)

plan
,:2\
;;
<)+ L--
,-\

,t::-z$
r--;
G
a
1 capacity A
I h with
B
dia with
C
space for
insulation insulation connexions
D
space
above for
D
space
above to
E .
space round
over insu-

s
1 I

/, ' ' '----

I
opposite connexions withdraw lat~onfor
A::, , sides immersion hand access

t heater

J
~1-k-c

3 Pressurejet gas & oil-filled boiler+(1)(2)

I I
4 Domestic vertical direct cylinders data +(6)(7)

capaclty A B C D D E
I h w~th d ~ wlth
a space for space space space round
lnsulat~on lnsulat~on connexions above for above to over Insu-
opposlte connexlons w~thdraw lat~onfor
sldes lmmerslon hand access
heater
114 1145 560 115 115 995 100
100 840 610 115 115 690 100
123 990 610 115 115 840 100
145 1145 610 140 140 995 100
170 1295 610 140 140 1145 100
215 1345 660 155 155 1195 100
255 1550 660 155 155 1400 100
332 1450 760 185 185 1300 100
418 1830 760 185 185 1680 100

6 Domestic vertical direct cylinder 7 Domestic vertical cylinder: 5 Domestic vertical indirect cylinders data+p390(1)
44) connexions on diagonal 4 4 )
 390 Components
Services: heating systems
STORAGE CYLINDERS (cont) STORAGE CALORlFlERS
Sto calorifiers serve same purpose as indirect cyl~ndersexcept that
heater is tubular battery in side requiring pumped primary circulation.
Vertical withdrawal space not required. Sto calorifiers may be vertical
+(6)(8) or horizontal +(7)(9). Vertical more efficient.

I I I I
1 Domestlc vertlcal ~ndlrectcyllndcr 2 Vertlcal lndlrect sto cyllnder -(3)

capacity A B C D E F
I dia w ~ t h h wlth space for space for space space
insulation insulation connexlons connexlons above for above for
connexlons withdrawal

1350 1115 25'95 470 1700 305 595

1500 1265 2185 470 1350 305 595
1800 1265 2535 470 1350 305 595
2100 1365 2505 520 1470 305 595
2500 1415 2705 520 1520 305 595
3000 1415 3145 560 IS60 305 660
3500 1565 3075 560 1710 305 660
4000 1565 3415 560 1710 305 660
4500 1565 3365 560 1710 305 660

note a space of 300 requ~redfor general access & 500 lor access to lnspectlon
openlng

6 Vertical sto calorifiers data-.(I)

note space of 300 requ~rcdfor general access & 500 for access to lnspectlon
openlng

3 Vertical indirect sto cylinders data-(2)

4 Horizontal ~ndirectsto cylinder

4 5 )

capacity A D E 1350 1170 2525 470 2610 125 595

I h with back space 1500 1345 2260 410 2260 125 595
insulation space for above for 1800 1345 2580 470 7610 125 595
lconnexions lconnexlons 7100 1445 2510 520 2600 160 595
2500 1495 3040 520 2800 I60 595
80 385 3000 1495 3135 560 3280 190 660
80 385 3500 1645 3220 560 3130 190 660
4000 1645 3325 560 3470 190 660
95 455 4500 1645 3540 560 3420 190 660
95 455
/note a space of 300 rcqulrrC lor general access & 500 lor access to lnspectlon
operllng

7 Horizontal sto calorifiers data+(9)

I
I
note a space of 300 requ~redfor general access & 500 for access to
Inspectionopening I 1 io4
I I
;
LL

a-.:
LL

.c*
1 1
B- --

I
5 HouirontaA indirect sto cylinders data-(4) 8 Verlical sto calorlf~er .(6) - 9 Horizontal sto calorifier -(7)
 Components 391

Services: Heating systems

A
NON-STORAGE CALORIFIERS
h with d ~ w~th
a space for p~pework space for
insulation ~nsulat~onp~peworkon on 3rd w~thdrawal Non-sto calor~f~ers used to change heatlng water temp or pressure
2 opposlte w~thoutmlxlng Horizontal calor~f~ers more usual than vert~calbut In
s~des smaller sizes may take up more space Intenor may have to be w~thdrawn
annually for ~nspect~onand space must be allowed +(1)(2)

TANK ROOMS
In all but smallest bldg should be at least 2 cold water sto tanks+(3) to
allow for draining down and maintenance without interrupting supply.
More than 2 tanks may be necessary forsto required by water authority.
Feed and expansion tank for heating system also generally Installed in
tank rm 4 4 ) . Tank rm should be well above highest distribution pipe-
work and outlets to give adequate head and flow rate.
note: calorifiers may be vertical or hor~zontal:space of 500 required for A clear space of 500 round and above all tanks necessary for access,
access on sides with pipe connexions and 300 for access on side with additional space at entrance to tank rm. Min dimension over tank
without connexions less than 450 1 capacity 300. Access allow installation of replacement
tanks desirable. Otherwise old tank may be cut up, removed in pieces
1 Non-sto water to water calorifiers datae(2) and replaced with sectional tank. Cold water sto tanks may produce
condensation on outside of tank unless insulated with vapour barrier.
l capacity tank d~mensions
to water Dr~p
tray often prov~dedprevent condensat~ondamag~ngce~lulgsbelow
line
I w d Tanks larger than those l~sted4 3 ) e~therpurpose-made or bu~ltup
from plate sectlons 1000 square or 1200 square Sect~onaltanks requlre
18 475 305 305 500 clear space under tankand bearers shaped allow bolts be t~ghtened
36 610 305 371 under joints between plates
54 610 406 371
68 610 432 432
86 610 457 482
114 686 508 508
159 736 559 559
191 762 584 610
227 914 610 584
264 914 606 610
327 1220 610 610
336 965 686 686
423 965 762 787
491 1090 864 736
709 1 170 889 889
841 1520 914 813
1230 1520 1140 914
1730 1830 1220 1020
2140 1830 1220 1220
3360 2440 1520 1220

2 Non-sto water to water calorifier 3 Cold water tanks, open top

4 1 rectangular, data

boiler or nominal tank dimensions

water capacity
heater
rating kW I I w d

up to 20 40 475 305 305

20-45 70 610 305 371
45-60 90 610 406 371
60-75 110 610 432 432
75-1 50 170 686 508 508
150-225 220 736 559 559
225-300 260 762 584 610
300-375 300 914 610 584
375-450 350 914 660 610
450-600 430 1220 610 610
600-750 550 965 762 787
750-1 200 880 1170 889 889
1200-1 500 1000 1520 914 813

4 Feed & expansion tanks data

 392 Components

Services: Ventilation
'- -
s" '" ESTIMATING CAPACITY OF AIR HANDLING PLANT w ~ l be
l necessary in addition to duct d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~system
spaces.
on to ind~vidual

L
Fresh air Inlet and exhaust openings nolsy; fresh alr should be taken
g. For prel~m~nary estimates of space required for ductwork and alr handl~ng from well above street level to be free from dust and fumes.
plant rate of 8 alr changes adequate to carry heat~ngand coolirig loads of
mad
Air handling plant rm generally pos~t~oned
on top of bldg to reduce these
r; most bldg
problems Connexron to boiler and chiller rm by heat~ngand ch~lled
-
a*
e
Air handl~ngunit capacity w ~ lbe
l approx water pipework.
\r , floor ar of bldg m3s , lnterconnex~onbetween extract fan and fresh alr Inlet of a ~handling
r un~t
150 partly determ~nessize of alr handling plant rm. Generally extract fan is
Where other air change rates requ~redcapacity will be approx separate from air handling unit -42). Alternat~veis for extract fan to be
floor ar of bldg part of air handling unlt; this avo~dsinterconnect~ngductwork but com-
1 200
x n ACH m% -' pl~catesfresh air inlet and exhaust outlet connexions to outs~de4 3 )
S~lencersgenerally necessary on supply and extract ductwork to reduce
where n = number of air changes
fan noise in distribution ductwork. S~lericersshould Ideally be halfway
through plant rrn wall or floor to reduce flanking sound transmiss~on.
AIR HANDLING PLANT ROOMS Prov~deadequate space in plant rm to w~thdraw~ndiv~dual components
of air handling u n ~ tthls
: requlres space alongside unit slightly wider than
u n ~ tElsewhere
. mln 500 access space should be provided -(4)(5).
Air handl~rigplant bulky but relat~velyIlght, cons~derableaddlt~onal
space requ~red~nplant rm for duct connexlons Large fresh alr Inlet and Access route from road to air handl~ngplant rm should allow for removal
exhaust open~ngsrequ~redfor economy should lead d~rectlyto outs~de and replacement of fan sect~onand should be same clear dimensions as
With Internal alr handl~nqplant rm large duct connexlons to outs~dealr door opening --(1)-(3).

air l air- I w h ar of ar of access door a~r l a~r- I w h I of rnlx

volume condition~ng ventilation fresh a ~ r maln volume, condlt~onlng ventllat~on box i fan
&exhaust ducts w h m3s ' sectton2
openlngs

05 4330 2 220 1200 1090 1470

rn!s ' rnm mm rnm mm m2 rn' rnm mm 10 4530 2420 1500 1090 1670
15 4530 2420 1500 1090 1815
0.5 9300 7200 3500 2400 04 0 067 1300 1600 2 4 805 3 005 1700 1280 2125
1.0 I0000 7900 3900 2400 0.8 0.13 1300 1600 3 5030 3005 1900 1480 2125
1.5 10800 8700 3900 2600 1.2 0.2 1300 1600 4 5 330 3220 2280 1780 2410
2 1 1 500 9700 4400 2900 1.6 0.27 1500 1800 5 5 330 3220 2635 1780 2410
3 11 700 9700 4700 3300 24 04 1700 2000 6 6 430 4220 2650 2080 3110
4 13100 11000 5500 3700 32 0.53 2000 2300 7 6 430 4220 2890 2080 3110
5 13100 11 000 6000 4000 4.0 067 2000 2300 9 6910 4640 3200 2200 3515
6 14 700 12500 6500 4300 48 08 2300 2600 11 6910 4640 3200 2255 3515
7 I5000 12800 6800 4600 5.6 0.93 2300 2600 13 7 350 5080 3600 2520 3955
9 16400 14100 7200 4800 7.2 1.2 2400 2700 16 7 530 5320 4000 2730 4210
I1 16800 14500 7300 5300 8.8 1.47 2500 2800 20 7 730 5520 4600 2930 4410
13 18400 16100 7900 5800 104 1 73 2700 3000
16 19 600 17400 8700 6400 12.8 213 3000 3300 I based on co~lface veloc~tyof 2 5 mls-'
20 20400 18200 9900 6700 16.0 267 3200 3500 'to be added to I of AHU ~i
extract fan to be In un~t

1 Air handling plant rm data 4 Air handling units data

air volume I w h
m3s-
05 785 655 775
10 850 775 915
1.5 850 775 915
2 1100 1010 1220
3 1180 1125 1375
4 1295 1240 1525
5 1850 1540 1890
6 1850 1540 1890
7 1850 1540 1890
9 1915 1650 1975
11 2070 1880 2255
13 2220 2110 2480
16 2680 2350 2820
20 2850 2580 3080
5 Extract fans data

2 Air handling plant rm wlth separate fan 3 Air handling plant rm with extract fan In
handling unlt
 Components 393

Services: Thermal insulation

- - - - -- --

element resistance m2 "CNV

HEAT TRANSFER
Conduction: direct transfer of heat through a material.
internal surface of wall 0.123
internal surface of ceilings &floors (downward heat flow) 0.15 Thermal conductivity (k): property of material alone
internal surface of ceilhngs &floors (upward heat flow) 0.106
outs~desurface of wall sheltered exposure 0.08 Convection: transport of heat through flu~dsby c~rculat~on.
affects heat
outside surface of wall normal exposure 0.055
outside surface of wall severe exposure 0.03 transfer through alr spaces and alr movement over surfaces
outside surface of roof sheltered exposure 0.09
outs~desurface of roof normal exposure 0.045 Radiation: transfer of heat between bodies at d~stanceby electro-
outside surface of roof severe exposure 0.02 magnetic radiation.
unventilated air space 5 thlck 0.1 1
unventilated air space 20 thlck or more 0.18 Resistance of wall to passage of heat through it made up from resistance
lofi space below unsealed, tiled p~tchedroof 0.11 of each element of wall, eg resistance of brick wall will be sum of
loft space below unsealed, tiled p~tchedroof with felt below tlles 0.1 8
air space behind tiles on tile hung wall 0.12 resistance caused by conduction through brick and resistance through
air space ~ncavity wall 0 18 convective and radiative transfer at outside surface. Plastered cavity
brick wall will include resistance of air space and plaster etc.
1 Surface & air resistances
Thermal transmittance (or U value) of bldg element: reciprocal of
resistance ie
material thermal material thermal
conductivity conductivity u = -1 = 1
(k) W/m "C (k) W/m "C R + + + ---+ +
Rsl R, R2 R a Rso
where R,, = internal surface resistance
R s 0 = outside surface resistance
aerated concrete 0.21 gypsum plaster 0.46
aluminium 160 hardboard 0.08 R, = air space resistance I
asbestos cement 0.4 lightweight plaster 0.2 R1, R P ,etc = resistanceof components =-
k
asphalt 0.43 limestone 1.5
linoleum 0.22 where I = thickness of component layer (m)
brickwork, common 0.7
carpet 0.05 plasterboard 0.16 k = thermal conduct~vityWlm "C
composition flooring 0.44 roofing felt 0.19
dense concrete 1.5 sand cement 0.53
2.0 Units of U are W/m2 "C and heat flow through composite structure is
expanded polystyrene 0.035 slate
fibreboard 0.057 steel 50 given by U A(tl - to) where A is area and ti and to are inside and outside
glass 1.05 thatch 0.09 temp.
glassfibre 0.035 timber 0.15
granite 2.5 wood chipboard 0.15 Values of inside and outside surface resistances and air space resist-
granolithic 1.16 woodwool 0.1 ances +(I) and values of conductivity (k) for common bldg materials
42).
2 Thermal conductivitiesof common bldg materials Example: Calculate U value of cavity wall consisting of 105 brick outer
leaf with 25-render, 5 0 air space, internal leaf of 150 aerated concrete
construction U value W/m2 "C block with 10 plasterboard lining on 25 battens:
inside surface resistance+(l) = 0.123
solid 225 brick wall unplastered 2.3
solld 225 brick wall plastered 2.1 resistance of 10 plasterboard 4 2 ) = 0.01 /0.16 = 0.063
cavity wall 2 x 105 plastered on lnside 15 resistance of air space +(I) = 0.18
cavity wall 105 brick outer leaf 100 aerated concrete block resistance of 150aerated concretej(2) = 0.15010.21 = 0.714
inner leaf plastered on inside 0 96
cavity wall 105 brick outer leaf 100 aerated concrete block resistance of air space +(I) = 0.1 8
inner leaf plastered on inside with 13 polystyrene in cavlty 0.7 resistance of 105 brick+(2) = 0.10510.7 = 0.15
150 concrete 3.5 resistance of render 4 2 ) = 0.02510.53 = 0.047
150 concrete with 50 woodwool as permanentshuttering,
plastered 11 outside surface resistance+(l) (normal) = 0.055
weatherboarding on timber framing with 10 plasterboardlinlng total resistance R = 1.1512 m2deg C/W
& 50 glass fibre in cavity 0.62
19 asphalt on 150 dense concrete roof 3.4
U = 1 I R = 0.66 W/m2 "C
19 asphalt on 150 aerated concrete slab roof 0.88
3 layer felt on prescreeded 50 woodwool slabs wlth
U values of some common structures for normal exposure 4 3 )
plasterboard ceiling 0.9
3 layer felt on prescreeded 50 woodwool slabs with Condensationj p 3 9 4
plasterboard ceiling & 25 glass fiblre between joists 0.6
3 layer felt on 13 fibreboard on metal decking 2.2
3 layer felt on 25 polystyrene on metal deck~ng 1.I
pitched roof, tiles on felt on board~ngwith plasterboardc e ~ l ~ n g 1.3
p~tchedroof, tiles on felt on boarding with plasterboardceiling w~th
50 glass fibre 0.5
internal 20 timber boarded floor on joists with plasterboard
celling 1.6
1nternal150concrete floor wlth 50 screed 2.4
single glazing any weight t~mberframe 4.3
slngle glazing metal frame 56
double glazing any weighttimberframes 2.5
double glazing metal frames with thermal break 3.2

3 U values for common bldg structures

 394 Components

Services: Thermal insulation

CONDENSATION
Moisture Inside bldg arises from such sources as external air, breath of
occupants, cooking, washing, flueless gas and 011heaters. Warm alr can
hold more moisture than cold air +(l). Warm air cooled becomes
saturated at temp called dewpoint, which depends on amounl of mo~sture
in~tiallyIn warm air. Condensatiori occurs on surfaces with temp below
dew point.
Condensat~onprevenled by (a) vent~lation:~ntroductionof outdoor air
with low moisture content; (b) heatrng: raises surface temp. (c) insulat~on:
ind~rectlyby increasing temp for heat output available.
Calculation of condensation rlsk requlres knowledge ot temp and rnolsture
differences between Inside and outs~deair.
Example:
Unheated bedr at 6 C , outs~dealr - I"C, wall U value = 0.6 W/rn2"C.
Ventilation rate 1 airchangeihr, rm volume 35 m3.
moisture content of saturated air at - 1C 0.0035 kgikg -
outdoor air In winter approx 90% salurated mo~sturecontent = 0 90 x
0.0035= 0.0032 kg/kg
indoor alr moisture = outdoora~rmolsture added moisture +
assume moisture input from 2 occupants at 0.040 kglhr:
outdoor air added = a~rchangerate x volume = 35 m2 = 35 x I.2 = 42 (airspace) fibre
kg ;
molsture added = -- x0.040- 0.0019 kg/kg outside
42
1"C
Indoor alr mo~sture 0.0032 + 0 0019 = 0.0051 kglkg
-
-

-,(I), Indoor air dew pornt = 4 2C

temp distribution through wall In proport~onto res~stances:U value 0.6
1 dewpolnt corresponds
gives r e s i s t a n c e - 1.7, ins~desurface resistance = 0.123, temp
0.6 molsture content
0.123
difference lns~de
toout = 7"C, surface IS--------
17 = 0.YC below rm temp
le 5.5"C.
Condensation will not take place condensat~on
cannot occur
Cold bridges
Wall of prevlous example bridged by concrete lhntel U value 3 5 Wlmv
"C:
I
res~stance= -= 0.286
3.5
surface i s E 3 x 7 = 3C below rm temp,
0.286
l e 3C: condensat~onwill take place

Interstitial condensation
dewpolnt corresponds behlnd plasterboard
Assume wall with U value = 0.6 Wimv"C consists of 19 weather- to external air moisture
boarding on timber studs, 9 plasterboard on studs with 50 glass fibre content
between. Temp through wall obtalned by proport~oningtotal temp drop
according to resistances -+(2): moisture contents of ins~deand outs~de
air taken as previous example. Within partition moisture varies but wrll
be constant through air space and porous insulation. Dew point corre- 2 Occurrenceof interstitial condensation & its prevention by vapour barrier
sponding to mo~sturecontent is above temp In air space and condensation on warm side of insulation
occurs. Vapour barrier on rm s ~ d eof ~nsulantreduces moisture content
in cold side of wall to that of outdoor air, temp In wall will always be above
dew point of outside air so condensation cannot occur.

0.010
0.009 -$
0.008 2P
.
0
0.007 y
0.006 9
+A

0.005 ;
C

0.004 8
a,
0.003 2
.-
0.002
0.001

1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0-1-2-3
temperature "C

1 Moisture content of saturated air


Sound measured in decibels (dB); increase of 10 dB gives approx
doubling in loudness. Sounds of equal level in dB but at different
frequencies (frequency roughly equivalent to pitch) not equally loud:
always necessary make frequency analysis of sound; 'overall' levels or
single figure measurements not related frequency little use.
SOUND REDUCTION INDEX (SRI)
Measure of sound insulat~onagainst airborne sound: difference in noise
levels between 2 spaces separated by wall or floor corrected for
acoustical conditions In quiet rm. Conversely, subtracting SRI of 1
element from noise level in 1 rm gives after correction noise level to be
expected in second rm caused by sound transmitted by that element.
SRI =,L1 Lp - log S/A where L1and L2are noise levels in rm 1 & 2,
-
S is partition area, A is total sound absorption in rm 2
SRI depends on weight and will vary with frequency. Values for 1-leaf
homogeneous solid partitions can be calculated +(l).
Method of calculation:
enter figure at surface weight of panel and draw horizontal line in lower
part of figure
draw vertical lines through intersections of this line with frequency scale
into upper part of figure
read off SRI at intersections with graph for appropriate material: lower
parts of graph identical for panels of same weight; graphs change from
initial slope to flat 'plateau' at points indicated for each material
Example:
SRI of 100 conqrete: surface weight = 230 kg/m2
frequency HZ 83 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
SRl db 37 38 38 46 56 62 68 74
For more complex structures SRI can be estimated +p396(1).
From +(I) can be seen that weight of partition must be doubled to
increase SRI by 6dB below plateau regions. If SRI too low for application
Components 395
Services: Sound insulation
Example:
from+(l) SRI of 100 concrete (surfaceweight 230 kg/m2) is46 dB; SRI
of 9 plywood (surface weight 4.5 kg/m2) is 19 dB
difference between values of SRI is 27 dB; ratio of areas is 0.01
from 4 2 ) reduction is SRI: 8 dB
SRI of composite: 46 - 8 = 38 dB
Effect of small holes and gaps in and round partitions can be found using
4 2 ) and taking SRI of hole as 0 dB: eg if composite partition in previous
example with SRI dB at 500 Hz has gaps of 1.5 wide down edges, ar of
gaps = 2 x 0.0015 x 3 = 0.009 m2; ratio of ar = 0.001; difference
between values of SRI = 38 - 0; so reduction in SRI partition will frgm
4 2 ) be 9 dB, giving a total of 38 - 9 = 29 dB: gaps, though small, more
significant than plywood infill panel. All structures intended give sound
insulation must be sealed airtight to eliminate holes and gaps. Joints
between different materialsand round pipes and ducts etc must be filled
with resilient sealant to eliminate opening of gaps from shrinkage,
differential thermal expansion, structural movement etc.
Adding sound absorbent tile or panel to wall or floor will have no effect
on SRI except through negligible increase in weight. Sound absorption
will affect final levels in receiving rm through factor log S/Awhile sound
absorption in source rm will limit build-up of reflected sound and there-
fore levels that have to be designed against. Rm level is only reduced 3
dB for doubling in absorption. Principal use of sound absorption is to
control character of sound in rm.
Acceptable noise levels +pl8
100
10
1 -
a:
35
0, P2
-
30 z
+

because of plateau, increase only possible without massive increase in 25

0.01 s!
-
weight by changrng material, eg from breeze block to brick. 2
-2? a , 20
a:
P
L
Compositestructure consisting of 2 elements of different SRI (eg wall
ki 2 p
with window) will have SRI closer to weakest element as found from J= C
0 001
-
42).
P O
c=
G 2 10
l5
-:
Method of calculation:
1 calculate ratio of areas of 2 elements and difference between values -53 5
-Sl
0
of SRI at each frequency
2 enter graph on horizontal scale at difference in SRI
3:: 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
3 draw vertical line to intercept curve appropriate to area ratio
4 read off reduction in SRI on vertical scale d~fferencebetweenvalues of sound reduct~onIndex dB
5 subtract from high SRI to give SRI of composite
repeat steps 2-5 for each frequency 2 SRI of a 2 ar composite,structure

frequency Hz. 1 Calculationof sound reduction of

I-leaf partitionsof common materials
 Components 397

Services: Sound insulation

SOUND ABSORBENT TREATMENTS
Surfaces of rm partly reflect and absorb sound
according to nature and construction of surface.
Proportion will vary with frequency. Result of
reflection is reverberant sound which merges
with direct sound and affects its character. Period
of sustained sound known as reverberation time. 2.0
Suitable reverberation time depends on purpose m
of rm and is established from experience+(l).

Reverberation time
.+
.-

0.16V
.+
.-
9
1.5
Can b e calculated from T = -
A
where V is rm volume m3 and A is total absorp-
$s?
tion in rm. A is found at each frequency by 1.0
multiplying area (in m2) of each type of surface
treatment by its absorption coefficient and
summing over all different surfaces of rm.
-
i
.-
Q

0.5
Absorbent materials
May b e classified into 3 types:
(a) porous materials: absorb sound over whole
frequency range, efficiency depends on
thickness;
(b) panel absorbents: panels over airspace
absorb sound over narrow frequency range
0
Z 8 - ..
8 8m d m
N
Z
0
8 ~818
Z38
000

rm volume m3
according to panel weight and airspace depth;
useful low frequency much 1 Optimum reverbaration times for rm of different sizes & uses
absorption may be introduced by inadvertent
use of seemingly solid materials which can 125 Hz 500 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz
only be fixed over an air space;
(c) cavity resonators can be 'tuned' to give boarding (match) 15 thick over air space on solid wall 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1
selective absorption over narrow frequency brickwork: plain or painted 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.05
range; of little practical importance as absorp- breeze block: unplastered, plain 0.2 0.6 0.5 0.4
tion obtained more efficiently using (a) or (b) +
pile carpet underfelt on solid floor 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.6
but can be made from 'non-acoustic' materials, +
pile carpet underfelt on board & batten floor 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6
pile carpet on impervious backing on concrete floor 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
eg concrete: design not easy. felted or woven carpet on imperviousbacking on concrete
floor 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.2
Absorption coefficients concrete, plain or tooled or granolithic finish 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02
For common materials given +(2), for use in cork, linoleum or wood block floor (or wall) 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1
calculation of reverberation times. For absorp- curtains (medium fabrics) hung straight & close to wall 0.05 0.25 0.3 0.4
tion coefficients of proprietary acoustic tiles curtains (medium fabrics) double widths in folds spaced
refer manufacturers' literature: but make sure away from wall 0.1 0.4 0.5 0.6
method of mounting of tiles same for test data 25 thick hair felt, covered by scrim cloth on solid
as for intended application. Surface finish and backing 0.1 0.7 0.8 0.8
treatment as well as subsequent redecoration fibreboard (soft) on solid backing, 12 nominal
thickness 0.05 0.15 0.3 0.3
will also affect absorption. Painting porous
ditto painted 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.15
acoustic tile will destroy absorption at middle fibreboard (12) over air space on solid wall 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
and high frequencies. ditto painted 0.3 0.15 0.1 0.1
floor tiles, plastics or linoleum 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05
Absorption of people and seats in auditoria
glass windows glazed up to 4 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.02
taken into account using absorption unitslitem, glass 6 or thicker in large sheets 0.1 0.04 0.02 0.02
and air/cm3 of rrn volume. glass or glazed tiles as wall finish 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
glass fibre or mineral fibre 25 thick on solid backing 0.02 0.7 0.9 0.8
ditto 50 thick 0.3 0.8 0.95 0.9
glass or mineral fibre 25 thick over air space on solid
backing 0.4 0.8 0.9 0.8
plaster, lime or gypsum on solid backing 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04
plaster on lath & plasterboardon joists, or studs, air
space &solid backing 0.3 0.1 0.04 0.04
plasterboard on cellular core partition 0.15 0.07 0.04 0.05
plywood mounted solidly 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
plywood panels mounted over air space on solid backing 0.3 0.15 0.1 0.05
ditto with porous material in air space 0.4 0.15 0.1 0.5
water, as in swimming baths 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
wood boards on joists or battens 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.1
woodwool slabs, unplastered, 25 thick on solid
backing 0.1 0.4 0.6 0.6
woodwool,slabs ditto 75 thick 0.2 0.8 0.8 0.8
woodwool slabs, ditto 50 thick 0.2 0.8 0.7 0.7
empty fully upholstered seats (per seat) 0.12 0.28 0.31 0.33
+
empty plastics metal chairs (per chair) 0.07 0.14 0.14 0.14
adults in fully upholstered seats (per P) 0.18 0.46 0.51 0.46
+
adults in plastics metal chairs (per P) 0.16 0.4 0.43 0.4
proscenium opening with av stage set (per m3) - - 0.007 0.02

audience or seating in any rm causes shading of floor: should be allowed for in calculating
reverberation times; suggested suitable adjustments in floor absorption in consequence of this

' Services references:

-+Bibliography entries 090 111 119 130 133
143 150 151 246 377 390 416 489 490 503 593
shading are: reduce by 20% 40% 60% 80%

2 Absorption coefficients
398 Components
Lighting
type of interior & illuminance lamp circuit efficacy (ImNV)
GENERAL LIGHTING

35 45 50 60 70 90
Loading required to produce given av illuminance on horizontal plane
heavy industry from general lighting may be calculated from 'lumen formula'.
av service illumrnance 200 lux/R 15

light industry
/R12
av service illuminance 500 lux/R 15
/R12
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0
8.0 7.0 6.0 4.5
18.0 15.0 13.0 10.0
20.0 16.5 14.0 11.0 1 If E, is service illuminance required in lux over working place area A m2
lamps flux (L) = -

above +p26.
Es A lumens where UF is utilisatlon factor described
MF x UF

av servlce illuminance 200 lux/R I 5

commercial
/R 12
av service illuminance 500 lux/R I 5
/R 12

av service illuminance 200 lux/R 1 5

/R12
12.0 9.5 8.5 7.0
13.0 10.5 9.5 8.0
30.0 23.0 21.0 17.5
34.0 26.5 24.0 20.0

14.5
17.0
11.0
13.5
10.0 8.5
12.0 10.0
1 -
-

-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
Wattage =
L
lamp circult efflcacy
Sources and lumrnaires with highest practrcal efficacy shoud be selected
in conjunction with light decoration so that wattage loadlng is in line wlth
targets given +(I).
av service illuminance 500 lux/R 15 36.0 28.0 25.0 21.0 - -
If light output of each lamp 1s L' then number of lamps requlred to produce
/R 12 42.5 33.0 30.0 25.0 - -

1 Target wattage loading: boxed numbers indicate restricted range when

most efficient source with compatibleother parameters chosen Magnetlc programmes available from RlBA and ClBS for perlorming
these calculations on programmable hand calculators.

. .t
. . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUILDING LIGHTING
Hlgh degree of uniformity of lighting can be provided by lndlrecl llghtlng
from c o r n i c e s j ( 2 ) : inefficient in terms of power but may be deslrable to
display ceilings of particular architectural interest.
Edge of masking cornice should be high enough conceal lamps. To
avold dark areas between lamps tubes should be staggered or over-
lapped - 4 3 ) . High reflectances on upper walls and ceilrng essential to
redirect light on working plane.
. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. . More efflclent overall llghtlng glven by fluorescent lamps fltted above
'egg-crate' or other forms of louvred false celllng Spec~allycontoured
2 Cornice lighting plastlcs metalllsed louvre grlds concentrate light downwards wlth low
brlghtness appearance of celllng
In air-conditioned bldg extract alr should be drawn through 'alr-
handling' luminaires so that heal can be removed from lamps and
control gear before enters rm. Thls heat may oftcn be usefully recovered
for use in perimeter areas.

Glare
Excessive brlghtness contrast In fleld of vlew can cause glare j p l 7 3 2 If
source, e g wlndow or unshaded desk lamp, seen close to vrsual task ~t
can cause dlsablllty glare and reduce taskvlslb~llty,can also be cause ol
dlscomfort, thls can occur even when source 1s well away from [ask, ey
lumlnarres on celllng, and 1s much more common danger IES code
qlves recommendatlons for upper llmlt of dlscomfort qlare Index, which
1s related to luminance and slze of light sources, their number and
positlon In field of view and luminance of their surroundings. Calculat~on
3 Overlapping prevents dark ar
of this glare Index can be performed as described 43ib382.

I Contrast
Objects are seen by contrast, either contained contrast or contrast wlth
luminaires in this ar can produce
veihng reflections their background: higher the contrast the more vislble the object. V~si-
bilitv of orinted or wrrtten matter deoends on contrast of markina materlal
with paber. This can be markedl; dependent on llghting and viewing
angles even if materials used not obviously glossy. Lighl sources should
be kept out of 'forbidden zone' indicated 4 4 ) : best position 1s to one
side of worker rather than in front.
\
Uniformity
\
Variation of illuminance over worklng area should not normally be such
\
that min is less than 0.8 of av. To ensure this manufacturer's rec-
\ ommended spacinglh ratio (ratio of horizontal distance apart. S, to
\ mounting height above working plane, H), should not be exceeded.
,/
\
\ '1i

I I
4 Offending zone within which reflectionsfrom light source will degrade
contrast of flat task (about 85% office tasks viewed between 0" and 40" from
vertical)

TASK LIGHTING
Calculations of power requlred for task llghtlng usually made on basis of
dlrect lntenslty
For fllament lamp desk l~ghtswlth dlffuslng reflectors Inverse square law
can be assumed to hold and ~twlllbe found that 500 lux can be obtalned
at about 600 to 650 dlrectly below 60 watt lamp In usual type of reflector
For fluorescent lamps use has to be made of 'aspect factor' method as
described +B1b383 Thls glves distances for 500 lux according to
0
1
4 1 )
lamp wattage lamp l dlstance d (for offset 0 5 h)
15 13
18 15
1 Values of d~rectdlstance of fluorescent lamps In typical dlsperslve metal
reflector lumlnalre to glve 500 lux at polnt opposlte centre of l a m p j ( 2 )
LIGHT SOURCES
Incandescent tungsten f~lamentlamps st111used extensively In home
and In dlsplay llghtlng where ease and cheapness of replacement,
provlslon for l ~ m ~ t eareas
d of warm colour llght and very small effect on
llfe of frequent swltchlng requlred Standard l ~ f e1000 hr and 'efficacy',
~e efflc~encyof llght product~on,varles from 10-18 lumens per watt
(Im/W), some manufacturers offer lamp lasting 2000 hr for use where
concomitant drop ~n llght output can be accepted as prlce of less
frequent maintenance
Lamps with bulbs silvered for use as integral spotlight or floodlight
available; but better optical control and higher efficacy obtainable from
tungsten lamps with small quartz bulbs and halogen gas filling.
Fluorescent lamps suitable for concealed lighting in home +(3)(4), for
kitchen lighting and for most industrial and commercial interiors of
moderate ceiling height. They can have efficacy up to 5 times that of
filament lamp with reasonably acceptable colour rendering properties
and up to 3 times where particularly accurate colour rendering needed.
Their normal life is 7500 hr.
I I
2 Task lighting with fluorescent lamp in dispersive metal reflector:-(l) gives
values of d to get 500 lux at P from various lamp wattages
Components 399
Lighting
..........
............
.............
.......... ..................
3 lnd~rectrm hghtlng&dlrect 4 Illuminated curtaln
llghtlngtowork~lace
Mercury discharge lamps, colour corrected by use of fluorescent bulbs
(commonly designated MBF type) and/or introduction of metal halide
into arc tube (MBI and MBIF), acceptable for achieving high illumi-
nances in shops and in high-ceiling industrial areas. MBF lamps are
available in wattages low as 50, which offers possibility of use to highlight
small areas. Efficacy can be 35-70 ImIW including ballast losses or
nearly 6 times that of filament lamps, with life 7000-1 0000 hr (to 70% of
initial output).
Low pressure sodium lamps (SOX or SLI) only suitable for outdoor
lighting because of monochromatic nature of light emitted; but operation
at higher pressure (SON) broadens spectrum so that light is suitable for
industrial applications (in high bays) and some commercial uses. SON
lamps have efficacies 55-1 10 Im/W, or up to 9 times those of filament
lamps, and SOX lamps up to I 0 times, with lives of 10000 hours (to 70%
of initial light output).
Colour appearance of light source not good guide to appearance of
colours illuminated by it. For classification of lamps into three grades of
appearances independently of colour rendering properties+p25(3).
All discharge lamps require control gear for starting and limiting current
and capacitor for power factor correction. Mercury and sodium lamps
take several minutes to reach full light output and from 1 to 20 minutes to
restrike after interruption of supply: some fluorescent or filament lighting
should be provided in any interior where light is needed immediately
power is restored.
100 cycle per second (Hz) fluctuation of light output from discharge
lamps on 50 Hz AC mains not normally disturbing, but if problems
encountered, eg with moving machinery lit by high pressure discharge
lamps at low mounting height, measuressuch as dividing lamps between
three phases, or locally lighting critical points by incandescent filament
lamps, may be taken. Fluorescent lamps may be mounted in pairs with
'lead lag' control gear.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Provision of emergency lighting legal requirement for many bldg; consult
+Bib1 12.
OUTDOOR LIGHTING
Architect will often be required make provision for lighting exterior
environment: may range from floodlighting whole bldg or feature to
amenity lighting of city precincts, car parks and gardens, or functional
lighting of railway, bus or air terminals. Wide variety of specialised
techniques is involved; guidance given jBib386.
 400 Components
Lighting
-- INTEGRATION OF ELECTRIC LIGHTING & DAYLIGHTING
Even In well dayl~trm, el light has to be used on wlnter afternoons when
dayllght fades. When slde-liL rm deep enough for work requlrlng llluml-
nance 500 Ix to be carried out at d~stdr~ce from wlndow greater than
height of wlndow head above working plane, el light requlred for rrlore
than 15% of worklng year as DF will probably be less than 10% -p27-30.
Thrs requirement Increases to about 50%, at depth of 1%-2 w~ndow
head height and to practically 100n/~,even wlth fully glazed wall, ~f depth
greater than 5 x that helght. If tirited glazing used these depths greatly
reduced.
Therefore arrange general lightlng lumlrlarres 111rows parallel to wlndow
wall, each row swltched separately. Switches should be located so Lhat
they can be conveniently operated by occupar~tsas requlred and so that it
IS clear wh~chrows they operale. Often possible provldc per~dar~t swltches
controlling ind~vlduallumina~reswith thrri Ilght cords whlch can be
reached from standlng pos~tlon
Fluorescent lamps should be chosen from ~ntermcd~ate' colour railye
-p25(3) compat~blewith colour rendering requ~rementsand wlth warmth
of llghtlng requrred at nlght El Ilghtlng should be d c s ~ q r ~ etod prov~de
lllum~nancerecommended for partlculdr tasks carr~edout ~n~ n t c r ~ obut r,
not less than 30 Ix on dv over worklnq plane
Y
rarely needed. proportton frequently
wall-washer use automatic needed; use automatic
sw~tch~ng d~mrningtop-up control
I I
0.5 h h 2h
1 Dayt~rnecontrol of lum~na~res
In relat~onto depth of interior space
For max conservation of energy automat~ccontrol should be installed in
new bldg to switch orf, or preferably dlm, those rows of lunllriaires
light~ngthe worklng area (usually first 2 or 3) wti~chare riot required
when dayl~ghtrlses to provlde ~llurn~rianccat that dcpth such that full el
lightrrig not necessary+(l)
Under these condltlons windows need not be designed to achieve max
penetration of daylight; more attention can be pald to any requlremenls
for obtaining max benefit from exterior vlew, eg by providing wide
uninterrupted windows rather than high and narrow ones. Opportunity
can be taken to reduce contrast of wall above or between wlndows with
exter~orseen through them by malntalning light colour and arranging for
some wall wash~ngby artlfrclal lighting.
In top-l~tlnterlors with sufficient glazing to provlde arl average DF of
10% over worklng area el I~ghlingwill similarly be required for 15% of
worklng year for tasks on which 500 Ix requlred, and for longer than this
where higher ~llum~nance requ~redor lower DF provided. If there is
difference between actlvlties carried out r r ~dlffererit areas, requiring
different rllumlnances or dlffererlt periods of occupation, el l~ght~rlg
nlay
be swrtched by areas. Otherw~sewhole lrlstallatlori car1 be linked to I
controller. Thls may be photo-eleclr~cswitch or photo-clectrlc dlmnllng
control where fluorescent llghtrng is used; but at the date of wrlt~ngthere
1s llttle experrence of appl~calrorlof such control to other types of
discharge lamps.
h~ghproportion frequently always needed-
needed: use automatic keep switched on
d~rnm~ngtop-up control while interior occup~ed
I I I I
3h 4h 5h 6h
d~stancefrom w~ndow
 Components 401

Doors
DIMENSIONS wldth of stairs, corridors or lobbies which ~tserves. Exit doors must be
labelled; in certain instances sign must have emergency illumination.
Recommended dimensions for wood internal and external door leaves
and frames j B i b 1 4 5 : doors to these dimensions cheaper than units
built to s ~ e c i asizes.
l Dimensions for steel frame doors and wlndows for FLOW CAPACITY
domestic purposes+Bibl38+(1)(2).
Where pedestrian traffic heavy rate at which people move through

I I internal doors I external doors I doorway determined by type of people (oldlyoung, whether carrylng
baggage etc) and by degree of congestion on each side of doorway.

coordinating h of doorset
; 2 100
1 : I Total rate at which people can move through doorway in both directions
far less than capacity with flow in 1 direction only; for heavy 2-way traffic,
2 separate openings should be provided 4 3 ) .

gateways & other clear openings 60-1 10Im w

single swing door (900) 40-60 increased by 50% if fastened
open
coordinat~ngw of doorset 600 s revolving door 25-35 1 direction: this is doubled if
(L)+(2) 700 s leaves collapse to give 2 openings
800s&d waist-high turnstile:
900s&d 900 s with free adrn~s~on 40-60
1000s&d 1000s with cashier 12-1 8
1200 d 1 200 d operated wlth single coln 25-50
1500 d 1500 d

s slngle d double 1 1800 d

21006 1 1 800 d
2lOOd I I
3 Capaclty of doorways wlth un~d~rect~onal
pedestrian flow
I

1 Slze of wood doors (-Bib145)

DISABLED PERSONS
Standard door sizes: min convenient width for ambulant disabled 800
coordinating doorset (opening width 675, rnternal door). Thrs too narrow for wheel-
chair users: 900 doorset usually adequate. Wider doors not necessarily
better for wheelchairs provided adequate space to position chair beside
door.
Location of doors: corrldors should be not less than 1200 wide for
wheelchair users to position themselves to open doors in end wall of
corridor or at side. At end door should be offset to give max space
beside handle. Similarly when located in corner of rm door should be
hinged at side nearer corner+(4)(5).

external doors
approx L - 150

I 1
2 Opening w of doors (+Bib145)

FIRE SAFETY
I I
This may affect design of doorways both In need to maintain f i of 4 Location of door at end of corridor 5 Doorswing in corner of rrn for
partition and provision of means of escape. for wheelchair users wheelchair users

fr doors described in E l l of bldg reg. In general fr door must be
self-closing; hinges must be neither combustible nor of metal that
softens at low temp; rebates to frame generally larger than standard
(25).For some cases directions of swing of double doors specified In
reg.
Means of escape from fire covered in Section II of Part E of Bldg reg:
contains no detail on doorways but refers to code of practice. CP3:
Chapter IV. Part 1: 1971 (Flats and maisonettes in blocks over two
storeys) contains recommendations on main entrance doors to dwellings
and on type and location of Internal doors to bedr, living rm and kitchens.
Section 4.3 lists requirements of fr doors. Part 2: 1968 (Shops and dept
stores) glves dimensions for exit openings: 1070 for up to 200 users
with additional 152 for each 30 persons over 200. Number of persons
found by divrding total occupants of floor by number 1 less than number
of exits. Part 3: 1968 (Offlce buildings) gives requirement of mln opening
width of exit doors in multi-staircase bldg as 765 for doorway serving up
to 230 m2gross floor area, 1 070 up to 1 860 m2 plus an additional 76 for
each additional 140 m2 served.
In general all doors which are fire escapes must open in direction of
escape; doors which open lnto corridor must not cause obstruction
withln corridor; width of frnal exlt doorway must not be less than min
In small rm, such as wc cubicles, side-hung doors should open outwards
or sliding doors should be used. Designer should check whether doors
swinging outwards Into corrldors or public areas such as washrm likely
to be hazardous. Doorswings should not conflict with each other and
should not extend over steps.
Self-closing doors can cause difficulty to disabled; if essential, action
should be as light as possible. In bldg for blind, self-closing doors
required in some locations. Automatically-opening doors can be
advantage to handicapped in publlc bldg but must not be of type that
closes after predetermined delay.
Lever handles preferable to knobs and usually satisfactory at standard
helght of 1 040. Glazed doors should be used where possible. For adult
users base of glazed panel should not be over 1010 from floor and it
should be down to kick-plate level in bldg used by handcapped children.
Fully-glazed doors must carry some marking as hazard cue.
Sliding doors slightly easier than side-hung doors for wheelchair users
to operate; but may be less robust and give significantly poorer sound
and thermal ~nsulation.In general thelr use should be limited to locations
where space inadequate for a satisfactory side-hung door.
402 Components
Doors
INDUSTRIALTYPES
rubber
For large openings (partitions) slid-
ing, sliding-folding, concertina-
folding +(I)-(8).
Private garage doors (fold~ng,
sectional, roller) + p i 02(7)-(10).
For very large and high bldg (eg
aircraft hangers) special design
with lifting corner or section sup-
ports 4 9 ) .
Access way doors of impact resis-
A B
1-3.5 tant plastics +(lo); also plastics
strip curtain+(I 1).
I Sliding door 2 Telescopic sliding door 3 Angle sliding doors (cornaway)
Air doors: injection of spanning alr
curtain +(I 2)-(13).
Door frames of weather-proof
rubber edging -t(14); all-round
I w~thdoor arm I w ~ r e drubber segments+(15).

felt, lmltatlon

I
4 Folding doors (foldaway)
I I
5 Folding doors (centafold)
I L
6 Concertina loldinq doors
I
7 Concertina folding doors
I

(plastics fabrics)

8 Power-operated folding door 9 Roll shutter door over corner or 10 Rubber swing door 11 Strip curtain (pvc) for wide
with sectional supports (h reach access
possibilities)

\
according to
veh~clefloor h
. -
Unlt wo&s on
exterlor alr

12 Air curtain system 13 Air curtain for small doors 14 Rubber edging door seal 15 Wired rubber segments door
seal

Door references:
+Bibl~ography entr~es117 145 401 549 574 592 628
 Components 403
Windows
COORDINATING SIZES
To suit matrices of basic spaces in PD 6444 Pt 1 (+Bib1 03)
Rangesof steel Metric preferred range
windows to BS 990 Pt 2 of W20 steel windows
&to 'Module 100 Metric mm ,500 600 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 600 900 1200 1500 1800 mrn
as specified by Steel 200
Range' as given by Window Association 300
Steel Window 500
Association
600
+Bib138 610
700

900

1 100

1300

1500

1 Note: BS & Module 100 metric range include doors 8 associatedmixed 2 Note. this range also includes 1800 & 2100 h wlth fixed lights
lights (not shown), fi = fixed l~ghts only: 2100 h include dwrs

Rangesof aluminium windows to BS 4873: wide

rangeof windows includingvertically & horizontally
sliding types+Bib091

Window Sizes
For fitting windows into basic openings 3 options
window tailor-made to fit completed opening
window used as template for forming opening:
traditional method in UK
basic openings coordinated with specified range
of windows and other components: success
depends on accuracy with which openings are
built, dimensional compatibility of joints and
dimensional accuracy of windows
On more general aspects of modular coordi-
nation +Bib1 04 105.
Range of sizes in steel windows can be ex-
tended by coupling members, by use of pressed
steel box mullions and by use of wood sur-
rounds. Aluminium window size limits in each
range vary with type of window, eg whether
horizontal or vertical sliders.

Work sizes
Steel windows (jBib138) 6 less than coordi-
nating size, permissible deviation 1.5. Aluminium
windows (bBibO91) as s~ecifiedbv manu-
facturers, deliation 1.5. Wood
windows in metric range 6 less than coordinated -
size.

Note Above alagrams .ntenaedlor general gulaanceon ovcrall sues

Dimensionally coordinated metric sizes for wood
windows as recommendedby British
Wood-working Federation
only no d~st~ncuon made between types of openlng llqnt some
I slzes, flxea Ihghtsonly (des~gnated
11) ootalnable In stanoard ranges
404 Components
Windows
POSITION RELEVANTTO DAYLIGHT PENETRATION

1 Tall wlndows can glve good 2 Long horizontal wlndows can 3 As +(I) can glve good dayl~ght 4 Can glve good spread of dayl~gt
dayl~ghtpenetratlon towards backof glve good lateral spread of dayl~ght penetratlon but ~fwlndows w~dely & useful l~ghton wall surrounding
rm close to w~ndow separated l~ghtlngcan be uneven opposlng wlndow

POSITION RELEVANT TOVIEW OUT & ACTIVITY

5 Where panoramic views & balc 6 In liv where extensive views over 7 In liv on upper floors, for safety, 8 In off long windows often
provided, windows down to floor country or townscape low cills may cill h should be not less than 1 020 or preferred but in deep rm on upper
level take full advantage of view be provided if compatible with safety guard rails provided floors lower part of view obscured to
people at back of rm

SAFETY & ACCESS FOR CLEANING

9 In k, cills often h to provide 10 In off filing spaces cill usually 11 In clo same considerationsas
splash-back but in domestic k can fixed by filing cpd dimensions +(I 0): in 1-storey bldg roof lights
give awkward shadows & restricted may be better solution
view-out

eqP maw hof max l of POSITION & SIZE OF WINDOWS

facade (m) facade (m)
Additional considerations
Position~ngof windows in bldg facade, and their overall sizes deter-
ladders
mined usually by dayllghting considerations +(I)-(4), admission of
ordinary ladders 9 any
travelling ladders any' any sunlight and importance given to view out j ( 5 ) - ( 8 ) . Constra~ntson
positioning and selection of wlndow sizes may be imposed by activities
suspension systems of occupants and positions of fixed furniture, fittings and plant 4 9 ) -
portable eqp 45 12 (1 1). Energy conservation, protection against external noise and security
permanent eqp against unauthorised entry may also impose constraints. With reference
manually-operatedcradles 45' any to conservation of fuel and power in bldg and restriction of total area of
power-operated cradles any any window openings for buildings other than dwellings 4Bib593. Fire
precautions with particular reference to heat radiation hazards on escape
walkways any any
routes may impose constraints. Bldg standards reg for Scotland (+Bib594
' but limited to ladder I of 9 rn 595 596) limit amount of unprotected area of external wall, ~e area
but wire ropes should be used above 30 m comprising windows, doors or other openings.

12 Recommended ranges of external means of access to windows for

cleaning & maintenance (based on CP 153 (5) +Bib146)
406 Components
Windows: shading devices
Retractable types .

- - -

1 Curtains give flexible control for 2 Spring roller fabric blinds, easy 3 Lath roller blinds, also plastics 4 Light-excludingblinds where
low levelsun: for otherthandomestic maintain:some fabrics too dense louvred sheeting type, which allows complete black-out needed in lab &
use launderingcan be problem allow diffuse daylight through, but venting through small louvres dark rm: require light-proof casings;
open weave materials better ventilated box heads available

5 Venetian blinds give flexible 6 External awnings give good sun 7 Continentaltype external lath 8 Internalvertically pivoted louvre
control of sunlight & ventilation: wide control: motorisedversionsavailable awning: Norwegian variant available blinds with impregnated cotton or
range available, includingexternal for commercial use with aluminium slats extrudedwhite pvc louvres: allow
types & for use in space in double good penetrationof daylight; useful
glazing for low angle sun facing E or W;
retractableon top, or top & bottom
Practical considerations Fixed external types tracks
Internal shades fixed on or behind windows less effective than external
shades for reducing solar heat gains because proportion heat they
absorb released to rm: have advantage of protection against weather
and accessible for control and maintenance; when not required during
sunless periods can be easily retracted; when fully drawn at night can
improve interior illumination. Curtains can be used with most window
designs but pivoted windows can cause problems. Costs vary widely
depending on materials. Fabric roller blinds simple operate but tend
restrict ventilation unless of open weave: can be automated. Venetian
blinds easy install and maintain: manually-operated types relatively
inexpensive but susceptible misuse; full automation available with
photocell solar controls. Vertical louvre blinds 4 8 ) can be set exclude
sunlight over wide range of conditions but for S facing windows may
need frequent adjustment follow sun path: can be automated; but this
tends be expensive.
In general external solar shading devices more effective than their
internal counterparts.
Folding awnings and roll sun blinds often combine solar shading with
decorative function. External vertical roller blinds, as also horizontally
louvred types, usually provided with guides at sides give protection
against winds. For neatness banks of louvred types often controlled
together, either manually by rod control through gear box or by electric
motors housed in head member. Provision need be made in window
heads house retracted louvres.
Fixed external shading devices less flexible than retractable and adjust-
able shades for dealing with sunlight; as rule more appropriate for
climates with predictably continuous sunlight than for Brita~n:cost high
for benefit received. In temperate climates, canopy type probably most
useful for S facing windows when desired exclude summer sun but
admit winter sunlight. Fixed vertical louvres +(11) can be used for
effective screening of windows mainly facing E or W if slats inclined
towards N. Fixed horizontal louvre systems can give protection against
direct sunlight over wide range of conditions depending on setting of
louvres but reduction in diffuse daylight can be quite severe+(13)(14).
Performance of fixed types can be checked against sun path diagrams 'Fixed external canopies, louvres & screens with shading masks; for
j p 3 4 - 6 by using shading masks+(9)-(14).
examples given windows assumed face SW & sun's rays as at approx
Properties of materials used for blinds and louvre systems can be 1400 hr midsummer lat 51.5"N.
related to proportion of solar radiation they reflect, absorb and transmit;
but in practice solar heat transfer complicated by number of factors. W~ndowreferences
Some comparative data+Bibl64. +B~bl~ographyreferences 019 058 091 103 138 146 170 375 380 381
434459467520536543549567610
 Components 407
Corridors & ramps
WALKING SPEEDS WAITING AREAS
On level walkways, within bldg and outside, rate of movement affected Linear queues
by: purpose of journey; age and sex of individuals; whether walking Width of queue can be reduced to 600 when barriers or other con-
alone or in group (groups slower); airtemp (people walk more quickly in straints used. Unconstrained queue, such-as at bus stop or ticket office
cold); floor surface (soft surfaces associatedwith slower pace); carrying window, typically has av width of 1200. Form of queue can be affected
of baggage; crowd density; overall flow pattern of crowd. by heavy flows of pedestrians nearby. Down length of queue av distance
between persons is 400-500 under normal circumstances.
Within any crowd considerable variation of walking speed found; even in
homogeneous sample, eg women shoppers, range between highest
speed observed and lowest equals mean value.
Bulk queues
Crowd of 2 P/m2 seems dense to those within it but much higher
- crowding (up to 6 P/m2)possible in elevator cars and similar situations. Most
people feel comfortable in crowd of 1 P/m2: useful design figure for
30 waiting areas off main circulation routes. In foyers and other areas which
combine waiting and circulation density of 0.4 P/m2good overall design
value.
20 free flow: mean density full design capacity
0.3 P/m2 or less 1-way flow: 1.4 P/m2
L

walking limit of corr walking corr capacity

speed capacity with speed (Plmin per
10 (mls) free flow ( P I (mls) m w)
min perm w)
commuters, working
population 1.5 27 1.0 84
individual shoppers 1.3 23 0.8 67
0.8 10 1.4 1.6 1.8 family groups: shoppers with
high proportion of young
walking speed (mls) children or with bulky
packages; tourists in
circulation ar indoors, or
1 Observedwalking speeds in indoor shopping mall: shaded ar indicates P outslde near places of interest 1.0 18 0.6 50
walking with 1 or more others school children 1.1-1.8 18-32 0.7-1.1 59-92
increasing
with age
Short length of slope in otherwise level corridor may have little effect on
walking speeds. Longer ramps of low gradient, 5% or less, may similarly under free flow conditions range of speed in any group may extend, typically, from
have little effect. On steeper ramps walking pace can be reduced from 0.6 m/s below mean to 0.6 mls above: with crowding &all pedestriansmovlng in one
level rate by 20% with 10% gradient, 40% with 15% gradient (gradient direction range is very small
% = vertical distance/horizontaldistance x 100). Some people, particularly
elderly and disabled, walk more slowly down ramp than up. 2 Approx mean walking speeds on levelwalkways; approx corr capacities

CORRIDOR CAPACITY single queue along side of corr 1 200

persons seated on bench along wall 1 000
Limit of free flow conditionsabout 0.3 P/m2.At greaterdensitiesindividuals coin-operated machines depth of machlne plus 600 for
not able always walk at their natural speed or overtake slower pedestrians. f~rstperson and 400 for each
Commonly-adopted rnax density for design of circulation areas: 1.4 addltlonal user
P/m2. At this crowding most people will walk at less than their natural waiting pedestrian with baggage 600
speed and be aware of some discomfort. For short distances along shop windows 500-800, varylng with the
Interest shown In the goods,
route, up to about 3000, tighter crowding permissible provided significantly and wlth their slze
wider spaces occur before and after obstruction. With corridors wider small fire-fighting appliances 200-400
than about 1200 flow capacity proportionalto width; in narrower passages wall-mounted radiator 200
2 people unable pass each other with ease. Corridor dimensions given rough or dirty bldg surface 200
4 2 ) for unobstructed routes; static people or fixtures reduce effective
width 4 3 ) . 3 Approx reductions from effective w of walkway

RAMPS FOR DISABLED

Except for very short ramps gradient should not exceeed 8%% (1 : 12)
and should not be greater than 5% (1O ;:) when more than 6000 long
h
4 4 ) . Level platform 1 800 long should be provided attop; in long ramps
rest-platforms desirable at changes of direction. No changes of gradient
along ramp. Bldg reg H4 specifies rnax gradient of 1 : 12, min widths 800
within dwellings, 900 for common ramps to 2 or more dwellings, 1 000 in
institutional and other bldg. Handrail required by reg when total rise
exceeds 600.

I 4 horizontal projection 1
I
I slope

1:12
rnax rise

760
rnax horizontal projection

9 000 I I
915 min
1 16 760 12000
1 :20 760 15000
C
slope max rise1 max run

Steeper than 1 .10 but no steeper than t :8 75 600

Steeper than 1 : 12 but no steeper than 1 : 10 150 1500
'steeper than 1 : 8 not allowed

4 a components of single ramp run b sample ramp dimensions c dlowable I 1

ramp dimensions for construction in existing sites & bldg (USA standards) 5 Examplesof rainp edge protection & handrail extensions
 408 Components

Stairs
* -
w-
TREAD & RISE PROPORTIONS BUILDING REGULATIONS
-
1 "

srs$ Following rule-of-thumb based on assumpt~onof adult pace of 300 In General requirements for stairs in UK in Part H of Bldg reg:
=g-*
+
ascending star golng t w ~ c erlse = 600-(1)
Must be land~ngat top and bottom w ~ t hgolng not less than w~dthof star
C
d I

-
(except at top of steps to an ~nward-open~ng external door where total
t;s- rlse does not exceed 600) Landlng must be unobstructed and, ~f
Internal, level, ~fexternal may slope at gradlent up to 1 12
C" II Max of 16 rlsers allowed In each fl~ght Wlth very long stairways must
<?+ be change of drrect~onof 30" or more at landlng after not more than 36
rises In consecutive fl~ghtsLandlngs between fl~ghtsmust be level and
unobstructed, w ~ t hgolng not less than w~dthof stalr
III Clear headroom of 2000 must be malntalned measured vertically
from p ~ t c hl ~ n e(I~neof noslngs)
IV Treads must be level, extend to complete w~dthof stalr, and be e~ther
parallel or tapered (except that lowest2 of stalrway may be rounded) All
parallel treads must have same golng, tapered treads must have same
rate of taper, narrow ends at same s~de,and same golng when measured
In centre
v R ~ s e smust be same throughout starway
VI Projection of noslngs not exceed 15

\ VII Continuous handra~lsrequlred on any fl~ghtrlsrng more than 600

H e ~ g hmust
t be 800-1 000 above p~tchl ~ n eRa~lsrequlred at both s~des
on stars w ~ d e thanr 1 000
VIII Sum of golng and tw~cerlse must not be less than 550 and not more
than 700
--
going - IX Except In dwellings, stalrs w~derthan 1800 must be dlvlded by
handrails Into sect~onsnot less than 1 000 and not more than 1 800 w~de

FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS

1 Definition of terms
No sclent~ficground for exactness In achieving thls although some
codes of pract~cespec~fyparticular proport~ons.Bldg reg H3 gives
requ~rementthat going and twlce rise should add up to between 550 and
700.
Other criter~aof sta~rproportions: energy expenditure and freedom from
acc~dents.Total amount of energy used can become smaller as stairs
increase in steepness but rate of energy expenditure Increases. More
accidents occur in descending than in climbing stairs; number of mls-
steps increases as srze of tread reduced. Generally satisfactory
proportions can vary from 100 rise and 360 going to 180 rise and 280
golng. Pr~vatestars In dwell~ngsmay be sat~sfactoryup to steepness of
21 0 rise and 240 golng.
WALKING SPEEDS & FLOW CAPACITY
Requlrements for escape stalrs In UK glven In number of statutory
documents These Include London Burld~ngActs, B u ~ l d ~ nStandards
g
(Scotland), Bldg Reg (England &Wales) and F ~ r ePrecaut~onsAct 1971
Requlrements glven also In statutes coverlng s p e c ~ f ~uses
c of bldg,
such as Factor~esAct 1961 and Off~ces,Shops & Ra~lwayPrem~sesAct
1963
In general, fire escape stars must be bu~ltwith~nenclosed shaft w~th
walls of given fire resistance and fr self-closing doors. Doors must open
Into shaft at all floors except final exit level; doorswings must not
obstruct flow of people already on staircase. Stalrs from upper floors
must not continue in unobstructed flight past ground floor to basement.
Winders generally not perm~tted.In most other aspects requirements
given in recent British codes of practice related to those in bldg reg.
Section II of Part E of reg covers dwellings, office bldg and shops, and
refers to Code of Pract~ceCP3: Chapter IV for all Instances except
certaln single-staircase bldg. Staircase w~dthsfor specified numbers of
occupants glven In code.

Short fl~ghtsof stairs rarely climbed at speed which minimises energy STAIRS FOR DISABLED
expenditure (as people tend to do when walk~ngon level) but av walking
speeds on stairs lower than in corridors. When alone most people walk External stalrs particularly dangerous for elderly and disabled in bad
faster downwards than upwards but in dense crowd reverse can be true. weather On internal stairs splayed treads should be avoided. There
should be no open risers; splayed risers with slightly-rounded nosings
For fire safety codes flow capac~tyof 1.3 P/s/m w~dthhas often been preferable to undercut square noslngs. Handrails should be provided on
used as basis of recommendations but this IS greater than normally both sides of staircase; section of rail that ~sgrippedshould be rounded,
acceptable In general use-t(2). with width about 50. Rails should be continuous at landings and extend
at least 300 beyond top of stairs; he~ghtshould be about 850 above p~tch
free flow: mean plan full design capacity line. Max gradient should be 40"; 35" or less better. Preferred going
density 0.6 P/m2 1-way flow: plan 250; rise should not exceed 190 and preferably be 170 or less.
or less density 2 P/m2

speed lim~tof speed stair

along star along capacity
slope capaclty slope (Plrninl
(mls) w~thfree (mls) m w)
flow (PI
minlm w)

young & middle-aged 0.9 27 0.6 60

men
young & middle-aged 0.7 21 0.6 60
women
elderly people. famlly 0.5 15 0.4 40
groups

2 Approx mean speeds of movement up stairways; approx stair capacities

3 Extract from table to Bldg reg H3

rom en S O trea
or ln cenlrc l f
wlder than 1000
- I
 Components 409
Escalators
DIMENSIONS can be significantly less than those used by commuters in underground
stations
- ~ - ~ -

UK reg limits angle of elevation to 35" when rise does not exceed 6 m
and speed along line of slope not greater than 0.5 m/s. In all other +(2) gives aPProx capacities with escalators used by commuters or in
instances angle must not exceed 30". This most common, although
tread w max w overall w approx capacity
some manufacturers produce escalators to lower angle. BS allows max m between m (Plmin)
tread width of 1050 and min 600. Manufacturers have ranges of standard balustrades
escalators cheaper than eqp built to special sizes -.(I ). speed (m/s)
m
0.45 0.6 0.75

0.6 0.85 1.25 65 90 95

0.8 1.05 1.45 95 120 125
1.O 1.25 1.65 125 150 155

2 Approx w & traffic capacity of escalators

bldg with regular users. For other instances useful figure for preliminary
planning 60 P/min, regardless of width and speed 4 2 ) .

1 Dimensionsof escalators for Initial planning
Structure of escalator: steel truss supported at upper and lower landings,
and usually at intermediate point when rise exceeds 6000. Steps are
carried on 2 sets of rails and drawn by steel chains. Motor and driving
mechanism usually within truss below upper landing.
TRAFFIC CAPACITY
Dependent on rate at which people step on to escalator which, in turn,
depends on
width of escalator
speed of escalator: up to about 0.75 mls Increasing speed results In
greater capacity; higher speeds tend deter passengers stepping on
type of passenger and location: capacity of escalators in dept stores etc
PLANNING
For escalators servlng several storeys ~n 1 dlrectlon of travel super
~mposedfl~ghtsoccupy least plan area but require passengers to walk
between successive rlses Crossover arrangement ellmlnates thrs,
double crossover 1s common ~nlarge dept stores, for movement ~nboth
dlrect~ons4 3 )
When escalators extend through fire compartment boundar~es,self-
closing shutters required. Escalators not normally acceptable as means
of escape from fire-Bib1 17.
PASSENGER CONVEYORS
Passenger conveyors +Bib123. Restrictions on wrdth same as for
escalators: min tread width 600, max 1050. At angles of slope from O" to
8" max permissible speed 0.90 m/s; above 8" to 12" 0.75 m/s; angles of
slope greater than 12" not permitted.
Trafflc capaclty same as that of escalators of equrvalent wrdth under
most condlttons, wrth commuters, not carryrng baggage, sl~ghtlyh~gher
values may be observed

I I
3 Superimposed,crossover & double crossover arrangementsof escalators

Stars references:
-Bibl~ography entries 117 123 300 338 340 346 501 591 594 61 3 628
410 Components

Elevators
DIMENSIONS
Dimensions for 7 classes of electric elevators+Bibl23:
Light traffic passenger & perambulatorlpassenger
Stretcherlpassenger
General purpose passenger
Intensive traffic passenger
Bedlpassenger
General purpose goods
Heavy duty goods
Tables for classes 1, 3 and 6+(2)(3)(4)
Eqp to manufacturers' standard specifications less expensive than
elevators to special dimensions or with special finishes.
Electro-hydraulic elevators an alternative to el traction elevators.
Maximum travel approx 25 m and max speed 1.0 mls. Motor rm need
not be at top shaft and may be remote. lnltial cost slightly greater than
that of equivalent traction elevator but maintenance costs can be lower.

2 Light traffic P & perambulator elevators

I numberof P I
load in kg

internal w
internal d
internal h

clear h

free h

mach~nerrn

3 General purpose P elevators

1 Lettereddistances refer to +(2)(3)(4) which rninh 1H1 2400 1 2400 1 2700 1 2900 12900 1 2900 1 2900 1
give dlmens~onsin rnrn of elevators to BS 2655 4 General purpose goods elevators
(-Bibl23)
 Components 41 1
Elevators
TRAFFIC CAPACITY PATERNOSTER ELEVATORS
With intensive traffic detailed analysis of flow pattern required. Selection Dimensions
of elevators and of control system requires specialist advice. Preliminary For paternoster elevators+Bib123. Car dimensions limited to min clear
design can be made with aid +(2)(3); +(I) gives typical values of height of 2200; width and depth to between 900 and 1000 with max
elevator traffic flow and acceptable interval between successive departures floor area 0.93 m2. Landing entrances must be same width as open
of elevators. sides of cars with height between 2600 and 2800. Max permissible
speed 0.4 mls. Stringent recommendationson safetydevices+(4)(5).
Example: multi-storey office bldg in several tenancies of similar type
with 600 people occupying 10 storeys above ground level. Number of Traffic capacity
people arriving in peak 5 min period: 600 x 15% = 90. Rate of flow 9015 Paternosters appropriate for random interfloor traffic with able-bodied
= 18 Plmin. From +(2) will be seen that 4 x 1.5 mls elevators can carry users, having total traffic capacity significantly greater than that of con-
21 Plmin with 30 s interval; for 18 Plmin car size required 900 kg. From ventional elevators of similar plan area. With random interfloor traffic
4 3 ) 3 x 1.5 m/s elevators would give interval of 45 s. evenly distributed through bldg total of about 30 Plmin can be carried
with little waiting when installationserves 5 floors, 35 Plmin when 11 floors
served and approx 42 Plmin with 16 floors. If queues tolerated capacity
number of P arriving in 5 min, given as % occupants intewal(s)
can be about 60% more. With trafficemanating from 1 floor flow capacity
above ground floor level
significantly less: for upward traffic only from ground floor max approx
12 Plmin. In real conditions interfloor traffic not usually even over all
single occupancy off bldg, storeys: intermediate figure should be adopted.
industrial bldg 15-20% 25-35 Long journeys slow: if dominant traffic pattern flow to and from ground
multiple tenancy off bldg 11-15% 25-35
hotels 10-1 5% 30-60 conventional elevators should be used. Paternosters generally inappro-
housing 5-7% 60-90 priate in bldg used by general public, by children and by disabled.
leisure bldg, multi-storey individual assessment required 40-50
car parks, dept sto

an interval at lower end of each range associatedwith bldg having high

, standard of finishes & fittings
1 Peak period elevator demand & acceptable intervals between elevator
departures

8
40 "

35 1
21
225:.
2 201:
=,s. $213- 950 -----t- 324 C-- 950 -2131
15.: L 2650 I
down
10 9 UP

5 ? 4 Paternoster elevator: typical plan dimensions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
storeys above ground

2 Elevator systems with mean interval of 30 s: unidirectionaltraffic, 3300

storey h (3/1.0 represents system with 3 cars of max speed 1.0 m/s)

30 -
B
25 g
- i-
2 20 28
2 15 3 8'
10 2 :.
1.
9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
storeys above ground

3 Elevator system with mean intelval of 45 s: unidirectionaltraf;, 3800

storey h

5 Paternoster: typical shaft dimensions

cross s d o n ! longih~dinal
I
 412 Components
Elevators
1 Elevator car controls for wheelchair users ANSl standards a panel detail
b control h c alternative placing of panel with centre opening door
d alternativeswith side opening door
1 1
2 Min dimensions elevator cars ANSl standards a centre opening doors
b side opening doors NB cars with min w less than shown but not less than
1370 can be used for elevators of less capacity than 900 kg
ELEVATORS FOR DISABLED
In multi-storey bldg elevators are principal means of vertical circulation
for those confined to wheelchairs and for others with difficulty in walking.
Min dimensions of elevator car to accommodate standard wheelchair:
1 100 internal depth, 900 width, 700 clear door opening: 6-person light
traffic passenger elevator +Bib123 just meets these dimensions but
larger cars preferable. In public bldg there should be sufficient space for
another person to accompany chair-bound: 1400 rnin depth, 1100
width. In special residential homes largewheelchairs need to be accom-
modated; dimensions for these: 1800 depth, 1 000 width, 800 door
opening. ANSl standards+(1)(2).
Elevator cars must be accurate in levelling at landings; must not accelerate
or brake with jerk, requirements which dictate use of either variable-
voltage traction motors or electro-hydraulic elevators. Doors should
close slowly (0.3 m/s residential homes, 0.5 m/s elsewhere); photo-
electric devices to prevent premature closing desirable.
Control buttons should light to operate. For general purposes normal
vertical layout is best, with buttons at 30 centres rnin spacing. Mean
height should be 1400, max 1600. In bldg used by unaccompanied
wheelchair users controls should not be higherthan 1 300. In residential
homes horizontal arrangement of control buttons in cars can be desirable,
at height 1050 and set in wall at least 600 back from door.
At landings floor numbers should be very clearly indicated. To position
wheelchairs there should be clear space at least 1500 x 1500 before
each lift door.
PLANNING
Elevators sewing single zone of upper floor should be grouped in plan
with interlinked controls. Arrangement of lobbies should allow waiting
passenger move rapidly to whichever car arrives first. No more than 4
elevator entrances should be alongside each other; facing entrances
should be 2500-3500 apart. Elevator entrances should not lie on
opposite sides of circulation route+(3).
In large bldg lobby areatends to be 5-6 m2per elevator on upper floors
and 15-20 m2per elevator at ground floor with single group of elevators.
For efficient performances under heavy flows of traffic numbers of stops
made by elevator cars should be kept to rnin. In large bldg there should
be single main loading floor; passengers entering bldg at other levels
should be brought by secondary circulation to main lobby at ground
level. Use of elevators for mail deliveries or for other interfloor traffic at
peak arrival or departure periods should be discouraged.
In residential bldg and hotels noise to be generated by elevators must
be considered at early planning stage. Bedr should be remote from
machine rm and walls carrying landing door eqp should not be adjacent
to them. Risk of noise carried through structural continuity should be
examined.
Total volume of elevator shafts in very tall bldg reduced when different
groups of elevators serve separate zones of upper floors. Generally
justified only in bldg higher than 15 storeys but normal practice in
commercial bldg of 30 storeys or more.
route
lift
lob
1 I
3 Lift lob dimensions
Elevator references:
+Bibliography entries 053 123 504 613 628

ARRANGEMENT
The blbllography has 3 parts.
baslc complete list of publlcatlons, numbered consecut~vely
extracted from that a list of codes, gu~des,reg, standards and statutes
reference numbers of publlcatlons llsted under toplcs
Initials are used for the following:
AIA American lnstitute of Architects
AJ Architects Journal
ANSl American National Standards lnstitute
AR Architectural Record
BRE Building Research Establishment
BSI British Standards Institution
CIB International Council for Building Research, Studies &
Documentation
ClBS Chartered lnstitute of Building Services
ClRlA Construction Industry Research & InformationAssociation
DES Dept of Education & Science
DHSS Dept of Health & Social Services
DOE Dept of the Environment
IES llluminatlng Engineering Society
IS0 International Organization for Standardization
HMSO Her Majesty's Stationery Office
PSA Property Services Agency
RlBA Royal lnstitute of British Architects
Sources
In addition to publications listed In the bibliography some general sources
of information may be found useful:
BRE information directory BRE Garston England annually
British Architectural Library Architecturalperiodicals index
RlBA Publications London England quarterly
Building CentreICIRIA Guide to sources of information
Building Centre Group London England every second year
Building Centre Group Books for the construction industry annual list
HMSO Government publications section list 61 : Building
HMSO Government publications section list65: Scottish Development
Dept
RlBA Book list RlBA Publications London England annual
BASIC LIST
Reference numbers of publications in this list are used for in-text
references throughout the book
001 Abraben E Resort hotels, planning & management Reinhold
New York USA 1965
002 Abraham G The green thumb book of fruit & vegetable
gardening Prent~ce-HallEnglewood Cliffs N J USA 1970
003 Ackroyd P Sports pavilions National Playing Fields Association
London England 1970
004 Adams R & M & Willens A & A Dry lands: man & plants
Architectural Press London England 1978
005 Addleshaw G W 0 & Etchells F The architecturalsetting of
anglican worship Faber & Faber London England 1948
006 Adie D Marinas: a working guide to their development & design
Architectural Press London England 2nd edn 1977
007 A4 Publications Office planner A4 Publications Edenbridge
England 1976
008 A J Handbook of building structure (Hodgkinson A (ed))
Architectural Press London England 1974
009 A J Legal handbook (Davey P & Freeth E (ed)) Architectural
Press London England 2nd edn 1978
010 A J New metric handbook (Tutt P & Adler D (ed)) Architectural
Press London England 1979
01 1 AJ Principles of hotel design Architectural Press London
England 1970
012 A J Urban landscape handbook (Tandy C (ed)) Architectural
Press London England 1972 reprinted 1978
013 AJIMoH Hospitalplanning & design guide Architectural
Press London England 1967
014 Allen R W Hospitalplanning handbook John Wiley & Sons
New York USA 1976
Bibliography
015 Aloi R Architetture per lo spettacolo Hoepli Milan ltaly 1964
016 Aloi R Ristoranti Hoepli Milan ltaly 1972
017 Aloi R & Bassco C Ospedali: hospitals Hoepli Milan ltaly
1973
018 Alpern A Apartments for the affluent McGraw-Hill New York
USA 1975
019 Aluminium Window Association Aluminium window edge profiles
(Technical report 1) London England 1976
020 American Association of Hospital Consultants (Mills B (ed))
Functionalplanning of general hos~itals~c~raw- ill New ~ o r USA
k
& Maidenhead England 1969
021 American Federation of Arts Fountainsin contemporary
architecture distributed by October House New York USA 1965
022 American Hospital Association The extended care unit i n a
general hospital: a guide to planning, organization & management
AHA Chicago USA 1973
023 American Hospital Association Hospitalengineering handbook
AHA ChicagoUSA 1974
024 American Hospital Association The practice ofplanning in health
careinstitutions AHA Chicago USA 1973
025 Amer~canHospltal Assoclatlon (committee on lnfectlons wlthln
hospitals) Infection controlin the hospital AHA Chlcago USA 3rd edn
1974
026 American lnsurance Association Fire prevention code American
lnsurance Association New York USA latest edition
027 American lnsurance Association Nationalbuilding code American
lnsurance Association New York USA latest edition
028 AN Sl Specifications for making buildings & facilities accessible
to & usable by the physically handicappedpeople ANSl New York
USA 2nd edn 1979
029 ANSl Standards ANSl New York USA latest edition
030 American Society of Heating Refrigerating & Air-Conditioning '
Engineers ASHRAE standard 90-75; energy conservation in new
building design ASHRAE New York USA 1975
031 Amencan Soclety of Heatlng Refrlgeratlng & Alr-Condltlonlng
Engineers ASHRAE handbook of fundamentals ASHRAE New York
USA 1977
032 ~ m e r i c a nSociety of Landscape Architects Handbook of
landscape ASLA McLean Va USA 1973
033 American Society for Testing Materials Standards ASTM
Philadelphia USA latest editions
034 Amery C The National Theatre: an architecturalguide
Architectural Press London England 1977
035 Annett F Elevators McGraw-Hill New York USA 3rd edn 1960
036 Anton T J Occupational safety & health management
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1979
037 AR Apartments, townhouses & condominiums McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1975
038 AR The Architectural Record book of vacation houses
McGraw-Hill New York USA 2nd edn 1977
039 AR Buildings for research F W Dodge New York USA 1958
040 AR Buildings for the arts McGraw-Hill New York USA 1978
041 AR Campus planning & design McGraw-Hill New York USA
1972
042 AR Great houses for view sites, beach sites, woodsites, meadow
sites, smallsites, slopingsites, steep sites, flat sites McGraw-Hill New
York USA 1976
043 AR Hotels, motels, restaurants & bars F W Dodge New York
USA 2nd edn 1960
044 AR Houses, architects deslgn for themselves McGraw-HIII
New York USA 1974
045 A R Places for people, hotels, motels, restaurants, bars, clubs,
community recreation fac~l~ties,
camps, parks, plazas, playgrounds
(Davern J (ed)) McGraw-HIII New York USA 1976
046 Arlott J (ed) The Oxford companion to sports & games Oxford
Unlverstty Press Oxford England 1975
Bibliography
BASIC LIST
047 Aronin J E Climate & archltecture Reinhold New York USA
1953
048 Ashford N &Wright P Airporteng~neenngJohn Wiley & Sons
New York USA 1979
049 Atk~ns W W & Adler J lntenors book of restaurants Whitney
Library of Design New York USA 1960
050 Baker G & Funaro B Motels Reinhold New York USA 1955
051 Banham R Architecture of the well-tempered enwronment
Arch~tecturalPress London England 1969
052 Barron I & Curnow R The future with microelectron~csFrancis
Pinter London England 1979
053 Bates W Introduction to the design of industrial buildings
Constrado London England 1978
054 Baynes K Langslow B & Courtenay C C Evaluatingnew
hospital buildings King Edward's Hospital Fund London England
1969
055 Bays K & Franklin S Designing for the handicapped George
Goodwin London England 1971
056 Beazley E Design & detail of the space between bu~ld~ngs
Architectural Press London England 1960
057 Beazley E Designed for recreation: a practical handbook for all
concerned with providing leisure facilities in the countrys~de Faber &
Faber London England 1969
058 Beckett H E & Godfrey A J Windows: performance, design &
installation RIBA/Crosby Lockwood Staples London England 1974
059 Beckman W A Klein S A & Duffle J A Solarheating design by
the f-chart method John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1977
060 Bedhar M (ed) Barrier-free environments Dowden Hutchinson
& Ross Stroudsburg Pa USA 1977
061 Bell~s H & Schmidt W Architecturaldrafting McGraw-Hill
New York USA 2nd edn 1971
062 Bengtsson A Adventure playgrounds Crosby Lockwood
London England 1972
063 Beranek L L Music, acoustics & arch~tectureJohn Wiley & Sons
New York USA 1962
064 Beranek L L Noise & vibration control McGraw-Hill New York
USA 1971
065 Berriman S G & Harrison K C British public library buildings
Grafton/Deutsch London England 1966
066 Bishop M L (ed) Fountains in contemporary architecture
American Federation of Arts New York USA 1965
067 Blankenship E G Thea~rportPraeger New York USA Pall Mall
London England 1974
068 Bockrath J T Environmental law for engineers, scientists &
managers McGraw-Hill New York USA 1977
069 Boje A Open-plan offlces Bus~nessBooks London England
1971
070 Borchardt S Religious architecture in America 1632- 1979
St John's Church Washington D C USA 1976
071 Boswell D M & Wingrove J M The handicappedperson in the
community Tavistock Publications/Open University Press London
England 1974
072 Bower J The evolution of church buildings Whitney Library of
Design New York USA 1977
073 Brawne M Libraries: architecture & equlpment Praeger New
York USA 1970
074 ERE Availability ofsunsh~ne(Ne'ernan E & Light W ) (Current
Paper 75/75) Garston England 1975
075 ERE Co-ordinating working drawings (Crawshaw D T ) (Current
Paper 60176) ERE Garston England 1976
076 ERE Estimating daylight in buildings (Digests 41 42) HMSO
London England 1970
077 ERE Information directory ERE Garston England annual
078 ERE Noise abatement zone Parts 1 & 2 ERE Garston England
1977
079 ERE Smoke control methods in enclosed shopping complexes of
one ormore storeys: a design summary (Morgan H P ) HMSO London
England 1979
080 ERE Ventilation requirements (Digest 206) HMSO London
England 1977
081 ERE Working drawlngs (Digest 172) HMSO London England
1973
082 ERE Worklng drawings in use (Daltry C D & Crawshaw D T )
(Current Paper 18/73) ERE Garston England 1973
083 Brltish Horse Soclety Basic requirementsofa ridingcentre BHS
Kenilworth England 1947
084 British Industrial-Scientific Film Association Film guide for the
construction industry Construction Press Lancaster England 1979
085 Broadbent G & Ward A (ed) Design methods in arch~tecture
Lund Hurnphries London England 1969
086 Brock G Road width requirements of commercial vehicles when
cornering Transport & Road Research Laboratory DOE London1 973
087 Brooks J The small garden Marshall Cavendish London
England 1977
088 BSI BS CP 96 Access for the disabled to buildings Part 1
General recommendat~ons BSI London England 1967
089 BSI BS 5606 Accuracy in build~ng BSI London England 1978
090 BSI BS 5440 Part 2 Air supply BSI London England 1976
091 BSI BS 4873 Aluminium alloy windows BSI London England
1972
092 BSI BS CP3 Basic data for the design of buildings, code of see
Daylighting Fire precautions Loading Sunlight Thermal insulation
093 BSI British Standards Handbook 3 vo11-4 Summaries of
British standards of bullding BSI London England latest edition
094 BSI Bntlsh standards yearbook BSI London England annual
095 BSI BS 1192 Bu~ld~ng
drawlng practlce (metnc unlts),
recommendat~onsBSI London England 1969 (rev~s~on In progress)
096 BSI BS 41 04 Catenng equlpment burning liquefied petroleum
gases BSI London England 1967
097 BSI BS 251 2 Catenng equ~pment,gas heated BSI London
England 1963
098 BSI BS CP 1007 Clnemas, ma~nta~ned
llghtlng for BSI London
England 1955
099 BSI BS 5382 C~nematographscreens, spec~ficat~on
BSI
London England 1976
100 BSI BS 5252 Colour co ordlnatlon for bulldlng purposes,
framework for BSI London England 1976
101 BSI BS LP 110 Concrete, structural use of
Part 1 1972 Deslgn matenals & workmansh~p
Part 2 1972 Deslgn charts for s~nglyre~nforcedbeams & rectangular
columns
Part 3 1972 Design charts for circular columns & prestressed beams
BSI London England 1972
102 BSI BS 350 Part 1 Conversion factors, basls of tables BSI
London England 1974
103 BSI PD 6444 Part 1 Co-ordination of dimens~onsln bulldlng,
recommendat~onsBaslc spaces for structure, external envelope 6:
lnternal sub dtvls~ons BSI London England 1969
104 BSI BS 4330 Co ordlnatlon of dlmenslons ln bulldlng,
recommendat~onsControll~ngd~mens~ons BSI London England
1968
105 BSI BS 401 1 Co ordlnat~onof d~mens~onsln bulld~ng,
recommendat~onsCo-ord~nat~ng s~zesfor bu~ld~ng
components &
assemblres BSI London England 1966
106 BSI BS 2900 Co-ordlnabon of d~mensionsln burldlng
recommendat~onsGlossary of terms BSI London England 1970
107 BSI BS CP3 Ch 1 Part 1 Dayl~ght~ng
BSI London England
1964
108 BSI BS 5502 Deslgn of bulldlngs & structures for agriculture,
code ofpract~ceBSI London England 1978
109 BSI BS 5619 Deslgn ofhousing for the convenience of d~sabled
people, code of practlce BSI London England 1978
Bibliography
BASIC LIST
166 Clay G (ed) Water & the landscape McGraw-Hill New York
USA 1979
167 Clouston B (ed) Landscape design with plants Helnernann
London England 1978
168 Coates D S Industrial catering management Business Books
London England 1971
169 Cochrane A & Brown J (ed) Landscape design for the Middle
East RlBA Publications London England 1978
170 Collins l D & Collins E J Window selection Newnes-
Butterworth London England 1977
171 Colvin B Trees for town & country Lund Hurnphries London
England 4th edn 1972
172 Considine D M (ed) Energy technology handbook McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1977
173 Constructional Steel Research & Development Organisation
Steel Designer's manual Crosby Lockwood London England 4th edn
1972
174 Construction Industry Research & lnforrnatlon Associat~on Index
of technicalpublications ClRlA London England 1970
175 Correale W H & Parker H W A building code primer McGraw-
Hill New York USA 1979
176 Cottam D J Technical planning manual for hotels, restaurants,
grill & snack bars, industrialrestaurants, universities, schools, hospitals,
cooklfreeze reheat & convenience food kitchens Stotts Oldham
England 5th edn 1973
177 Cullingworth J B Town 6: country planning in Britain Allen &
Unwin London England 7th edn 1972
178 Cusworth G R N The health & safety at work etc act 1974
Butterworth London England 1975
179 Cutler L S & Cutler S S Handbook of housing systems for
designers & developers Van Nostrand Reinhold New York USA 1974
180 Dattner R Design forplay Van Nostrand Reinhold New York
USA 1975
181 Davis B & E Spon's architect's & builder's puce book E & F N
Spon London England 105th edn 1980
182 Davis B & E Spon's mechanical & electrical servicesprice book
E & F N Spon London England 1979
183 Dawes J Designing &planning ofswimmingpools Architectural
Press London England 1979
184 De Breffney B The synagogue Macrnlllan New York USA
1978
185 De Chiara J & Callender J H Time-saverstandardsforbuilding
types McGraw-Hill New York USA 1973
186 De Neufvllle R Airportsystemsplanning MIT Press Cambridge
Mass USA 1976
187 Department of Housing & Urban Development Earner-free site
design HUD Washington DC USA 1975
188 Department of Industry Technicalservices for industry Dol
London England latest edn
189 DES Access for the physically disabled to educational buildings
(DN 18) HMSO London England 1979
190 DES Acoustics in educationalbuildings (BB 51) HMSO London
England 1976
191 DES Boarding school for maladjusted chlldren (BB 27) HMSO
London England 1965
192 DES British school population: dimensional survey (BB 46)
HMSO London England 1971
193 DES Colour in school buildings (BB 9 ) HMSO London England
4th edn 1969
194 DES Energy conservation in educational buildings (BB 55)
HMSO London England 1977
195 DES Energy conservation in two Oxfordshire schools (DN 16)
DES London England 1944
196 DES Fire & the design of schools (BB 7 ) HMSO London
England 5th edn 1975
197 DES Furniture & equipment dimensions: further & higher
education (BB 44) HMSO London England 1970
198 DES Furniture & equipment: working heights & zones for
practical activities (BB 50) HMSO London England 1973
199 DES Guidelines for environmental design & fuel conservation in
educational buildings (DN 17) DES London England 1974
200 DES JDPCLASP system building for higher education (BB 45)
HMSO London England 1970
201 DES The design of school kitchens (BB 1 1 ) HMSO London
England 1955
202 DES Lighting in schools (BB 33) HMSO London England 1967
203 DES New problems in school design - middle schools (BB 35)
HMSO London England 1966 revised 1973
204 DES Nursery education in convertedspace (BB 56) HMSO
London England 1978
205 DES Playing fields & hardsurface areas (BB 28) HMSO London
England 1966 reprinted 1973
206 DES Safety in science laboratories (Safety serles 2 ) HMSO
London England 1976
207 DES School furniture dimensions: standing & reach~ng(BB 38)
HMSO London England 2nd edn (metric) 1974
208 DES School furniture: standing 11 sitting postures (BB 52)
HMSO London England 1976
209 DES Secondary school design: designing for arts & crafts
(BB 34) HMSO London England 1967 reprinted 1972
21 0 DES Secondary school design: drama C1 music (BB 30) HMSO
London England 1966
21 1 DES Secondary school design: modern languages (BB 43)
HMSO London England 1966
21 2 DES Secondary school design: physical education (BB 26)
HMSO London England 1965
21 3 DES Standards for school premises HMSO London
England 1972
214 DES Storage ofpupils'belongings (BB 58) HMSO London
England 1966 reprinted 1980
21 5 DES Village schools (BB 3 ) HMSO London England 1975
21 6 DHSS Building for the health & socialservices: a bibliography of
guidance material DHSS London England 1978
21 7 DHSS Clean catering: a handbook on hygiene in catering
establishments HMSO London England 4th edn 1972
21 8 DHSS Hospital building notes (various subjects) HMSO
London England 1963
21 9 DHSS Planning, design & construction of hospital buildings for
the national health service (Cruickshank H J) DHSS London England
1973
220 DHSS Residential accommodation for mentally handicapped
adults (Local authority building note 8 ) HMSO London England 1973
221 DHS/Nuffield Orthopaedlc Centre Equipment for the disabled
(10 parts) Oxford Reglonal Health Authority Oxford England 1974/8
(continuously revised)
222 Dlckens A Structural & service systems in office buildings:
a background review (Land use & built form studies working paper 35)
University School of Architecture Carnbr~dgeEngland 1970
223 Dodge F W Motels, hotels, restaurants & bars FW Dodge New
York USA 2nd edn 1966
224 DOE Building legislation: a guide to sources of information DOE/
PSA Croydon England 1978
225 DOE Cars in housing 2 (DB 12) HMSO London England 1971
226 DOE Catering installations data DOE London England 1971
227 DOE Children atplay (DB 27) HMSO London England 1973
228 DOE Co-ordination of components in housing: metric
dimensional framework (DB 16) HMSO London England 1968
reprinted 1974

BASIC LIST
229 DOE The countryside problems & pohces HMSO London
England 1976
230 DOE Distnct heating: an annotated bibliography DoEIPSA
Croydon England 2nd edn 1977
231 DOE The estate outside the dwelling: reactions of residents to
aspects of housing layout (DB 25) HMSO London England 1972
232 DOE Grouped flatlets for old people: a sociological study
(DB 2) HMSO London England metrrc edn 1969
233 DOE Homes fortoday & tomorrow ('Parker Morris report': MHLG
1961) HMSO London England reprinted 1975
234 DOE House planning: a guide to user needs with a checklist
(DB 14) HMSO London England 1976
235 DOE Housing for the elderly: the slze of grouped schemes
(DB31) HMSO London England 1975
236 DOE Housing the elderly MTP Constructron Lancaster England
1974
237 DOE Houslng the famlly MTP Constructron Lancaster England
1974
238 DOE Housing single people: a design guide with a description of a
scheme at Leicester (DB 29) HMSO London England 1975
239 DOE (Countryside review committee) Leisure & the countryside
HMSO London England 1977
240 DOE New housing & road traffic noise: a design guide for
architects (DB 26) HMSO London England 1972 reprinted 1974
241 DOE Planned open offices, a cost benefit analysis DOE London
England 1971
242 DOE Residential roads & footpaths: layout considerations
(DB 32) HMSO London England 1977
243 DOE Restaurant design: a reading list DoEIPSA Croydon
England 1979
244 DOE Roads in urban areas HMSO London England 1966
metric supplement 1974
245 DOE Safety in the home (DB 13) HMSO London England
metric edn 1971 reprrnted 1976
246 DOE Services for housing: sanitary plumbing & drainage
(DB 30) HMSO London England 1974
247 DOE Some aspects of designing for old people (DB 1) HMSO
London England metrrc edn 1969
248 DOE Spaces in the home (DB 24)
Part 1 Bathrooms & wc's
Part 2 Kitchens & laundering spaces
HMSO London England 1972
249 DoEIPSA Office space: a primer for users & designers HMSO
London England 1976
250 DoEIPSA Solar energy: an annotated b~bliography DOE
Croydon England 2nd edn 1979
251 DoEIWelsh Office Dayhght indicators HMSO London England
1971
252 DoEIWelsh Office Sunlight & daylight: planning criteria & the
design of buildings HMSO London England 1971
253 DoEIWelsh office Sunlight indicators HMSO London England
1971
254 DOE & Travers Morgan & Partners The calculat~onof road traffic
noise HMSO London England 1975
255 Doswell R Towards an integrated approach to hotel planning
New University Educat~on London England 1970
256 Dreyfuss H The measure of man: human factors in design
Whitney Library of Design New York USA 2nd edn 1967
257 Dubin F S How tosave energy 8 cutcostsin existingindustrial &
commercial buildings: an emergency consewation manual Noyes Data
Corp Park Ridge NJ USA 1976
258 Dubin F S & Long C G Energy conservation standards: for
building design, construction & operation McGraw-Hill New York USA
1978
Bibliography
259 Duffy F Cave C & Worthington J (ed) Planning office space
Architectural Press London England 1976
260 Duffy F & Wankum A Officelandscaping Anbar London
England 1966
261 Duncan C J Modern lecture theatres Or~elPress Newcastle
England 1962
262 Dyck R G Comprehensive healthplanning bibliography Councrl
of Planning Librarians Mont~celloI l l USA 1973
263 Eckbo G The art of home landscaping McGraw-HIII New York
USA 1956
264 Eckbo G Home landscape: the art of home landscaping
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1978
265 Educational Facilities Laboratories Fiveopenplan highschools: a
report EFL New York USA 1973
266 Educational Facilities Laboratories New places for the arts: a
report EFL New York USA 1976
267 Educatronal Facllrtres Laboratorres Rlch Township high school,
Olympia Fields campus, Rich Township, Ill~nois,a report EFL New
York USA 1976
268 Egan M D Concepts in architectural acoustics McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1972
269 Egan M D Concepts in buildlng firesafety John Wrley & Sons
New York USA 1978
270 Elder A J Guide to the building regulations 1976 Archrtectural
Press London England 1979
271 Electric~tyCouncrl & Lrghting Industry Federatron Intenorlighting
design Electricity Council & LIF London England 1977
272 End H Hotels & motorhotels Whrtney Lrbrary of Desrgn New
York USA 1963
273 End H lntenors book ofhotels & motor hotels Wh~tneyLlbrary of
Desrgn New York USA 1963
274 End H Intenors 2nd book of hotels Whrtney Lrbrary of Desrgn
New York USA Home Offrce London England 1978
275 Englehardt N L Complete guide for planning new schools
Parker Publrshrng Company West Nyack NY USA 1970
276 Essex County Councrl Design guide for revdentlalareas ECC
Chelrnsford England 1973
277 Everett A Materials (Mrtchell's burldrng construction ser~es)
Batsford Stroud England 1978
278 Everett K & Hughes D A Guide to laboratory design
Butterworth London England 1975
279 Falrbrother N The nature of landscape des~gnArchrtectural
Press London England 1974
280 Falconer P & Drury J Building & planning for industrialstorage
& distribution Architectural Press London England 1975
281 Farrant J & Subiott A Planning for disabledpeople in the urban
environment Central Council for the Disabled London England 1969
282 Fengler M Restaurant architecture & design, an international
sunfey of eating places Universe Books New York USA 1971
283 Ferguson W R Practicallaboratoryplanning John Wrley &Sons
New York USA 1973
284 Fire Officers' Committee Rules for automatic sprinkler
installations FOC London England 1970
285 Flora S D Tornadoes of the United States Unrverslty of
Oklahoma Press Norman USA 1953
286 Fokus Principles of the Fokus housing units for the severely
disabled Fokus Socrety Gothenburg Sweden 1968
287 Foott S Handicapped at home Drsabled Lrvrng Foundation
London England 1977
288 Foss E W Construction & maintenance for farm 6:home John
Wiley & Sons New York USA 1960
289 Foster J Structure & fabric Part 1 (Mitchell's building
construction series) Batsford Stroud England 1973
290 French T & Vierck C J The manual of engineering drawing for
students & craftsmen McGraw-Hill New York USA 8th edn 1974

BASIC LIST
360 HoC Sewerage (Scotland) act 1968 HMSO London England
1968
361 HoC Theatres act 1968 HMSO London England 1968
362 HoC Therapeutic substances act 1956 HMSO London England
1956
363 HoC Town & countryplannmgact 1971 HMSO London
England 1971
364 HoC Town & country planning (Scotland) act 1972 HMSO
London England 1972
365 HoC Water resources act 1963 HMSO London England 1963
366 Hohl R Office buildings: an international survey Praeger New
York USA Architectural Press London England 1968
367 Hopkinson R G Architecturalphysics: lighting HMSO London
England 1963
368 Hopkinson R G Petherbridge P & Longmore J Daylighting
Heinemann London England 1966
369 Hornbeck J S (ed) Stores & shopping centres McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1962
370 Horonjeff R Planning 6; design ofairports McGraw-Hill New
York USA London England 1975
371 Houghton E L Wind forces on buildings & structures - an
Introduction John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1976
372 Houslng Press The house & home kitchen planning guide
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1978
373 Howell J D E Notes on the need forplanningpermission Oyez
London England 1976
374 Hoyt K (ed) Buildings for commeiee & industry McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1978
375 Hunt W D Jr The contemporary curtain wall-its design
fabrication 6: erection F W Dodge New York USA 1958
376 Hunter M K & Hunter E H The indoor garden -design,
construction & furnishing John Wiley &Sons New York USA 1978
377 Hurst R Senices 6; maintenance forhotels & residential
establishments Heinemann London England 1971
378 Hutton G & Rostron M The international directory of computer
programs for the constructional industry Architectural Press London
England 1979
380 IES Control of discomfort sky glare from windows (supplement to
Technical report 4) ClBS London England 1972
381 IES Daytime lighting in buildings (Technical report 4) ClBS
London England 2nd edn 1972
382 IES Evaluation of discomfort glare (Technical report 10) ClBS
London England 1967 supplement 1972
383 IES The IES Code: recommendations for lighting building
interiors ClBS London England 1977
384 IES Lighting guide: sports ClBS London England 1974
385 IES Lighting of art galleries & museums (Technical report 14)
ClBS London England 1970
386 IES The outdoor environment (Lighting guide 6) ClBS London
England 1975
387 IES(USA) Lighting handbook IES New York USA 1972
388 Institute of Baths Management Swimmingpools (Designguide I )
IoBM London England 1966
389 Institute of Directors Better offices loD London England 1974
390 Institution of Electrical Engineers Regulations for the electrical
equipment of buildings IEE London England latest edition
391 lnternational Air Transport Association Airport Terminal
reference manual IATA Montreal Canada 6th edn 1976
392 lnternational Civil Aviation Organisation Aerodrome design
manual
Part 2 Taxiways, aprons 11 holding bays
Part 3 Pavements
Bibliography
ICAO Montreal Canada 1977
393 lnternational Civil Aviat~onOrgan~sationAirport planning manual
Part 1 Master planning
Part 2 Land use & environmental control
ICAO Montreal Canada 1977
394 lnternational Civil Aviatlon organisation Heliport manual ICAO
Montreal Canada 1979
395 lnternatlonal Civil Aviation Organisation lnternational standards,
recommended practices: aerodromes. Annex 14 to the convention on
international aviation IACO Montreal Canada 1976
396 lnternational Civil Aviation Organisation Stolportmanual ICAO
Montreal Canada 1976
397 lnternational Commission on Illumination lnternational
recommendations for the calculation of natural daylight (publicat~on
16) CIE Paris France 1970
398 lnternational Conference of Building Officials Unifarm building
code ICBO Whittier Calif USA latest ed~tion
399 lnternational Federation of Library Associations Standards for
public libraries Verlag Dokumentation Munich Germany IFLA
The Hague Netherlands 1973
400 IS0 Modular co-ordination: basic module (IS0 1006: 1973)
IS0 Geneva Switzerland 1973
401 IS0 Modular co-ordination: co-ordinating sizes for door-sets,
external & internal (IS0 2776: 1974) IS0 Geneva Switzerland 1974
402 IS0 Modular co-ordination: multimodules for horizontal
co-ordinating dimensions (IS0 1040:1973) IS0 Geneva Switzerland
1973
403 IS0 Modular co-ordination: principles & rules (IS0 2848: 1974)
IS0 Geneva Switzerland 1974
404 IS0 Modular co-ordination: reference lines of horizontal
controll~ngco-ordinating dimensions (IS0 R 1970:1970) IS0 Geneva
Switzerland 1970
405 IS0 Modular co-ordination: storey heights & room heights fo,
residential buildings (IS0 1789:1973) IS0 Geneva Switzerland
1973
406 IS0 Modular co-ordination: vocabulary (IS0 1791:1973) IS0
Geneva Switzerland 1973
407 IS0 Standard for the functional sizes of school furniture ( K O /
DlS 5970: 1978) IS0 Geneva Switzerland 1978
408 lnternational Symposium on Architectural Acoustics Heriot-Watt
University 1974 Auditorium acoustics; proceedings John Wiley &
Sons New York USA 1975
409 lzenour G C Theater design McGraw-Hill New York USA
1977
41 0 Jellicoe S & Allen M Town gardens to bve in Penguin
Harmondsworth London England 1977
41 1 Jelllcoe S & Jelllcoe G Water the use of waterin landscape
architecture St Martln's Press New York USA 1971
41 2 Jensen R Fire protection for the design professional Cahners
Books Boston USA 1975
41 3 Jewell D Public assembly facilities: planning & management
John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1978
41 4 Joedicke J Office 8, administration buildings Karl Kramer Verlag
Stuttgart Germany 1975
41 5 Kauffman H J The American farmhouse Hawthorn Books New
York USA 1975
41 6 Kell J R & Martin P L Heatlng & air conditioning of buildings
Architectural Press London England 6th edn 1979
41 7 Kepes G Module, symmetry, propoltlon Studlo Vlsta London
England 1966
41 8 Kidney W C Working places: the adaptive use of industrial
buildings Ober Park Associates Pittsburgh USA 1976
41 9 King Edward's Hospital Fund for London An evaluation of New
Guy's House King Edward's Hospital Fund London England 1963
420 King Edward's Hospital Fund for London Hospitalresearch &
briefing problems (Baynes K (ed)) King Edward's Hospital Fund
London England 1971
Bibliography
BASIC LIST
421 King Edward's Hospital Fund for London Hospital traffic & supply
problems (Holroyd W A H (ed)) King Edward's Hospital Fund
London England 1968
422 King H & Everett A Components & finishes (Mitchell's bullding
construction series) Batsford Stroud England 1971
423 Kliment S A Into the mainstream-a syllabus fora barrier-free
environment AlA Washington USA 1974
424 Klose D Multi-storey carparks & garages Architectural Press
London England 1965
425 Knlght T L Illustrated introduction to brickwork design Brick
Development Association London England 1975
426 Knopp L The onematograph regulations 1955 Cinema Press
London England 1955
427 Knowles R L Energy & form: an ecologicalapproach to urban
growth MIT Press Carnbrldge Mass USA 1974
428 Knudsen V 0 & Harris C M Acoustical designing in
architecture John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1950
429 Kraerner S & Partners Open-plan offices: new ideas,
experience & improvements McGraw-Hill London England 1977
430 Krarner J Container gardening indoors & out Doubleday New
York USA 1971
431 Krarner J Water gardening -pools, fountains & plants Charles
Scribner's Sons New York USA 1971
432 Kuldschun H & Rossrnann E Planen und bauen fur Behinderte
Deutsche Verlages-Anstalt Stuttgart Germany 1974
433 Lacy R E Climate & building in Britain HMSO London England
1977
434 Lacy R E Dnving-rain index HMSO London England 1976
435 Lancashire County Council Carparking standards Lancs CC
Preston England 1976
436 Landon-Tharnes G J Fire safety in buildings A C Black
London England 1972
437 Langrnead S & Beckrnan M New library design: guidelines to
planning academic library buildings John Wiley & Sons Toronto
Canada New York USA 1979
438 Larsson N Housing the elderly, & housing the handicapped
Central Mortgage & Finance Corporation Ottawa Canada 1972
439 Lawson F Designing commercial foodservice facilities Whitney
L~braryof Design New York USA 1974
440 Lawson F Hotels, motels & condominiums- design, planning &
ma~ntenanceCahners Boston USA Architectural Press London
England 1976
441 Lawson F Principles of catering design Architectural Press
London England 2nd edn 1978
442 Lawson F Restaurant planning & design Van Nostrand
Relnhold New York USA Architectural Press London England 1973
443 Lawson F & B & Bovy M Tourism & recreation development:
a handbook of physical planning Architectural Press London England
1978
444 Lawton M Planning 6: managing housing for the elderly John
Wlley & Sons New York USA 1975
445 Le Corbusler Lemodulor Faber & Faber London England 1954
446 Leggett S Brubacker W C Cohodes A Shapiro A C
Planning flexible learning spaces McGraw-Hill New York USA 1977
447 Lewls M J Libraries for the handicapped Library Assocation
London England 1969
448 Lleblng R W & Paul M F Arch~tecturalworklng drawings John
Wlley & Sons New York USA 1977
449 Llghtlng Industry Federation & Electrlclty Councll Intenorlight~ng
deslgn LIF London England rnetrlc edn 1969
450 Llon E Shopping centers -planning, development &
administration John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1976
451 London County Councll Education Department School furniture
Staples London England 1958
452 Longrnore J BRS daylight protractors HMSO London England
1968
453 Lovejoy D (ed) Land use & landscape plannmg Leonard H~ll
London England 2nd edn 1979
454 Lovejoy D & Partners Spon's landscape handbook E & F N
Spon London England 1978
455 Lushington N & Mills W N Libraries designed for users: a
planning handbook Gaylord Professional Publications Syracuse NY
USA 1979
456 Lynch K Site planning MlT Press Cambridge Mass IJSA 1979
457 Lynes J A Principles of natural lighting Elsevier London
England 1968
458 McCoy E Case study houses, 1945-1962 Hennessey & lngalls
Los Angeles USA 2nd edn 1977
459 Macdonald A J Wind loading on buildings John Wiley & Sons
New York USA 1975
460 McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of energy McGraw-HIII New York
USA 1976
461 McGuinness W J & Stem B Mechanical & electrical equipment
for buildings John Wlley & Sons New York USA 5th edn 1971
462 McHarg I L Design with nature Natural History Press New York
USA 1969
463 McHugh R C Working drawing handbook: a guide for architects
& builders Van Nostrand Relnhold New York USA 1977
464 Macsai J Holland E P Nachman H S Yacker J Y Housing
John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1976
465 Manning P (ed) Office design: a study ofenvironment Llverpool
University Liverpool England 1965
466 Marlow 0 C Outdoor design: a handbook for the architect &
planner Granada PublishingICrosby Lockwood Staples St Albans
England 1977
467 Marsh P Air & rain penetration of buildings Construction Press
London England 1977
468 Martin D (ed) Specification 79/80 Architectural Press London
England 1980
469 May E E et a1 Independent living for the handicapped & the
elderly Houghton Mifflin Boston USA 1974
470 Mecklenburgh J C Plant layout: a guide to the layout of process
plants & sites John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1973
471 Metcalf K D Library lighting Association of Research Librarians
Washington DC USA 1970
472 Metcalf K D Planning academic & research library buildings
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1965
473 Metr~cationBoard How to write metric: a style guide to teaching
and using Sl units HMSO London England no date
474 Millard P Modern library equipment Crosby Lockwood London
England 1966
475 Mills E D (ed) Planning: building for administration,
entertainment & recreation Newnes-Butterworth London England
1976
476 Mills E D (ed) Planning: building foreducation, culture &science
Newnes-Butterworth London England 9th edn 1976
477 Mills E D (ed) Planning: building forhabitation, commerce &
industy Newnes-Butterworth London England 1976
478 Mills E D (ed) Planning: building for health, welfare & religion
Newnes-Butterworth London England 9th edn 1976
479 Minlstry of Housing & Local Government Metrication of housing
building (circular 1/68) HMSO London England 1968
480 Mlnlstry of Labour Cloakroom accommodation & washlng
fac~lities(Health & safety at work booklet 5) HMSO London England
1968
481 Mlnrstry of Labour First aidin factories (Health & safety at work
booklet 36) HMSO London England 1966
482 M~tchell A A fieldgu~deto the trees of Britaln & northern
Europe Collins London England 1974

BASIC LIST
483 Mobbs N Industrial investment. A case study in factory
buildings Slough Estates Slough England 1979
484 Morisseau J J Designing & planning: the new schools Van
Nostrand Reinhold New York USA 1972
485 Mullins W & Allen P G Student housing Crosby Lockwood
London England 1970
486 Munce J F Industrial architecture an analysis of international
-
building practice F W Dodge New York USA 1960
487 National Buildlng Agency Damp protection (Easiguide) NBA
London England 1979
488 National Building Agency The disabled in rehabilitated housing:
guidance for housing associations NBA London England 1978
489 National Building Agency Drainage & water~nstallation
(Easiguide) NBA London England 1979
490 National Building Agency Electrical installations (Easiguide)
NBA London England 1979
491 National Building Agency External works detail sheets
Architectural Press London England 1977
492 National Burlding Agency Fire protection (Easiguide) NBA
London England 1979
493 National Building Agency Gas heating (Easiguide) NBA
London England 1979
494 National Burlding Agency Metric house shells: one-storey plans
NBA London England 1969
495 National Building Agency Metnc house shells. two-storey plans
NBA London England 1970
496 National Building Agency Open space & ventilation (Easrguide)
NBA London England 1980
497 National Building Agency Refuse (Easigurde) NBA London
England 1980
498 National Building Agency Safety & materials (Easiguide) NBA
London England 1979
499 National Burlding Agency Sheltered housing for the elderly:
design criteria for category 1 dwellings NBA London England 1977
500 National Build~ngAgency Solid fuel & oil heating (Easigurde)
NBA London England 1979
501 National Building Agency Stairs & means of escape (Easiguide)
NBA London England 1979
502 National Building Agency Structure (Easrgurde) NBA London
England 1979
503 National Building Agency Thermal & sound insulation
(Easiguide) NBA London England 1979
504 Natronal Elevator Industry Elevator engineenng standards
National Elevator Industry Inc New York USA 5th edn 1979
505 National Fire Protection Association Designing buildings for fire
safety NFPA Boston USA 1975
506 National Fire Protection Association Fires m high-nse buildings
NFPA Boston USA 1974
507 National Fire Protection Association High-rise bwlding fires & fire
safety NFPA Boston USA 1973
508 National Fire Protectron Associatron Life safety code NFPA
Boston USA latest editlon
509 National Fire Protection Association National Fire codes NFPA
Boston USA 16 vol 1976
510 National Fire Protection Assocation Nationalfireprevention code
NFPA Boston USA latest edition
51 1 National House Bullders Council Guide to internalplanning
(Advisory note 1) NHBC London England 1975
512 National House Builders Council Registered house builders
handbook NHBC London England 1974
513 Natronal Parking AssociationIParking Consultants Council The
dimensions ofparking Urban Land lnstltute National Parking
Association Washington DC USA 1979
Bibliography
514 National Playing Fields Associatron Revised drawings of outdoor
pitches & courts NPFA London England 1979
515 National Swimming Pool Institute Technical Council Minimum
standards forpublic spas NSPI Washington DC USA 1978
516 National Swimming Pool Institute Technical Council Minimum
standards tor public pools NSPI Washington DC USA 1974
517 National Swimming Pool Institute Standards Codes Committee
Suggested minimum standards for residential swimming pools NSPl
Washington DC USA 1974
518 Nellist I Planning buildings for handicapped children Crosby
Lockwood London England 1970
519 Nelson G & Wright H Tomorrow's house -a complete guide
for the homebuilder Simon & Schuster New York USA 1945
520 Newburry C W & Eaton K J Wind loading handbook HMSO
London England 1974
521 Newman 0 Defensible space; crime prevention through urban
design Macmlllan New York USA 1972
522 Northwood T D (ed) Architecturalacoustics Dowden Hutchrnson
& Ross Stroudsburg Pa USA 1977
523 Nuckolls J L Intenor lighting - for environmental d e s g n e
John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1976
524 Nuffield Foundation, Divlsion of Architectural Studies Thedesign
of research laboratones Oxford University Press Oxford England
1961
Nuffield Orthapaedic Centre +DHSS
525 Nuffield Provincial Hospital Trust Studies in the functions &
design of hospitals Oxford University Press Oxford England 1955
526 O'Connor J W A study in school & university building design
Vantage Press New York USA 1974
527 Olgyay V Design with climate. bioclimatic approach to
architectural regionalism Princeton University Press Princeton USA
1963
528 Olgyay V Solar control & shading devices Princeton University
Press Princeton USA 1957
529 Oliver J E Climate CC man's environment- an introduction to
appliedclimatology John Wlley & Sons New York USA 1973
530 Organisatron for Economrc Cooperation & Development
(Programme on educational building) School furniture OECD Paris
France 1980
531 Page C H & Vigaureux P (ed) SI the international system of
units National Physical Laboratory HMSO London England 3rd edn
1977
532 Parkin P H Humphreys H R & Cowell J R Acoustics, noise &
buildings Faber & Faber London England 1979
533 Paul S Apartments: theirdesign & development Reinhold New
YorkUSA 1967
534 Pernberton A W Plant layout & materials handling Macmillan
London England 1974
535 Penton J & Barlow A (ed) A handbook of houeng for disabled
people (London Housrng Consortium West Group) RlBA London
England 1980
536 Penwarden A D Wise A Wind environment round bwldings
HMSO London England 1975
537 Perkins P H Swimming pools Applied Science Publishers
London England 2nd edn 1978
538 Perrln G A Indoor reception centres Natronal Playrng Frelds
Association London England 1973
539 Peters P (ed) Design & planning - factones Van Nostrand
Reinhold New York USA 1970
540 Pile J F Interiors second book of offices Whitney Library of
Design New York USA 1969
541 Pile J Interiors third book of offices Whitney Library of Design
New York USA Architectural Press London England 1976
542 Pile J Open office planning; a handbook for interior designers CC
architects Whitney Library of Desrgn New York USA Architectural
Press London England 1978
422
Bibliography
BASIC LIST
543 Pilkington Brothers Ltd Env~ronmentalAdvisory Serv~ce
Windows & environment Pilkington Brothers Limited St Helens
England 1969
544 Porges G Applied acoustics John Wiley & Sons New York
USA 1977
545 Propst R & Wodka M The action office: acoustics handbook
Herman Miller Research Corporation Ann Arbor USA 1975
546 Prztak L Standard details for fire resistive building construction
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1977
547 Putsep E Modern hospitals: internat~onalplanningpractice
Lloyd-Luke London England 1979
548 Rabb J & Rabb B Good shelter; a guide to mobile, modular &
prefabricated houses, including domes Quadrangle/New York T ~ m e s
Book Co New York USA 1975
549 Rarnsey & Sleeper/Amer~can Institute of Architects Architectural
graphic standards (Packard R T (ed)) John Wiley & Sons New York
U S A 7th edn 1980
550 Readers' Digest Encyclopedia of garden plants & flowers
Readers' Digest London England 1971
551 Redstone L G Hosp~tals& health care facilities McGraw-Hill
New York USA 1978
552 Redstone L G New dimensions in shopping centers 6: stores
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1973
553 RlBA CIISfB construction indexing manual RlBA Services Ltd
London England 1976
554 Ripnen K Office space administration McGraw-HIII New York
USA 1974
555 Ritter P Planning forman & motor Macmillan New York USA
1964
556 Robinson H W Architecture for the educational theatre
Un~versityof Oregon Eugene Ore USA 1970
557 Robinson J Highways & ourenvironment McGraw-Hill New
York U S A 1971
558 Rogers T S Thermaldesign of buildings John W~ley& Sons
New York USA 1964
559 Rosenfleld I & Rosenfield Z Hospitalarchitecture 6: beyond
Van Nostrand Re~nhold New York USA 1969
560 Rosenfield I & Rosenfield Z Hospital architecture: integrated
components Van Nostrand Re~nhold New York USA & London
England 1971
561 Rosenfield J ' L ~ g hint museum planning' Architectural
Forum 61 9/1932 New York USA
562 Rubenstein H M Centralcity malls John W~ley& Sons New
York U S A 1968
563 Rubenstein H M A guide to site & environmentalplanning John
Wiley & Sons New York USA 2nd edn 1980
564 Salmon G The working office Design Counc~l London England
1979
565 Saphier M Office planning & design McGraw-HIII New York
U S A 2nd edn 1978
566 Saphier M Planning the new office McGraw-Hill New York
USA 1978
567 Schaal R Curtain walls- design manual Reinhold New York
USA 1959
568 Sch~ld E & Oswald R Structural failures in residential buildings
vol 1 Granada Publishing St Albans England 1978
569 Schrnertz M F (ed) Campusplanning & design McGraw-HIII
New York USA 1972
570 Schrnertz M F (ed) Office build~ngdesign McGraw-HIII New
York USA 2nd edn 1975
571 Schrarnrn W Chemistry & biology laboratories: design,
construction, equipment Pergamon Press Oxford England 1965
572 Schubert H The modern theater; architecture, Stage design,
lighting Praeger New YorkUSA 1971
573 Scottish Development Department Scottish Housing Handbook
part 3 Housing Development layout, roads & services HMSO
Edinburgh Scotland 1977
574 Scottish Development Department Scottish Housing 'Handbook
part 6 Housing for the disabled HMSO Edinburgh Scotland 1979
575 Scottish Education Department School kitchens (Educational
building note 14) HMSO Edinburgh Scotland 1976
576 Scott~shHome & Health Department Inpatient accommodation
(Hospital planning note 1) HMSO Edinburgh Scotland rev~sededn
1977
577 Scott~shHospital Centre Upgrading of wards SHC Edinburgh
Scotland 1967
578 Scottish Hosp~talCentre Ward conversion forgeriatnc patients
SHC Edinburgh Scotland 1974
579 Shear J K (ed) Religious bulldings for today F W Dodge New
York U S A 1957
580 Shoshkes L Space plann~ng:designing the office environment
Arch~tecturalRecord Books New York USA 1976
581 Sirnrnonds M F Accommodation standards for educational
buildings BRE Garston England revised edn 1977
582 Sloane E An age of barns Ballant~neBooks New York USA
1967
583 Smith D Hotel& restaurantdesign Van Nostrand Re~nhold New
York USA Design Counc~lPublications London England 1978
584 Southern Bullding Code Congress Standard building code
SBCC Blrrnlngham Ala USA latest edltion
585 Sports Council Facilities forsquash rackets (Technical unit for
sport bulletln 2) Sports Counc~l London England 1975
586 Sports Council Provision for swimming Sports Counc~l London
England 1978
587 Sports Council Specification for art~fioalsports surfaces
(techn~calreport prepared by the Rubber & Plastics Research
Association of Great Brita~n)Sports Counc~lLondon England 1978
588 Sports Council Sports halls: a new approach to their dimensions
& use Sports Council London England 1975
589 Statutory ~nstruments1959:428 Agriculture (safeguarding of
work places) regulations 1959 HMSO London England 1959
590 Statutory Instruments 1966:99 Build~ngoperations, construction
health & welfare regulat~ons HMSO London England 1966
591 Statutory instruments 1976: 1676 The bullding regulations
HMSO London England 1976
592 Statutory instruments 1976: 1676 The building regulations Part
E Safety in fire
E3 Rules for measurement
E4 Provision of compartment walls & compartment floors
E5 Fire resistance of elements of structure
HMSO London England 1976
593 Statutory instruments 1978:723 The build~ng(first amendment)
regulations HMSO London England 1978
594 Statutory instruments 1971 :2052 The building standards
(Scotland) (consolidation) regulations HMSO London England 1971
595 Statutory instruments 1973:794 The building standards
(Scotland) amendment regulations 1973 HMSO London England
1973
596 Statutory instruments 1975:404 The buildlng standards
(Scotland) amendment regulat~ons1975 HMSO London England
1975
597 Statutory ~nstrurnents:Statutory regulations & orders 1922:73
(as amended by SI 1961 :2435) Chemical works regulatlons HMSO
London England 1961
598 Statutory lnstrurnents 1955: 1 129 Cinematograph safety
regulations HMSO London England 1955
599 Statutory instruments 1959:282 Cinematograph safety
regulations HMSO London England 1959
600 Statutory Instruments 1948: 1547 Clay works welfare special
regulations HMSO London England 1948

BASIC LIST
601 Statutory instruments 1976:2010 Fireprecaution (non-certified
factory, office, shop & railway premises) regulations HMSO London
England 1976
602 Statutory instruments: Statutory rules & orders 1917: 1067 Metal
works as amended by SR&O 1926:864 & SI 1961:2434 HMSO
London England 1917 1926 & 1961
603 Statutory instruments: Statutory rules &orders 1929:534 Oil
cake welfare order HMSO London England 1929
604 Statutory instruments 1964:966 Sanitary convenience
regulations HMSO London England 1964
605 Statutory instruments: Statutory rules &orders 1925:864 Saw
mills & wood working factories welfare (ambulance & first aid) as
amended by SI 1961:2434 HMSO London England 1925 & 1961
606 Statutory Instruments 1960 1932 S h ~ bwlding
p & ship repairs
regulations HMSO London England 1960
607 Statutory instruments 1972:2051 Standards for schoolpremises
regulations HMSO London England 1972
608 Statutory instruments 1964:965 Washing facilities regulations
HMSO London England 1964
609 Steele F Physical settings & organizational developmenl
Addison-Wesley Reading Mass USA 1973
61 0 Steel Window Association Specification for the metric preferred
range W20 steel windows SWA 20 1 SWA London England 1972
61 1 Stein R G Architecture & energy Doubleday Garden City NY
U S A 1977
61 2 Stewart H M & Griffln B (ed) American architecture for the arts
vol 1 Handel & Sons Dallas USA 1978
61 3 Strakosch G R Vertical transportation - elevators CC escalators
John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1967
614 Sykes C A Officeplanner A4 Publications London England
1976
615 Szokolay S V Solar energy & building John Wiley & Sons New
York U S A 2nd edn 1977
61 6 Tandy C Landscape ofindustry John Wiley & Sons New York
U S A 2nd edn 1977
61 7 Tannehill I R Hurricanes, theirnature & history, pamcularly those
of the West lndies & the southern coasts of the United States Princeton
University Press Princeton USA 9th edn 1956
61 8 Tansley A G The British islands & their vegetation Cambridge
Unlverslty Press Cambridge England 1939
61 9 Taylor J & Cooke G The fire precautions act in practice
Archltectural Press London England 1970
620 Thiry P Bennett R M & Karnphoefner H Churches& temples
Relnhold New York USA 1953
621 Thomas M L Architectural working drawings: a professional
technique McGraw-HIII New York USA 1978
622 Thompson A Library buildings of Britain & Europe Butterworth
London England 1963
623 Thompson E K Apartments, townhouses & condominiums
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1975
624 Thompson E K Houses of the west McGraw-HIII New York
USA 1979
625 Thompson G Planning & design of library buildings Nicols
Publish~ngCo New York USA Archltectural Press London England
2nd edn 1977
626 Tidworth S Theatres: an architectural & cultural history Praeger
New York USA 1973
627 Townroe P Planning industnal location Leonard Hill Books
London England 1976
423
Bibliography
628 Tregenza P R The design of interior circulation Crosby
Lockwood Staples London England 1976
629 United Nations Educational Scientific & Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) Planning buildings & facilities for higher education
Architectural Press London England UNESCO Press Paris France
1975
630 University Grants Committee Planning norms for university
buildings HMSO London England 1974
63 1 Urban Land l nstitute Residential development handbook ULI
Washington DC USA 1978
632 US Congress Architectural barriers act US Superintendent of
Documents Washington DC USA 1968
633 US Congress National environment policy act US
Superintendent of Documents Washington DC USA 1970
634 US Congress Occupational safety & health act US
Superintendent of Documents Washington DC USA 1971
635 US Federal Aviation Agency The apron & terminal building.
planning manual 3 vol National Technical Information Sewlce
Springfield Va USA 1975
636 Vahlefeld R & Jacques F Garages & service stations Leonard
Hill London England 1960
637 Wagner W ~ i e d A) treasury of contemporary houses
McGraw-Hill New York USA 1978
638 Wakita 0 A & Linde R M The professionalpractice of
architectural detailing John Wiley & Sons New York USA 1977
639 Walter F Sports centres & swimming pools - a study of their
design with particular reference to the needs of the physically disabled
Disabled Living Foundation London England 1971
640 Ward C (ed) Vandalism Architectural Press London England
1973
641 Ward H (ed) Better library buildings 1967-8 Library
Association London England 1970
642 Webb J D (ed) Noise control in industry Sound Research
Laborator~esSudbury Suffolk England 1976
643 Weddle A E (ed) Landscape techniques Heinernann for
Landscape Institute London England 1979
644 Weiss J Better buildings for the aged McGraw-Hill New York
USA 1971
645 Weisskarnp H Hotels: an internationalsurvey Archltectural
Press London England 1968
646 Weller J Modern agnculture & rural planning Architectural
Press London England 1967
647 Wheeler E T Hospltal modernization & expansion McGraw-HIII
New York USA 1971
648 White B The literature & study of urban & regional planning
Routledge & Kegan Paul London England 1974
649 Whittaker C Brown P & Monahan J Thehandbookof
environmentalpowers Architectural Press London England 1976
650 Whyte W S & Powell-Smith V The building regulations
explained & illustrated Crosby Lockwood Staples London England
5th edn 1978
651 Wild F Factories Van Nostrand Reinhold New York USA 1972
652 W ~ l dF Libraries for schools & universities Van Nostrand
Reinhold New York USA 1972
653 Williams C H Guide to European sources of technical
information Francis Hodgson Guernsey Cl 1970
654 Wozniak S J Solar heat~ngsystems for the UK: design,
installation & economic aspects HMSO London England 1979
655 Yerges L F Sound, noise & vibration control Van Nostrand
Reinhold New York USA 2nd edn 1978
Bibliography
CODES
This list cltes
a the principal codes, guldes, reg, standardsand statutes thought likely
to be most often needed
b some less known which are thought l~kelyto be useful
Because USAand UK practices differ UK codes predominate in this list.
In the UK most such standards and reg are produced by government
bodies or by national institutions. In the USA some are produced by such
national bodies as ANSl but far more originate with state and municipal
authorities: these are too many and too various to Ilst.
Titles of some BSI publications are cited on a key word instead of with
the formal title, eg BS CP 114 The structural use of reinforced concrete
in buildings is given as BS CP 114 Reinforced concrete, structural use in
buildings, BS 5572 1s given as Sanitarypipework, code ofpractice. It IS
hoped that this will make things easier for the user.
01 3 AJIMoH Hospital planning & design guide Architectural Press
London England 1967
01 9 Aluminium Window Association Aluminium window edgeprofiles
(Technical report 1) AWA London England 1976
023 American Hospital Association Hospital engineering handbook
AHA Chicago USA 1974
026 American lnsurance Associatlon Fireprevention code AIA New
York USA latest edition
027 American Insurance Associatlon National building code AIA
New York USA latest edition
028 ANSl Specifications for making buildings & facil~tiesaccessible
to & usable by thephysically handicappedpeople ANSl New York
USA 2nd edn 1979
029 ANSl Standards ANSI New York USA latest edltlon
030 Arnerlcan Society of Heatlng Refrigerating &Air-Conditioning
Engineers ASHRAE standard 90-75; energy conservation in new
building design ASHRAE New York USA 1975
031 American Society of Heating, Refrigeratrng & Alr-Conditioning
Engineers ASHRAE handbook of fundamentals ASHRAE New York
USA 1977
033 American Society for Testing Materials Standards ASTM
Philadelphia USA latest editions
084 British Industrial-Sc~entificFilm Association Film guide for the
construction industry Construction Press Lancaster England 1979
088 BSI BS CP 96 Access for the disabled to buildings Part 1
General recommendations BSI London England 1967
089 BSI BS 5606 Accuracy in building BSI London England 1978
090 BSI BS 5440 Part 2 Airsupply BSI London England 1976
091 BSI BS 4873 Aluminium alloy windows BSI London England
1972
092 BSI BS CP3 Basic data for the design of buildings, code of see
Daylighting Fire precautions Loading Sunlight Thermal insulation
093 BSI British Standards Handbook 3 vo11-4 Summaries of
British standards of building BSI London England latest edition
094 BSI British standards yearbook BSI London England annual
095 BSI BS 1192 Building drawing practice (metric units),
recommendations BSI London England 1969 (revision in progress)
096 BSI BS 41 04 Catering equipment burning liquefied petroleum
gases BSI London England 1967
097 BSI BS 251 2 Catenng equipment, gas heated BSI London
England 1963
098 BSI BS CP 1007 Cinemas, maintained lighting for BSI London
England 1955
099 BSI BS 5382 Cinematograph screens, specification BSI
London England 1976
100 BSI BS 5252 Colour co-ordination for building purposes,
framework for BSI London England 1976
101 BSI BS LP 110 Concrete, structural use of
Part 1 1972 Design materials & workmanship
Part 2 1972 Design charts for singly reinforced beams & rectangular
columns
Part 3 1972 Design charts for circular columns & prestressed beams
BSI London England 1972
102 BSI BS 350 Part 1 Conversion factors, basls of tables BSI
London England 1974
103 BSI PD 6444 Part 1 Co-ordination of dimensions in building,
recommendations: Basic spaces for structure, external envelope &
internal sub-divisions BSI London England 1969
104 BSI BS 4330 Co-ordination of dimensions in building,
recommendations: Controlling dimensions BSI London England
1968
105 BSI 401 1 Co-ordination of dimensions in building,
recommendations: Co-ordinating sizes for building components 6:
assemblies BSI London England 1966
106 BSI BS 2900 Co-ordination of dimensions in building,
recommendations: Glossary of terms BSI London England 1970
107 BSI BS CP3: Ch 1: Part 1 Daylighting BSI London England
1964
108 BSI BS 5502 Design of bulldings & structures foragnculture,
code ofpractice BSI London England 1978
109 BSI BS 5619 Design of housing for the convenience of disabled
people, code of practice BSI London England 1978
110 BSI DD 51 Dimensional co-ordination in buildings, guidance on
BSI London England 1977
11 1 BSI BS CP 413 Ducts for building senices BSI London
England 1975
BSI BS 5873 Educational furniture see 134 below
112 BSI BS 5266 Part 1 Emergency lighting forpremises other than
cinemas C1 certain other specified premises used for entertainment,
code of practice BSI London England 1975
113 BSI BS 2560 Exit signs, internally illum~nated BSI London
England 1976
114 BSI BS 421 8 Exit signs, self-luminous BSI London England
1978
115 BSI BS 2053 Farm bu~ldingsof framed construction, general
purpose BSI London England 1972
116 BSI BS 5588 Fire precautions in the design of buildings, code of
practice Part 4 Smoke control in protected escape routes using
pressurisation BSI London England 1978
117 BSI BS CP 3: Chap I V : Fire, precautions against
Part 1 1971 Flats & maisonettes (in blocks over two storeys)
Part 2 1968 Shops & department stores
Part 3 1968 Office buildings
BSI London England 1968 & 1971
1 18 BSI BS 2505 Fixed equipment for cowsheds
Part 1 1965 Imperial units
Part 2 1972 Metric units
BSI London England 1965 & 1972
119 BSI BS 5440 Part 1 Hues BSI London England 1978
120 BSI CP 2004 Foundations, general BSI London England
1972
121 BSI CP 101 Foundations & sub-structure for non-industrial
buildings of not more than four storeys BSI London England 1972
122 BSI BS 3202 Laboratory furniture & fittings BSI London
England 1959
123 BSI BS 2655 Parts 1-10 Lifts, escalators, passenger
conveyors & paternosters BSI London England 1969-71
124 BSI BS 4727: Part IV: Group 03 Lighting technology
terminology: Glossary of electrotechnical, power, telecommunication,
electronics, lighting & colour terms BSI London England 1972
125 BSI BS CP3: Chapv: Loading
Part I 1967 Dead & imposed loads
Part 2 1972 Wind loads
BSI London England 1967 & 1972
126 BSI 5628 Masonry, structural use code of practice Part 1
Universal masonry BSI London England 1978
127 BSI PD 6031 Metric system in the construction industry, use
of BSI London England 2nd edn 1968

CODES
128 BSI 5536 Micro-filming, preparation of technical drawings for
BSI London England 1978
129 BSI BS 5550: Part V : Section 5. 1: Subsection 5.1.1
Motion-picture safety film, definition testing & markrng BSI London
England 1978
130 BSI BS 799: Part V Oil storage tanks BSI London England
1975
131 BSI BS 31 78 Playground equipment forparks BSI London
England various dates
132 BSI BS CP 114 Reinforced concrete, structural use in
buildings BSI London England 1969
133 BSI 5572 Sanitarypipework, code ofpractice BSI London
England 1978
134 BSI 3030 School furniture now replaced by:
BSI BS 5873 Educational furniture
Part 1 S~ecificationsfor functional dimensions. identification & finish of
chairs &tables for educational institutions. part 2 Specification for
strength &stability of chairs for educational institutions. Part 3
Specification for strength & stability of tables for educational
institutions BSI London England 1980
135 BSI PD 5686 Sl units, use of BSI London England 1978
136 BSI BS 5709 Specification forstiles, bridle gates & kissinggates
BSI London England 1979
137 BSI BS 1754 Steel barns with covered roofs BSI London
England 1961
138 BSI BS 990 Steel windows generally for domestic & similar
buildings Part 2 Metric units BSI London England 1972
139 BSI BS CP 117 Structural steel & concrete, composite
structures in Part 1 Simply supported beams in buildings BSI London
England 1965
140 BSI BS 499 Structural steel in buildings, use of Part 2: 1969
Metric units BSI London England 1969
141 BSI BS CP 3: Chap i(B) Sunlight (houses, flats & schools only)
BSI London England 1945
142 BSI PD 6479 Symbols & other graphic conventions for building
production drawings, recommendations BSI London England 1976
143 BSI BS CP 3: Chap i l Thermalinsulationin relation to the control
of the environment BSI London England 1970
144 BSI BS CP 112 Timber, structural use of
Part 2 1971 Metric units
Part 3 1973 Trussed rafters for roofs of dwellings
BSI London England 1971 & 1973
145 BSI 384787 Part 1 Wood doorsets, door leaves & frames BSI
London England 1972
146 BSI BS CP 153 Windows & roof lights Part 1 Cleaning & safety
BSI London England 1969
148 Building Officials & Codes Administrators International Basic
building code BOCA Chicago USA triennial 7th edn 1978
164 ClBS Inst~tutionof heating & ventilationengineers guide (vol
A B & C ) ClBS London England 1970
173 Constructional Steel Research & Development Organisation
Steel designer's manual Crosby Lockwood London England 4th edn
1972
197 DES Furniture & equipment dimensions. further & higher
educatron (BB 44) HMSO London England 1970
198 DES Furniture & equipment: working heights & zones for
practicalactivities (BB 50) HMSO London England 1973
199 DES Gurdelrnes for envrronmental desrgn & fuel conservatron rn
educatronal buddlngs (DN 17) DES London England 1974
214 DES Standards for school premlses HMSO London
England 1972
21 7 DHSS Clean catering: a handbook on hygiene in catering
establishments HMSO London England 4th edn 1972
233 DOE Homes for today & tomorrow ('Parker Morr~sreport':
MHLG 1961) HMSO London England reprinted 1975
425
Bibliography
234 DOE House planning: a guide to user needs wtih a checklist (DB
14) HMSO London England 1976
271 Electricity Council & Lighting Industry Federation Interiorlighting
design Electric~tyCouncil & LIF London England 1977
276 Essex County Council Design guide for residential areas ECC
Chelmsford England 1973
284 Fire Officers' Committee Rules for automatic sprinkler
installations FOC London England 1970
300 Greater London Council London building (constructional)
by-laws GLC London England 1972
301 Greater London Council Means of escape in case of fire (code of
practice) GLC London England 1974
324 HMSO Guide to fire precautions Act 1971: hotels & boarding
houses HMSO London England 1972
325 HoC Agnculture (m~scellaneousprovrsrons) act 1968 codes of
recommendatrons for the welfare of Irvestock HMSO London England
1968
326 HoC Agnculture (safety, health & welfare) act 1956 HMSO
London England 1956
327 HoC Chronrcally srck & drsabledpersonsact 1970 HMSO
London England 1970
328 HoC Crnematographact 1909 HMSO London England 1909
329 HoC Crnematographact 1952 HMSO London England 1952
330 HoC Crvrl amenrtres act 1967 HMSO London England 1967
331 HoC Clean arract 1956 HMSO London England 1956
332 HoC Clean arract 1968 HMSO London England 1968
333 HoC Control of pollutron act 1974 HMSO London England
1974
334 HoC Countrys~deact 1968 HMSO London England 1968
335 HoC Countrysrde (Scotland) act 1967 HMSO London England
1967
336 HoC Dangerous drugs act 1965 HMSO London England 1965
337 HoC Dangerous drugs act 1967 HMSO London England 1967
338 HoC Factonesact 1961 HMSO London England 1961
339 HoC Frlms act 1960 HMSO London England 1960
340 HoC Frre precautrons act 1971 HMSO London England 1971
341 HoC Health & safety at work etc act 1974 HMSO London
England 1974
342 HoC lnsulatronact 1972 HMSO London England 1972
343 HoC London buildrng act 1930 HMSO London England 1930
344 HoC London burldrng (amendment) act 1935 HMSO London
England 1935
345 HoC London building (amendment) act 1939 HMSO London
England 1939
346 HoC Offices, shops & railway premises act 1963 HMSO
London England 1963
347 HoC Offices, shops & railway premises act 1971 HMSO
London England 1971
348 HoC Petroleum (consolidation) act 1928 HMSO London
England 1928
349 HoC Pharmacy & poisons act 1933 HMSO London England
1933
350 HoC Publrc health act 1936 HMSO London England 1936
351 HoC Publrc health act 1961 HMSO London England 1961
352 HoC Publrc health (recumng nursances) act 1969 HMSO
London England 1969
353 HoC Publrc lrbranes & museums act 1964 HMSO London
England 1964
354 HoC Radroact~vesubstances act 1960 HMSO London England
1960
355 HoC Rrdrng establrshmentsact 1934 HMSO London England
1934
356 HoC Rrvers (preventron of pollutron) act 1951 HMSO London
England 1951
Bibliography
CODES
357 HoC Rivers (prevention ofpollution) act 1961 HMSO London
England 1961
358 HoC Rivers (prevention of pollution) (Scotland) act 195 1
HMSO London England 1951
359 HoC Rivers (prevention of pollution) (Scotland) act 1965 HMSO
London England 1965
360 HoC Sewerage (Scotland) act 1968 HMSO London England
1968
361 HoC Theatres act 1968 HMSO London England 1968
362 HoC Therapeutic substances act 1956 HMSO London England
1956
363 HoC Town & country planning act 1971 HMSO London
England 1971
364 HoC Town & country planning (Scotland) act 1972 HMSO
London England 1972
365 HoC Water resources act 1963 HMSO London England 1963
383 IES The IES Code: recommendations for lighting building
interiors ClBS London England 1977
387 IES(USA) Lighting handbook IES New York USA 1972
390 lnstitutlon of Electrical Engineers Regulations for the electncal
equipment of buildings IEE London England latest edtion
391 InternatronalAir Transport Assocation Airport Terminal reference
mancal IATA Montreal Canada 6th edn 1976
392 lnternational Clvil Aviatlon Organlsatlon Aerodrome design
manual
Part 2 Taxiways, aprons & holding bays
Part 3 Pavements
ICAO Montreal Canada 1977
393 lnternational Civil Aviation Organlsatlon Airport planning manual
Part 1 Masterplanning
Part 2 Land use & environmental control
ICAO Montreal Canada 1977
394 lnternational Civrl Avlation Organisation Heliport manual ICAO
Montreal Canada 1979
395 lnternational Civil Aviation Organisation lnternationalstandards,
recommended practices: aerodromes. Annex 14 to the convention on
international aviation IACO Montreal Canada 1976
396 lnternatronal Civil Avlation Organ~satlonStolportmanual ICAO
Montreal Canada 1976
397 lnternational Commission on Illumination International
recommendations for the calculation of natural daylight (publication
16) CIE Parrs France 1970
398 lnternational Conference of Bulldlng Officials Uniform building
code ICBO Whlttler Calif USA latest editlon
399 lnternational Federation of Library Assoc~at~ons
Standards foi
publiclibraries Verlag Dokumentation Munich Germany IFLA
The Hague Netherlands 1973
400 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: basic module (IS0 1006: 1973) IS0
Geneva Switzerland 1973
401 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: co-ordinating sizes for door-sets,
external & internal (IS0 2776: 1974) IS0 Geneva Switzerland 1974
402 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: multi-modules for honzontal co-
ordinating dimensions (IS0 1040: 1973) IS0 Geneva
Swltzerland 1973
403 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: principles & rules (IS0 2848: 1974)
I S 0 Geneva Swltzerland 1974
404 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: reference lines of horizontal
controlling dimensions (IS0 R 1970: 1970) IS0 Geneva
Switzerland 1970
405 I S 0 Modular co-ordination: storey heights & room heights for
residential buildings (IS0 1789: 1973) IS0 Geneva
Switzerland 1973
406 I S 0 Modular co-ordination- vocabulary (IS0 1791: 1973) IS0
Geneva Swltzerland 1973
407 I S 0 Standard for the functional vzes of school furniture (IS01
DlS 5970: 1978) I S 0 Geneva Switzerland 1978
473 Metrication Board How to write metric: a style guide to teaching
and using S l units HMSO London England no date
504 National Elevator Industry Elevator engineenng standards
National Elevator lndustry Inc New York USA 5th edn 1979
505 National Fire Protection Association Designing buildings for fire
safety NFPA Boston USA 1975
508 Natlonal Fire Protection Assoclatron Life safety code NFPA
Boston USA latest edition
509 National Frre Protection Association NationalFire codes NFPA
Boston USA 16 vol 1976
510 Natronal Fire Protection Association Nationalhreprevention code
NFPA Boston USA Latest edltion
512 Natlonal House Bullders Councll Registeredhouse builders
handbook NHBC London England 1974
515 National Swimming Pool Institute Technical Councll Minimum
standards for public spas NSPl Washlngton DC USA 1978
516 Natlonal Swimming Pool lnstltute Technical Council Minimum
standardsforpublicswimmingpooIs NSPl Washlngton DCUSA 1974
51 7 National Swimming Pool Institute Standards Codes Committee
Suggested minimum standards for residential swimming pools NSPl
Washington DC USA 1974
549 Ramsey & SleeperIAmerican Institute of Archltects Architectural
graphic standards (Packard R T (ed)) John Wiley & Sons New York
USA 7th edn 1980
553 RIBA CIISfB construction ifidexing manual RIBA Sewlces Ltd
London England 1976
573 Scottish Development Department Scottish Housing Handbook
part 3 Housing development layout, roads 6: services HMSO
Edinburgh Scotland 1977
574 Scottish Development Department Scottish Housing Handbook
part 6 Housing for the disabled HMSO Edinburgh Scotland 1979
581 Simmonds M F Accommodation standards for educational
buildings ERE Garston England revised edn 1977
584 Southern Building Code Congress Standard building code
SBCC Birmingham Ala USA latest editlon
587 Sports Council Specification for artificial sports surfaces
(technical report prepared by the Rubber & Plastics Research
Assoclatlon of Great Britain) Sports Councll London England 1978
589 Statutory rnstruments 1959:428 Agnculture (safeguarding of
work places) regulations 1959 HMSO London England 1959
590 Statutory instruments 1966:99 Building operations, construction
health 6: welfare regulations HMSO London England 1966
591 Statutory instruments 1976: 1676 The building regulations
HMSO London England 1976
592 Statutory instruments 1976: 1676 The building regulations Part
E Safety in fire
E3 Rules for measurement
E4 Provision of compartment walls & compartment floors
E5 Fire resistance of elements of structure
HMSO London England 1976
593 Statutory instruments 1978:723 The building (firstamendment)
regulations HMSO London England 1978
594 Statutory instruments 1971:2052 The building standards
(Scotland) (consolidation) regulations HMSO London England 1971
595 Statutory instruments 1973:794 The building standards
(Scotland) amendment regulations 1973 HMSO London England
1973
596 Statutory instruments 1975x404 The building standards
(Scotland) amendment regulations 1975 HMSO London England
1975
597 Statutory instruments: Statutory regulations & orders 1922:73
(as amended by SI 1961:2435) Chemical works regulations HMSO
London England 1961
598 Statutory Instruments 1955: 1129 Cinematograph safety
regulations HMSO London England 1955
 Bibliography
CODES REFERENCE BY TOPICS
599 Statutory instruments 1959:282 Cinematographsafety Access
regulations HMSO London England 1959 056 086 088 136 158 189 231 242 244 276 557
600 Statutory instruments 1948:1547 Clay works welfare special Acoustics
regulations HMSO London England 1948 063064 190254268408428503522532544545642655
601 Statutory instruments 1976:2010 Fire precaution (non-certified Air conditioning +ventilation
factory, office, shop 8 railwaypremises) regulations HMSO London Airports
England 1976 048067 165 186341 370391 392393394395396635
602 Statutory instruments: Statutory rules & orders 1917: 1067 Metal Apartments also +housing
works as amended by SR&O 1926364 & SI 1961:2434 HMSO 01 8 037 464 533 623 628
London England 1917 1926 & 1961
Auditoriums
603 Statutory instrurnents: Statutory rules &orders 1929534 Oil 063 408 413
cake welfare order HMSO London England 1929
Banks
604 Statutory instruments 1964:966 Sanitary conveniences 007 249 259 374 477
regulations HMSO London England 1964
Building services
605 Statutory instrurnents: Statutory rules &orders 1925364 Saw 090111 119130133143150151 246377390416461 489490503
mills & wood working factories welfare (ambulance & first aid) as 593
amended by SI 1961:2434 HMSO London England 1925 & 1961
Canteens -+refectories
606 Statutory instrurnents: 1960:1932 Ship building & ship repairs Car parks
regulations HMSO London England 1960 086308424435513555557
607 Statutory instrurnents 1972:2051 Standards for schoolpremises Cinemas
regulations HMSO London England 1972 084098099 113 114 129328329339347426598599
608 Statutory instruments 1964:965 Washing facilities regulations Climate
HMSO London England 1964 047285291 433434467520527529536617
61 0 Steel Window Association Specification for the metric preferred Colleges
range W20 steel windows SWA 201 SWA London England 1972 039040041063096097113114147168176200217226261377
629 United Nations Educational Scientific & Cultural Organization 413437441 446472476485526556569581 612629630652
(UNESCO) Planning buildings & facilities for higher education Construction
Architectural Press London England UNESCO Press Paris France 008089092 101 120 121 125126132139140 144173175200228
1975 277 288 289 316 341 371 375 378 422 445 467 491 494 495 498 502
630 Univers~tyGrants Committee Planning norms for university 553 568 590
buildings HMSO London England 1974 Daylighting also +l~ght~ngsunlight
631 Urban Land Institute Residentialdevelopmenthandbook ULI 047 059 074 076 107 251 252 291 367 368 375 380 381 382 383 397
Washington DC USA 1978 452 457 527 528 529 567
632 US Congress Architectural bamers act US Superintendent of Design
Documents Washington DC USA 1968 085 163 169 173179 185209210211 212213214247276279292
294302303313322375417425445462549567628638
633 US Congress Nationalenvironmentpolicy act
US Superintendent of Documents Washington DC USA 1970 Dining rooms
096097 147 168176217226439441
634 US Congress Occupationalsafety & health act
US Superintendent of Documents Washington DC USA 1971 Disabled also +old people
028 055 060 071 088 109 157 187 189 191 220 221 281 286 287 296
635 US Federal Aviation Agency The apron 8, terminalbuilding: 317327423432438447469488518535574628632639
planning manual 3 vol National Technical Information Service
Springfield Va USA 1975 Doors
117145401 549574592628
Drawing practice
061 075 081 082 095 127 128 135 142 290 322 448 463 553 621 638
Elderly --told people
Elevators also +stairs
035123504613628
Energy conservation also +cl~mate heating
030 059 149 172 194 195 199 250 257 258 304 427 460 558 61 1 615
Equitation +sport
Escalators -stairs
Factories-+industrial buildings
Farm buildings
108115 118 137288325326333334335340341 347348351 352
356357358359360363364365415582589601 646
Fire precautions
026 079 116 117 154 196 269 284 301 324 340 41 2 436 492 501 505
506507508509510546592601 619
Flats +apartments
Garages
225 276 348 435 636 650
Gardens
002021 032066087155161 166 167171 263264320376410411
430431466482550562563
Bibliography
REFERENCE BY TOPICS Old people
232235236247295302438444469499644
Pools+gardens sport
Handicapped +disabled Proportions
075 081 082 445
Heating also +energy solar ventilation
031 059 164 172 199 230 304 41 6 467 487 493 500 503 536 558 61 1 Recreation also+cinemas museums sport theatres
654 062131 180227239443475
Hospitals Refectories +dining rooms
013014017020022023024025054218219220262 294296303 Religious buildings
315336337340341 349354362419420421 478525547551 559 005070072 160 184311 312478579620
560576577578647
Restaurants
Hotels also +restaurants 016043045049096097 147153 156 176217226243282319341
001 01 1 043 049 050 147 176 21 7 223 226 243 255 272 273 274 31 9 439441 442477583
324 341 346 347 363 377 439 440 441 442 477 480 583 645
Roads also +access
Housing also+apartments climate disabled energy gardening 086 158225240242244308557
old people solar
037038044047092179227228233234235236237238240242 Sanitary +lavatories
245246247248263264299300302363372458464467511 512 Schools
519521 548558573574624631 637650 134 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199200201 202203204205
Industrial buildings 207208209210211 212213214215265267275314446451 476
031 036 052 053 164 177 178 257 280 284 301 305 331 332 333 338 484526530575581 607652
341346348352354363374382387418456470477480481 483 Schools of art design drama music+colleges
486505534539590592597600601 602603604605606608616
627634642651 Services +budding

Insulation Shopping centres shops stores

143342503558 116117306340341 369374450477552601
Kitchens SI +metric system
176 226 248 372 575 Solar energy
Laboratories 059 256 528 61 5 654
039 122206278283336337341 349354362524571 Space standards
Landscape 103104 105110400401 402403404405406407607
01 2 051 056 057 166 167 169 171 229 231 239 279 334 335 363 453 Sport
454482563616618633643 003006046083183205212297355384388475514515516517
Lavatories 537538549585586587588639
029246248341 347480604608 Stairs
Law 117 123 300 338 340 346 501 591 594 613 628
009 068 177 178 224 300 31 0 321 373 453 649 650 Standards, international
Lecture rooms & theatres +colleges 400401 402403404405406407530
Libraries Students hostels -colleges
065073314323353399437447455471 472474476622625641 Sunlight als-dayl~ghtlng solar
652 074 141 251 252
Lighting also +daylighting Theatres also +cinemas
112124202271 367380381 382383384385386387397449457 01 5 034 113 114 152 266 298 309 340 343 350 351 352 361 408 409
523 41 3 475 556 572 626
Man & his buildings Toilets +lavatories
086 256 445 557
Universities +colleges
Marinas +sport
Vehicle services +car parks garages
Metric system
Ventilation also +heating
010102127135228473479494495531 610
080090 164416496
Museums
040 31 8 385 476 61 2
Windows
Offices
069 177 178 222 241 249 257 259 260 341 346 347 363 364 366 374 01 9 058 091 103 138 146 170 375 380 381 434 459 467 520 536 543
389429465477480540541 542545554564565566570580592 549 567 61 0
601 614 Workshops +industrial bulldings

( ) indicates an illustration
Abbreviations: list xiii-xiv, principles xi
Access: air handling plant rooms 392,
ambulances 166(2), buildings 19, cinemas
354, cinemas, drive-in 358, disabled 43,
disabled housing 86, doors 401-2, ducts
383, flats & apartments 90, flats &
apartments, internal 97, garages, private 21,
100-1, gardens 47, hospital accident
department 168, hotels 212, houses 41-3,
industrial buildings 264,273,282-3, libraries
146, manhole dimensions 13, manholes, oil
storage tank 387, motels 219, offices 230,
old people's housing 83, security 76,
services 13, shops & stores 188, theatres
348, windows for cleaning 404(12), work on
buildings 13 +also stairs
Access roads 41-2
Accommodation: boarding schools 127,
conventions 140,221, hotels 210, schools of
art, design, drama, music 137, student 99,
student hostels 140-1, youth hostels 143-4
Acoustics 18: college lecture room 136, theatre
350, units of measurement 2(7), +also
sound insulation
Air: common contaminants 15(2), quality of 15,
saturated, moisture content 394(1), supply
rates 15
Air-conditioning: cinemas 356, duct sizes 384,
hotels 218, offices 233
Air contaminants, rates of production 15(3)(5)
Air handling plant rooms 392
Airports 258-62: aircraft maintenance building
262, aircraft parking 261, airfreight building
262, baggage handling 260,261, catering
building 262, components 258, flow
diagrams 260, ground transport 260, layout
258, orientation of runways 259, passenger
terminals 259, 260, 261, runways 258,259,
taxiways 258,259
Ambulances, dimensions 166(2)
Ambulance rooms, industrial buildings 280
Apartments +flats
Apostilb, definition 26
Architects'data: language xii, style xi
Art galleries+museums
Artificial lighting +lighting
Art schools 137-8 +also colleges
Aspect, houses 46,81, gardens 104, loading
bays 283
Athletics tracks, indoor 326, outdoor 324-also
sport
Auditorium: exit requirements 136,348,354,
lecture room 134-5, levels, cinema 357(4),
multiple 351 (7), 354, seating 135, 136,
349-51, 354, theatre 350,353
Balconies: access, flats & apartments 88,90,
theatre 349,350, 351
Banks 245-7: cashier positions 246, drive-in
246, examples 247, layout diagram 245(3)
Barbecues 77(4), 107(8)
Bars: hotel 21 1, public houses 224
Baths, domestic 63, swimming +pools
Bathrooms: disabled housing 86-7, domestic
61-5, equipment 61-3, hospital,geriatric
158, hotels 216, industrial buildings 281, old
people, aids 83, pre-fabricated units 65
Bedrooms: boarding school 127, disabled 87,
domestic 70-2, domestic, USA sizes 70,
fitments 71, hotel 210, 216, motel 220, old
people's, dimensions & data 83, student
hostels 140, wheelchair users 87, youth
hostels 143, 144
Bed sizes: domestic 70, 71, hotel 216, hospital
159
Bell curve concept-human dimensions
Bibliography; basic list 413-23, codes 424-7,
topic references 427-8
Bicycle stands 257(12)(13)
Blinds-windows
Body measurements +cattle, children, man,
pigs
Boiler rooms 387-8
Book storage: domestic shelving 69, floor
loading 177, library shelves 146, space
needs 177
Building materials: physical characteristics
(table) 382, sound absorption coefficients
(table) 397, thermal conductivities 393(2)
Bus stations-car parks
Cabinets +cupboards
Calorifier rooms 388
Calorifiers 390-1
Car parks 248-52: buses 249(1)(3), bus
stations, 255-6, bus station roadways 256,
bus station traffic organisation 256, drive-in
cinemas 358, industrial buildings 263, multi-
storey 251-2, off-street 249, ramps 251,
road parking 248, space requirements 248,
249, stall widths USA 250, 'standard design
car' 251, theatre 348, truck, 249, USA
dimensions 250, vehicle control 2 5 2 j a l s o
parking
Cattle, dimensions 294-also farm buildings
Ceiling heights, USA minimum 44
Changing rooms: hospital staff 178, industrial
buildings 280,281, swimming pool 336-7
Check lists: energy saving, earth 80, house
user requirements 48, old people's housing
preferences 82, old people's housing safety
brecautions 84, p ~ husbandry
g data 303,
services in flats & a~artments93, s ~ o rhall
t dlsabled access 43,85-6, drawlng stud10
equipment 321, window choice 405
Children body measurements 131-2
Churches 182-4: furnishings 183, galleries
184, interiors 183, organs 184
Cinemas 354-8: auditorium levels 357(4),
college halls 134, 135, drive-in 358, lighting
356, projection 355, projection, drive-in 358,
rear projection of image 134, seating 354,
screen sizes 355,358, screen systems 357,
16 mm 134-5,356, sound systems 357,
ventilation 356, viewing criteria, college 135
Circulation: houses, internal 47, 52, operating
theatre 171, people 19, traffic 20-1 +also
access, car parks
Classification of technical drawings-drawing
practice
CIlSfb 6
Cloakrooms: cinema 355, industrial buildings
281, swimming pool 337, theatre 348,
windows 404(11)
Closets -cupboards
Coding systems for near-sighted 162
Cold bridges 394
Colleges 134-42: art, design, drama, muslc
137-8, arts centre layout 138(5), dining
rooms 142, drawing studios 139, lecture
rooms 134-6, lecture room acoustics 136,
lecture rooms, convertibility 134, lecture
rooms means of escape 136, lecture rooms,
tv in 136, student hostels 140-1
Community health care-hospitals
Compartmentation (fire control): hotels 21 1,
hospitals 151, industrial buildings277, shops
& stores 189. 192, 198
Colour: in buildings 17, classification 17
Concerts, halls used for 350
Condensation 394
Conferences +conventions
Controls for handicapped 86, 162,412
Conventions: hotels 221-3, student hostel
Index
accommodation 140
Conversion factors 364-5
Conversion tables 366-81. Ilst 366
Corridors 14,407: capacit; 407, hospital 157,
171, hotel 216, passenger conveyors 409,
queues 407, waiting areas 407, walking
speeds 407
Crawlways 13,383
Crematoria 187
Cupboards: bathroom 62(9)(10), bedroom,
built-in 71, 73, 74, hotel bedroom 217,
kitchen 75, reach height, disabled 86, reach
height, old people 83, walk-in 73-4-+also
lockers
Cylinders, hot water 389-90
Dayl~ght27-32 dayl~ghtfactor (DF) 27-9, DF
calculat~on28-31, DFfor types of task 17(3),
d~str~but~on of 28, dlverslty of 28, In hosp~tals
154, obstruct~on40, qual~tyof, glare 32, sky
components (table) 30, wlndow pos~tlons
404 -+also or~entat~on, sunl~ght
Dayl~ghtfactor-dayl~ght
Des~gn.convent~onhotel concept 221, houses
38 et seq, hosp~tal149, 150, 153, 154, off~ce
bulldlngs factors 225-7, operating theatre
171, prlmary school trends 120, workshop
factors 290, work place 278, 279
Des~gnschools 137-8
Dlmens~ons,controlling, for houses 44
Dlmens~ons& space requirements alr
handllng plant 392, ambulance 166(2),
bedrooms, old people 83, bus parklng 256,
beds 70, 71, 159, 216, calor~f~ers 390-1, car
parks 248,249,250,251, cars USA 251,
cattle 294,296, church furn~shlngs183,
crawlways 13, 383, cylinders 389-90,
equ~pment139, elevators 410-12,
escalators 409, extract fans 392(5), farm
machinery 298,314, flre englne 20, 21(1),
footways 19,43, 85, 106, fork-l~fts271,
furn~ture,garden 107, furniture hotel 217,
furn~tureold people 83, furn~tureschool
130-3, furn~turesnack bar 202, 205, garden
paths 106, garden tools 107, gas bollers388,
389, hosp~talcorr~dors157, hosp~tal
equlpment 156, 158, 159, 167, 169,
172(operatlng theatres), 179(stores), hotel
bedroom 217, hotel kltchen 213, hotel
recept~onequipment 212, human belngs
11-1 4, kltchen equ~pment59, k~tchenovens,
domestlc 58, laboratory bench 291,
laboratory equ~pment,hosp~tal176, laundry
domest~c60, l~braryequ~pment146, 177,
loadlng bays 282-4, lockers 133, 178,280,
manual handl~ng278, meter, external 74,
gas, domestlc 386, mllk dellvery box 99,
offlce equ~pment243-4, off~ceflllng 241-2,
011fuel tanks 387(3)(4), pedestr~an
movement 19, pallets269-72, p ~ g 303,306,s
poultry 309, prams, movlng 19, prams,
stored 74, pressure let bollers 389, ranqes
58, refrigerators 58-9, restaurant tables
202-4. school baas 133, school children
131-21 school chidren's coats 133, school
furniture 130-1, self-service shop
equipment 195, service ducts 384, 'standard
design car' 251, trucks turning 282(4), 283,
vehicle parking USA 250, vehicles USA
21 ( I ) , walkways 383, water storage tanks
391, wheelchair car parking 85, 166,
wheelchair moving 19,43, workshop
equipment 288, youth hostels 144
Dining rooms: boarding school 128, college
142, domestic 66, outside spaces 66
Disabled: access to dwellings 43,85-6,
bathroom 86, 87, changing room, cubicle

music room 67, 69, north slopes 46, old
people 82-4, office spaces 68,
1-storey 50-2, orientation 40, 45,46,
organisation (diagram) 39, outdoor living
areas 77(2)(3), plan ranges 49, plan selection
46,47,50, pram space 74(5), private garages
100-2, private open space 77, public rooms
66-9, relationship to other buildings 45,
security 76, services economy 53, shared
accommodation 99, site topography 46,
siting 40, space, sub-division of 39,
standards 44,48, stepped 98, storage 73-5,
underground 79,80, user check list 48,
vertical circulation 53
House plans: circulation 47, examples 49, 51,
52, 54, more than 1-storey 53-4, 1-storey
50, plan ranges 49, selection 50
Human beings, space requirements 12-14,
257(1)-(4)
Human body, basis of dimensions 1, 9, 10
Human dimensions: bell curve concept 9,
significance for architecture 9
Human scale 1,10
Hygiene: industrial buildings 280,281,
swimming pools 335
Identification controls & switches for d~sabled
86, 162,412
Illuminance 25,26: for common tasks (table)
17, daylight on working plane (tables) 27,
outdoor 27
'Imperial' measures +conversion factors,
conversion tables
Indoor gardens 1I 2
Industrial buildings 263-90:arealworker 264,
basic building types 264, drainage 290,
doors 402, environmental compartmentation
278, factories 265-8, factory process flow
diagrams 266-8, factory structure 268, fire
control 277, fork-liftdimensions271, heating
276,290, hygiene 280,281, industrial parks
275, lavatories 280, lighting 276, 290,
loading bays 282-4, multiple development
layouts 274, 275, noise control 276, order
picking 276, 279(1)-(3), parking
requirements 263, rail-served 284, roof
factors 265, sanitary installations281,
security, loading dock 283, selection strategy
264-5. services 279. service routes 273.
servicing standards 290, site development
263, site layout factors 273, structure
selection 265, vehicle parking standards
286, ventilation 290, ventilation level 276,
warehouses 269-72, warehouse handling
methods 272, warehouse pallet stacking
diagrams 270, warehouse store flow
diagrams 269-70, work place design 278-9,
workshops 285-90, workshop circulation
286, workshop design factors (table) 290,
workshop equipment spaces 288, workshop
handling equipment 288(1), workshop types
285
Industrial parks 275
Insulation, thermal 393-4
Insulation +also sound
Internal environment 15: industrial buildings
278, laboratories 293, offices 233
Kitchens: boarding school 128, college dining
room 142, disabled housing 86, domestic
equipment space needs 55,58,59, domestic
layouts 56, 57, domestic ovens 58, domestic
storage 75, domestic working sequence 55,
examples 57, fixtures & work tops 56,
hospital 180, hotel 213-4, old people's
dimensions 83, relation to bathroom 52,
student hostels 141, USA standards 56,
windows 404(9), youth hostels 143, 144
Laboratories 291-3: benches 293, benches,
hospital 176, disposal systems 292, finishes
293, hospital pathology 176, internal
environment 293, services distribution 292,
space requirements 291, storage 292
Lamps: filament 399, fluorescent, aspect factor
399, fluorescent, properties 25(3)
Laundry: hospital 180, hotel 213, spaces,
domestic 60
Lavatories: assisted for disabled 163(3),
boarding school 127, college dining room
142, disabled 87(2)(3)(8), domestic 64,65,
equipment dimensions 61,62,65, hospital
staff 178(3), industrial buildings 279,281,
marina 347, office 228, old people, aids 83,
84, pre-fabricated units 65, student hostel
140, swimming bath 335, wheelchair 167(6),
wheelchair user spaces &fittings
87(2)(3)(8), youth hostel 143, 144
Le Corbusier 10
Lecture halls +colleges
Le Modulor 10
Libraries 145-8: control 146, domestic 69,
examples 146, 147,148, hospital 177, layout
146-7, school 129, services 147, space
standards 145
Lifts +elevators
Lighting 25-6, 398-400: artificial 17, cinemas
356, day 17, definitions 25-6, drawingstudio
139, farm buildings, illumination levels
294(2), general, loading requirement 398,
glare prevention 398, hotel 218, illuminance
25,26, industrial buildings 276,290,
integration of electric & day lighting 400,
libraries 147, light sources 399, luminaires,
control in relation to depth of interior space
400, luminance 26, maintenance factor 26,
museum 359, 360, office 234, outdoor 399,
reflectance 25, room index 26, task 399,
utilisation factor 26 +also daylight, sunlight
Loading bays, industrial buildings 282-3, rail
284
Lockers: hospital staff 178, tndustrial buildings
280(3)(4), office 242(6), school children 133
Lumen definition 2, 25
Luminance 26: sky, relation to glare 32
Lux definition 2, 25
Maintenance factor-lighting
Maisonettes +flats & apartments
Man 9: body measurements 11, dimensions &
space requirements 11-13, 257(1)-(4), flow
capacity 14, space for access for work on
buildings 13, universal standard 9, walking
speeds I 4
Man & his buildings 15-24: access 19, colour
17, noise & acoustics 18, parking 22,
parking, vehicle dimensions 24, pattern &
texture 18, quality of air 15, roadways,
dimensions 20-1, thermal comfort 16,
vehicle turning spaces 22-3, vibration,
sensitivity to 18, visual efficiency 17
Manholes: access dimensions 13, oil storage
tank 387
Marinas 346-7
Media centres 129
Meters domestic 73, 74,386
Meter rooms, gas 386
Metric system +SI
Metric units +conversion factors
Microfilming technical drawings 7
Minimum spaces, restaurantcars 207
Modular coordination, windows 403
Modular systems: hospitals 150, schools 126
Mortuaries: crematorium 187, hospital 176,
temperatures 187
Motels -hotels
Mosques 185
431
Index
Munsell scale 17-1 8, 26
Museums 359-61 : examples 360,361, fields
of vis~on359, lighting 359,360, painting
storage 359(1O), room sizes 359
MUSICschools 137-8
National House-Building Council 44
Neufert ix
Noise 18: hospital 154, industrial buildings276,
maximum intrusive levels (tables) 18, privacy
from 45, sound insulation 395-7
Odours: air supply rate, sources, ventilation 15
Office buildings 225-44: access 230, building
type 225, computer room diagram 236(3),
construction elements 234, cores 228,229,
elevators 228, energy use 233, equipment
243-4, furniture 239-240, internal
environment 233, lighting organisation 234,
means of escape 231, meetings, spaces for
237, 238, office areas definition of 226,
reception 236(2), security 230, services 232,
service ducts 228, shell types 227, space
standards 235, special areas 236, stairs 228,
231, storage 241-2, table space, meetings
238, work stations 239-40
Offices: hospitals 179, private houses
68(13)-(la), ventilation requirements 15(8),
windows 404(8)(10)
Oil fuel, storage, tank capacities, siting 386
Old people, housing for 82-4,94(4): bathroom
aids 83, 84, bedroom dimensions 83,
communal amenities 82, grouped flatlets 82,
lavatory aids 83, 84, maximum reach in
furniture 83(1)-(4), planning factors 83,
preferences check list 82, residential homes
84, safety precautions check list 84, water
temperature 84 +also disabled, hospitals
(geriatric, long stay)
1-room dwellings 69(1)
Operating theatres 171-2
Orientation: aircraft runways 259, balconies 88,
bedrooms 72, beds 72, buildings 33, drawing
sheets 3, energy conservation 81, gardens
104, houses 40,45,46, indoor gardens 112,
kitchens 55, for natural ventilation 81, sports
pitches 322(1), windows 33 +also sunpath
Paper, international sizes 7
Parker Morris standards 44,48 +Bib233
Parking: aircraft 261, for disabled housing 85,
hypermarkets 198, industrial buildings 263,
intersections USA 250, motels 219+also
car parks
Parking spaces: basic 22, disabled persons 22,
shared housing 99, for wheelchair user 166
+also car parks
Passenger conveyors 409
Paths -.footways
Patios 77
Penthouses 88
Pergolas 106
Petrol stations 253-4
Pigs, body measurements 303 -also farm
buildings
Pitches, sport: indoor 325-6,328, outdoor
322-3
Plant rooms, air handling 392
Planting distances, fruit 108
Pools: chemical treatment 113, filter system
113, fish 113, garden swimming 114,
paddling 109, plumbing &pumping systems
113, private indoor 115-6, private,
relationship to patio 77(7), public swimming
329-37, water lily 113
Poultry houses, domestic 310
Index
Prams: spaces for movement 19, storage
space 74
Pre-fabricated sanitary units 65
Privacy: designing for 45, 76, flats &
apartments 93, hospitals 154. houses & flats
76,77
Projection rooms cinema 355, drive-in cinema
358
Proportions, relation to human scale 10
Public houses 224
Queues, dimensions 12(6)-(1 I ) , 407
Radiators 385
Rail-served buildrngs 284
Rail stations: baggage handling, t~cketoffices,
257
Ramps 14, 85, 407: garage entrance 21, 101,
kerb for disabled 85(2), multi-storey car park
251, stadium, standing 317(10), for
wheelchair user 87(1I ) , 407
Rear projection of image, lecture room 134
Refectories +dining room
Reflectance 25
Reiher-Meister scale 18(4)
Religious buildings 182-7
Reservoirs, garden 109
Restaurants 202-7: drive-in & self-service
206, hotel 21 1, kitchens 213-4, restaurant
cars 207, seating 202-4, snack bars 205,
206, space allowances 203, table
arrangements 202, table sizes 204, types
203 +also colleges, dining rooms, schools
Reverberation times for rooms 397
Riding schools 344-5
Roads: access 41-2, dimensions 20,21,
garage entrances 21, hierarchy in housing
area 42, rule of road xii, turning circuits,
buses 256, turning dimensions 250, turning
lanes 21, USA categories 21, widths for
passing 20
Roof gardens 88,110.1 12
Roof lights, calculation of daylight factor 31
Room index-lighting
Room sizes, mrnimum in houses (USA) 44
Running tracks: indoor 326, outdoor 324
Safety precautions: old people's housing 84,
window cleaning 404
Sanitary units pre-fabricated 65
Saunas 117,338
Schools 118-33: art, design, drama, music
137-8, boarding 127-8, boarding
accommodation 127, boarding dining room
128, boarding site layout 127, definition of
spaces 119, dimensions of pupils 131, 132,
film display, 16 mm 356, furniture 130-3,
further education 126, media centres 129,
middle age range 121-2, nursery level 118,
older age range 123-5, planning ingredients,
nursery 118, planning for older pupils 123,
planning trends 119, 122, primary 119,
primary design trends 120, principles 118,
pupils equipment dimensions 131, rural 120,
stature data 131-2, storage, pupils'
equipment 133, system buildrng 126. work
areas (diagrams) 119, 121
Seating: clnemas 354, college dining room
142, flexible 351, hotel function room 21 1,
lecture room 135, 136, restaurant 202-5,
retractable 135. stadia 317, storage space
351, theatre 351
Security: houses 76, loading dock design 283,
office design 230
Services 383-97: access 13, distribution 383,
distribution ducts 384, heating systems
385-91, hotel 218, hypermarket 198,
industrial buildings 279, 290, laboratory 292,
library 147, office 228, 232, sound insulation
395-7, thermal insulation 393-4, ventilation
392
Shadows cast by buildings 33
Shared accommodation 99
Shelving, shops & stores 195
Sheds, garden 111
Shopping mall, indoor walking speeds 407(1)
Shops & stores 188-201 : access 188. aisles
188, boutiques 192, entrances 190, 191,
exits 191, goods delivery 189, hypermarkets
198, layout 193, 194,195, movement
between floors 189, self-service 196, service
details 190, shopping centres & precincts
199-201, stairs 191, stock & despatch
rooms 191, storey heights 188,
supermarkets, examples 197, windows 190,
191
Shops, petrol station 253
Showers: domestic space needs 61(8). 64,
hospital geriatric 158(5), industrial buildings
280, for old people 83(9), pre-fabricated
units 65, swimming pool 335
SI xi, 1 : unitsof measurement2+Bib 127,135
Sick room, boarding school 127
Sidewalks +footways
Sloping sites: effect of gradient 46, favourable
& unfavourable 40(2), stepped houses 98
Sight lines: cinema 355,357, drive-in cinema
358, lecture room 134,135, sport stadia316,
theatre 349,350
Soil: treatment 105, weights & anglesof repose
105
Solar gain 80, 81
Sound absorption coefficients 397
Sound insulation 395-7: absorbent materials
397, absorbent treatments 397, absorption
coefficients 397. reduction index calculation
395, reduction indices, typical (table) 396,
reverberation time 397
Split-level: flats & maisonettes 96, houses 46
Sport31 5-47: centres 318-9,324(3), centres,
examples 319, centres, features required
(table) 318, dimensions standards vir,
equitation 344-5, golf 343, halls 320-1, Ice
events 341-2, indoor athletics tracks 326,
indoor athletics training 327, indoor pitches
325-6, 328, indoor rrding schools 344,
marinas 346-7, outdoor athletics 324,
outdoor pitches 322-3, riding centre
premises 345, roller skating rinks 342, sauna
planning 338, ski-jumping slopes 340-1,
space allocation, halls (table) 320-1, stadia
315-7, stadia, access 316, stadia, sight lines
316, stadia stands 316,317, swimming
329-37, swimming changing rooms 336-7,
swimming diving pools 334, swimming
Indoor pools 329-32, private indoor pools
115-6, swimming open air pools 333,
swimming pools water cleaning 114,330,337,
swimming pre-cleanse 329,335, swimming,
showers, slipper baths 335, swimming water
chute 337(5), tennis 339, water polo
331 +also pools
Stairs 14,408: building regulations 408,
cinemas 354, disabled housing 86, fire
protection 91, fire requirements in houses
44, flat & apartment access 90, hospital 151,
house 52, office 228, 231, old people 86(5),
shops & stores 189, 191, theatre 348, tread
& rlse proportions 408, walking speeds 408
+also escalators
Standard overcast sky +daylight
Stature human adult 9-1 1
Stature data school children 131-2
Student hostels +colleges
Student: married accommodation 140, shared
accommodation 99
Studios: drawing +colleges
Storage: colleges (art, design) 137, farm crops
312-3, farm machinery 314, fuel, domestic
75, handling methods in warehouses 272,
hotel food 213, hospital 179, kitchen,
domestic 75, laboratory 292, office 241-2, oil
fuel tanks 386, paintings 359(1O), pallet
stacking 270, 272, school children's
belongings 133, seating space 351, sports
halls 321, warehouse flow diagram 269-70,
wine, domestic 75, hotels 213
Sun exposure of buildings 34-5
Sunlight 33-7: buildrng orientation 33, bu~ld~ng
shadows 33, calculation of radiation 37,
criteria for admission 33, duration, prediction
37, exposure, methods of finding 34, sun
path diagrams 34-6, window shades 406
Sun path diagrams 34-6
Swimming pools: garden 114, hotel 116,
private indoor 115-6, public indoor 329-32,
public outdoor 333, temperature private
indoor 115 +also sport
Synagogues 186
Systeme internationale d'Unites+SI
Systems building: hospitals 150, schools 126
Tables: college dining room 142, office 238, old
people 83(4), 84, restaurant 202-4, school
130-1
Tank rooms, water storage 391
Television: aerials, cables 43, closed circuit for
hospitals 154. college lecture room 134, 136
Temperatures: furnace crematorium 187,
indoor 16, mortuaries 187, oil storage 387,
pig housing 303, pool 115, 330, rail booking
hall 257, sauna 117,338, shops & stores
192, turkish bath 335
Terraces: domestic 77, orientation 66, sport
stadia 317
Theatres 348-53: access 348, auditorium 350,
351,353, balconies 349,350,351, boxes
351 (4), college 134-6, exits 348, 352, fire
precautions 352, multiform 353, multiple
auditoria 351, organrsation348, revolving
stage 352, ring stage 353, seating 135, 136,
351, seatsfrow 350, sight lines 134, 135,
349, 350, sound diffusion 350, stage tower
352
Thermal comfort 16: human requirements 385,
USA chart 16
Tools, garden 107
Trade marts 274-5
Traffic capacity: corridors 14,407, elevators
41 1, escalators 409, ramps 407, stairs 408
Tree planting 108
Underground houses 79,80
Units of measurement 1, 2: application xi,
scales xi, -also conversion factors,
conversion tables
Universities +colleges
Utilisation factor-lighting
U values: common building structures 393(3),
formula 393
Vehicles: dimensions 20,21.24, drrnensions,
ambulances 166(2), dimensions for private
garages 100, fork-lifts 271, 'standard design
car' 251, truck turning dimensions 282(4),
283, turning dimensions USA 250
Vehicle services 248-57: bus stations 255-6,
car parks 248-52, petrol stations 253-4, rail
station passenger services 257
Vehicle turning spaces, farm 298, truck 282(4),
283
Ventrlation: air handling plant 392, cattle

housing 298, cinemas 356, duct sizes 384,
energy conservation in houses 81, hospital
154, industrial buildings 276, 290, pig
housing 305, potato stores 312, poultry
housing 308, rates 16, requirements 15,
sheep 307, windows 405
Vibration, human sensitivity 18, industrial
buildings 276
Waiting areas 407
Walking speeds 407: on level footway 14, on
ramps 14
Walkways 383
Wardrobes +cupboards
Warehouses+industrial buildings
Washrooms: domestic 64, industrial buildings
281
Water cleaning: garden pools 113, 114,
swimming pools 330,337
Water garden supply 109
Water closets +lavatories
Water tanks 391
Wheelchair: doors for users 86,401, garage
space for user 85, elevator controls 412,
elevator dimension 412, garden design for
110, parking space 166(3), passingwidth 43,
spaces for movement 19,43, turning spaces
43,85, users wc 87(2)(3)(8)
Windbreaks 81, 104
Windows 403-6: basic types 405, blinds &
louvre systems 406, coordinating sizes 403,
Index
daylight penetration 404, double 405,
functions 17, hospital 154, position & size
404, shades 406, shops & stores 190,191,
view out 404, view out, wheelchair user 86,
87, work sizes 403
Wine storage, domestic 75, hotels 213
Work on buildings, access for 13
Workshops: art college 137, drawing studios
139 +also industrial buildings
Work stations, office 239, 240
Youth hostels 143-4: fire safety 143. kitchens
143, 144, lavatories 144, space
requirements 144
 CONVERSIONSMETRIC t,'lMPERIAL'/US Tables

Factors

metric I 'imwrialr/US
Abbreviations
Mainabbreviations used in text &
diagrams are listed bebw. Full list on
length
mm
mm
- in
in mm in
m
mdr
med
MF
metre
maid's room (or au pair)
medical
maintenancefactor
p. x~ii-xiv.NB: pluralsare not used MIT Massachusettslnstaute
length I In abbreviations. 25.4
50.8
1
2
0.04
0.08
254.0
508.0
10
20
0.39
0.79 mls
of Technology
metres per second
A ampere 76.2 3 0.12 762.0 30 1.18 N newton
area 101.6 4 0.16 1016.0 40 1.57 NFPA National Fire Protection
KC aiGiating current 127.0 5 0.2 1270.0 50 1.97 Association
accn accommodation 152.4 6 0.24 1524.0 60 2.36 nur nursery
l.b94yd admin administration 17.8 7 0.28 1778.0 70 2,76
1093.61 yd (0.621mile) ANSI American National 203.2 8 0.31 2032.0 80 3.15 off office
- ..
1 mile Standards Institute 228.6 9 0.35 2286.0 90 3.54 oper operating
ASTM ~merican Society for 2540.0 100 3.93 OSHA Occu at~onalSafety &
area I Testing & Materials tieaih Act
av average
B bed m-R
b bath
bathr bathroom m R m R
bedr bedroom
balC balcony 0.3 1 3.28 3.05 10 32.8 pantry
bldg building 0.61 2 6.56 6.1 20 65.62
0.91 3 9.84 9.14 30 98.43 R radius
;lgAeg buildingr ulation radr radiator
Building %cials & 1.22 4 13.12 12.19 40 131.23
1.52 5 16.4 15.24 50 164.04 RC reinforcedconcrete
Code Administrators reg regulation
volume Buildin Research 1.83 6 19.69 18.29 60 196.85 rh
2.13 7 22.97 21.34 70 229.66 relative humidity
~stabishment RHA Regional Health
61.025in3(0.035f f ) British Standards (Inst) 2.44 8 26.25 24.38 80 262.47
1 yd3 BS(I) 2.74 29.53 27.43 90 Authority
Btu Britishthemlal unit 9 295.28 RlBA
1.308yd3(35.314f f ) 30.48 100 328.08 Royal Instituteof British
C or cpd cupboard/USAcabinet Architects
capacity cd candela rm room
0.473litre
0.568litre
1.0litre
1 .Olire
1 pint US
1 pint imp
1.76pint imp
2.113 pint US
ch
ClBS
CIE
children
Chaltered lnst of
Building Setvices
Commission
area
cm2 -
cm2
in2
in2 cmZ inz
s
SBCC
scl
second
Southem Building Code
Congress
scullery
3.785litres internationalede ser servery
1 gal US I'Eclairage
--pppp

4.546liires 1 gal imp 6.451 1 0.16 64.52 10 1.55 SfB system of classification
International (building literature)
Lommissionon 12.9 2 0.31 129.03 20 3.1
mass I ck
Illumination)
cookerlUSA range ,
19.36
25.81
3
4
0.47
0.62
193.55 30
258.06 40
4.65
6.2
sho
sitr
shower
sittin room
32.26 5 0.78 322.58 50 7.75 SI ~yst2meInternational
2.%5 Ib classr classroom dVUnites
1 ton US clo cloakroom 38.71 6 0.93 387.1 60 9.3
45.16 7 1.09 451.61 70 10.85 Sk sink
0.984ton im wrr corridor
1.102ton
1 ton imo
UZ d day or depth
51.61
58.06
8
9
1.24
1.4
516.13 80
580.64 90
12.4
13.95
st
st0
seat
store (-age)
dB decibel 645.16 100 15.5 stu study
velocity
0.025mls (25.4mmls)
1.0mls
1 inls
39.4i d s (196.9Wmin)
DC
DES
DF
direct current
D e ~oft Education&
Science
daylight factor
m2 - ftz
t
ter
UDC
tonne
terrace

I
1.0krn/hr 0.621 milelhr DHSS Dept of Health & m2 ft2
1.609kmlhr I miWhr Social Security UF
DOE Dept of the Environment 0.093 1 10.76 0.93 10 107.64 USHB
temperature DPC damp proof course m2
0.19 2 21.53 1.86 20 215.28
dr dinim room 0.28 3 32.29 2.79 30 322.92 USPHS
X "C
E illumination 0.37 4 43.06 3.72 40 430.56
0.46 5 53.82 4.65 50 538.2 uty utility roorn
el electrical
eqp equipment 0.56 6 64.58 5.57 60 645.84 v volt
illumination 0.65 7 75.35 6.5 70 753.47 W
FFL finished floor levellUSA 0.74 8 86.11 7.43 80 861.11 watt
1 lx 0.093R-candle elevation 0.84 9 96.88 8.36 90 968.75 W width
10.764Ix 1 ft-candle FHA Federal Housing 9.29 100 1076.39 wa wardrobelUSA closet
Authority washr washroom
luminance fr fire resistant WC water closet
volume workr workroom
0.3183 d m 2 1 apostilb gram WP working plane
1.0cd/m2 0.000645cdlff :ar garage litre H R3 wr waiting room (or area)
10.764cd/m2 I cd/ff h hei ht or high
1550.0cd/m2 1din2 litre R3 litre ft3 yd yard
ha hal?or hectare Y' year
hb (wash)handbasin
hr hour 28.32 1 0.04 283.16 10 0.35 centre line
Hz hertz 56.63 2 0.07 566.32 20 0.7 diameter
84.95 3 0.11 849.48 30 1.06. greater than or equal to
ICBO InternationalConference 113.26 4 0.14 1132.64 40 1.41 equal to or less than
of Building Officials 141.58 5 0.18 1415.8 50 1.77
IES Illuminating Engineering 169.9 6 0.21 1698.96 60 2.12
Society 198.21 7 0.25 1982.12 70 2.47
IFLA International Federation 226.53 8 0.28 2265.28 80 2.83
of Library Associations 254.84 9 0.32 2548.44 90 3.18
IS0 lntemational 2831.61 100 3.53

J
K
Organisation for
Standardisation
joule
degree Kelvin
m3 -
m3
ft3

R3 m3 n3
k kitchen or thermal p-p--p

conductivity 0.03 1 35.32 0.28 10 353.15

kgf kilogram-force 0.06 2 70.63 0.57 20 706.29
I litre, length, long 0.08 3 105.94 0.85 30 1059.44
la larder 0.11 4 141.26 1.13 40 1412.59
lab laboratory 0.14 5 176.57 1.42 50 1765.73
lau laundry 0.17 6 211.89 1.7 60 2118.88
liv living room 0.2 7 247.2 1.98 70 2472.03
For comprehensivelist o f factors and lob lobby 0.23 8 282.52 2.27 80 2825.17
wide range of f u r t h e r tables+p364-81 Ix lux 0.25 9 317.83 2.55 90 3178.32
2.83 100 3531.47
 ARCHITECTS'
DATA
Slnce it was flrst published In German durrng the 1930s, Ernst Neufert's
handbook has been progressively rev~sedand updated through thlrty
edltlons and several hundred thousand copies Wlth the flrst Engllsh
edltlon (1970) ~tbegan to reach new countries and readers thissecond
edltlon In Engllsh, heavlly revlsed and lnternatlonal In content and
presentation, IS deslgned for use In all cont~nentsIt IS now avallablefor
the flrst tlme In paperback
Architects' Data IS an essential ald In the lnltlal deslgn and plannlng of
a project The relevant bulldlng type is located by acomprehenslve
Index and cross reference system; a condensed commentary covers
user requirements, plann~ngcrlterla, baslc dlmenslons, and other
conslderatlons of function, siting, aspect, etc A system of references
based on an extenswe blblrography supports the text
In every sectlon plans, sections, slte layouts, deslgn detalls and graphs
illustrate key aspects of a bullding type's des~gnMost ~llustrat~ons are
dlmensloned or scaled the metrlc system of measurement IS used
throughout, and the equivalent In feetilnches can easlly be read elther
off a graphlc scale on the page or from the bullt-ln conversion table The
~llustrat~onsare lnternatlonal In orlgln and Include both well known and
less famous deslgns
Architects' Data IS primarily a handbook of bulldlng types ratherthan
of construction techniques and detalls However ~ t treatment
s of
components (such as doors and w~ndows)and of spaces for bulldlng
servlces IS extremely thorough, since conslderatlon of these data IS an
essential element of the plannlng process. The openlng pages of baslc
data on man and his buildings cover crltlcal subjects such as scale,
draw~ngpractice, nolse, light and space for the same reason
Particular attent~onhas also been pald to the ~mpl~cat~ons
of energy
conservation, means of escape from f ~ r eand the needs of the elderly
and the disabled.
Prepared by a team of contributors of lnternatlonal standlng arid
s deslgn and structure, Architects' Data will
reputation, and wlth ~ t new
be used regularly not only by architects and designers, but also by
contractors, planners, government off~clalsat all levels and, of course,
by students.

'packs a wealth of information that IS instantly usable at thedrawlng

board' Bullding
' ~ t value
s In tlme savlng makes it a cost effectwe Investment for anyone
lnvolved In the deslgn of bulld~ngs' Arch~tectand Surveyor
'an excellently produced work of reference, to whlch every architectural
deslgner should have access' Bntish Book News